Supplementary Specifications - Bid Express Secure Internet Bidding

Transcription

CONTRACT NO. A500.357
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE AUTHORITY
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
GARDEN STATE PARKWAY
CONSTRUCTION OF
NEW CENTRAL
INVENTORY BUILDING
MILEPOST 90.0 NB
VOLUME 1 OF 2
FEBRUARY 2015
Prepared by:
GANNETT FLEMING, INC.
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
GARDEN STATE PARKWAY
Jamie Fox……………………………… ................. Chairman
Ronald Gravino……………………………… . Vice Chairman
Michael R.DuPont ............................................... Treasurer
Harold L. Hodes………………………………. Commissioner
Raymond M. Pocino……………………………Commissioner
Ulises E. Diaz ............................................... Commissioner
Daniel F. Becht............................................. Commissioner
John D. Minella ............................................ Commissioner
Joseph W. Mrozek.................................. Executive Director
Bruce A. Harris ......................................... General Counsel
Robert J. Fischer, P.E. .................................. Chief Engineer
CONSTRUCTION OF
NEW CENTRAL
INVENTORY BUILDING
MILEPOST 90.0 NB
VOLUME 1 OF 2
FEBRUARY 2015
HNTB Corporation
General Consultants
A500.357
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
Contract No. A500.357
Construction of New Central Inventory Building
Milepost 90.0 NB
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table Of Contents ..................................................................................................................................................... 1 Advertisement for Proposals ................................................................................................................................... 1 Proposal Bond ............................................................................................................................................................ 1 Letter Of Surety.......................................................................................................................................................... 1 Contract Agreement .................................................................................................................................................. 1 Contract Bond ............................................................................................................................................................. 1 Power Of Execution ................................................................................................................................................... 1 Specifications ............................................................................................................................................................. 1 Division 100 - General Provisions .......................................................................................................................... 2 SECTION 101 - GENERAL INFORMATION .................................................................................................................. 2 101.02 Definitions ........................................................................................................................................................... 2 SECTION 102 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS .................................................................................. 9 102.01 102.03 102.04 102.05 102.07 102.09 102.11 102.13 102.15 102.16 102.17 102.18 102.19 Prequalification Of Prospective Bidders .............................................................................................................. 9 Proposals.............................................................................................................................................................. 9 Familiarity With Work ...................................................................................................................................... 10 Examination Of Contract Documents ............................................................................................................... 11 Proposal Guaranty............................................................................................................................................. 11 Submitting Proposals ........................................................................................................................................ 11 Causes For Rejection.......................................................................................................................................... 12 Prevailing Wage Rates....................................................................................................................................... 12 Public Works Contractor Registration Act........................................................................................................ 12 Business Registration Act ................................................................................................................................. 13 Public Law 2005, Chapter 51 and (Executive Order 134) and Executive Order 117 ....................................... 13 Disclosure of Investment Activities in Iran ....................................................................................................... 14 Ethic Standards (Executive Order 189)............................................................................................................. 14 SECTION 103 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT ..................................................................................... 16 103.04 Subletting And Assigning Contract .................................................................................................................. 16 SECTION 104 - CONTROL OF WORK ....................................................................................................................... 17 104.01 Intent Of Contract ............................................................................................................................ 17 104.03 Plans And Specifications ................................................................................................................... 17 104.04 Change Of Plans And Specifications ................................................................................................ 17 104.06 Contractor’s Organization ................................................................................................................ 18 104.07 Cooperation By Contractor ............................................................................................................... 20 104.08 Shop And Working Drawings........................................................................................................... 21 104.09 Construction Layout ......................................................................................................................... 22 104.13 Sanitary, Health And Safety Provisions ........................................................................................... 22 104.14 Construction Safety........................................................................................................................... 24 104.15 Access To Working Sites ................................................................................................................................... 24 104.16 Diesel Equipment Operation. ............................................................................................................................ 24 104.17 Protection Of Wetlands And Transition Areas During Construction .............................................................. 25 Table of Contents -1
A500.357
SECTION 105 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 28
105.01
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 28
105.02
Local Material Sources ...................................................................................................................... 28
105.06
Foreign Materials. ............................................................................................................................. 29
105.07
Storage Of Materials And Staging Areas. ........................................................................................ 29
105.12
Material and Product Samples. ......................................................................................................... 30
105.14
Timber Grading and Certification. .................................................................................................... 30
SECTION 106 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY ...................................................................................... 31
106.02
Laws And Ordinances ....................................................................................................................... 31
106.10
Permits, Licenses And Taxes ............................................................................................................. 31
106.18
Utilities.............................................................................................................................................. 34
106.20
Insurance ........................................................................................................................................... 37
106.24
Small Business Enterprise Program.................................................................................................. 42
106.25
Warranties Made By Contractor ....................................................................................................... 43
106.26
Discrimination in Employment on Public Works ............................................................................. 44
106.27
Helmets to Hardhats Pilot Program .................................................................................................. 45
SECTION 107 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ...................................................................................................... 47
107.02
Pre-Construction Conference ............................................................................................................ 47
107.03
Pre-Construction Conference ............................................................................................................ 47
107.04
Progress Schedule .............................................................................................................................. 47
107.10
Progress Photographs ........................................................................................................................ 51
107.11
Authority Operations ........................................................................................................................ 51
SECTION 108 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..................................................................................................... 52
108.03
Partial Payments ............................................................................................................................... 52
108.04
Payment for Cost-Plus Work ............................................................................................................ 53
108.05
Final Payment ................................................................................................................................... 57
108.08
Fuel Price Adjustment ...................................................................................................................... 58
SECTION 109 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ..................................................................................................... 60
109.03
Maintenance Bond. ........................................................................................................................... 60
Division 200 - Earthwork ........................................................................................................................................ 61
SECTION 201 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING ............................................................................................................ 61
201.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 61
201.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 62
201.03
Methods of Construction ................................................................................................................... 62
201.04
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 62
201.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 62
SECTION 202 - ROADWAY EXCAVATION ................................................................................................................ 63
202.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 63
202.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 63
202.03
Methods of construction .................................................................................................................... 63
202.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 65
SECTION 203 – EMBANKMENT................................................................................................................................ 65
203.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 65
203.03
Methods Of Construction ................................................................................................................. 65
203.04
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 67
203.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 67
SECTION 205 - FOUNDATION EXCAVATION ........................................................................................................... 68
205.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 68
205.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 68
205.03
Methods of construction .................................................................................................................... 68
Table of Contents - 2
A500.357
205.04
205.05
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 68
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 69
SECTION 206 - TRENCH EXCAVATION.................................................................................................................... 69
206.03
Methods of Construction ................................................................................................................... 69
206.04
Measurement. .................................................................................................................................... 69
206.05
Payment. ........................................................................................................................................... 69
SECTION 207 – STONE FOR EROSION CONTROL..................................................................................................... 71
207.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 71
207.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 71
207.03
207.04
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 72
207.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 73
SECTION 208 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND DUST CONTROL ....................................................................... 74
208.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 74
208.03
208.04
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 75
208.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 76
SECTION 213 – GEOGRID REINFORCED SLOPE ....................................................................................................... 77
213.01
Description. ....................................................................................................................................... 77
213.02
Materials. .......................................................................................................................................... 77
213.03
Methods Of Construction. ................................................................................................................ 78
213.04
Measurement. .................................................................................................................................... 80
213.05
Payment. ........................................................................................................................................... 80
Division 300 – Pavement ........................................................................................................................................ 81
SECTION 301 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSE............................................................................................................ 81
301.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 81
SECTION 302 – HOT MIX ASPHALT [HMA] PAVEMENTS ....................................................................................... 81
302.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 81
302.03
Contractor’s Quality Control ............................................................................................................ 81
302.05
302.07
Air Voids Acceptance Plan. .............................................................................................................. 83
302.09
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 83
302.10
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 83
SECTION 303 – SHOULDER AND BERM SURFACING .............................................................................................. 84
303.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 84
303.02
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 84
303.03
303.04
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 84
303.05
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 84
SECTION 304 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT ................................................................................ 85
304.06
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 85
Division 400 - Structures ........................................................................................................................................ 86
SECTION 401 – CONCRETE STRUCTURES ................................................................................................................ 86
401.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 86
401.04
Contractor’s Quality Control ............................................................................................................ 86
401.19
Protective Coatings for Concrete Surfaces ........................................................................................ 86
401.23
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 88
401.24
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 88
SECTION 415 – TEMPORARY SHEETING .................................................................................................................. 89
A500.357
415.01
415.02
415.03
415.06
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 89
Materials ........................................................................................................................................... 89
Shop Drawings .................................................................................................................................. 89
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 89
SECTION 428 – SOLDIER PILE RETAINING WALL SYSTEM ..................................................................................... 90
428.01
Description ........................................................................................................................................ 90
428.02
Material ............................................................................................................................................. 90
428.03
Shop Drawings ................................................................................................................................. 93
428.04
Pre-Construction Meeting ................................................................................................................ 95
428.05
428.06
Construction Quality Assurance ...................................................................................................... 98
428.07
Measurement ..................................................................................................................................... 98
428.08
Payment ............................................................................................................................................ 99
SECTION 429 – PERMANENT GROUND ANCHORS ............................................................................................... 101
429.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 101
429.02
Quality Assurance .......................................................................................................................... 101
429.03
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 102
429.04
Shop Drawings ................................................................................................................................ 104
429.05
Methods of Construction ................................................................................................................. 106
429.06
Testing ............................................................................................................................................. 108
429.07
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 112
429.08
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 112
SECTION 430 – SELF-CONSOLIDATING CONCRETE (SCC) FOR DRILLED SHAFTS ............................................... 113
430.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 113
430.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 113
430.03
Mix Requirements ........................................................................................................................... 114
430.04
Verification of Pumpability ............................................................................................................. 114
430.05
Control and Acceptance Testing ..................................................................................................... 115
430.06
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 115
430.07
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 115
Division 500 - Incidental Construction .............................................................................................................. 116
SECTION 501 – UNDERDRAINS ............................................................................................................................. 116
501.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 116
501.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 116
501.03
Methods Of Construction ............................................................................................................... 116
501.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 116
501.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 116
SECTION 502 – STORM DRAINS ............................................................................................................................ 117
502.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 117
502.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 117
502.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 117
SECTION 503 – MANHOLES AND INLETS ............................................................................................................. 118
503.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 118
503.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 118
503.03
503.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 118
503.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 118
SECTION 506 – CONCRETE CURB.......................................................................................................................... 119
506.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 119
506.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 119
SECTION 510 – GUIDE RAIL .................................................................................................................................. 119
A500.357
510.01
510.02
510.03
510.04
510.05
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 119
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 119
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 120
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 121
SECTION 511 - FENCING ....................................................................................................................................... 122
511.01
Description. .................................................................................................................................... 122
511.02
Materials. ....................................................................................................................................... 122
511.03
511.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 129
511.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 129
SECTION 514 - SIDEWALKS ................................................................................................................................... 130
514.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 130
514.03
514.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 130
SECTION 516 - PAVEMENT STRIPES AND MARKINGS ........................................................................................... 131
516.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 131
516.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 131
516.04
516.05
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 134
516.06
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 134
SECTION 517 – FIELD OFFICE................................................................................................................................ 135
517.03
517.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 140
517.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 140
SECTION 531 – SANITARY SEWER ......................................................................................................................... 141
531.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 141
531.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 141
531.03
531.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 145
531.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 145
SECTION 532– WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES ....................................................................................... 147
532.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 147
532.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 147
532.03
532.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 154
532.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 154
SECTION 533 – UTILITY SERVICE CONNECTIONS ................................................................................................. 156
533.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 156
533.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 156
533.03
533.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 158
533.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 159
SECTION 534 – TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES.................................................... 160
534.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 160
534.02
Definitions ....................................................................................................................................... 160
534.03
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 161
534.04
534.05
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 170
534.06
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 170
SECTION 535 – MANUFACTURED TREATMENT DEVICE....................................................................................... 172
A500.357
535.01
535.02
535.03
535.04
535.05
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 172
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 172
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 173
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 173
SECTION 536 – BUILDING WORK .......................................................................................................................... 174
536.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 174
536.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 174
536.03
536.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 174
536.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 178
SECTION 537 – ALLOWANCES .............................................................................................................................. 179
537.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 179
537.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 179
537.03
537.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 179
537.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 179
SECTION 538 – FUEL ISLAND ................................................................................................................................ 180
538.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 180
538.02
Materials and Methods of Construction ......................................................................................... 180
538.03
API and PEI Recommended Practice .............................................................................................. 180
538.04
UST Installations ............................................................................................................................ 180
538.05
Construction.................................................................................................................................... 182
538.06
Submersible Turbine Pumps ........................................................................................................... 183
538.07
Fuel Dispensers ............................................................................................................................... 185
538.08
UST Monitoring and Leak Detection System ................................................................................. 187
538.09
Primary Product and Secondary Containment Piping ................................................................... 188
538.10
Miscellaneous Piping, Caps, Valves, Fittings and Manholes ......................................................... 188
538.11
Submersible Turbine Pump Installations ........................................................................................ 189
538.12
Product Piping Installation ............................................................................................................. 189
538.13
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 190
538.14
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 190
SECTION 539 – ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY .................................................................................... 191
539.01
Description. ..................................................................................................................................... 191
539.02
Health and Safety. ........................................................................................................................... 191
539.03
Additional Requirements. ............................................................................................................... 196
539.04
Measurement. .................................................................................................................................. 201
539.05
Payment. ......................................................................................................................................... 201
SECTION 540 – NON-HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLING ................................................................................ 202
540.01
Description. ..................................................................................................................................... 202
540.02
Additional Requirements. ............................................................................................................... 202
540.03
Execution......................................................................................................................................... 204
540.04
Measurement. .................................................................................................................................. 207
540.05
Payment. ......................................................................................................................................... 208
SECTION 541 – NOT USED .................................................................................................................................... 209
SECTION 542 – UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL............................................................................... 209
542.01
Contractor Qualifications................................................................................................................ 209
542.02
Governing Standards ...................................................................................................................... 209
542.03
Regulatory Requirements ................................................................................................................ 210
542.04
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 211
542.05
Submittals/Documentation ............................................................................................................. 211
A500.357
542.06
542.07
542.08
542.09
Execution......................................................................................................................................... 212
Temporary Sheeting. ....................................................................................................................... 216
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 216
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 217
SECTION 543 – ASBESTOS ABATEMENT ................................................................................................................ 218
543.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 218
543.02
References. ....................................................................................................................................... 218
543.03
Definitions. ...................................................................................................................................... 220
543.04
Requirements. .................................................................................................................................. 224
543.05
Execution........................................................................................................................................ 228
543.06
Measurement. .................................................................................................................................. 231
543.07
Payment. ......................................................................................................................................... 231
SECTION 544 – LEAD PAINT MANAGEMENT ....................................................................................................... 232
544.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 232
544.02
Regulatory Requirements ................................................................................................................ 232
544.03
Submittals ....................................................................................................................................... 232
544.04
Quality Assurance .......................................................................................................................... 233
544.05
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 233
544.06
Execution......................................................................................................................................... 233
544.07
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 234
544.08
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 234
SECTION 545 – BUILDING DEMOLITION ............................................................................................................... 235
545.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 235
545.02
Additional Requirements ................................................................................................................ 235
545.03
Execution......................................................................................................................................... 239
545.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 243
545.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 243
SECTION 546 – KNOX BOX .................................................................................................................................... 244
546.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 244
546.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 244
546.03
546.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 244
546.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 244
SECTION 547 – GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT ................................................................................................. 245
547.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 245
547.02
Additional Requirements / Materials .............................................................................................. 246
547.03
Execution......................................................................................................................................... 247
547.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 248
547.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 248
SECTION 548 – BOLLARDS .................................................................................................................................... 249
548.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 249
548.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 249
548.03
548.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 250
548.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 250
SECTION 549– REMOVAL OF UNIVERSAL WASTE ................................................................................................ 251
549.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 251
549.02
Requirements ................................................................................................................................... 251
549.03
Execution......................................................................................................................................... 254
549.04
Mercury Waste Handling and Disposal ......................................................................................... 257
549.05
Handling and Disposal of Sealed Batteries ..................................................................................... 258
A500.357
549.06
549.07
549.08
549.09
Handling and Disposal of PCBs ...................................................................................................... 259
CFC System Evacuation ................................................................................................................. 262
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 264
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 264
Division 600 - Electrical ........................................................................................................................................ 265
SECTION 601 - COMMON ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS ............................................................................................ 265
601.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 265
601.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 266
601.03
General Conditions.......................................................................................................................... 266
601.05
Conduit............................................................................................................................................ 267
601.06
Foundations, Boxes, Manholes And Bases ...................................................................................... 269
601.07
Cables and Wires ............................................................................................................................. 269
601.11
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 270
601.12
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 270
SECTION 602 – ROADWAY AND SITE LIGHTING .................................................................................................. 272
602.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 272
602.04
Lighting Standards.......................................................................................................................... 272
602.07
Power Distribution and Control Equipment .................................................................................. 272
602.08
Measurement. .................................................................................................................................. 272
602.09
Payment. ......................................................................................................................................... 273
SECTION 605 - INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS .................................................................................. 274
605.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 274
605.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 277
605.03
605.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 280
605.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 281
SECTION 606 – MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL WORK ......................................................................................... 283
606.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 283
606.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 283
606.03
606.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 283
606.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 283
Division 700 - Landscaping .................................................................................................................................. 284
SECTION 704 - SEEDING AND SODDING............................................................................................................... 284
704.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 284
704.03
704.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 284
SECTION 705 - PLANTING ..................................................................................................................................... 285
705.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 285
705.03
705.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 285
SECTION 709 - LANDSCAPE PAVING .................................................................................................................... 286
709.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 286
709.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 286
709.03
709.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 286
SECTION 711 - FLAGPOLE ..................................................................................................................................... 287
711.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 287
711.02
Material ........................................................................................................................................... 287
711.03
A500.357
711.04
711.05
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 288
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 288
Division 800 – Traffic Control ............................................................................................................................. 289
SECTION 801 - MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC ......................................................................... 289
801.01
General Provisions .......................................................................................................................... 289
801.02
State Police Authority ..................................................................................................................... 289
801.03
Traffic Permit .................................................................................................................................. 289
801.04
Movement Of Contractor's Vehicles, Equipment And Personnel .................................................. 290
801.05
Vehicle Access To Work Areas ........................................................................................................ 292
801.06
Maintenance of Existing Traffic Control Devices ........................................................................... 292
801.07
Lane Closure and Construction Safety Video ................................................................................. 293
SECTION 802 – LANE AND SHOULDER CLOSINGS ............................................................................................... 294
802.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 294
802.02
Materials ......................................................................................................................................... 294
802.03
802.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 305
802.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 305
SECTION 803 – STATE, COUNTY AND LOCAL HIGHWAYS .................................................................................. 306
803.01
Description ...................................................................................................................................... 306
803.03
803.04
Measurement ................................................................................................................................... 307
803.05
Payment .......................................................................................................................................... 307
Division 900 – Materials ....................................................................................................................................... 308
SECTION 902 - AGGREGATES ................................................................................................................................ 308
902.08
Soil Aggregate ................................................................................................................................. 308
902.09
Table ................................................................................................................................................ 310
SECTION 903 – HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) ........................................................................................................ 311
903.01
Composition of Mixtures ................................................................................................................. 311
903.02
Grading Requirements .................................................................................................................... 311
903.03
Job mix Formula .............................................................................................................................. 311
903.04
Sampling and Testing ..................................................................................................................... 311
903.05
Tables............................................................................................................................................... 311
905.05
Portland Cement Concrete .............................................................................................................. 311
SECTION 914 - FENCE............................................................................................................................................ 312
914.01
Chain Link Fence. ............................................................................................................................ 312
SECTION 915 - BEAM GUIDE RAIL ........................................................................................................................ 313
915.01
Rail Element .................................................................................................................................... 313
915.02
Posts And Recycled/Synthetic Blockouts ........................................................................................ 313
915.03
Miscellaneous Hardware ................................................................................................................. 313
915.04
Sampling And Testing .................................................................................................................... 313
SECTION 916 – MASONRY UNITS ......................................................................................................................... 313
916.01
Concrete Blocks ............................................................................................................................... 313
SECTION 917 – PIPE............................................................................................................................................... 314
917.08
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe ....................................................................................... 314
SECTION 918 - ELECTRICAL MATERIAL ................................................................................................................ 315
918.01
General ........................................................................................................................................... 315
918.07
Cable and Wire ............................................................................................................................... 315
918.08
Conduit and Fittings ....................................................................................................................... 319
918.24
Rodent Blocking .............................................................................................................................. 320
A500.357
918.25
918.26
Network Switch ............................................................................................................................... 320
Coaxial Cable ................................................................................................................................... 320
SECTION 919 - LANDSCAPING MATERIALS .......................................................................................................... 322
919.10
Seed ................................................................................................................................................. 322
SECTION 920 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES ........................................................................................................ 323
920.03
Safety Vests ..................................................................................................................................... 323
SECTION 923 - MISCELLANEOUS .......................................................................................................................... 323
923.30
Silt Fence ......................................................................................................................................... 323
923.37
Fly Ash ............................................................................................................................................ 323
923.38
Hydrated Lime ................................................................................................................................. 324
923.39
Detectable Warning Surface ............................................................................................................ 324
923.40
Ductile Iron Water Pipe .................................................................................................................. 324
923.41
Epoxy Bedding Compound .............................................................................................................. 324
923.42
Asphalt Waterproofing .................................................................................................................... 324
923.43
Geotextile. ........................................................................................................................................ 324
SECTION 924 – SUPERPAVE HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) ..................................................................................... 326
924.01
924.02
924.04
Composition .................................................................................................................................... 326
Job Mix Formula ............................................................................................................................. 326
Tables............................................................................................................................................... 326
SECTION 990 – METHODS OF TESTS...................................................................................................................... 328
990.11
A-7 Rapidly Determining The Breakdown In Sizes Of Soil Aggregate ........................................... 328
Appendix A – Affirmative Action Mandatory Language ................................................................................... 1
Appendix B – Requirements of Public Law 2005, Chapter 51 (Executive Order 134) and Executive Order
117 ........................................................................................................................................................ 1
Appendix F – New Jersey Turnpike Authority Helmets to Hardhats Pilot Program.................................... 1
Appendix I – NJDPES Stormwater Permit Program ........................................................................................... 1
Appendix J – Discrimination In Employment On Public Works ................................................................... 13
Appendix W - New Jersey Turnpike Authority Operations Video Attendance Sheet ............................... 14
Appendix X 1
New Jersey Turnpike Authority Requirements For Small Business Enterprise Subcontractors’ And
Set-Aside Program For Construction Contracts ......................................................................... 1
Appendix Y - Traffic Permit Application .............................................................................................................. 1
Appendix Z - COST-PLUS WORK FORMS ......................................................................................................... 1
Appendix AA – 24” x 36” telephone junction box ............................................................................................. 11
Appendix AB 12
OMNI C2 – 4” WATER (DOMESTIC) METER APPURTENANCES ............................................................. 12
MWC – 10” FIRE SERVICE METER WITH RPZ ............................................................................................... 12
New Jersey Turnpike Authority
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING - 581 MAIN STREET
P.O. BOX 5042 WOODBRIDGE, NEW JERSEY 07095-5042
TELEPHONE (732) 750-5300
CHRIS CHRISTIE
GOVERNOR
JAMIE FOX, Chairman
RONALD GRAVINO, Vice Chairman
MICHAEL R. DU PONT, Commissioner
HAROLD L. HODES, Commissioner
RAYMOND M. POCINO, Commissioner
ULISES E. DIAZ, Commissioner
DANIEL F. BECHT, Commissioner
JOHN D. MINELLA, Commissioner
JOSEPH M. MROZEK, Executive Director
KIM GUADAGNO
LIEUTENANT GOVERNOR
ADVERTISEMENT FOR PROPOSALS
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
Milepost 90.0 NB
Proposals are invited for Contract No. A500.357 which involves the construction of the new
Central Inventory Building. The purpose of this project is to provide the New Jersey Turnpike Authority
a central location for supply storage, in addition to providing garages and work areas dedicated to
Motorpool, ITS, and Maintenance services. The project is located in Woodbridge Township, Middlesex
County, NJ at Turnpike Milepost 90.0 NB. The 65,220 SF Central Inventory facility building is divided
into two wings. The building’s functions are separated as warehouse and mixed-use building. The 15,279
SF first floor garage/locker area of the mixed-use building includes multiple garage bays. Administrative
offices are located on the 15,279 SF second floor of the mixed-used building, as well as labs, conference
rooms, additional lockers, and men’s and women’s bunks. Building service spaces including, mechanical,
electrical, telephone and data will also primarily reside on the second floor. The 23,250 SF warehouse
incorporates various racking arrangements in addition to 3 levels of mezzanine for smaller material
storage. Small offices are also provided in a designated receiving area located by the loading docks, along
with a main counter at the building entrance for walk-up service.
The site work involves earthwork, grading, drainage, paving, utility connections, new fuel
facilities and site retaining walls. A basin and two manufactured treatment devices are required to meet
stormwater management requirements. The new sanitary sewer connection will require trenchless pipe
installation under active New Jersey Turnpike ramp traffic. Demolition includes two existing buildings
and an underground fuel tank. Contaminated soil is anticipated on-site. The existing salt dome and
existing calcium facilities will remain active at all times during construction. The construction will
require staging to maintain the district site’s on-going activities.
The principal items of work include:
Description
Quantity
Excavation........................................................................................................................................ 22,254 C.Y.
Embankment ................................................................................................................................... 17,056 C.Y.
Geogrid Reinforced Slope………………………………………………………………………….5,633 S.Y.
Aggregate Base Course, 6” Thick ................................................................................................. 32,629 S.Y.
Hot Mix Asphalt ............................................................................................................................. 11,478 Ton
Concrete, Various Items ................................................................................................................. 1,108 C.Y.
Reinforcement Steel ........................................................................................................................ 99,330 Pound
A500.357
Advertisement for Proposals - 1
February 25, 2015
Steel Soldier Piles ............................................................................................................................ 2,322 L.F.
Permanent Timber Lagging ........................................................................................................... 8,137 L.F.
Drilled Shaft, 30” & 42” Diameter…………………………………………………………………1,350 L.F.
8” Sanitary Pipe Cured in Place (CIPP)…………………………………………………………...2,343 L.F.
Sanitary Pump Station………………………………………………………………………………L.S.
Building Work ................................................................................................................................. Various L.S
Site Electrical ................................................................................................................................... Various Items
Site Items…………………………………………………………………………………………….L.S.
Building Equipment ....................................................................................................................... L.S.
Fuel Island ....................................................................................................................................... L.S.
The estimated cost of construction is between $35,000,000 and $45,000,000.
Bidders are invited to attend a non-mandatory pre-bid presentation at the project site on
March 6, 2015 at 10am for the purpose of providing general information regarding the work involved
under this Contract.
Prospective bidders may register for this presentation via e-mail to Brian O’Leary, Project
Engineer by March 3, 2015 at BO'[email protected]. The e-mail subject line should read,
“Contract No. A500.357 Pre-Bid Presentation”.
Bidders may request to visit the site for his own familiarity prior to the proposal due date. All
requests shall be via e-mail to Brian O’Leary at BO'[email protected].. The e-mail subject line
should read, “Contract No. A500.357 Site Visit Request”.
Bidders must be prequalified under the State of New Jersey Department of Treasury, Division of
Property Management and Construction, Classification C008, General Construction and Rating
$45,000,000 minimum prior to the receipt of bids. For proposals submitted by joint ventures, each
member of the joint venture must be prequalified in the Contract Classification, and the sum of the
ratings held by each member must be within 10 percent of the total price bid by the joint venture or one
member of the joint venture must be prequalified in the Contract Classification and that member’s Rating
must be $45,000,000 minimum.
Evidence of the current and valid assigned State of New Jersey Department of Treasury, Division
of Property Management and Construction classification and rating must be in the hands of the New
Jersey Turnpike Authority, Engineering Department no later than March 10, 2015.
PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION
Contractors shall comply with the Public Works Contractor Registration Act, as amended,
N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.48 et seq. No contractor shall bid on any contract for public work, as defined in
N.J.S.A. 34:11-56.26(5), unless the contractor is registered pursuant to this Act. No contractor or
subcontractor, including lower tier subcontractors, shall engage in the performance of any public work
subject to the contract, unless the contractor or subcontractor is registered pursuant to the Act.
BUSINESS REGISTRATION ACT
Proof of valid business registration with the State of New Jersey Department of Treasury,
Division of Revenue, shall be submitted by the successful bidder in the form of a valid Business
Registration Certificate in compliance with N.J.S.A. 52:33-44, as amended. No contract shall be
awarded without proof of business registration with the Division of Revenue.
In accordance with N.J.S.A. 27:23-51 et seq., the Authority shall institute a pilot program (the
“Program”) to aid former military personnel in finding employment in the construction industry. Under
A500.357
February 25, 2015
the Program, the Authority shall comply with the requirements of the N.J.S.A. 27:23-51 et seq., including
the conditional veto message of Governor Chris Christie, to ensure that veterans are given every
opportunity to pursue meaningful employment with the State of New Jersey.
The Authority has established an 8% benchmark for the term of the Program for all construction
contracts for veteran hiring and retention by Authority construction contractors. The target number of
labor hours (H2H Hours and/or Veteran Hours) to be performed by veterans employed by contractors
for work on this contract shall be 8% of this project’s total labor hours. H2H Hours may only be satisfied
by Veterans employed by the contractor in an apprenticeable trade through the NJH2H Program. Veteran
hours shall include positions and work both in the administrative and construction areas.
In accordance with Executive Order No. 84 signed by Governor Jim Florio on March 5, 1993 and
Executive Order No. 71 signed by Governor James E. McGreevey on October 2, 2003, it is the policy of the
Authority that Small Business Enterprises (“SBEs”), as determined and defined by the State of New
Jersey, Department of the Treasury, Division of Minority & Women Business Development (“Division”)
in N.J.A.C. 17:13-1.1 et seq. and N.J.A.C. 17:14-1.1 et seq., respectively, have the opportunity to compete
for and participate in the performance of contracts for the purchase of goods and services and for
construction services required by the Authority. The Authority further requires that its contractors shall
agree to take all necessary and responsible steps, in accordance with the aforementioned regulations, to
ensure that SBEs have these opportunities.
The Contractor agrees to make a good faith effort to award at least 25% of this contract to
subcontractors registered by the Division as a Small Business Enterprise (“SBE”) firm. Subcontracting
goals do not apply if the prime contractor is a registered SBE firm.
All bidders must comply with N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 et seq. and N.J.A.C. 17:27 relating to affirmative
action rules prohibiting discrimination in employment and requiring affirmative action in performance of
contracts awarded to the successful bidder.
Proposals must be submitted electronically through the Bid Express Electronic Bidding portal on
the Authority’s website (http://www.state.nj.us/turnpike/construction.html) under the location entitled
“E-Bidding”. Paper bids will not be accepted.
The deadline to submit proposals is 11:00 o'clock Prevailing Time on the morning of March 25,
2015 at which time proposals will be downloaded by the Authority from the Bid Express website and said
proposals will be publicly opened and read.
The bidders are advised that the Proposal Bond form or the Letter of Surety form provided in the
Authority’s Electronic Bidding software must be executed by the bidder when this type of proposal
guaranty is selected by the bidder. Bidders are also advised that Public Law 2005, Chapter 51 and
Executive Order 117 (Corzine 2008) Certification and Disclosure forms must be executed by the intended
awardee only.
Contract documents may be examined or purchased online starting February 25, 2015 at the
Bid Express website, www.bidx.com. Instructions may also be found through the Electronic Bidding
link found on the Authority’s website (http://www.state.nj.us/turnpike/construction.html) under the
location entitled “E-Bidding”. The 2004 Standard Specifications, which form an integral part of the
Contract, are available from the Authority at an additional cost of Thirty Five Dollars ($35.00) per copy.
Robert J. Fischer, P.E.
Chief Engineer
A500.357
February 25, 2015
A500.357
PREQUALIFICATION RECAPITULATION
The undersigned hereby affirms that our firm is prequalified by the New Jersey Department of Property
Management and Construction, in the classification of _________________________________________ and
rating of ____________________ and there has been no material change in our prequalification subsequent
to the latest contractor's Qualifying Statement ____________________ (Dated)as required by the Procedure
for Prequalification and Award on New Jersey Turnpike Authority Construction Contracts. I further
affirm that for NJDPMC prequalification this firm’s bid for this project does not cause the firm to exceed
its aggregate rating limit, including consideration of uncompleted construction work (please refer to
N.J.A.C. 17:19-2.13, which describes how certain major trade subcontract work is discounted 85% for
purposes of calculating whether a contractor is within its rating).
DISCLOSURE STATEMENT
The undersigned firm name of Bidder, in compliance with N.J.S.A. 52:25-24.2, does hereby state and
declare the following list of stockholders or partners in this corporation or partnership, as the case may
be, with 10 percent or greater interest therein.
Number of Shares of Stock,
Corporation or % of
Name
Address
Interest in Partnership
_________________
___________________________________
____________
_________________
__________________________________
____________
_________________
__________________________________
____________
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The undersigned being duly sworn according to law on my oath depose and say that I am the bidder
making this Proposal for the above named project, and that I execute this Proposal with full authority so
to do; that said bidder has not, directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in any
collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free, competitive bidding in connection with the
above named project; and that all statements contained in this Proposal and in this affidavit are true and
correct, and made with full knowledge that the New Jersey Turnpike Authority relies upon the truth of
the statements contained herein and in any statements requested by the Authority showing evidence of
qualifications in awarding the contract for said project.
I further warrant that no person or selling agency has been employed or retained to solicit or
secure such contract upon an agreement or understanding for a commission, percentage, brokerage or
contingent fee, except bona fide employees or bona fide established commercial or selling agencies
maintained by our firm.
Subscribed and sworn to before me
This__________________day of_______________, 20_______.
____________________________________
Name of Contractor
____________________________________
Affiant’s Name
____________________________________
Affiant’s Signature
____________________________________
Affiant’s Title
______________________________________________________
Notary Public of the State of__________________________
My commission expires_______________, 20____________.
Proposal - 1 Firm Name of Bidder ________________________
A500.357
ADDENDA
Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following Addenda:
Accompanying this Proposal is a Proposal Guaranty providing for an amount of money which the
undersigned agrees to pay as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, if the Contract is awarded to the
undersigned and the undersigned shall fail to execute and deliver the Contract and the Contract Bond and
furnish satisfactory evidence of all required insurance coverage, all within the stipulated time; otherwise,
the Proposal Guaranty will be void or returned to the Bidder. It is agreed that the New Jersey Turnpike
Authority may collect such damages in the full amount of money provided for in the Proposal Guaranty.
an Individual)
The undersigned is a Partnership) under the laws of the
a Corporation)
State of ______________________________________________________having principal
Office at _____________________________________________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
________________________________
(Corporate Seal)
(Signature)
Witness or Attest
________________________________
(Address) ________________________________
______________________
(Date)
_______________________, 20_____
Proposal - 2 Firm Name of Bidder ________________________
A500.357
PROPOSAL BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
___________________________________________________________ as PRINCIPAL: and
____________________________________________________________as Surety and duly
qualified to transact business in the State of New Jersey, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the New
Jersey Turnpike Authority in the sum of
________________________________________________________________Dollars and
__________________________________________Cents ($__________) for the payment
of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors,
administrators, successors and assigns.
Signed, this_____________day of_________________A.D.
two thousand and_________________________________________________.
THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas the Principal has
submitted to the New Jersey Turnpike Authority a certain Proposal, attached hereto and hereby made a
part hereof, to enter into a Contract in writing for Contract No. _________________of the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority;
NOW, THEREFORE,
(a)
If said Proposal shall be rejected by the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, or in the alternative,
(b) If said Proposal shall be accepted by the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, and the Principal
shall duly execute the Contract Agreement and furnish the required Contract Bond, within the stipulated
time,
Then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall in
no event, exceed the amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety and
its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Authority
may accept such proposal; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Proposal Bond -1 (Std. 1/97 Rev. 1/00)
A500.357
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such
of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be
signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above.
_____________________________________
[Corporate Seal]
_____________________________________
WITNESS OR ATTEST
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
______________________________________
Principal
_____________________________________
[Corporate Seal]
_____________________________________
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
_____________________________________
____________________________________
_____________________________________
Surety
Proposal Bond -2 (Std. 1/97 Rev. 1/00)
A500.357
LETTER OF SURETY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned
_______________________________________________________as PRINCIPAL: and
_______________________________________________________as Surety and duly qualified to transact
business in the State of New Jersey, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the New Jersey Turnpike
Authority in the sum by which the amount of the Contract, covering the attached proposal, properly and
lawfully executed by and between the New Jersey Turnpike Authority and some third party, may exceed the
amount bid by the Principal for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and
severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
Signed, this_____________day of_________________A.D.
two thousand and_________________________________________________.
THE CONDITION OF THE ABOVE OBLIGATION IS SUCH that whereas
the Principal has submitted to the New Jersey Turnpike Authority a certain
Proposal, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof, to enter into a
Contract in writing for Contract No. _________________of the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority;
NOW, THEREFORE,
(a)
If said Proposal shall be rejected by the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, or in the alternative,
(b) If said Proposal shall be accepted by the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, and the Principal shall
duly execute the Contract Agreement and furnish the required Contract Bond, within the stipulated time,
Then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being
expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no
event, exceed the amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety and its
bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Authority may
accept such Proposal; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension.
Letter of Surety -1
A500.357
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and
such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to
be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above.
_____________________________________
[Corporate Seal]
_____________________________________
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
_____________________________________
___________________________________
_____________________________________
Principal
____________________________________
[Corporate Seal]
____________________________________
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
_____________________________________
____________________________________
_____________________________________
Surety
Letter of Surety-2
A500.357
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
Milepost 90.0 NB
THIS AGREEMENT made this ________________ day of ___________________
in the year of our Lord, two thousand and ______________________
between the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, party of the first part, sometimes
hereinafter called Authority, and _____________________________________________
part____ of the second part, sometimes hereinafter called Contractor.
WITNESSETH, that the Said Contractor, in consideration of the payments hereinafter specified,
hereby covenants and agrees to furnish and deliver all the materials, to do and perform all the work and labor
required to be furnished and delivered, done and performed for, and to do and perform all things necessary
or proper for, or incidental to the completion of Contract No. A500.357 in strict and entire conformity with the
Specifications, attached hereto, and the Plans which consist of 405 drawings numbered 1 - 405 bearing the
general title:
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
Milepost 90.0 NB
and other Contract Documents which are hereby made a part of this Agreement as fully and with the same
effect as if the same had been set forth at length in the body of this Agreement.
All work under the Contract required to obtain a Certification of Substantial Completion shall be performed
and complete- on or before October 20, 2016.
All work under the Contract required to obtain Final Acceptance shall be performed and complete- on or
before November 17, 2016.
Contract Agreement - 1
A500.357
If the Contractor fails to complete fully, entirely and in conformity with the provisions of the
Contract, the Project and each and every part and appurtenance thereof, within the time stated above, or any
portion for which a completion date is stipulated within such further time as may have been granted in
accordance with the provisions of the Contract, then the Contractor shall and hereby agrees to pay the
Authority for each and every calendar day that he is in default on time to complete the entire Project, $4,900
which said amount per calendar day is agreed upon by the parties hereto to be liquidated damages and not a
penalty.
The Contractor agrees to make payment of all proper charges for labor and materials required in the
aforementioned work, and to defend, if so directed by the Authority, and to indemnify and save harmless the
Authority, its officers, employees and agents against and from all damages and liabilities, threatened,
pending or completed actions, proceedings or suits of every kind and all costs incurred in the defense,
settlement or satisfaction thereof (including attorney's fees and court costs), including damages and liabilities,
actions, proceedings, suits, costs, claims and judgments of officers, employees or agents of the Contractor and
of its subcontractors, and from all damages, liabilities, actions, proceedings, suits, costs, claims, or judgments
to which the Authority or any of its officers, employees, or agents may be subjected by reason of injury to the
person or property of others resulting from the performance of the Project; or the acts or omissions, whether
negligent or not, of the Contractor, its officers, employees or agents, and of its subcontractors; or of the
Authority, its officers, employees and agents, or of third persons; or through any improper or defective
machinery, implements or appliances used in the Project; and the Contractor shall further defend, if so
directed by the Authority, indemnify and save harmless the Authority, its officers, employees and agents
from all damages, liabilities, actions, proceedings, suits, costs or claims of any kind, which may be brought or
instituted by any subcontractor, material man or laborer who has performed work or furnished materials in
or about the Project or by, or on account of, any claims or amount recovered for any infringement of patent,
trademark or copyright. So much money due to the Contractor under and by virtue of the Contract as shall
be considered necessary by the Authority may be retained by the Authority and held until such suits,
proceedings, actions, claims or amounts shall have been settled, and suitable evidence to that effect furnished
to the Authority. The obligations of this paragraph shall survive the expiration, termination or rescission of
this Contract.
In consideration of the premises, the Authority hereby agrees to pay, as sole compensation for the
performance of the Project, payments for the actual quantity of authorized work performed, as provided in
the Specifications, at the prices for the Scheduled Items of Work in the Proposal.
Contract Agreement-2
A500.357
This Contract is to be binding upon the Authority, its successor or successors, and upon the
contractor and _____________ heirs, executors, administrators, successor or successors, and is voidable and
may be terminated by the Authority, in accordance with the Provisions of the Specifications, or if the
provisions of the statutes relative thereto are not complied with.
Relevant records of private vendors or other persons entering into contracts with covered entities are
subject to audit or review by the New Jersey Office of the State Comptroller pursuant to N.J.S.A. 52:15C-14(d).
The Contractor shall maintain all documentation related to products, transactions or services under this
contract for a period of five years from the date of final payment. Such records shall be made available to the
New Jersey Office of the State Comptroller upon request.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
Agreement the day and year first above written.
Attest:
_________________________________
Secretary of the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority
__________________________________________
Executive Director
(Corporate Seal)
Witness or Attest
_________________________________
______________________________________
Name of Contractor
(Corporate Seal)
______________________________________L.S.
______________________________________L.S.
Contract Agreement-3
A500.357
CONTRACT NO. _____________
CONTRACT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
That we,
,
(An individual, a partnership, a corporation)
duly organized under the Laws of the State of______________________________________________
and having a usual place of business at____________________________________________________
as Principal, and
a corporation duly organized under the Laws of the State of
and duly
authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey and having a usual place of business at
, as Surety, are holden and stand firmly
bound and obligated unto the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, as Obligee, in the sum of
lawful money of the United States of America, to and for the
true payment whereof we bind ourselves and each of us, our heirs, executors, administrators,
successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas, the above named
Principal did on the
day of
, 20
, enter into a contract with the
Obligee, New Jersey Turnpike Authority generally described as follows:
which said contract is made part of this Bond the
same as though set forth herein.
Contract Bond - 1
A500.357
Now, if the said Principal shall well and faithfully do and perform the things agreed by the Principal
to be done and performed according to the terms of said contract, and shall pay all lawful claims of laborers
and other beneficiaries as defined by N.J.S.A. 2A:44-143 for labor performed or materials, provisions,
provender of other supplies, or teams, fuels, oils, implements or machinery furnished, used or consumed in
the carrying forward, performing or completing of said contract, we agreeing and assenting that this
undertaking shall be for the benefit of laborers and any beneficiary as defined in N.J.S.A. 2A:44-143 having a
just claim, as well as, for the Obligee herein, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise, the same shall
remain in full force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any
and all claims hereunder shall in no event exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.
The said Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no modifications, omissions or additions in or to
the terms of the said contract or in or to the plans or specifications therefore shall in anywise affect the
obligation of said Surety on its bond, and the Surety hereby waives notice of same.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto set our hands and seals
this
day of
in the year 20
.
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
PRINCIPAL
[CORPORATE SEAL]
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
SURETY
[CORPORATE SEAL]
Contract Bond - 2
A500.357
POWER OF EXECUTION
The undersigned, a
____________________________________________________
corporation, partnership, individual
under the laws of the State of ____________________________________________, having
principal office or registered agent in New Jersey at ________________________________,
street
_______________________________________, hereby nominates, constitutes and appoints
town
_____________________________________ with full power to act ________________________,
alone or in
_____________________________________, on behalf of _________________________________
conjunction with another person
name of company
to make, execute, seal and deliver on its behalf as contractor and as its act and deed, any and all contracts,
change orders, monthly and final payment certificates and other like instruments.
Such contracts, change orders, monthly and final payment certificates and other like instruments
shall be binding upon said company as fully and to all intents and purposes as if such instruments had been
duly executed and acknowledged and delivered by the authorized officers of the company when duly
executed, as indicated above, by either one of the aforementioned.
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
NAME OF COMPANY
________________________________________
BY: ____________________________
Signature
SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED PERSONS
TO ACT ON BEHALF OF ABOVE COMPANY
________________________________________
________________________________
Address
________________________________________
________________________________
Date
________________________________________
Corporate Seal:
Power of Execution - 1
A500.357
NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
Milepost 90.0 NB
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard Specifications
The Standard Specifications of the New Jersey Turnpike Authority (Authority), Sixth Edition, dated 2004,
copies of which are issued separately, as amended and augmented by the Supplementary Specifications,
shall govern the construction of this Project and the execution of the Contract.
The attention of the Bidders is specifically directed to the provisions of such Standard Specifications,
which are hereby made a part hereof, as if fully set forth at length herein.
Supplementary Specifications
The following clauses represent modifications to the corresponding subsections of the Standard
Specifications and Sections and Subsections added to the Standard Specifications, all relating exclusively
to the above Contract. Any applicable provision in the Standard Specifications not amended by and not
in conflict with the Supplementary Specifications shall be understood to be in full effect.
Construction Specification Institute Specifications
The Construction Specification Institute Specifications shall govern the construction as defined within.
These specifications supplement and are in addition to the Standard Specifications of the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority as augmented by the Supplementary Specifications. Any applicable provision in the
Standard Specifications not amended by and not in conflict with the Construction Specification Institute
Specifications shall be understood to be in full effect.
Supplementary Specifications - 1
A500.357
DIVISION 100 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 101 - GENERAL INFORMATION
101.02
DEFINITIONS
A.
Abbreviations
The following is added:
Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other
Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
AA
Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)
AAADM
AABC
AAMA
ABAA
ABMA
ACPA
AEIC
American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers
Associated Air Balance Council
American Architectural Manufacturers Association
Air Barrier Association of America
American Bearing Manufacturers Association
American Concrete Pipe Association
Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)
AF&PA
AGA
AHA
AI
AISC
ALCA
American Forest & Paper Association
American Gas Association
American Hardboard Association (Now part of CPA)
Asphalt Institute
American Institute of Steel Construction
Associated Landscape Contractors of America
(Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network)
American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated
Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.
APA - The Engineered Wood Association
Architectural Precast Association
American Petroleum Institute
Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
American Society of Sanitary Engineering
Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry International
American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC)
Architectural Woodwork Institute
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
Brick Industry Association (The)
Building Industry Consulting Services International
Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International
Commission on Accreditation for Law Enforcement Agencies
Carpet Cushion Council
Copper Development Association
ALSC
AMCA
AOSA
APA
APA
API
ARI
ARMA
ASHRAE
ASSE
AWCI
AWCMA
AWI
BHMA
BIA
BICSI
BIFMA
CALEA
CCC
CDA
A500.357
CEA
CFFA
CGA
CIMA
CISCA
CISPI
CLFMI
CPA
CPPA
CRI
CSA
CSI
CSI
CSSB
CTI
DHI
EIA
EIMA
EJCDC
EJMA
ESD
FMG
FMRC
FRSA
FSA
FSC
GA
GANA
GBCI
GRI
GS
GSI
HI
HI
HMMA
HPVA
HPW
IAS
ICRI
IEC
IESNA
IEST
IGCC
IGMA
ILI
ISO
ISSFA
ITS
ITU
KCMA
LEED
LMA
LPI
Canadian Electricity Association
Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.
Compressed Gas Association
Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
Composite Panel Association
Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
Carpet & Rug Institute (The)
Canadian Standards Association International (Formerly: IAS - International
Approval Services)
Cast Stone Institute
Construction Specifications Institute (The)
Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
Cooling Technology Institute (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
Door and Hardware Institute
Electronic Industries Alliance
Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) Industry Members Association
Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
Electrostatic Discharge Association
Factory Mutual Global (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System)
Factory Mutual Research (Now FMG)
Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.
Fluid Sealing Association
Forest Stewardship Council
Gypsum Association
Glass Association of North America
Green Building Certification Institute
(Now GSI)
Green Seal
Geosynthetic Institute
Hydraulic Institute
Hydronics Institute
Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM)
Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
International Approval Services (Now CSA International)
International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
International Electrotechnical Commission
Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology
Insulating Glass Certification Council
Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance
Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.
International Organization for Standardization
International Solid Surface Fabricators Association
Intertek
International Telecommunication Union
Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design
Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA)
Lightning Protection Institute
A500.357
MFMA
MH
MHIA
MPI
MSS
NAAMM
NACE
NADCA
NAIMA
NCMA
NCPI
NCTA
NEBB
NECA
NeLMA
NETA
NFRC
NGA
NHLA
NLGA
NRCA
NRMCA
NSF
NSSGA
NTMA
NTRMA
NWWDA
OPL
PDCA
PDI
PGI
PLANET
RCSC
RFCI
RTI
SDI
SDI
SEFA
SGCC
SIA
SIGMA
SJI
SMA
SMACNA
SPFA
SPIB
SPRI
SSINA
SWRI
Metal Framing Manufacturers Association
Material Handling (Now MHIA)
Material Handling Industry of America
Master Painters Institute
Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NACE International
(National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
National Air Duct Cleaners Association
North American Insulation Manufacturers Association
National Concrete Masonry Association
National Clay Pipe Institute
National Cable & Telecommunications Association
National Environmental Balancing Bureau
National Electrical Contractors Association
Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association
InterNational Electrical Testing Association
National Fenestration Rating Council
National Glass Association
National Hardwood Lumber Association
National Lumber Grades Authority
National Roofing Contractors Association
National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
NSF International (National Sanitation Foundation International)
National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association
National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The)
National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (Now TRI)
National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA)
Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (Acquired by ITS - Intertek)
Painting & Decorating Contractors of America
Plumbing & Drainage Institute
PVC Geomembrane Institute
Professional Landcare Network
(Formerly: ACLA - Associated Landscape Contractors of America)
Research Council on Structural Connections
Resilient Floor Covering Institute
(Formerly: NTRMA - National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association)
(Now TRI)
Steel Deck Institute
Steel Door Institute
Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
Safety Glazing Certification Council
Security Industry Association
Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA)
Steel Joist Institute
Screen Manufacturers Association
Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association
Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance
(Formerly: SPI/SPFD - The Society of the Plastics
Industry, Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division)
Southern Pine Inspection Bureau (The)
Single Ply Roofing Industry
Specialty Steel Industry of North America
Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute
A500.357
TCA
TIA/EIA
TMS
TPI
TPI
TRI
UNI
USGBC
USITT
WASTEC
WCLIB
WCMA
WCSC
WDMA
WI
WIC
WMMPA
WSRCA
WWPA
Tile Council of America, Inc.
Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance
The Masonry Society
Truss Plate Institute, Inc.
Turfgrass Producers International
Tile Roofing Institute (Formerly: RTI - Roof Tile Institute)
Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association
U.S. Green Building Council
United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.
Waste Equipment Technology Association
West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCSC)
Window Covering Safety Council
(Formerly: WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association)
Window & Door Manufacturers Association
(Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door Association)
Woodwork Institute (Formerly: WIC - Woodwork Institute of California)
Woodwork Institute of California (Now WI)
Wood Moulding & Millwork Producers Association
Western States Roofing Contractors Association
Western Wood Products Association
Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract
Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
IAPMO
IBC
ICBO
ICBO ES
ICC
ICC-ES
NPC
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
International Building Code
International Conference of Building Officials (See ICC)
ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. (See ICC-ES)
International Code Council
ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.
National Plumbing Code
Federal Government Agencies or Standards: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in
Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities
in the following list.
ADA
ADAAG
ABA
CE
CFR
CPSC
DOC
DOD
DOE
DSCC
FED-STD
FTMS
GSA
Americans with Disabilities Act
Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines
Architectural Barriers Act
Army Corps of Engineers
Code of Federal Regulations
Consumer Product Safety Commission
Department of Commerce
Department of Defense
Department of Energy
Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FSS)
Federal Standard (See FSS)
Federal Test Method Standard (See FSS)
General Services Administration
A500.357
MIL
MIL-STD
MILSPEC
PHS
TRB
UFAS
USDA
(See MILSPEC)
(See MILSPEC)
Military Specification and Standards
Office of Public Health and Science
Transportation Research Board
Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards
Department of Agriculture
State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or
other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following
list.
NJDCA
NJDOC
NJDPMC
State of New Jersey, Department of Community Affairs
State of New Jersey, Department of Corrections
State of New Jersey, Department of Property Management and
Construction
B.
Terms
Approved
The term "approved," when used in conjunction with
Architect's action on Contractor's submittals,
applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's
duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of
the Contract.
Beneficial Occupancy
Use of a building, structure, or facility by the owner for
its intended purpose (functionally complete), although
other contract work, nonessential to the function of the
occupied section, remains to be completed.
Beneficial Use
Use of a building system by the owner for its intended
purpose (functionally complete), although other
contract work, nonessential to the function of the
building system, remains to be completed.
Certificate of Approval
A certificate issued pursuant to N.J.A.C. 5:23-2 upon
completion of work that requires a construction permit
but not a certificate of occupancy.
Certificate of Occupancy
A certificate provided for in N.J.A.C. 5:23-2, indicating
that
the construction authorized by the construction permit
has been completed in accordance with the
construction permit, the act and the regulations.
Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized,"
"selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted"
A500.357
Directed
mean directed by Architect, requested by Architect, and
similar phrases.
Indicated
The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations,
notes, or schedules on Drawings; or to other paragraphs
or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements
in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown,"
"noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help
the user locate the reference.
Regulations
The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances,
statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having
jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and
agreements within the construction industry that
control performance of the Work.Avoid modifying
three paragraphs below because of the widespread
acceptance and understanding of the terms as defined.
Furnish
The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to
Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly,
installation, and similar operations.
Install
The term "install" describes operations at Project site
including unloading, temporary storage, unpacking,
assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying,
working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting,
cleaning, and similar operations.
Provide
The term "provide" means to furnish and install,
complete and ready for the intended use.
Installer
An installer is Contractor or another entity engaged by
Contractor, as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor
of lower tier, to perform a particular construction
operation, including installation, erection, application,
and similar operations.
Experienced
The term "experienced," when used with the term
"installer," means having successfully completed a
minimum of five previous projects similar in size and
scope to this Project; being familiar with the special
requirements indicated; and having complied with
requirements of authorities having jurisdiction
Carpentry
Using a term such as "carpentry" does not imply that
certain construction activities must be performed by
accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding
generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not
imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to
tradespeople of the corresponding generic name.
Project site
"Project site" is the space available for performing
construction activities, either exclusively or in
A500.357
conjunction with others performing other work as part
of Project. The extent of Project site is shown on the
Drawings and may or may not be identical with the
description of the land on which Project is to be built.
Electronic Bidding
The means of producing a Proposal using the
Authority’s approved software that has been
downloaded from the Authority’s website.
Project Manual
All contract documents including Plans, NJTA Standard
Drawings, NJTA Reference Drawings, NJTA Standard
Specifications, Supplementary Specifications (Volumes
1 &2)
The following is replaced:
Proposal
The Authority issued Electronic Bidding form which
has been completed, executed, and submitted by the
Bidder as a bid for the performance of the Project.
Substantial Completion
The point in time that the Chief Engineer determines the
performance of the Work or portion thereof under the
Contract, except final clean-up and repair of Work
performed not acceptable to the Engineer, has been
completed such that the Authority can occupy or utilize
the Work for its intended purpose (Beneficial
Occupancy or Beneficial Use), and at a minimum, a
Temporary Certificate of Occupancy or Temporary
Certificate of Approval is obtained and a Certificate of
Substantial Completion is issued in accordance with
Supplementary Specification Volume II, Section 017700
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. This is provided however,
that the Chief Engineer has determined, in his sole
discretion, that (1) the project is safe and convenient for
use by the public and Authority employees and visitors;
and (2) failure to complete the Work and repairs
excepted above will not result in deterioration of the
other completed Work.
A500.357
SECTION 102 - BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS
102.01
PREQUALIFICATION OF PROSPECTIVE BIDDERS
Replace the first paragraph with the following:
Proposals for contract work in excess of $50,000 will be received only from Bidders who
have been prequalified into the appropriate classification and rating in accordance with
the “State of New Jersey Department of Treasury, Division of Property Management and
Construction Regulations Cover the Classification of Prospective Bidders.” Bidders who
intend to submit proposals under the NJDPMC prequalification regulations shall submit
evidence of the assigned NJDPMC Classification and rating to the Authority’s
Engineering Department at least five (5) days prior to the scheduled date for receipt of
proposals.
102.03
PROPOSALS
Delete the first paragraph and replace with the following:
The Bidder shall submit a Proposal via Electronic Bidding.
Electronic Bidding information is available on the Authority’s Electronic Bidding
website. Registration and a subscription fee are required to access the Proposal
documents. The Bidder shall download the bidding software. When installing the bid
program, the Bidder enters its vendor code assigned by the Authority. The Bidder shall
not alter or in any way change the software.
The Bidder shall download all Proposal documents, including any and all Addenda,
from the Authority’s Electronic Bidding website. The Authority assumes no
responsibility for errors or omissions in the downloaded Proposal documents. The
Bidder shall direct questions or problems with downloading or using the electronic files
to the contacts identified on the website.
The Bidder shall specify a price in figures for each Pay Item. For lump sum items, the
price shall appear solely in the box provided for the lump sum item under the column
designated as “Amounts.” For unit price items, the per unit price shall appear under the
column designated “Unit Price” in the appropriate box, and the product of the respective
unit price and the approximate quantity for that item shall appear under the column
designated “Amounts.” The Total Contract Price is the sum of all figures of the
Scheduled Items of Work shown in the column designated “Amounts” and shall appear
at the location provided therefor. Determination of the low bidder, for purposes of price
comparison will be made on the basis of the correct total price.
The only entries permitted in the Proposal will be the unit or lump sum prices for items
that must be bid. The Electronic Bidding software will perform all extensions of the unit
or lump sum prices, and calculate the total bid amounts.
The Bidder shall check its bid prior to submission using the Electronic Bidding software.
The Bidder shall select “Tools” and then select “Check Bid” and assure there are no
A500.357
errors prior to submitting the electronic bid.
For bids submitted by Joint Ventures, the bidder shall follow the software instructions to
indicate their electronic bid as a joint bid.
102.04
FAMILIARITY WITH WORK
The NJTA Standard Drawings are not included in the Contract Plan documents provided
to registered Plan Holders. The NJTA Standard Drawings are available at:
www.state.nj.us/turnpike/standard-drawings.html.
The Reference Drawings as listed on the Title Sheet will be available electronically (*.pdf
format) on the Authority’s Electronic Bidding or Secure FTP website. Instructions for
accessing the Secure FTP website, if necessary, will be displayed on the Electronic
Bidding website.
The following Reference Material will be available electronically (*.pdf format) on the
Authority’s Electronic Bidding or Secure FTP website. Instructions for accessing the
Secure FTP website, if necessary, will be displayed on the Electronic Bidding website:
 Geotechnical Evaluation Report by Gannet Fleming dated December 2014
 Field Sampling Investigation Report prepared by Gannett Fleming.
 UST Site Investigation Report prepared by Gannett Fleming - Pending
The Contractor is advised that copies of relevant as-built drawings, as well as any and all
field notes prepared by the contractor are required to accompany all shop drawing
submittals. Refer to Subsection 104.08, Shop and Working Drawings, for shop drawing
submittals.
Bidders are invited to attend a non-mandatory pre-bid site visit to be conducted by the
Authority for the purpose of providing general information regarding the work involved
under this Contract. This site visit is currently scheduled for [Insert Date].
Prospective bidders may register via e-mail to Brian O’Leary by [Time & Date] at
BO'[email protected]. The e-mail subject line should read, “Contract No.
A500.357 Pre-Bid Site Visit”. Instructions related to the time of the pre-bid site visit and
other details regarding the pre-bid site visit will be made available via e-mail by [Date].
The pre-bid site visit will be the only opportunity for the prospective bidders to visit the
site. During the pre-bid site visit a tour of the site will be conducted. No other site visits
will be scheduled. Arrangements for the prospective bidders to gain access to the site for
the pre-bid site visit will be provided via e-mail to the prospective bidders that register,
as indicated above.
Nothing discussed or presented at the pre-bid site visit shall be considered part of the
contract. All requests for interpretation or correction must be submitted in accordance
with Subsection 102.05.
A500.357
102.05
EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Delete the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
Prospective bidders must examine the Contract Documents carefully before bidding and
must request, electronically, for any interpretation or correction of any apparent
ambiguity, inconsistency or error therein. Any requests for interpretation or correction
shall be submitted electronically through the Authority’s website “Public Bidders Portal”
by logging in and following the instructions at
https://capexweb.turnpike.state.nj.us/strategicsourcing/login. If necessary, an
interpretation or correction shall be issued by the Chief Engineer as an Addendum. It is
the obligation of the Bidder to check the Authority’s Electronic Bidding website for an
Addendum. Such Addendum shall become a part of the Contract Documents. Requests
for interpretations and/or corrections shall be considered only if received at least five (5)
business days prior to the established submission deadline for Proposals.
102.07
PROPOSAL GUARANTY
The last sentence of the first paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
In the event Bidder supplies either (i) or (ii), Bidder must utilize the form provided in the
Authority’s Electronic Bidding software.
102.09
SUBMITTING PROPOSALS
The Bidder shall submit a Proposal via Electronic Bidding. An authorized representative
of the Bidder is required to digitally sign the Proposal. The Authority may reject
Proposals that are not digitally signed by the authorized representative of the Bidder
with an approved digital signature. More information on digital signatures are found on
the Authority’s Electronic Bidding website.
The Bidder is solely responsible for any and all errors and for timely submission of the
bid, all components thereof, and all attachments thereto, through the Electronic Bidding
system; the Authority assumes no responsibility for any claim arising from the failure of
any Bidder or of the electronic delivery system to cause any bid, bid component, or
attachment to not be delivered to the Authority on or before the time set for the opening
of bids.
The following documents shall be submitted with the Proposal:
Following the first paragraph replace the third bullet item document on the list with the
following:
Filed copy of Public Records Filing for New Business Entity, evidencing filing with the
New Jersey Department of Treasury, Division of Revenue (if prequalification not
required).
A500.357
Replace the fourth bullet item document on the list with the following:
Acknowledgment of compliance of the Contractor’s Business Registration as required
pursuant to N.J.S.A. 52:32-44.
Replace the eighth bullet item document on the list with the following:
Acknowledgment of compliance of the Public Works Certification as required pursuant
to P.L.1999, C.238, N.J.S.A 34:11-56:50.
Add the following bullet to the required document list:
Disclosure of Investment Activities in Iran form provided by the Authority, pursuant to
N.J.S.A. 52:32-58.
Disclosure Statement, indicating ownership in the bidder’s firm per N.J.S.A. 52:25-24.2.
102.11
CAUSES FOR REJECTION
Replace reason (d) with the following:
(d)
if the Proposal Guaranty is not verified on the internet by one of the Surety
Registry Agencies listed in the Authority’s Electronic Bidding software.
Replace reason (o) with the following:
(o)
102.13
failure to submit the complete form entitled “Disclosure of Investment
Activities in Iran” pursuant to N.J.S.A. 52:32-55.
PREVAILING WAGE RATES
State wage rates may be obtained from the New Jersey Department of Labor &
Workforce Development (Telephone 609-292-2259) or by accessing the Department of
Labor & Workforce Development’s web site at:
http://lwd.dol.state.nj.us/labor/wagehour/wagehour_index.html
102.15
PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR REGISTRATION ACT
Replace the 3rd sentence with the following:
The Authority requests that Bidders submit a copy of their certificate of registration with
the New Jersey Department of Labor and Workforce Development prior to bid.
A500.357
102.16
BUSINESS REGISTRATION ACT
Replace the 2nd and 3rd paragraphs with the following:
Proof of valid business registration with the State of New Jersey Department of Treasury,
Division of Revenue shall be submitted by the successful Bidder in the form of a valid
BRC in compliance with N.J.S.A. 52:32-44. No contract shall be awarded without proof of
business registration with the Division of Revenue. Any questions with regard to
obtaining a BRC can be directed to the Division of Revenue at (609) 292-1730.
Alternatively, further information is available on the internet at:
http://www.state.nj.us/treasury/revenue/gettingregistered.shtml
No subcontract shall be entered into by the Contractor unless the Subcontractor first
provides proof of valid business registration.
The Authority requests that all Bidders submit a copy of the Bidder’s BRC prior to bid.
The Contractor shall submit to the Authority a copy of the Contractor’s list of
Subcontractors and their addresses and any updates that take place during the
performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall submit a complete and accurate list of
Subcontractors to the Authority before final payment is made for goods provided or
services rendered or for construction of a construction project under the Contract.
The following Subsection is added:
102.17
PUBLIC LAW 2005, CHAPTER 51
EXECUTIVE ORDER 117
AND
(EXECUTIVE ORDER 134)
AND
In order to safeguard the integrity of State government procurement by imposing
restrictions to insulate the award of State contracts from political contributions that pose
the risk of improper influence, purchase of access, or the appearance thereof, Executive
Order 134 was signed on September 22, 2004 (“EO 134”). The Order is applicable to all
State agencies, the principal departments of the executive branch, any division, board,
bureau, office, commission within or created by a principal executive branch department,
and any independent State authority, board, commission, instrumentality or agency.
Executive Order 134 was superseded by Public Law 2005, c.51, signed into law on March
22, 2005. In September 2008, Executive Order 117 was signed and became effective
November 15, 2008. It applies to the same government contracting entities subject to
Executive Order 134, but extends the political contribution restrictions by expanding the
definition of “business entity” to include, for example, more corporate shareholders and
sole proprietors. Executive Orders 134 and 117, and Public Law 2005, c.51 contain
restrictions and reporting requirements that will necessitate a thorough review of the
provisions. Pursuant to the requirements of Public Law 2005, Chapter 51, (“EO 134”) the
terms and conditions set forth in this subsection and in Appendix B are material terms of
any contract resulting from this bid solicitation.
The required certification forms shall be submitted by the intended awardee only who
will be notified in writing and sent the required forms by the Authority.
A500.357
The required certification forms must be submitted to the Authority within 48 hours of
Notice by the Authority.
Please note that more than one Certification and Disclosure may be required from
your firm
See Appendix B for Compliance Requirements.
The following subsection is added:
102.18
DISCLOSURE OF INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES IN IRAN
Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 52:32-58, the bidder must certify that neither the bidder, nor one of
its parents, subsidiaries, and/or affiliates (as defined in N.J.S.A. 52:32-56(e)(3)), is listed
on the Department of Treasury’s List of Persons or Entities Engaging in Prohibited
Investment Activities in Iran and that neither is involved in any of the investment
activities set forth in N.J.S.A. 52:32-56(f). If the bidder is unable to so certify, the bidder
shall provide a detailed and precise description of such activities to the Authority. Each
Bidder shall certify under penalty of perjury, date and return to the Authority the
completed form entitled “Disclosure of Investment Activities in Iran” as set forth in the
Proposal. Failure to include the completed form, certified and dated, shall be grounds
for rejection of Bidder’s Proposal.
102.19
ETHIC STANDARDS (EXECUTIVE ORDER 189)
In the public interest, the Authority may debar a vendor for violation of any of the
following prohibitions on vendor activities or for breach of any of the following
affirmative obligations:
(A) No vendor shall pay, offer to pay, or agree to pay, either directly or indirectly, any fee,
commission, compensation, gift, gratuity, or other thing of value of any kind to any State
officer or employee or special State officer or employee, as defined by N.J.S.A. 52:13D13b. and e., to any officer or employee of the Authority or any other agency with which
such vendor transacts or offers or proposes to transact business, or to any member of the
immediate family, as defined by N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13i., of any such officer or employee, or
any partnership, firm, or corporation with which they are employed or associated, or in
which such officer or employee has an interest within the meaning of N.J.S.A. 52:13D13g.
(B) The solicitation of any fee, commission, compensation, gift, gratuity or other thing of
value by any State officer or employee, special State officer or employee or Authority
officer or employee from any vendor shall be reported in writing forthwith by the vendor
to the Attorney General and the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards.
(C) Unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with (D) below, no vendor may, directly
or indirectly, undertake any private business, commercial or entrepreneurial relationship
with, whether or not pursuant to employment, contract or other agreement, express or
A500.357
implied, or sell any interest in such vendor to, any State officer or employee, special State
officer or employee or Authority officer or employee having any duties or responsibilities
in connection with the purchase, acquisition or sale of any property or services by or to
any State agency or any instrumentality thereof, or with any person, firm or entity with
which he is employed or associated or in which he has an interest within the meaning of
N.J.S.A. 52:13D-13g.
(D) Any relationship subject to the provisions of (C) above shall be reported in writing
forthwith to the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards, which may grant a waiver
of this restriction upon application of the State officer or employee, special State officer or
employee or Authority officer or employee upon a finding that the present or proposed
relationship does not present the potential, actuality or appearance of a conflict of
interest.
(E) No vendor shall influence, or attempt to influence or cause to be influenced, any State
officer or employee, special State officer or employee or Authority officer or employee in
his official capacity in any manner which might tend to impair the objectivity or
independence of judgment of said officer or employee.
(F) No vendor shall cause or influence, or attempt to cause or influence, any State officer or
employee, special State officer or employee or Authority officer or employee to use, or
attempt to use, his official position to secure unwarranted privileges or advantages for
the vendor or any other person.
(G) The provisions cited in (A) through (F) above shall not be construed to prohibit a State
officer or employee, special State officer or employee or Authority officer or employee
from receiving gifts from or contracting with vendors under the same terms and
conditions as are offered or made available to members of the general public subject to
any guidelines the Executive Commission on Ethical Standards may promulgate under
(C) above.
A500.357
SECTION 103 - AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
103.04
SUBLETTING AND ASSIGNING CONTRACT
The Contractor shall perform, with his own organization and with the assistance of workmen on
his payroll and under his immediate superintendence, Work amounting to not less than thirtyfive (35) percent of the total amount of the Contract, exclusive of specialty items, except that, in
the case of a Joint Venture, each party to the Joint Venture shall perform, with his own
organization, Work amounting to not less than twenty (20) percent of the total amount of the
Contract. For this contract, Specialty items shall be limited only to the following:





Electrical
Plumbing
Fire Protection
HVAC
Industrial Equipment
The following is added to the second paragraph:
Sub-contractors must be prequalified under the State of New Jersey Department of Treasury,
Division of Property Management and Construction for the following trades: HVAC (C039),
Electrical (C047), Plumbing (C030), and Structural Steel and Ornamental Iron (C029). Within (30)
days after Award of Contract, the Contractor shall submit evidence of Sub-contractors current
and valid classifications to the Resident Engineer for acceptance. Sub-contractors for the
designated trade work who cannot demonstrate current and valid classification will be
disapproved for Work.
A500.357
SECTION 104 - CONTROL OF WORK
104.01
INTENT OF CONTRACT
The following is added before the first paragraph:
The construction of the New Central Inventory provides the New Jersey Turnpike
Authority a central location for supply storage, in addition to providing garages and
work areas dedicated to Motorpool, ITS, and Maintenance services.. The project is
located in Woodbridge Township, Middlesex County NJ at Turnpike Milepost 90.0 NB.
The 65,220 SF Central Inventory facility building is divided into two wings. The
building’s functions are separated as Warehouse and Mixed-Use Building (MUB). The
15,279 SF first floor garage/locker area of the Mixed-Use Building includes multiple
garage bays. Administrative offices are located on the 15,279 SF second floor of the
Mixed-Used Building, as well as labs, conference rooms, additional lockers, and men’s
and women’s bunks. Building service spaces including mechanical, electrical, and
tele/data will also primarily reside on the second floor. The 23,250 SF warehouse
incorporates various racking arrangements in addition to 3 levels of mezzanine for
smaller material storage. Small offices are also provided in a designated receiving area
located by the loading docks, along with a main counter at the building entrance for
walk-up service.
The site work involves earthwork, grading, drainage, paving, utility connections, new
fuel facilities and site retaining walls. A basin and two manufactured treatment devices
are required to meet stormwater management requirements. The new sanitary sewer
connection will require trenchless pipe installation under active New Jersey Turnpike
ramp traffic. Demolition includes two existing buildings and an underground fuel tank.
Contaminated soil is anticipated on-site. The existing salt dome and existing calcium
facilities will remain active at all times during construction. The construction will require
staging to maintain the district’s on-going activities.
104.03
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Delete the third paragraph and replace it with the following:
If there is any discrepancy found on the Plans between a figured dimension and a scaled
dimension, the figured dimension shall govern. In case of conflicting requirements, the
drawings specially prepared for the Project shall take precedence over the Standard
Drawings and the Standard Specifications; the Supplementary Specifications shall take
precedence over the drawings specially prepared for the Project, the Standard Drawings,
and the Standard Specifications; and the Standard Drawings shall take precedence over
the Standard Specifications.
104.04
CHANGE OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Delete the tenth paragraph and replace it with the following:
Change Orders may also include appropriate changes in the terms of the Contract, such
as extensions of time and adjustment of quantities. Change Orders may also include
specifications and drawings that may be necessary to cover the additional work.
A500.357
104.06
CONTRACTOR’S ORGANIZATION
The following is added after the first paragraph:
All contractor personnel shall wear photo identification at all times on Authority work
sites. The photo identification shall have the individual’s name, company name and
company telephone number.
The following is added after the fourth paragraph:
Within (15) days of commencement of construction operations, Contractor shall submit a
list of principal staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel in
attendance at the Project Site. Identify their address and emergency telephone numbers.
Post copies of the list in the Project Meeting Room identified by the Owner, the
temporary field office (if applicable) and each temporary telephone and office location of
the entities involved in the project.
1.
Project Coordinator: General Contractor shall provide a full-time Project Coordinator that has a
minimum of 10 years of experience in administration and supervision of general site/civil and
building construction, including mechanical, electrical and plumbing work. Contractor shall
submit a resume of the Project Coordinator’s experience that demonstrates compliance with the
specified qualifications requirements to the Resident Engineer for approval.
i.
The Project Coordinator’s coordination activities shall include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Provide overall coordination of the Work.
Coordinate shared access to work spaces.
Coordinate, schedule, and approve interruptions of permanent and temporary
utilities, including those necessary to make connections for temporary services.
Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by each
contractor and subcontractor.
Coordinate sequencing and scheduling of the Work. Include the following:
a.
Initial Coordination Meeting: At earliest possible date, arrange and conduct
a meeting with separate contractors for sequencing and coordinating the
Work. Negotiate reasonable adjustments to schedules.
Prepare a combined Contractor’s Construction Schedule for entire Project.
Base schedule on Preliminary Construction Schedule. Secure time
commitments for performing critical construction activities from separate
contractors.
Distribute copies of schedules to Architect, Owner, Resident Engineer,
separate contractors and sub-contractors.
b.
c.
i.
ii.
iii.
Provide Quality-Assurance and Quality Control Services specified in
Division 01 Section 014000 “Quality Requirements.”
Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and
inspections, and coordinate schedule of tests and inspections.
Coordinate Cutting and Patching.
A500.357
iv.
v.
vi.
ii.
Responsibilities of Project Coordinator for temporary facilities and controls include, but
are not limited to, the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.
Coordinate protection of the Work.
Coordinate Fire-Stopping.
Coordinate Temporary Barriers and Protective Devices.
Provide overall coordination of temporary facilities and controls.
Provide common-use field office for use by all personnel engaged in construction
activities. Coordinate location with Resident Engineer.
Provide telephone service for common-use facilities either through land line or
cellular phones.
Refer to Division 01 Section 015000– “Temporary Facilities and Controls” Section
for more information.
MEP Coordinator: General Contractor shall provide a full-time Mechanical, Electrical, and
Plumbing (MEP) Coordinator that has a minimum of 10 years of experience in the administration
and supervision of building systems construction. The MEP Coordinator shall be subordinate to
Project Coordinator. The MEP Coordinator shall be responsible for coordination between the
Plumbing, Mechanical, Electrical, and specialty Equipment trades and the applicable subcontractors, if any. Contractor shall submit a resume of the MEP Coordinator’s experience that
demonstrates compliance with the specified qualifications requirements to the Resident Engineer
for approval.
The General Contractor shall assign the Mechanical subcontractor or appropriate staff member
as the MEP Coordinator, if applicable, to the project.
i.
Coordination activities of MEP Coordinator shall include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Schedule and Sequence MEP Activities.
Coordinate Sharing Access to Work Spaces by MEP Contractors.
Coordinate Integration MEP Work into limited spaces.
Coordinate protection of MEP Contractors’ Work.
Coordinate Cutting and Patching for MEP Work.
Prepare MEP Coordination Drawings as requested by the Owner Representative
and Architect.
Coordinate Tests and Inspections for MEP Work.
Coordinate MEP Temporary Services and Facilities.
3.
Assistant Superintendents and Foremen: Contractor shall provide trade Assistant
Superintendents and Foremen with a minimum of 5 years of relevant construction experience.
Contractor shall submit resumes of each of the Assistant Superintendents’ and Foremen’s
experience that demonstrate compliance with the specified qualifications requirements to the
Resident Engineer for approval.
4.
The Contractor shall coordinate its construction activities with those of other sub-contractors and
other entities involved to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Each
subcontractor shall coordinate its operations with operations included under different Sections of
the Specifications, which are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
A500.357
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other
components, either before or after its own installation, each sub-contractor shall schedule
its construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results, with the
contractor.
Where availability of space within existing or new construction is limited, each
subcontractor shall coordinate installation of different components with other subcontractors to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and
repair.
The Contractor shall make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for
later installation.
Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining
special procedures required for coordination. Include items such as required notice,
reports and attendance at meetings.
1.
v.
vi.
vii.
viii.
ix.
104.07
Prepare similar memoranda for the separate Contractors where coordination of
their Work is required.
Provide and coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate tests and inspections, and
coordinate schedule of tests and inspections.
Provide progress cleaning of common areas and coordinate progress cleaning of areas or
pieces of equipment where more than one contractor has worked.
Coordinate completion of interrelated punch list items.
Coordinate preparation of Project Record Documents if information from more than one
contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to form one
combined record.
Coordinate preparation of operation and maintenance manuals if information from more
than one contractor is to be integrated with information from other contractors to form
one combined record.
COOPERATION BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor is advised that other contracts and/or utility orders for work on or
adjacent to the Turnpike roadways may be in progress simultaneously with the work to
be done under this Contract, either within, or adjacent to, the limits of this Contract.
These contracts and/or utility orders include, but are not necessarily limited to the
following:
Contract Number
Pending
Pending
14N-0439-134804
500543223
Pending
Contract Name
G4S Work Order
Verizon Communications-NJ Utility Order
Elizabethtown Gas Service Application
PSE&G Electric Service Application
Middlesex Water Utility Order
A500.357
104.08
SHOP AND WORKING DRAWINGS
The third paragraph on page 100-31 is deleted and replaced with the following:
The Authority, in its sole discretion may require the Contractor to utilize electronic
transmission and review procedures for the processing of shop drawings. Electronic
shop drawing files shall be submitted in either Tagged Image File (TIF) or Portable
Document File (PDF) formats.
Shop and working drawings shall be submitted for the following items of work including
but not limited to:
 Emergency management plan
 Lead health and safety plan
 Shop and Working Drawing, and Procedures Submission Schedule
 Contractor’s Project Organization Chart
 Proposed Subcontractors
 List of Material Suppliers and List of Proposed Materials (§107.03)
 Progress Schedule (§107.04).
 Preconstruction Progress Photo Submission (§107.10)
 Procedures for Submitting Electronic Shop Drawings
 Proposed Staging Areas and Access Plans (§105.07)
 Pollution Control Plan (§107.03)
 Proposed methods of protecting and maintaining utilities (including all lighting
facilities) and Fiber Optic (§106.18)
 Reinforcement Steel
 Catch Systems
 Manholes, Inlets, Junction Boxes and Pull Boxes (all types)
 Drainage pipe (all types)
 Beam Guide Rail (all types)
 Conduits and conduit fittings
 Cable and wires (all types)
 Grounding and termination devices
 Proposed methods of protecting drainage facilities
 Temporary Lighting Plan
 Motorized Vehicular Gates (all types) (§511.02)
 Sanitary Cured in Place Pipe and Sanitary Pump Station (§531.03)
 Temporary Sheeting to Remain in Place
 Drilled Shafts
 Equipment for Drilled Shafts
 Reinforcement Steel
 Steel Soldier Piles
 Shear Connectors
 Permanent Timber Lagging
 Shear Connectors
 Permanent Ground Anchors
 Composite Drainage Panel
 Permanent Timber Lagging
Shop and Working drawings and design calculations for catches and temporary flooring
platforms shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of
A500.357
New Jersey, and submitted for review and approval to the Engineer.
Coordination Drawings – See Section 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND
COORDINATION and Section 013300 SUBMITTALS of Volume 2 for detailed
information
See Section 013300 SUBMITTALS in Volume 2 for additional submittal requirements
Unless otherwise specified in Volume 2, the requisite submittals including Shop and
Working drawings, coordination drawings, design calculations, and product list for
color selection necessary to construct the proposed building shall be submitted within
ninety (90) calendar days from award.
104.09
CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
Add the following after the fifth paragraph:
See additional requirements in Section 017100 in Volume 2.
104.13
SANITARY, HEALTH AND SAFETY PROVISIONS
Add the following after the 2nd paragraph:
(A) TOILET FACILITIES.
The Contractor shall ensure privacy to all employees and Authority personnel assigned to the
Project by providing on site separate toilet facilities for male and female employees. These
facilities shall be portable toilets and clearly marked MEN and WOMEN. They are in addition
to the facilities provided in the field office.
The total number of facilities shall be determined from the chart listed below. A facility is
defined as one unit. A facility site is defined as a location that provides at least one facility for
each sex. The maximum distance between the location of facility sites and workers shall be no
more than one-half mile.
All toilet facilities shall be in compliance with OSHA Regulation 1926.51(c) with the exception
that the Authority will require that separate toilet facilities be provided for males and females.
The sewage disposal method shall not endanger the health of employees and shall be in
compliance with all State and Federal regulations.
Toilet facilities shall be cleaned and sanitized a minimum of once per week except from May 15
through September 15 in which these facilities shall be cleaned and sanitized a minimum of
twice per week.
A500.357
Number
of Male
Employees
1 - 15
16 - 35
36 - 55
56 - 80
81 - 110
111 - 150
Over 150
Minimum No.
of
Facilities
for Male Use
1
2
3
4
5
6
6+(1)
Number
of Female
Employees
1 - 15
16 - 35
36 - 55
56 - 80
81 - 110
111 - 150
Over 150
Minimum No.
of
Facilities
for Female Use
1
2
3
4
5
6
6+(1)
(1) - One additional facility for each additional 40 employees of
each sex.
(B)
TEMPORARY FLOORS AND CATCH PLATFORMS.
Workers who are working on temporary floors or catch platforms on bridges and
viaducts shall be instructed concerning the safe use of these systems. The
contractor shall review the following items with their employees and
subcontractors as part of a Pre-Construction Safety meeting prior to the
installation of the system:
1) Design
(a)
The elements of the system, including planks and plywood (or other
material) top cover, and the purpose of each element.
(b)
Identification of areas allowed for catching demolished concrete.
(c)
A description of acceptable planking material.
2) Fall Protection
(a) Fall protection procedures that apply to installing or removing
temporary floors and catch platforms.
(b) The necessity and methods of fall protection when planks are
temporarily removed for any purpose.
(c) The necessity of fall protection when repairing damaged temporary
floors or catch platforms.
3) Inspection and Maintenance
(a) Signs of damage to planks or covering and the need to replace
damaged
materials promptly.
(b) Instruction to immediately report signs of damage to the shield to any
supervisor.
A500.357
(c) Instruction that sheeting must be promptly replaced if shifted or
moved.
(d) Instruction that planks that have been removed or shifted must be
replaced in their proper positions.
104.14
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
Contractors shall be required to insure that all employees, subcontractors and their
suppliers, while on the job site and in conduct of Authority contracts, comply with all
provisions of their HASP requirements and any other project specific Health and Safety
Plan(s). The provisions of the Health and Safety Plans will be strictly enforced. Noncompliance with safety specifications will be treated in the same manner as noncompliance with any Contract item. Willful or repeated non-compliance could result in
the shutdown of the job or the suspension of a portion therof.
The Contractor's personnel in any work area shall wear a vest at all times as specified in
Subsection 920.03.
The Federal Occupational Safety and Health Standards, 29 C.F.R. 1910 and 1926 (and all
future revisions or additions) are required by law to be followed on all work.
The HASP requirements and any other project specific Health and Safety Plan(s) are
supplementary documents to this law, and do not negate, abrogate, alter or otherwise
change any provisions of OSHA, or any other applicable laws.
Where other provisions in the Specifications conflict with provisions in the HASP
requirements and any other project specific Health and Safety Plan(s), the more stringent
requirements, as determined by the Engineer, shall govern.
104.15
ACCESS TO WORKING SITES
Staging areas and access to these work areas are the responsibility of the Contractor.
Delivery of materials and other work required for the Project shall not interfere with
traffic on Authority roadways.
104.16
DIESEL EQUIPMENT OPERATION.
(A)
The Contractor shall ensure that all diesel non-road construction equipment used
during the construction of the Project use ultra-low sulfur fuel (<15 ppm sulfur)
in accordance with the federal Nonroad Diesel Rule, 40 CFR Parts 9, 69, 80, 86,
89, 94, 1039, 1051, 1065, 1068.
A500.357
(B)
(C)
The Contractor shall ensure that all vehicles, including non-road construction
equipment operated at, or visiting, the Project site comply with the three (3)
minute idling limit, pursuant to N.J.A.C. 7:27-14 and 15 , and ensure that every
equipment operator and site superintendent has received a copy of the policy
and has been instructed on its implementation.
No separate payment will be made for complying with the requirements of this
Subsection.
104.17
PROTECTION OF
CONSTRUCTION
(A).
(B).
(C).
(D).
(E).
(F).
(G).
(H).
(I).
(J).
(K).
(L).
WETLANDS
AND
TRANSITION
AREAS
DURING
Prior to the commencement of all work, the Contractor shall locate and clearly stake out
the boundaries of all wetland areas delineated on the Contract Plans, which are outside
the limits of construction. “KEEP OUT” signs shall be placed at intervals of not more
than 100 feet around perimeter of all staked out areas. Should the marking be damaged
during construction, the Contractor shall repair it within one working day.
Entry into or physical disturbance of a designated wetland area is prohibited, unless it is
in accordance with the Contract Plans and Specifications or prior approval has been
obtained from the Engineer. Such approval shall not be unreasonably refused.
Temporary roads shall not be placed in designated wetlands outside the limits of
construction shown on Contract Plans. Where the entry of vehicles into designated
wetland is required and permitted, the Contractor shall take measures to protect the
wetland area from gouging, cutting or other damage by the use of appropriate protective
measures such as travel mats.
No fill shall be placed in wetland areas either temporarily or permanently beyond the
limits of construction shown in the Contract Plans.
Storage of materials or equipment or parking of vehicles on wetlands areas is prohibited
beyond the limits of construction shown in the Contract Plans.
No construction wastes, excess fill, petroleum products or cut vegetative materials shall
be placed on any wetland beyond the limits of construction shown in the Contract Plans.
No buildings or sanitary facilities, whether temporary or permanent, shall be placed on
any wetland.
Where construction is being carried out in adjoining areas or in portions of wetland,
Heavy Duty Silt Fence, Black shall be placed along the edge of the wetland so as to
prevent silt running onto the wetland beyond the limits of construction shown in the
Contract Plans.
No borrow material shall be taken from a designated wetland beyond the limits of
construction shown in the Contract Plans.
The Contractor shall not encroach upon or store any equipment, vehicles, materials in
wetlands or State open waters.
The environmental permits do not allow for
encroachment beyond the fenced locations. In addition, stockpiles, vehicles and/or
equipment shall not be located within 50 feet of the slope, drainage facility, wetland, or
floodplain, as feasible. All stockpile bases shall be protected by hay bale barrier or silt
fence.
All terms and conditions of the environmental permits shall be adhered to. A copy of the
permits shall be kept at the work site and shall be exhibited upon request of any person.
All construction activities will be done in accordance with the Standards for Soil Erosion
and Sediment Control in New Jersey and any conditions of the approved Soil Erosion
and Sediment Control Plan from the governing Soil Conservation District.
A500.357
(M).
(N).
(O).
(P).
(Q).
(R).
(S).
(T).
(U).
(V).
(W).
All construction activities will also be done in accordance with the conditions stipulated
in the Freshwater Wetland Individual Permit and Flood Hazard Area Individual Permit
issued by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP).
Any flow within a waterbody shall be maintained at all times. Floating heavy duty
turbidity barrier shall be placed around the work area/dewatering activity discharge so
that it does not restrict a stream channel by more than 50% of its width/cross sectional
area. Placement shall be parallel to the stream banks and anchored to the shoreline to
maintain free flow of the stream center. To avoid obstruction of stream flows or fish
passage, turbidity barriers must not be placed across the entire stream channel. The
Contractor shall use the typical detail for turbidity barrier shown in the certified Soil
Erosion and Sediment Control Plans for the project. If necessary, a cofferdam should
corral the work area. Floating heavy duty turbidity barrier shall be erected around the
work area (outside of where the cofferdam will be installed) prior to constructing a
cofferdam. De-watering of any cofferdams must include properly sized temporary
sediment basins or other filtering methods to reduce turbidity. The stream area to
receive return water discharged from the cofferdams must be encompassed by turbidity
barrier. The floating heavy duty turbidity barrier shall be left in place until work in that
area is completed, the cofferdam is removed, and, if applicable, the adjacent ground area
has established a firm stand of vegetation.
During the course of construction, the Contractor shall not cause or permit any
unreasonable interference with the free flow of a stream by placing or dumping any
materials, equipment, debris or structures within or adjacent to the stream corridor upon
completion or abandonment of the work. The Contractor shall remove and dispose of in
a lawful manner all excess material, equipment and debris from the stream corridor and
adjacent lands.
Earthen berms shall not be used as cofferdams.
The Contractor shall not drop waste concrete, debris or other construction materials into
water bodies, unimpacted wetlands, State open waters, floodplains or other
environmentally sensitive areas. Temporary shielding shall be used during demolition of
bridges over these environmentally sensitive areas to catch debris. Temporary sheeting
shall be installed in accordance with Section 416. If debris does accidentally fall into any
of these environmentally sensitive areas, it shall promptly be removed.
Pumpage of sediment-laden water directly into water bodies, wetlands or inlets is
prohibited. Necessary precautions must be taken during all dewatering operations to
minimize sediment transfer. Dewatering shall be performed in accordance with
specifications in Section 205.03. Construction of dewatering facilities involving ground
disturbance near a water body shall be done outside of any regulatory permit timing
restriction period. Water from dewatering activities should be returned to a portion of
the water body that is protected by turbidity barrier.
Silt fence/hay bales shall be placed around sediment control bags where applicable.
Floating turbidity barriers shall also be installed to corral the discharge area if the
discharge from the sediment control bag flows into a receiving water body.
Any activity that causes turbidity beyond control measures shall be stopped
immediately.
All drainage systems inlets (new and existing) shall be protected from siltation.
Storm drainage outlets shall be stabilized, as required, before the discharge points
become operational.
Construction methods shall be employed to minimize airborne dust and prevent soils
and other materials from being deposited on existing roadways. Water or other
Engineer-approved materials shall be applied to unpaved areas to control dust caused by
hauling or other construction operations in compliance with Sections 104.12 and 208. All
A500.357
(X).
(Y).
(Z).
(AA).
(BB).
(CC).
(DD).
(EE).
(FF).
(GG).
(HH).
soil or other materials washed, dropped, spilled or tracked outside of the limit of
disturbance or onto public right-of-way shall be removed immediately and disposed of.
During sawcutting, milling and similar operations that could cause dust and stormwater
runoff problems and create a slurry of water and concrete, the Contractor shall not create
a dust hazard and shall ensure that debris and slurry do not enter inlets or
environmentally sensitive areas, such as wetlands and water bodies. The Contractor
shall provide for continuous removal of grinding residue from the pavement surface
before it is blown about by traffic motion, wind or precipitation. Concrete slurry shall be
contained and disposed of in designated concrete washout facilities.
Any excavated material that will not be used as backfill must be disposed of in a lawful
manner outside of any regulated wetland, State open water, or floodplain and in such a
way as to not interfere with the positive drainage of the receiving area.
All vegetation outside the limits of disturbance shall be preserved.
Upon completion of the project, all temporarily disturbed areas, including wetlands,
State open waters, floodplains, riparian zones and uplands must be restored to their preconstruction grades using native soils and planted with indigenous non-invasive
vegetation.
Any pesticides, fertilizers, fuel, lubricants, petroleum products, anti-freeze, paints and
paint thinners, cleaning solvents and acids, detergents, chemical additives and concrete
curing compounds shall be stored in containers in a dry covered area. Manufacturers’
recommended application rates, uses and methods shall be strictly followed to the extent
necessary to prevent or minimize the presence of waste from such materials in the
stormwater discharge/runoff from the project limits. Products shall be stored at a
minimum of 50 feet from a water body, wetland, or other environmentally sensitive area,
if feasible.
Any construction, grading, removal of vegetation, or other activity at the site that affects
a regulated area, other than specifically approved by the environmental permits or as
detailed by the approved drawings, shall require additional approvals from the NJDEP.
The commencement of such regulated activities without the appropriate approvals shall
be in violation of State law.
Care shall be taken to protect adjacent trees and shrubs from undue injury during the
processing of the work.
The Contractor shall ensure the various regulated activities do not create pathways to
drain the wetlands.
Any temporary disturbances to stream banks must be restored with native vegetation
and stabilized with the use of bioengineering materials, such as biologs, fiber matting,
etc., except where rip-rap is required.
The uppermost 18 inches of any excavation must be replaced with the original soil in
wetlands, State open waters and floodplains.
Any riprap proposed within the banks of any watercourse shall be carefully embedded
into the substrate and contoured to mimic the original physical characteristics of the
channel (such as its shape, thalweg and meander) in order to provide low-flow aquatic
passage throughout the entire disturbed area. Any void spaces within the riprap shall be
filled with native substrate from the channel.
No separate payment will be made for compliance with the requirements of this Section and for
the protection of wetlands, but the costs thereof will be included in the bid prices for the various
pay items in the Contract.
A500.357
SECTION 105 - CONTROL OF MATERIALS
105.01
MATERIALS
Add the following after the second paragraph:
The Authority will not approve the use of any materials as fill material for the project exhibiting the
following characteristics unless specifically provided for in the contract documents: any waste or
combination of waste, including toxic, carcinogenic, corrosive, irritating, sensitizing, radioactive,
biological infectious, explosive, or flammable waste or otherwise determined to be unsuitable by the
Authority which poses a present or potential future threat to human health, living organisms, or the
environment. Such un-approved materials also include all hazardous or toxic substances defined as
such by the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) and/or the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA).
The Authority will not approve the use of any materials that are contaminated as defined by
N.J.A.C. 7:26E-1.8 and NJDEP’s most recent version of the Solid and Hazardous Waste Management
Program Guidance Document on Contaminated Soil.
Replace the third paragraph with the following:
Within ten (10) days after the date of execution by the Authority of the Contract, the Contractor shall
inform the Engineer in writing from whom and where the Contractor proposes to obtain the
materials required for the Project, and thereafter advise the Engineer of proposed changes provided,
however, the location of proposed borrow pits and / or quarries shall be submitted within ten (10)
days of receipt of Notice of Award, as specified in Subsection 103.02. The location of proposed
borrow pits and / or quarries shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use for the Project. Said
borrow pits and / or quarries shall be limited to borrow pits and / or quarries already in use. The
source of supply of each of the materials to be incorporated into the Project shall be approved by the
Engineer before delivery is started. The approval of the Engineer may be withdrawn at any time
when it appears to the Engineer that the materials have deteriorated subsequent to the giving of
such approval. Subsequent to the submission of the initial list of sources of supply the Contractor
shall notify the Engineer of all new sources of supply at least thirty (30) calendar days in advance of
the proposed shipment of materials from such new sources.
105.02
LOCAL MATERIAL SOURCES
Add the following after the first paragraph:
(A)
Sources Provided by the Authority
Replace the second paragraph with the following:
If the Contractor desires to use material from sources other than those designated, the Contractor
shall first receive pre-approval from the Authority; and then acquire the necessary rights to take
materials from the sources and shall pay all costs related thereto, including any which may result
from an increase in length of haul. All costs of exploring and developing such other sources shall be
borne by the Contractor. The use of material from other than designated sources will not be
permitted until such preliminary samples as may be required by the Engineer have been obtained,
tested and approved, and the Contractor receives approval of the source of such materials.
A500.357
105.06
FOREIGN MATERIALS.
The following is added before the first paragraph:
The Contractor shall comply with N.J.S.A. 52:32-1 and N.J.S.A. 52:33-1, et seq., which
prohibits the use by the Contractor or subcontractors of farm products or materials
produced or manufactured outside of the United States on public work. The Authority
may allow exceptions if its enforcement would be inconsistent with the public interest,
where the cost of enforcing the prohibition would be unreasonable, or where the material
in question is not of a class or kind mined, produced, or manufactured in the United
States.
105.07
STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND STAGING AREAS.
The following is added after the fourth sentence of the first paragraph:
Storage/Staging areas for this Contract are restricted to the Limit of Disturbance. The
Contractor will be required to maintain areas in a clean and neat condition.
Prior to occupying and upon vacating any staging area, the Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer a minimum of 10 progress photographs documenting the initial and final
conditions of the staging area. Progress photographs shall be taken and submitted in
accordance with Subsection 107.10.
The following requirements are mandated as part of the NJDEP Highway Agency
Stormwater General Permit (Highway Agency Permit) for discharge to surface water and
groundwater. Documents and forms listed herein and additional instructions are
included in Appendix I – NJDPES Stormwater Permit Program.
1.
The Contractor shall operate storage/staging areas within the Authority’s right
of way in accordance with the REQUIRED PRACTICES FOR FUELING
OPERATIONS, VEHICLE MAINTENANCE, AND GOOD HOUSEKEEPING
STATEWIDE BASIC REQUIREMENTS.
2.
The Contractor shall complete the form entitled “NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE
AUTHORITY STAGING AREA INVENTORY/INSPECTION FORM” within 30
days of occupying any staging area and update every six (6) months. It should be
submitted to the Authority’s Engineering Department, Environmental Section as
outlined in Appendix I. A copy of the form shall also be submitted to the
Engineer for each submission.
3.
The Contractor shall provide two weeks written notice to the Authority’s
Engineering Department, Environmental Section prior to vacating the staging
area. A copy of the notice should also be submitted to the Engineer.
4.
All above ground fuel storage tanks utilized for on-site vehicle or equipment
fueling must be placed on an impervious surface other than asphalt. The
material utilized must be resistant to gasoline and diesel fuel and the limits of the
A500.357
impervious material must encompass the area within which fueling operations
are conducted. The surface of the impervious material shall be sloped such that
any fuel spills are contained and do not migrate onto adjacent pervious surfaces.
105.12
MATERIAL AND PRODUCT SAMPLES.
The following is added at the end of this section:
Unless otherwise specified in Volume 2, the requisite material and product samples
necessary to construct the proposed building shall be submitted within ninety (90)
calendar days from award.
105.14
TIMBER GRADING AND CERTIFICATION.
All timber used in the design and construction of catches, and/or temporary flooring
platforms shall be graded timber and certified by Sawn Lumber Grading Agency
certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee.
The National Design Specifications (NDS) for Wood Construction and the Supplement
shall be used for timber design of temporary floors or catch platforms.
Timber plank systems shall meet the following requirements:
1.)
All timber planking systems will require an overlay.
plywood or other approved material.
The overlay may be
A500.357
SECTION 106 - LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY
106.02
LAWS AND ORDINANCES
Add the following subparagraph
(C) Catch and Temporary Flooring.
Catch and Temporary flooring used as working platforms must comply with OSHA
29CFR, Part 1926-Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Subpart L – Scaffolds.
106.10
PERMITS, LICENSES AND TAXES
Delete the last sentence of the first paragraph and replace it with the following:
Charges for permits, grants, and licenses in connection with the work, and not obtained
by the Authority, shall be paid by the Contractor, and shall be included in the unit prices
bid for the various Pay Items scheduled in the Proposal, except for New Jersey
Department of Community Affairs (NJDCA) construction permits. The Contractor shall
pay the fees associated with all required NJDCA construction permits and shall be
compensated for the direct cost incurred (no overhead or profit allowed) for the NJDCA
permits through a designated allowance, upon furnishing invoices or other
substantiating documentation with requests for payment.
The following pay item is added:
PAYMENT
The Contract Proposal provides the following no-bid item:
“NJDCA Construction Permit Allowance (NO-BID)” with a fixed amount of $90,000.
PAY ITEM
NJDCA Construction Permit Allowance (NO-BID)
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
The Contractor's attention is called to the following permits that have been obtained by
the Authority.
(A). Freehold Soil Conservation District Soil Erosion And Sediment Control Plan
Certification
SCD 251 ID# Pending
Issued – Pending
The Authority has applied for this certification. Once a certification has been
received, a copy of this certification will be available for review by the Contractor
at the Authority. The contractor is required to coordinate with the Engineer to
file the ‘Start Notice’ with FSCD 48 hours prior to the start of soil disturbing
activities.
(B). NJDEP NJPDES 5G3 - Construction Activity Stormwater (GP)Permit
Portal ID# Pending
Issued – Pending
at the Authority.
A500.357
(C). NJDEP Freshwater Wetlands General Permit
Permit# Pending
Issued – Pending
at the Authority.
(D). NJDEP Treatment Works Approval
Permit# Pending
Issued – Pending
at the Authority.
(E). NJDCA Plan Review Release
DCA Project# AC-001-15 (Site)
Issued – Pending
DCA Project# AC-005-15 (Building)
Issued – Pending
at the Authority. The contractor shall coordinate contact with DCA through
the Engineer only.
The Contractor shall obtain the following additional permits, and all permits or
regulatory approvals not listed herein, which may also be required on this Contract, at
their own cost.
(F). NJDEP Well Drilling Permit
The Contractor shall apply for and obtain a Well Drilling Permit from the NJ
Department of Environmental Protection's (NJDEP) Division of Water Resources,
Bureau of Water Allocation & Well Permitting, when the drilling, boring, coring
or excavation of any hole that is > 25 feet in-depth or that enters the groundwater
table at an elevation above 25 feet in depth is anticipated. No well drilling shall
be permitted until such permit is obtained. Each permit covers all wells within a
¼ sq. mi. area.
(G). NJDEP Well Decommissioning Permit
The Contractor shall apply for and obtain a Well Decommissioning Permit from
the NJ Department of Environmental Protection's (NJDEP) Division of Water
Resources, Bureau of Water Allocation & Well Permitting, when abandoning a
well.
Copies of Permits issued for the project to date are available as reference documents to
registered Plan Holders. They can be ordered by contacting Mr. Tony Valte, at (732) 7505300, extension 8244. These permits will be included in the contract documents provided
to the Contractor at the Preconstruction Conference.
The following is added after the last paragraph:
Pursuant to N.J.S.A. 54:49-19, and notwithstanding any provision of the law to the
contrary, whenever any taxpayer, partnership, or S corporation under contract to provide
goods or services or construction projects to the State of New Jersey or its agencies or
instrumentalities, including the legislative and judicial branches of State government, is
A500.357
entitled to payment for those goods or services or construction projects and at the same
time the taxpayer, or the partner or shareholder of that entity, is indebted for any State
tax, the Director of the Division of Taxation shall seek to set-off that taxpayer’s, partner’s
or shareholder’s share of the payment due to the taxpayer, partnership, or S corporation.
The amount of set-off shall not allow for the deduction of any expenses or other
deductions which might be attributable to a partner or shareholder subject to set-off
under this act. No payment shall be made to the taxpayer, the provider of goods or
services or the contractor or subcontractor of construction projects pending resolution of
the indebtedness.
The Director of the Division of Taxation shall give notice to the set-off to the taxpayer, the
provider of goods or services, or the contractor or subcontractor of construction projects
and provide an opportunity for a hearing with thirty (30) days such notice under the
procedures for protests established under R.S. 54:49-18. No requests for conference,
protest or subsequent appeal to the Tax Court from any protest under this section shall
stay the collection of the indebtedness. Interest that may be payable by the State pursuant
to P.L. 1987, c. 184 (c.52:32-32 et seq.) to the taxpayer, the provider of goods or services, or
the contractor or subcontractor of construction projects shall be stayed.
A500.357
106.18
UTILITIES
The Contractor shall also comply with the States "High Voltage Proximity Act," codified
at NJSA 34:6-47.1 to 47.9 inclusive, as amended and supplemented, concerning safety
precautions to be taken in the proximity of certain electric conductors installed above
ground. In addition the Contractor’s construction operations shall be in accordance with
all rules and regulations promulgated by the New Jersey Commissioner of Labor. Such
construction operations shall also be in accordance with the provisions of the Federal
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. All applicable rules and regulations issued
thereunder, including but not limited to 29 CFR 1926.950 and in accordance with the
latest edition of the National Electrical Safety Code. The Department of Labor, Office of
Safety Compliance may be contacted at 609-292-2096 for the latest rules, regulations, and
guidance. Where the Contractor’s construction operations are within the proximity of
the regulations sited above, the Contractor shall notify the Office of Safety Compliance
describing the project and the construction operations proposed by the Contractor to
determine compliance. The Contractor shall provide the Resident Engineer with copies of
all correspondence and meetings with the Office of Safety Compliance and that the
proposed methods of construction are in fact in compliance. Should the Contractor
change the previously approved method of construction operations, it shall be his
responsibility to notify the Office of Safety Compliance and again obtain their approval.
The following is added after the second paragraph:
As directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall mark and identify the perimeter of the
proposed site of the ground intrusive activities with white paint, flags, stakes, or a
combination thereof prior to notifying the New Jersey One Call System of the
Contractor’s intent to engage in excavation or demolition. The proposed site shall be the
minimum size necessary to safely accommodate the planned excavation or demolition
(e.g. small sites, non-linear excavations, spot excavations such as soil borings, sign posts,
or guide rail) to avoid unnecessary marking and locating by the Authority in accordance
with N.J.A.C. 14:2-3.2.
The following is added after the third paragraph:
Service connections are required for the project and a preconstruction meeting shall be
held with each of the utility company representatives invited to attend. The following is
a listing of utility companies/agencies with contacts that will require service connections
at this location.
A500.357
UTILITY
Electric
UTILITY COMPANY/ AGENCY
CONTACT
NAME
CONTACT
PHONE #
PSE&G- Electric
Mr. Michael
Spiztmiller
(732) 764-3081
Mr. Wayne
Pasko
Elizabethtown Gas Company
520 Green Lane
Union, NJ 07083
Verizon Communications - NJ
Centralized Engineering Services
Telephone
6000 Hadley Rd.
South Plainfield, NJ 07080
Middlesex Water Company
P.O. Box 1500
Water
1500 Ronson Road
Iselin, NJ 08830-3020
Wyndmoor at Woodbridge Association
(Private Sanitary Sewer)
Sanitary
600 Cricket Lane
Woodbridge, NJ 07095
Woodbridge Township – Sewer
Sanitary 1 Main Street
Woodbridge, NJ 07095
G4S Technology LLC
Fiber Optic
910 Oak Tree Road, Suite L
Cable
South Plainfield, NJ 07080
Gas
(732) 764-3130
(908) 662-8361
Mr. Carl Nielsen (908) 413-8215
(Cell)
Mr. Thomas
Grabowski
(908) 412-6169
Mr. Brian Carr,
P.E.
(732) 634 1500
Ms. Irma
Lanigan
(732) 750-9639
Mr. Scott Lee
Thompson, P.E.
(732) 602-6047,
x4700
Mark Szeman
NJTA
(732) 442-8600
x2284
The Authority is responsible for all permanent service connection applications,
approvals, and payment of connection fees and fees for service facilities provided by the
Utility. The Contractor is responsible for any and all temporary service connections and
temporary service connection fees. The Contractor is required to schedule and
coordinate any temporary and all permanent service connections with Utility
Companies, Owner, and Engineer. The Contractor shall in a timely manner construct the
utility facilities (conduits, wires, junction boxes, risers, pads and other appurtenances)
required for the utility companies to make the permanent service connections, as shown
on the Drawings and required by these Specifications.
A500.357
The following is a list of service applications currently submitted to the utility companies
for review and approval:
PSE&G- Electric:
(Service Application No. 500543223), for proposed electrical service only.
The Contractor shall Contact “PSE&G Demolition Department” at 1-800-817-3366, and
the PSE&G personnel listed above eight weeks prior to request removal of overhead
electric facilities. See below link to PSE&G website:
https://www.pseg.com/business/builders/startstop service/demolition.jsp
Elizabethtown Gas Company
Service Application No. 14N-0439-134804, for proposed gas services to the site.
The following is a list of utility companies/Associations that will require service
applications/agreements and or utility/work orders. The Contractor shall check with the
Engineer if the Service application/agreements and/or Utility/Work Orders for the
following companies have been secured:
Verizon Communications – NJ
Middlesex Water Company
Wyndmoor at Woodbridge Association (Private Sanitary Sewer)
G4S Technology LLC
A500.357
106.20
INSURANCE
Replace this Subsection in its entirety with the following:
Prior to the commencement of any activity under this Contract, the Contractor shall procure and
maintain at its own expense, throughout the term of the Contract and until acceptance by the
Authority of the Project or for a duration as otherwise provided herein, and, with respect to
products and completed operations insurance, for a period of not less than three (3) years
following the termination of this Contract, from an insurance carrier acceptable to the Authority,
the following insurance coverages:
(A)
Commercial General Liability Insurance.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial General liability insurance (CGL) with a coverage
limit of not less than $5,000,000 each occurrence.
CGL insurance shall be written on the
latest ISO occurrence form without any added restrictions or diminution in coverage (or a
substitute form providing at least equivalent coverage) and shall cover liability for bodily
injury and property damage arising from premises, operations, independent contractors,
products-completed operations and for liability arising from personal injury and advertising
injury, and liability assumed under contract. This insurance shall also provide coverage for
mental anguish or other mental injury arising from bodily injury. The insurance shall be
endorsed to delete the coverage restriction related to work conducted within fifty (50) feet of
a railroad, and the XCU exclusions. “The New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members,
commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers” shall be
included as additional insureds on the latest ISO forms providing such status for ongoing
operations and products-completed operations without any added restrictions or diminution
in coverage (or substitute forms providing at least equivalent coverage). This insurance shall
be endorsed to apply as primary insurance and not contribute with any other insurance or
self-insurance programs afforded to the Authority. This insurance shall be endorsed to
waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against the New Jersey Turnpike Authority
and its members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and
volunteers. The required policy limit for this insurance can be provided by a combination of
primary and excess coverages, provided that primary coverage shall be not less than
$2,000,000 and that the excess coverage shall be at least as broad as the primary policy. This
insurance shall not contain any provision under which claims made by the Authority against
the Contractor would not be covered due to the operation of an insured versus insured
exclusion.
(B)
Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance.
Contractor shall maintain Commercial Automobile liability insurance covering all vehicles
owned or used by Contractor with a coverage limit of not less than $5,000,000 each
occurrence. Auto insurance shall be written on the latest ISO form without any added
restrictions or diminution in coverage (or a substitute form providing at least equivalent
coverage) and shall cover liability for bodily injury and property damage. This insurance
shall also provide coverage for mental anguish or other mental injury arising from bodily
injury. “The New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers,
agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers” shall be included as additional
insureds. This insurance shall apply as primary insurance and not contribute with any other
insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the Authority. Such insurance shall be
endorsed to waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against the New Jersey
A500.357
Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests,
consultants and volunteers. The required policy limit for this insurance can be provided by a
combination of primary and excess coverages, provided that primary coverage shall be not
less than $2,000,000 and that the excess coverage shall be at least as broad as the primary
policy. This insurance shall not contain any provision under which claims made by the
Authority against the Contractor would not be covered due to the operation of an insured
versus insured exclusion.
The Contractor and any Subcontractors who will be transporting any hazardous materials,
hazardous substances, hazardous wastes and contaminated soils as part of the Work under
this Contract, shall provide the Authority with evidence of levels of financial responsibility as
required by the Motor Carrier Act of 1980 and 49 C.F.R., Part 387. The Contractor and/or
Subcontractor, as the case may be, shall provide the Authority with an Endorsement for
Motor Carrier Policies of Insurance for Liability under Sections 29 and 30 of the Motor
Carrier Act of 1980 (Form MCS-90) issued by the insurer.
(C)
Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurance.
Contractor shall maintain workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance.
Employers’ liability coverage shall be with a limit not less than $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by
Disease Each Employee, $1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Accident- Each Accident, $1,000,000
Bodily Injury by Disease – Policy Limit. Where permitted by law, such insurance shall be
endorsed to waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests,
consultants and volunteers.
Workers’ Compensation Insurance shall be provided in
accordance with the requirements of the laws of the State of New Jersey and shall include allstates insurance to extend coverage to any state which may be interpreted to have legal
jurisdiction. Such policies shall include endorsements to ensure coverage under the U.S.
Longshore and Harborworkers’ Compensation Act, and general maritime law, the Jones Act
and the Death on the High Seas Act where required.
(D)
Contractors Pollution Liability Insurance.
Contractor shall maintain Contractors Pollution liability (CPL) insurance with a coverage
limit of not less than $5,000,000 each occurrence, $10,000,000 aggregate.
The CPL insurance shall include, but not be limited to, coverage for on-site cleanup, bodily
injury and property damage liability, contractual liability, personal injury liability and
automobile liability for the transportation of materials (including hazardous materials and
waste) to and from the project site, completed operations and independent contractors. This
insurance shall also provide coverage for mental anguish or other mental injury arising from
bodily injury. “The New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners,
officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers” shall be included as
additional insureds. This insurance shall be endorsed to apply as primary insurance and not
contribute with any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the Authority.
This insurance shall be endorsed to waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against
the New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers, agents,
employees, guests, consultants and volunteers. This insurance shall not contain any
provision under which claims made by the Authority against the Contractor would not be
covered due to the operation of an insured versus insured exclusion.
Upon selection of a disposal facility (if applicable), the Contractor shall also furnish evidence
A500.357
to the Authority that the disposal facility chosen has the minimum environmental liability
insurance required by applicable law.
(E)
Marine Liability Insurance.
As respects any watercraft (Boats, Barges, etc.) used during the performance of this contract,
Contractor shall maintain Marine Protection and Indemnity Insurance covering all marine
hazards arising from this contract; including injuries to crew members, if not provided
through other insurance; Bodily Injury to third parties and Property Damage to wharves,
piers and other structures and loss or damage to other vessels whether or not caused by
collision. This insurance shall also provide coverage for mental anguish or other mental
injury arising from bodily injury. The policy shall be subject to a limit of liability of not less
than $5,000,000 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate. If the policy is subject to an
aggregate limit, replacement insurance will be required if it is likely such aggregate will be
exceeded. “The New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers,
agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers” shall be included as additional
insureds. This insurance shall be endorsed to apply as primary insurance and not contribute
with any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the Authority. This
insurance shall be endorsed to waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against the
New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees,
guests, consultants and volunteers. This insurance shall not contain any provision under
which claims made by the Authority against the Contractor would not be covered due to the
operation of an insured versus insured exclusion.
(F)
Aircraft Liability Insurance.
If the Contractor or subcontractor is engaged in any operations utilizing aircraft, it shall
maintain aircraft liability insurance covering bodily injury and property damage liability in
an amount not less than $10,000,000, written on an occurrence basis. This insurance shall also
provide coverage for mental anguish or other mental injury arising from bodily injury. “The
New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees,
guests, consultants and volunteers” shall be included as additional insureds. This insurance
shall be endorsed to apply as primary insurance and not contribute with any other insurance
or self-insurance programs afforded to the Authority. This insurance shall be endorsed to
waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against the New Jersey Turnpike Authority
and its members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and
volunteers. This insurance shall not contain any provision under which claims made by the
Authority against the Contractor would not be covered due to the operation of an insured
versus insured exclusion.
(G)
Owner’s Protective Liability Insurance.
The Contractor shall obtain and maintain a separate Owner's Protective Liability policy
covering bodily injury and property damage liability arising from its operations in an
amount not less than $5,000,000. Such insurance shall be written on the latest ISO form
without any restrictions or diminution in coverage (or a substitute form providing at least
equivalent coverage).
This policy shall name the New Jersey Turnpike Authority, its
members, commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers as
named insureds.
(H)
Railroad Insurance.
If the Contractor or Subcontractor is engaged in any Work on the Project which requires a
A500.357
permit from a railroad company, the Contractor will provide insurance in such amounts and
such limits as required by the individual railroad company. At a minimum, insurance will be
at least as broad as that provided by the latest ISO railroad protective liability insurance form
without any restrictions or diminution in coverage (or a substitute form providing at least
equivalent coverage.)
(I)
Builder’s Risk/Installation Floater Insurance.
The Contractor shall provide Builders Risk/Installation Floater Insurance with a coverage
limit of not less than the contract amount. Such insurance shall be written on the latest ISO
form without any added restrictions or diminution in coverage (or a substitute form
providing at least equivalent coverage) and shall cover all risks of physical loss or damage to
the work performed, including collapse, flood and earth movement. The interests of the New
Jersey Turnpike Authority, its contractors and subcontractors, as their interest may appear, in
all real and personal property owned, used or intended for use or hereafter created, installed
or acquired, including while in the course of building, erection, installation and assembly
shall be covered. This insurance shall be endorsed to apply as primary insurance and not
contribute with any other insurance or self-insurance programs afforded to the Authority.
This insurance shall be endorsed to waive the insurance carrier’s right of subrogation against
the New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers, agents,
employees, guests, consultants and volunteers.
(J)
Other Insurance.
Any additional insurance policies necessary to obtain required permits or otherwise comply
with applicable law, ordinances or regulations regarding the performance of the Work shall
be provided upon request of the Chief Engineer.
(K)
Insurance, Certificate and Endorsement Requirements.
All insurance policies shall specify that the territorial limits shall be on a worldwide basis or
as otherwise agreed with the Authority. All insurance policies shall provide that not less
than 30 days advance written notice of cancellation or material change of any insurance
referred to therein shall be given by registered mail to the General Counsel, New Jersey
Turnpike Authority at P.O. Box 5042, Woodbridge, NJ 07095. All insurance companies
providing coverage shall be authorized to do business in the State of New Jersey and
maintain an A.M. Best rating of A-, VII, or better.
(1) Any other insurance carried by Contractor or Subcontractors shall be considered to be
primary and any insurance carried by or self-insurance programs afforded to the
Authority shall be considered excess and non-contributing with such primary insurance.
(2) Any other insurance carried by Contractor or Subcontractors shall also contain a waiver
of subrogation clause in favor of the New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members,
commissioners, officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers.
(3) Prior to commencing any work under this Contract and thereafter upon the Authority’s
request, Contractor shall furnish the Authority with a certificate(s) of insurance
satisfactory to the Authority and, if requested by the Authority, applicable endorsements
and/or a certified duplicate copy of the insurance policy(s) required, executed by a duly
authorized representative of each insurer, showing compliance with the insurance
requirements set forth herein. The Certificates of Insurance shall state that each of the
A500.357
above-required policies has been amended to include the following endorsements and
shall be accompanied by copies of the endorsements:
(a) “The New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers,
agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers” shall be included as
additional insureds.” This statement is not required for the Contractor’s
workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance or builders risk
insurance, if required.
(b) Thirty (30) days notice of cancellation or material change in coverage shall be
given by registered mail to the New Jersey Turnpike Authority as specified
above.
(c) Where permitted by law, all policies shall contain a waiver of subrogation clause
in favor of the New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners,
officers, agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers.
(d) With respect to all policies, the other insurance clause under each policy shall be
amended to read as follows: “This policy will act as primary insurance and not
contribute with policies issued to or self-insurance programs afforded to the
New Jersey Turnpike Authority and its members, commissioners, officers,
agents, employees, guests, consultants and volunteers”.
(e) All certificate(s) shall be mailed to: Law Department, New Jersey Turnpike
Authority, P. O. Box 5042, Woodbridge, New Jersey 07095, Attention: Insurance.
(4) In the event that Contractor subcontracts any portion of its duties under this Contract,
Contractor shall require such Subcontractor to comply with all of the above insurance
requirements as if the Subcontractor’s name were substituted for any reference to
Contractor. If any Subcontractor cannot comply with this requirement, then such
Subcontractor shall be added under the Contractor's policies as an additional insured.
(5) It is agreed and understood by the parties that the obligation of the Contractor to obtain
and maintain insurance policies required in accordance with this Contract is an essential
term of the Contract and that the Authority relies on the Contractor to perform such
obligation. The parties further acknowledge and agree that the failure of the Authority to
require strict compliance with all the terms and conditions regarding insurance, as set
forth in this Contract, and as evidenced by any Certificates of Insurance, Slips and/or
Binders, copies of insurance policies, or otherwise, shall not constitute a waiver or
amendment of any of the terms, conditions and requirements of this Contract regarding
the provision of insurance coverage by the Contractor.
(6) The Contractor shall ensure that the activities to be performed under this Contract do not
violate the terms and conditions of any insurance policy which is or may be provided by
the Contractor hereunder, and that it shall take all measures necessary to avoid any
actions which may lead to cancellation or voidance of such insurance policies.
(7) In the event that the Contractor fails or refuses to maintain or renew any insurance policy
required to be maintained herein, or if such policy is cancelled or modified so that the
insurance does not meet the requirements contained herein, the Authority may refuse to
make payment of monies due under this Contract. The Authority in its sole discretion may
use such monies to purchase insurance on behalf of the Contractor or Subcontractor, or it
may default the Contractor and direct the Surety to complete the Project. During any period
when the required insurance is not in effect, the Chief Engineer may suspend performance
of the Contract. If the Contract is so suspended, no additional compensation or extension of
time shall be due on account of such suspension. The Authority may waive or modify any
insurance requirement set forth herein.
A500.357
(8) Due to future changes in economic, financial, risk and/or insurance market conditions the
Authority at its discretion may modify the above insurance requirements.
(9) NOTWITHSTANDING THAT MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF INSURANCE COVERAGE
CARRIED OR REQUIRED TO BE CARRIED BY THE CONTRACTOR ARE SPECIFIED
HEREIN, THE LIABILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE LIMITED TO THE
AMOUNTS SO SPECIFIED AND SHALL EXTEND TO ANY AND ALL LIABILITY IN
EXCESS OF THE INSURANCE COVERAGES SO PROVIDED NOR SHALL THESE
MINIMUM LIMITS PRECLUDE THE AUTHORITY FROM TAKING ANY ACTION
AVAILABLE TO IT UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE IN
LAW.
(10) Terms and Deductibles. The Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible or selfinsured retention, exclusions or lack of coverage in the insurance policies described
above. Any deductible or self-insured retention greater than $5,000 per occurrence must
be disclosed to and approved by the Authority. The Authority reserves the right to
require than any deductible or self-insured retention be no greater than $5,000 per
occurrence.
106.24
SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PROGRAM
In accordance with Executive Order No. 84 signed by Governor Jim Florio on March 5.
1993 and Executive Order No. 71 signed by Governor James E. McGreevey on October 2,
2003, it is the policy of the New Jersey Turnpike Authority (the “Authority” or “NJTA”)
that Small Business Enterprises (“SBE”), as determined and defined by the State of New
Jersey, Department of Treasury, Division of Revenue & Enterprise Services, Small
Business Registration & M/WBE Certification Services Unit (“Division”) and the
Department of the Treasury (“Treasury”) in N.J.A.C. 17:13-1.1 et seq and N.J.A.C. 17:141.1 et seq., respectively, have the opportunity to compete for and participate in the
performance of contracts for the purchase of goods and services and for construction
services required by the Authority. The Authority further requires that its contractors
shall agree to take all necessary and responsible steps, in accordance with the
aforementioned regulations, to ensure that SBEs have these opportunities.
In the second and third paragraphs, change “Commerce Commission: to “Division”.
A500.357
Add the following Subsection:
106.25
WARRANTIES MADE BY CONTRACTOR
The Contractor represents and warrants:
A.
That he is financially solvent, that he is experienced in and competent to perform
the type of services contemplated by this Contract, that the facts stated or shown
in any papers submitted or referred to in connection with his Proposal are true,
and, if the Contractor be a corporation, that it is authorized to perform this
Contract;
B.
That he has carefully examined and analyzed the provisions and requirements of
this Contract and inspected the construction site, that from his own
investigations he has satisfied himself as to the nature of all things needed for the
performance of this Contract, the general and local conditions and all other
matters which in any way affect this Contract or its performance, and that the
time available to him for such examinations, analysis, inspection and
investigation was adequate;
C.
That the Contract is feasible of performance in accordance with all its provisions
and requirements and that he can and will perform in strict accordance with such
provisions and requirements;
D.
That no Commissioner, officer, agent or employee of the Authority is personally
interested directly or indirectly in this Contract for the compensation to be paid
hereunder, and;
E.
That, except only for those representations, statements or promises expressly
contained in this Contract, no representation, statement or promise, oral or in
writing, of any kind whatsoever by the Authority, its Commissioners, officers,
agents, employees or consultants has induced the Contractor to enter into this
Contract or has been relied upon by the Contractor, including any with reference
to: (1) the meaning, correctness, suitability, or completeness of any provisions or
requirements of this Contract; (2) the nature, existence or location of materials,
structures, obstructions, utilities or conditions, surface or subsurface, which may
be encountered at the construction site; (3) the nature, quantity, quality or size of
the materials, equipment, labor and other facilities needed for the performance of
this Contract; (4) the general or local conditions which may in any way affect this
Contract or its performance; (5) the price of the Contract; or (6) any other matters,
whether similar to or different from those referred to in (1) through (5)
immediately above, affecting or having any connection with this Contract, the
bidding thereon, any discussions thereof, the performance thereof or those
employed therein or connected or concerned therewith.
Nothing in the Contract Documents or any other part of the Contract is intended
as or shall constitute a representation by the Authority as to the feasibility of
performance of this Contract or any part thereof. Moreover, the Authority does
not warrant or represent either by issuance of the Contract Documents or by any
provisions of this Contract as time for performance or completion or otherwise
that the Contract may be performed or completed by the times required herein or
A500.357
by any other times.
The Contractor further represents and warrants that he was given ample
opportunity and time and by means of this subsection was requested by the
Authority to review thoroughly all documents forming this Contract prior to
opening of Proposals on this Contract in order that he might request inclusion in
this Contract of any statement, representation, promise or provision which he
desired or on which he wished to place reliance; that he did so review said
documents, that either every such statement, representation, promise or
provision has been included in this Contract or else, if omitted, that he expressly
relinquishes the benefit of any such omitted statement, representation, promise
or provision and is willing to perform this Contract without claiming reliance
thereon or making any other claim on account of such omission.
The Contractor further recognizes that the provisions of this Subsection, (though
not only this Subsection) are essential to the Authority’s consent to enter into this
Contract and that without such provisions, the Authority would not have
entered into this Contract.
106.26
DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ON PUBLIC WORKS
All contractors and subcontractors must comply with the requirements of N.J.S.A. 10:2-1
Discrimination in Employment on Public Works bound hereinafter as Appendix J.
A500.357
106.27
HELMETS TO HARDHATS PILOT PROGRAM
In accordance with N.J.S.A. 27:23-51, et seq., the Authority shall institute a pilot program
(the “Program”) to aid former military personnel in finding employment in the
construction industry. Under the Program, the Authority shall comply with the
requirements of the N.J.S.A. 27:23-51, et seq., including the conditional veto message of
Governor Christie, to ensure that veterans are given every opportunity to pursue
meaningful employment with the State of New Jersey.
The Authority has established an 8% benchmark for the term of the Program for all
construction contracts for currently employed veterans, veteran hiring, and retention by
Authority construction contractors. The target number of labor hours (H2H Hours
and/or Veteran Hours) to be performed by veterans employed by contractors for work
on this contract shall be 8% of this project’s total labor hours. The Contractor shall make a
good faith effort to achieve the requirements set forth below and to meet or exceed the
8% total labor hours criteria.
The requirements for the Helmets to Hardhats Pilot Program are:





Wages for Veterans enrolled in this program shall be compensated in accordance
with prevailing wage requirements.
H2H Hours may only be satisfied by Veterans employed by the Contractor in an
apprentice-able trade through the NJH2H Program.
Veteran Hours shall include positions and work both in the administrative and
construction areas.
Proof of eligibility for each veteran participant must be documented for credit
towards the H2H Hours and/or Veteran Hours goals.
Proof may include any documentation of an employee’s veteran status lawfully
issued by the United States Government, including military discharge Form DD214.
The following actions shall be taken by a Contractor in establishing a good faith effort to
meet the requirements established above for this contract:



The Contractor shall attempt to locate qualified Veterans;
The Contractor shall provide all subcontractors with detailed information
regarding the program;
The Contractor shall keep a record of its efforts, including the names of
organizations contacted and the means and results of contact;
Within 30 days after Notice of Award, the Contractor shall submit a written plan to the
Engineer specifically to address the Helmets to Hardhats goals and requirements. Such
plan shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. At a minimum, the plan shall define
the Program goals required by the Authority for the specific project, description of
anticipated employment positions to be filled by veterans, estimated total project hours,
the estimated total H2H Hours and/or Veteran Hours (minimum 8% of the total project
hours), the overall percentage of veteran employment by the Contractor, and the
Contractor’s plan to meet such goals.
In the event that the Contractor cannot meet the above-mentioned Helmets to Hardhats
A500.357
requirements and goals set for this contract, the Contractor must demonstrate with
supporting documentation to the Authority’s satisfaction that a genuine good faith effort
has been made to meet this percentage. Said documentation and supporting information
shall be submitted to the Engineer for the Authority’s review.
Additional information regarding the New Jersey Turnpike Authority’s Helmets to
Hardhats program is bound hereinafter as Appendix F.
To allow the Authority to monitor and report Helmets to Hardhats participation during
the course of the Contract pursuant to N.J.A.C. 27:23-51, et seq., the Authority form
entitled “NJH2H-Certificate of Participation” found in Appendix F shall be completed by
the Contractor and attached to each "Certificate for Payment to Contractor” that is
submitted for payment in accordance with Section 108. The form shall account for all
personnel of the Prime Contractor, all subcontractors and others in accordance with the
requirements of eligibility as set forth in the Program and information contained in
Appendix F.
Certificates for Payment submitted without the completed NJH2H Certificate of
Participation Form will not be processed.
Any changes to the Helmets to Hardhats baseline plan after approval shall be
incorporated into the plan through written updates. Update submissions will be required
to accurately reflect changing employment needs of the Contractor and/or the Project.
The Authority anticipates that employment needs of the Contractor may change or
evolve through the course of the project as changes are incorporated into the contract.
Labor hour targets shall be re-evaluated and adjustments shall be made as needed to
maximize employment opportunities within the Program based on the NJH2H
Certifications of Participation and projected total project hours at the completion of the
contract.
Upon completion of the highway project, the Contractor shall submit a Certification
indicating the status of H2H and/or Veteran Hours utilized during the project, as well as
the Contractor’s average veteran hiring percentage over the course of the project. The
Certification shall include the names of each veteran who participated in the project,
project hours completed, position filled, description of work, and current status of
employment for each veteran.
A500.357
SECTION 107 – PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
107.02
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
The second paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
The Contractor, his superintendent, or his authorized agent shall be present at the
conference and shall present a list of proposed subcontractors, if any, a list of suppliers
from whom materials are anticipated to be purchased, an executed application for a
Traffic Permit to begin work at the site, two (2) copies of the Health and Safety Plan
(HASP) and Safe Work Plans (SWP) that comply with all requests required of a
satisfactory HASP and SWP as set forth elsewhere in the contract documents, and other
data as required by the Authority. Separate Safety Kickoff Meeting, utility meeting, preconcrete conferences, and/or other meetings may be scheduled when required by these
Supplemental Specifications, or as needed.
107.03
PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
The first paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
Upon execution of the contract by the Authority, a fully executed copy thereof together
with a Notice to Proceed will be forwarded to the Contractor. Receipt of the executed
Contract and Notice shall constitute the Contractor's authority to enter upon the site of
the work, provided the Contractor has prior thereto submitted to the Engineer, and he
has accepted, the insurance certificates required under Subsection 106.20 and applied for
and received a Traffic Permit required under Section 801. Construction operations shall
not begin until the Contractor has supplied, and the Engineer has accepted, the HASP
and SWP, the progress schedule and other certifications, forms, schedules, and any other
documents required by the Contract Documents prior to the beginning of construction
operations and established a field office as required by the Supplementary Specifications.
Furthermore, no construction operations shall begin until the Safety Kickoff Meeting has
been held and the contractor has satisfied all requirements thereto.
107.04
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
The progress schedule shall clearly indicate all milestones regarding Authority-procured,
Contractor installed, materials and equipment called out in the contract documents.
These milestones shall identify when each of the Authority-procured materials and
equipment items that must be delivered onsite for installation by the Contractor.
Milestones shall be set as “Start” milestones in the Primavera schedule, logically linked
as a predecessor activity to the start of the related installation activities.
(E)
TYPES OF PROGRESS SCHEDULES.
(1)
When the Progress Schedule is a Pay Item.
Delete first paragraph and replace with the following:
A500.357
“The progress schedule shall be prepared by the Critical Path
Method (CPM) utilizing Oracle Primavera P6, Version 7 or
later.”
(b)
Mathematical Tabulations.
The following is revised in the first paragraph:
Replace “3.5 inch diskette” with “CD-ROM”.
(e)
Updating.
The following is revised in the first paragraph:
Replace “3.5 inch diskette” with “CD-ROM”.
(j)
Payment.
The following pay item is deleted:
PAY ITEM
Progress Schedule
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
The following pay item is added:
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Progress Schedule (No-Bid)
Lump Sum
The following parts (k) through (m) are added:
(k)
Use of Calendars.
Primavera P6 allows for the use of Global and Project calendars. For this
Contract, only Project calendars shall be used. If the Contractor elects to
use Global Calendars to prepare his schedule, these calendars shall be
converted to a Project Calendar before submitting the schedule.
The Contractor shall prepare Project Calendars to schedule his own work
that shall include holiday restrictions as set forth in the Contract
Documents. The Project calendars shall account for seasonal inclement
weather impacts and restrictions to all applicable construction activities,
including excavation, backfill, hot mix asphalt paving, and landscaping.
Calendars shall also account for all Permit restrictions.
(l)
Schedule Constraints.
(i) Time Constraints
(a) The minimum unit of time for the schedule shall be one day.
(b) Out-of-sequence progress shall be corrected prior to the
submission of each progress schedule update.
The
Contractor shall include in the progress schedule update
narrative why out-of-sequence progress occurred, have it
A500.357
corrected and which activities and logic ties were impacted.
(c) The schedule updates shall be prepared by inputting the
remaining durations. The Duration % Complete shall not be
input for progress, but shall be calculated based on the
Remaining Duration and the Original Duration.
(ii) Milestones and Constraints
(a) No constraints shall be used in the schedule except for the
following:
 Finish-on-or-before – Late Finish Constraint. Shall only
be used for contractual finish milestones.
 Start-on-or-after – Early Start constraint. Shall only be
used for contractual start milestones.
(m)
General Scheduling Requirements
The Contractor shall follow the following requirements


All activities shall have a predecessor and a successor
activity except for the project’s Start Milestone and Finish
Milestone. There shall be no open-ended activities or
activities with suspended dates.
Finish to Start relationships shall not have a lag. Instead,
there shall be an activity describing the interval.
A500.357
The following is added at the end of this section:
The Contractor is responsible for meeting the following interim milestone events and
associated completion dates of each portion of the work:
SCHEDULE OF PROJECT MILESTONES
Task
Milestone Date
Notice of Award (Award)
Submit Contract Agreement, Contract Bond Power
of Execution, evidence of insurance, and location of
borrow pits (103.02)
Submit ‘Notification of Intent to Subcontract’
(103.04)
Attend Pre-Construction Conference
Submit Traffic Permit, HASP, SWP (107.02)
Submit all shop drawings, coordination drawings,
design calculations for building (104.08)
Week of May 18, 2015
Submit Product List for Color Selection (105.12)
Ninety Calendar days after award.
Notice to Proceed (NTP)
Week of June 22, 2015
Submit Interim Partial Progress Schedule (107.04)
Ten calendar days after NTP
Submit notification of Material sources (105.01)
Ten calendar days after NTP
Submit initial Schedule of Values (536.04)
Submit Completed Initial Progress Schedule
(107.04)
Fifteen calendar days after NTP
Submit Progress Schedule Update (107.04)
Monthly
Digital Photos (107.10)
Monthly
Begin 30 days after Certificate of Occupancy for
Proposed Building and be complete after 30
days
Demolition Work (545.01)
Obtain Certificate of Substantial Completion
All work under the Contract shall be performed and
completed on or before (Contract Agreement)
Ten calendar days after award
Thirty Calendar days after award.
Week of May 25, 2015
Ninety Calendar days after award.
Thirty calendar days after NTP
October 20, 2016
November 17, 2016
Notes:
1. Work is to be coordinated with the Owner’s Schedule.
2. The dates and sequences noted are not final dates. The contractor is required to submit and
provide a schedule with milestone dates for major portions of the work to meet the completion
date of the project.
3. Contractor will coordinate all work activities, sequence work including start and finish dates to
meet the completion date of the project.
A500.357
107.10
PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS
Submit a complete set of digital image electronic files with each submittal of prints on
CD-ROM. Identify electronic media with date photographs were taken. Digital file to be
JPEG file format. File to be digital image size of a minimum 1600 x 2000 pixels @ 200
pixels /inch.
Final Photographs:
Submit photographs taken at the completion of the Work. Submit photographic
documents with submittal for Final Payment. If not shown on the drawings the
contractor will show the Project from at least (6) different exterior view-points and at
least (4) different interior view - points per floor. The Engineer will determine the
viewpoint of each photograph.
107.11
AUTHORITY OPERATIONS
New Jersey Turnpike Authority (Authority) operations take precedence over contractor operations. The
Contractor shall coordinate all construction activities with the Authority through the Engineer. The
Contractor shall confine its apparatus, the storage of its vehicles, equipment, tools and materials, and its
operations and workers to the construction area limits established in the contract documents or as
ordered by the Authority. The Contractor shall maintain unobstructed traffic lanes on the designated
construction access routes shown on the contract drawings. During the Authority’s snow removal
operations it may be impractical to avoid piling accumulated snow onto or alongside the construction
work area. In such an event, the Contractor shall clear the construction areas of the accumulated snow as
necessary to proceed with the work at no additional cost to the Authority. Snow cleared by the
Contractor shall remain within the perimeter of the established construction area limits along with all
construction vehicles, equipment, tools and materials.
The Authority has the right to restrict site access and egress, and suspend all or any part of the work to
accommodate Authority operations, including snow removal operations, for such period of time as
deemed necessary for the convenience of the Authority. The Contractor will be notified in writing of
Authority-directed work restrictions or suspensions a minimum of 24 hours in advance. The Contractor’s
construction progress schedule shall include an allowance of 10 business days for Authority-directed
restrictions or suspensions of work. Authority-directed work restrictions and suspensions that do not
exceed the limits of the work suspension allowance shall not be the basis for extensions of time. If
Authority-directed work restrictions or suspensions exceed the allowance limit, but such restriction or
suspension does not affect work on the main project critical path, no time extension will be considered.
When the main project critical path is impacted by any Authority-directed work suspension beyond the
allowance limit, the contractor may submit to the Authority a written request for extension of time,
pursuant to Subsection 107.06. The request shall set forth the reasons and support for such adjustment
including an analysis and explanation of the impact to the project critical path.
A500.357
SECTION 108 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
108.03
PARTIAL PAYMENTS
The first paragraphs is deleted and replaced with the following:
At monthly intervals, or semi-monthly when the work accomplished in a two-week
period amounts to a minimum of $250,000, the Engineer will prepare a "Certificate for
Payment to Contractor," which shall be executed by the Contractor, showing the
approximate quantities of work completed and all permanent materials and equipment
furnished but not incorporated in the work, up to the date of such certificate, and the
value of such materials and equipment as security for the fulfillment of this contract by
the Contractor until the completion of the contract. The Authority will pay monthly or
semi-monthly to the Contractor while carrying on the Work, the balance not retained
after deducting there from all previous payments. In connection with the value of the
approximate quantities of work completed, an amount equivalent to two (2) percent of
the amount due will be deducted and retained from the partial payments pending
substantial completion. At the time of Substantial Completion, the Contractor may
request that the Authority reduce retainage. The Authority in its sole discretion may
reduce the percentage of retainage withheld by the Authority from two (2) percent to one
(1) percent of the total value of the contract, if the Authority determines that such action
is warranted by the progress and quality of the work. Any request by the Contractor for
a reduction in retainage must be accompanied by documentation denoting formal
consent of surety to the reduction in or partial release of retainage. No additional
retainage will be withheld provided that the work is proceeding satisfactorily and timely
on the basis of approved construction schedules. Ten (10) percent of the value of
permanent materials and equipment furnished but not incorporated in the work will be
deducted and retained at all times. This will be in addition to any amount retained in
connection with the total value of the approximate quantities of work completed. The
total value of the contract will be considered to mean the original total Awarded value of
the Contract, adjusted by the total value of all approved Change Orders.
The fourth paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
If it becomes evident on the basis of the approved progress schedule or otherwise that the
completion date for the Contract will not be met, the Authority reserves the right to
retain four (4) percent of the total value of the approximate quantities of work completed
throughout the entire Contract period and to make additional retention in the amount of
the liquidated damages as specified in the contract.
In accordance with N.J.S.A. 2A:30 A-2, the Prompt Payment Act, regarding the prompt
payment of construction contracts, the required 30-day payment period shall begin when
the “Certificate for Payment to Contractor” has been approved in the Authority’s
contract management system (CapEx Manager) by the Assistant Chief Engineer of
Construction.
A500.357
108.04
PAYMENT FOR COST-PLUS WORK
This Subsection is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Where the Contractor and the Engineer cannot negotiate an agreement for extra work or
for work designated as cost-plus work elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Chief
Engineer may direct and require the Contractor to do such work on a cost-plus basis to
be compensated as provided in this Subsection.
The total costs for labor, materials, equipment, bonds, insurance and tax as provided in
the following Subparts, together with applicable markups shall constitute full
compensation for all direct and indirect costs, including overhead, and profit, and shall
be deemed to include all items of expense not specifically designated.
(A)
LABOR.
Labor shall mean:
(1) Actual hourly wages, as set forth and substantiated by the Contractor’s Certified
Payroll Records, paid to and received by foremen, shop stewards, surveyors,
laborers, mechanics and other employees below the rank of superintendent,
exclusive of timekeepers, as dictated by union contract and directly employed at
the construction site, whether employed by the Contractor or by the
subcontractor, subject to the Engineer's authority to determine what employees
of any category are "required for Extra Work" and as to the portion of their time
allotted to Extra Work.
(2) A pro rata portion of:
(a)
Vacation allowances and union dues and assessments which the
employer actually pays, as set forth and substantiated by the
Contractor’s Certified Payroll Records, pursuant to contractual
obligation upon the basis of such wages, and
(b)
Taxes actually paid by the employer (such as Social Security Tax, Federal
and State Unemployment Compensation Contributions and State
Temporary Disability Benefits Contributions), as set forth and
substantiated by the Contractor’s Certified Payroll Records, pursuant to
law upon the basis of such wages and as shown in the “Notice of
Employer Contribution Rates” issued by the New Jersey Department of
Labor
(c)
Holiday pay actually paid by the employer during the performance of
the work.
"Employees" as used herein shall mean only the employees of one employer.
A500.357
(B)
MATERIALS.
Actual cost of all material used and incorporated into the permanent construction,
including freight and delivery charges as shown on original receipted bills. For all
materials not incorporated into the permanent construction but necessarily involved
in the performance of the work, the Contractor shall receive an amount equal to the
actual cost of such materials, less a reasonable allowance for the salvage value of
such materials when they are no longer required for the performance of the work
except as follows: (Fuels and lubricants consumed by equipment shall be included
in the Equipment and Plant described below.)
The Authority is exempt from the Sales and Use Tax pursuant to Subsection 106.10.
The Contractor will not be reimbursed for taxes for which the Authority is exempt.
(C)
INSURANCE.
Actual additional cost of Workman’s Compensation, Contractor's Commercial
General Liability Insurance, Owner’s Protective Liability Insurance, Contractor’s
Pollution Liability (CPL) Insurance, Umbrella Liability Insurance, and other types of
Insurance which may be required for the performance of the work, provided the cost
of such insurance is increased due to an increase in the cost of the work. Calculations
for these additional costs shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to the completion
of the cost plus work.
Cost of bonds, property damage, liability, and workers compensation insurance
premiums; unemployment insurance contributions; and social security taxes shall be
supplied to the Engineer prior to the start of cost plus work.
(D)
OVERHEAD.
Ten (10) percent of the cost of Labor (A), Materials (B) and Insurance (C), and five (5)
percent of the cost of Equipment and Plant (E) and Sublet Work (I) shall be added as
full compensation for all general superintendents (other than Foremen),
administration and overhead, bonding expenses, general safety items and equipment
including personal protection equipment (PPE) and the use of small tools.
(E)
EQUIPMENT AND PLANT.
(1) Contractor Owned Equipment and Plant.
An hourly rate determined as set forth below of all equipment, other than small
tools, actually owned by the Contractor and used in the performance of the work,
limited to the periods that such equipment is actually required and engaged in the
performance of the work.
The Rates shall be derived from the monthly rate, as set forth in the
recommendations of the “Rental Rate Blue Book " published by EquipmentWatch®,
(a unit of Penton Media, Inc.) 6151 Powers Ferry Rd. Suite 200, Atlanta, Georgia
30339.
A500.357
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
The ownership hourly rate will be determined by dividing the monthly
rate by 176. The weekly, hourly, and daily rates will not be used.
The number of hours to be paid will be the number of hours that the
equipment or plant is actually used on a specific cost-plus activity.
The current revisions will be used in establishing rates. The current
revision applicable to specific cost-plus work is as of the first day of
work performed on that cost-plus work and that rate applies throughout
the period the cost- plus work is being performed.
Area adjustment and equipment life adjustment will not be made.
Overtime shall be charged at one-half the rate indicated in Part (a) above.
The estimated operating costs per hour will be used for each hour that
the equipment or plant is in operation on the work. Such costs do not
apply to idle time, regardless of the cause of the idleness.
Idle time for equipment will not be paid for, except where the equipment
has been held on the project site on a standby basis at the direction of the
Engineer and, but for this direction, should have left the project site.
Such payment will be made at one-half the rate established in
Subparagraph (1) above.
The rates established above include the cost of fuel, oil, lubrication,
supplies, small tools, necessary attachments, repairs, overhaul and
maintenance of any kind, depreciation, storage, profit, insurance, all
costs (including labor and equipment) of moving equipment or plant to,
on, and away from the site. The only exception shall be the cost to move
such equipment if the use of such equipment was not required as part of
the contract scope at the time the contractor is directed to proceed with
cost plus work.
Operator costs will be paid only as provided in (A) Labor above. There
will be no payment for operator cost when the equipment is idle.
All equipment shall, in the opinion of the Engineer, be in good operating condition.
Equipment used by the Contractor shall be specifically described and be of suitable
size and suitable capacity required for the work to be performed. In the event the
Contractor elects to use equipment of a higher rental value than that suitable for the
work, payment will be made at the rate applicable to the suitable equipment. The
equipment actually used and the suitable equipment paid for will be made a part of
the record for cost-plus work. The Engineer will determine the suitability of the
equipment. If there is a differential in the rate of pay of the operator of oversize or
higher rate equipment, the rate paid for the operator will be that for the suitable
equipment.
If a rate is not established in the Rental Rate Blue Book for a particular piece of
equipment or plant, the Contractor shall obtain a rate from Equipment Watch for the
Engineer’s review and approval.
The above provisions apply to the equipment and plant owned directly by the
Contractor or by entities which are divisions, affiliates, subsidiaries, or in any other
way related to the Contractor or its parent company.
(2) Rented Equipment and Plant
Rented Equipment and Plant. In the event that the Contractor does not own a specific
A500.357
type of equipment or plant and must obtain it by rental, the Contractor shall inform
the Resident Engineer of the need to rent the equipment and of the rental rate for that
equipment prior to using it on the Work. The Contractor will be paid the actual
rental for the equipment for the time that the equipment is actually used to
accomplish the work, provided that rate is reasonable as determined by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the paid receipts and canceled checks for the
rental expense incurred.
(F)
PROFIT.
Ten (10) percent of the cost of Labor (A) and Materials (B) as described above, as full
compensation for profit and for all other items of cost and expense to the Contractor
not specifically provided for herein.
(G)
TOLLS.
Tolls for Authority roadways or any other roadways will not be reimbursed.
(H)
SUBLET WORK.
In the event any portion of the work ordered on a cost-plus basis is sublet, the
Contractor will be paid for the actual cost of the work performed in accordance with
the provisions as specified above.
(I)
RECORDS.
The Contractor shall maintain its records in such a manner as to provide a clear
distinction between the direct costs of work paid for on a cost-plus basis and the
costs of other operations.
From the above records, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer the completed
Daily Schedule of Labor, Equipment and Material charges reports using the forms
provided herein the appendix of the supplementary specifications for each day’s
work. Said daily cost-plus work reports shall be signed by the Contractor and
submitted daily for the Engineer’s review and approval.
The Contractor’s final cost plus work reports shall be submitted using the schedule of
forms provided in Appendix Z herein and shall be listed as follows:
Standardized Schedules for Cost-Plus Work
Schedule A: Summary of Charges
Schedule B: Daily Schedule of Labor Charges
Schedule B-1: Calculation of Hourly Labor Rates
Schedule C: Daily Schedule of Equipment Charges
Schedule C-1: Calculation of Hourly Equipment Rates
Schedule C-2: Calculation of Rented Equipment
Schedule D: Daily Schedule of Material Charges
Schedule E: Daily Schedule of Subcontractor Charges
Schedule F: Inspector Report
A500.357
Material charges shall be substantiated by valid copies of vendor's invoices. Such
invoices shall be submitted with the daily cost-plus work reports, or if not available,
they shall be submitted with subsequent daily cost-plus work reports. Should said
vendor's invoices not be submitted within 60 days after the date of delivery of the
material, or within 15 days after the completion, whichever occurs first, the
Authority reserves the right to establish the cost of such materials at the lowest
current wholesale prices at which said materials are available, in the quantities
concerned, delivered to the location of work.
The Contractor will not be paid until all of the above records are provided to the
Authority as outlined above, and reviewed and approved by the Engineer and
Authority.
The Chief Engineer may direct a Contractor to perform work which would require
the paying of premium time wages not anticipated in the original scope of the
project. The premium portion of all wages will not receive a mark-up for profit;
however, a 10% overhead allowance will be paid on the premium portion of wages.
The Contractor's cost records pertaining to work paid for on a cost-plus basis shall be
open to inspection or audit by representatives of the Authority, during the life of the
contract and for a period of not less than three years after acceptance thereof, and the
Contractor shall retain such records for that period. Where payment for materials or
labor is based on the cost thereof to forces other than the Contractor, the Contractor
shall ensure that the cost records of such other forces are open to inspection and
audit by representatives of the Authority on the same terms and conditions as the
cost records of the Contractor. In case all or a part of such records are not made so
available, the Contractor understands and agrees that any items not supported by
reason of such unavailability of the records will not be allowed, or if payment
therefore has already been made, the Contractor shall refund to the Authority
amount so disallowed.
Should the Contractor refuse or fail to prosecute the work as directed, the Chief
Engineer may withhold the payment of all current estimates until the Contractor's
refusal or failure is eliminated.
108.05
FINAL PAYMENT
ADD the following to end of the first paragraph:
See additional requirements in Section 017839 Part 1.3.A in Volume 2
A500.357
108.08
FUEL PRICE ADJUSTMENT
The Authority will make monthly price adjustments for fuel usage for Items listed in
Table 108-1. The Authority will calculate fuel price adjustments based on the monthly
pay quantities of listed Items using the fuel usage factors listed in Table 108-1.
Price adjustments may result in an increased payment to the Contractor for increases in
the price index and may result in a reduction in payment for decreases in the price index.
If the as-built quantity of an Item listed in Table 108-1 differs from the sum of the
quantities in the monthly Estimates, and the as-built quantity cannot be readily
distributed among the months that the Item listed in Table 108-1 was constructed, then
the Authority will determine fuel price adjustment by distributing the difference in the
same proportion as the Item’s monthly Estimate quantity is to the total of the item’s
monthly estimates.
Table 108-1 Fuel Price Adjustment
Item
No.
9
10
12
13
16
28
29
30
34
35
37
41
Items
ROADWAY EXCAVATION, EARTH
REMOVAL OF CONCRETE PAVEMENT
EMBANKMENT, COMMON
EMBANKMENT, GRADE A
FOUNDATION EXCAVATION
AGGREGATE BASE COURSE, 6" THICK
SUPERPAVE HOT MIX ASPHALT 12.5 M 64-22 SURFACE
COURSE
SUPERPAVE HOT MIX ASPHALT 25 M 64-22 BASE
COURSE
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT, 8"
THICK
CONCRETE IN FOOTINGS
CONCRETE IN RETAINING WALLS ABOVE FOOTINGS
CONCRETE IN WALL FACING
Fuel Usage Factor
.5 Gallons per Cubic Yard
0.25 Gallons per Square Yard
1.0 Gallons per Cubic Yard
.5 Gallons per Cubic Yard
2.50 Gallons per Ton
2.50 Gallons per Ton
The Authority will calculate fuel price adjustment on a monthly basis using the following formula:
F = (MF − BF) x G
Where:
F = Fuel Price Adjustment
MF = Monthly Fuel Price Index
BF = Basic Fuel Price Index
G = Gallons of Fuel for Price Adjustment
The Authority will use the monthly fuel price index every month from the New Jersey Department of
Transportation’s website, www.state.nj.us/transportation/business/trnsport/PriceIndex.shtm.
A500.357
The basic fuel price index is the most recent month’s fuel price index before the date of receipt of bids. The
Authority will use the fuel price index for the month before the regular monthly estimate cut off date as
the Monthly Fuel Price Index. If the Monthly Fuel Price Index increases by 50 percent or more over the
Basic Fuel Price Index, do not perform any work involving Items listed in Table 108-1 without written
approval from the Engineer.
Fuel price adjustment will be on a lump sum basis, and an estimated amount to cover the fuel price
adjustment will be included in the Proposal. Payments for increases will be made from this amount.
Payment will be made under:
Fuel Price Adjustment (NO-BID)………………………………………………..Lump Sum
Pay Items not listed within Table 108-1 will not be subject to the “Fuel Price Adjustment”.
A500.357
SECTION 109 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
109.03
MAINTENANCE BOND.
The first paragraphs is deleted and replaced with the following:
Before final payment is made as provided in Subsection 108.05, the Contractor shall
furnish a Surety Bond to the Authority in a sum equal to ten (10) per cent of the Total
Contract Price. The Bond shall be on the form furnished by the Authority and with
surety satisfactory to the Authority. The Bond shall remain in full force and effect for a
period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance of the Project by the Authority.
Add the following to end of the seventh paragraph:
All warranties and guaranties start on the date of substantial completion except for
designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties is otherwise
indicated. See additional requirements in Section 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
and 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA in Volume 2
A500.357
DIVISION 200 - EARTHWORK
SECTION 201 - CLEARING AND GRUBBING
201.01
DESCRIPTION
Add the following:
The work for clearing and grubbing includes the following:
 Removal and disposal of existing site features including bollards, fencing, gates, guide rail,
railings, signs, sign posts, reflectors,
 Removal and disposal of existing concrete site features including concrete sidewalks,
concrete pads, concrete sign bases, concrete curbs, concrete barrier, and concrete aprons.
 Removal and disposal of weather tower, ice sensor, storage sheds, storage
 Removal and disposal of fuel facilities
 Removal and disposal of existing drainage features including inlets, manholes, chambers,
trench drains, and pipes. Plug abandoned pipes as required.
 Cutting, capping, and removal of existing water, sewer, electric, communications and
telephone facilities, including pipes, conduits, manholes, handholes, junction boxes, wood
poles, lighting, and aerial wires, unless otherwise noted on the plans.
 Containers are to be removed by others.
 For excavation, see Section 202 and 205.
 For embankment, see Section 203.
 For septic system removal see Section 531.
 For building demolition see Section 545.
 For UST Removal see Section 542
 For topsoil, see Section 702
 For seeding, see Section 703
The work includes installing monitoring wells. The contractor shall assume a 40’ deep well, with a
screened interval between 25-40’ in a 4” steel casing.
The work includes sealing abandoned wells.
The work also includes relocating two ETC trailers from the site to NJTPK Interchange 7. Upon
relocation, provide conduits and wiring for electric and ITS to be coordinated with NJTA
maintenance. Coordinate relocation work with the Engineer.
The work also includes temporary relocation of the sleep trailers on site during construction. This
work includes maintaining utility service connections. Upon completion of the project, the trailers
should be removed and disposed. Coordinate relocation work with the Engineer.
The work also includes moving a storage container from the Holmdel Maintenance District to
NJTPK Interchange 11. Upon completion of relocating the storage container, the contents of two
environmental trailers on site will be transferred to the storage container by others. Upon
completion of the transfer of material by others, the trailers should be removed and disposed.
Coordinate relocation work with the Engineer.
A500.357
201.02
MATERIALS
Add the following:
Materials for installing monitoring wells and sealing abandoned wells shall be according to N.J.A.C.
7:9D et seq.
201.03
METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION
Add the following:
Fill and seal abandoned wells within the limits of clearing site or as shown on the Plans. Seal
drilled wells according to N.J.A.C. 7:9D et seq. Provide a copy of the well abandonment records
submitted to NJDEP to the ENGINEER. If proposing an alternate method to seal the abandoned
wells, obtain written approval from the NJDEP and from the ENGINEER. In order to replace
existing monitoring wells 8 and 8D, complete the following prior to sealing: verify total depth and
screened interval; survey the existing location and elevation. Two weeks prior to conducting this
work, notify the Authority’s environmental consultant in order for them to be present to inspect the
work.
Install replacement wells using a NJDEP certified well driller. Upon receipt of ENGINEER approval,
seal monitoring wells according to N.J.A.C. 7:9-9.1 et seq. Replacement monitoring wells shall be inkind. Using the as-built survey information, re-establish the monitoring well locations. Re-survey
the elevations and adjust the total depth and screens to account for changes in grading. Provide a
copy of the well permits and records submitted to NJDEP to the ENGINEER. Two weeks prior to
conducting this work, notify the Authority’s environmental consultant in order for them to be
present to inspect the work.
201.04
MEASUREMENT
Add the following:
Monitoring Well will be measured by the number of each.
Sealing of Abandoned Well will be measured by the number of each.
201.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Monitoring Well
Sealing of Abandoned Well
PAY UNIT
Each
Each
A500.357
SECTION 202 - ROADWAY EXCAVATION
202.01
DESCRIPTION
Add the following:
Roadway Excavation, Earth, shall include the excavation of regulated materials.
202.02
MATERIALS
Add the following:
Polyethylene Sheeting ……...…………………………………………………906.07.D
Hay Bales ……………..……...…………………………………………………906.07.E
202.03
In the first paragraph, delete the fourth sentence and replace it with the following:
Stripped topsoil, in excess of the quantity required for the Project, shall be disposed of outside the
Turnpike Right of Way by the Contractor.
Delete the fifteenth paragraph and replace it with the following:
Earth and rock materials for embankment construction, in excess of that required for embankment
construction under the Contract, shall be disposed of outside the Turnpike Right of Way by the
Contractor.
Add the following:
If the Contractor discovers potential environmental contamination during construction activities
(Area of Concern (AOC) defined in accordance with N.J.A.C. 7:26E-1.8), which was not previously
identified (unexpected discovery) in the contract documents, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer immediately.
The Contractor shall not perform any sampling of the materials associated with the AOC without
prior approval of the Engineer. If the Engineer determines that it is necessary for the Contractor to
undertake material sampling, the Contractor shall provide a sampling plan to the Engineer for
review and shall not initiate sampling until said plan is approved. All sampling must be performed
in accordance with N.J.A.C. 7:26E.
If construction activities caused the AOC (i.e. discharge), the Contractor will take corrective
measures immediately to contain the AOC and notify the Engineer immediately. The Contractor
shall advise the Engineer prior to reporting any unexpected discovery or discharges to the NJDEP
Hotline (1-877-WARNDEP (927-6337)).
A500.357
Delete Subparagraph Header (B) and replace with the following:
(B)
Disposal of Muck, Unsuitable and Excess Materials
Add the following:
Environmental testing for off-site disposal of onsite materials may be
required by the applicable regulatory agencies or by the disposal facility.
In such circumstances, prior to the start of any sampling activity, the
Contractor must obtain the disposal facility’s specific disposal
analytical/procedural
requirements in writing. At a minimum, such information shall include:
 Site-specific in-situ and/or stockpile sampling requirements
 Analytical parameters (i.e. VOCs, SVOCs, Metals, PCBs, etc.) to be
tested and specific laboratory “list” requirements
 Number of grab/composite samples required for collection within
a specific grid area designated by the disposal facility
 Size of area to be sampled (i.e. 500 cubic yards, 1,000 cubic yards,
etc.)
 Sample depths and sampling methodology
 Sampling equipment requirements
 Possible alternate sampling criteria and analysis based upon onsite material (frequent analysis of a specific analytical parameter
or selection of an unusual analytical parameter)
The above described documentation shall be provided to the Authority upon the Contractor’s
receipt of the documentation from the disposal facility. The Contractor shall then prepare a site
specific sampling plan (Plan) to satisfy the sampling requirements outlined by the disposal facility.
Said Plan shall be provided to the Authority for review prior to the Plan being provided to the
disposal facility or any other outside entity for their review. A two week period shall be anticipated
by the Contractor for the Authority’s review. After the Authority has accepted the Plan the
Contractor shall schedule the implementation of the Plan, giving the Authority a minimum of a 5
working day notice prior to the initiation of any sampling. The Contractor shall not undertake any
material sampling until the Authority has completed its review of the subject documentation and
the Authority has authorized the contractor to proceed, in writing.
Material sampling shall be conducted in strict accordance with the most recent versions of the
Technical Requirements for Site Remediation (N.J.A.C 7:26E), NJDEP Field Sampling Procedures
Manual, NJDEP Guidance Document on Contaminated Soil, and NJDEP Guidance Document for
Waste Classification, and other local, State and federal requirements.
Should the disposal facility reject transported on-site material, and said material is returned to the
project site, the material shall be separately stockpiled in an area that does not “cross contaminate”
other materials, compromise construction activities or violate existing permits and approvals. The
Contractor, in consultation with the Authority, shall assess said stockpiled material for disposal
options.
Add the following Subparagraph:
(C)
Regulated Materials
For excavation of regulated materials see Section 540 for additional requirements.
A500.357
202.05
PAYMENT
Disposal of Regulated Materials shall be paid for as specified in Section 540 of the
Supplementary Specifications.
SECTION 203 – EMBANKMENT
203.02
MATERIALS
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Asphalt millings generated from on-site activities may be used as embankment material. If utilized,
asphalt millings cannot be placed less than 2 feet above the highest seasonal ground water table or within
2 feet of any underground utility. In addition, asphalt millings cannot be placed within 2 feet of the final
subgrade.
Add the following to the end of this section:
Geotextile Filter Fabric (non-woven per first table)……………….…………………923.21
203.03
(F). Borrow.
Add the following after the second paragraph:
The Contactor shall provide documentation of testing to support
the requirement for use of clean fill or certified clean fill for borrow
material, as required, under Subsection 203.03. The Contractor
shall be responsible for environmental testing of borrow material.
Add the following after the fifth paragraph:
Material composition, quality, and structural characteristics will be
approved by the Authority’s Engineer prior to acceptance of any
borrow material. The Contractor shall utilize clean fill as defined
in N.J.A.C. 7:26-1.4.
1)
Certified Borrow Material
If the Contractor obtains clean fill from a certified supplier of
borrow material, appropriate documentation, consisting of a
statement that to the best of the affiant’s knowledge and belief, the
fill being provided is not contaminated and a description of the
steps taken to confirm such, must be obtained and submitted to the
Engineer. If the Contractor obtains borrow material from a noncertified supplier, the Contractor must satisfy the following “NonCertified Borrow Material” requirements.
(2)
Non-Certified Borrow Material
To minimize the potential of introducing contaminated borrow
material onto a project site, the Contractor shall verify that the
material meets the requirements outlined herein by performing
due diligence inquiries and/or having the borrow material
A500.357
analyzed for potential contaminants based on the location and
history of the source area.
Undesirable sources of borrow material include former and/or
existing commercial and/or industrial sites where hazardous
materials were used, handled or stored as part of the business
operations, or unpaved parking areas where petroleum
hydrocarbons could have been spilled or leaked into the soil.
Agricultural areas with former waste processes and/or historical
pesticide/herbicide use are also considered an undesirable source.
The Contractor must be aware that borrow material proposed from
undesirable source areas will require testing to demonstrate that
the material is clean material as defined by the NJDEP. If the use of
material from undesirable sources is proposed by the contractor,
documentation requirements will be more stringent than would be
necessary for material from other sources.
Documentation required to be provided relative to all off-site noncertified borrow material shall include information obtained by the
Contractor based on due diligence investigations. Due diligence
may include, but not limited to, interviews with past and present
owners, operators and occupants, reviews of historical sources of
information, reviews of federal, state, tribal and local government
records, visual inspections of the facility and adjoining properties,
commonly known or reasonably ascertainable information, and
degree of obviousness of the presence or likely presence of
contamination at the property and the ability to detect the
contamination. A due diligent inquiry shall be performed by the
Contractor consisting of the following:
(a) Conducting a diligent search of all documents which are
reasonably likely to contain information related to the object of the
inquiry, which documents are in such person’s possession,
custody, or control, or in the possession, custody, or control of any
other person from whom the person conducting the search has a
legal right to obtain such documents; and
(b) Making reasonable inquiry of current and former employees
and agents whose duties include or included any responsibility for
hazardous substances, hazardous wastes, or pollutants, and any
other current and former employees or agents who may have
knowledge or documents relevant to the inquiry.
Documentation to be provided relative to off-site non-certified
borrow material shall include detailed information on the previous
use of the land from where the borrow material is proposed to be
taken; a statement as to whether an environmental site assessment
was performed and its findings; and the results of any testing
performed. If such documentation is not available or is determined
to be inadequate by the Authority, analytical testing protocols in
accordance with applicable NJDEP Guidance documents shall be
A500.357
utilized by the Contractor to confirm the suitability of the borrow
material. The level of analysis of the borrow material required by
the Authority shall be based on the source of the borrow material
and knowledge of the prior land use.
If determined to be necessary by the Authority, the Contractor
shall provide documentation and/or a site-specific sampling plan
for the analytical testing of borrow material for Authority review
and acceptance before sampling. All borrow material sample
collection and analysis shall be performed in accordance with the
most recent versions of the N.J.A.C. 7:26E Technical Requirements
for Site Remediation, NJDEP’s Field Sampling Procedures Manual,
NJDEP Guidance Document on Contaminated Soil, NJDEP
Guidance Document for Waste Classification, and any other local,
State and federal requirements.
203.04
MEASUREMENT
Geotextile Filter Fabric will be measured by the square yard.
203.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Geotextile Filter Fabric
PAY UNIT
Square Yard
There will be no separate payment for the testing and/or due diligence efforts associated
with borrow material.
A500.357
SECTION 205 - FOUNDATION EXCAVATION
205.01
DESCRIPTION
Add the following:
Foundation Excavation shall include the excavation of regulated materials.
Foundation excavation shall also include the dewatering of excavated areas to allow for the
construction of structural elements in the dry.
This work shall include furnishing and installing Coarse Aggregate.
205.02
MATERIALS
Add the following:
Coarse Aggregate, Size No. 3 shall conform to ASTM C33.
205.03
In the fifteenth paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace it with the following:
If suitable materials obtained from Foundation Excavation is in excess of that required for the
embankment construction under the Contract, or if the work on the Project does not include
construction of embankments, such suitable material shall be disposed of outside the Turnpike Right
of Way by the Contractor.
Add the following to the end of this section:
Coarse Aggregate shall be placed following the completion of the excavation. The subsurface shall
be shaped to an even surface. The aggregate shall then be placed in 6-inch lifts and compacted
according to Subsection 301.03
Regulated Materials
For excavation of regulated materials see Section 540 for additional requirements.
Dewatering will be per section 547.
205.04
MEASUREMENT
Revise the first sentence of the first paragraph to the following:
Foundation Excavation will be measured by the volume in place within 1:1 slopes, 18 inches outside
of the neat lines of the footings, from the surface of the ground, as determined by the Engineer as it
exists at the time when the foundation excavation is started, to the elevations of the bottom of the
footings shown on the Plans or as modified by the Engineer.
Coarse Aggregate, Size No. 3 will be measured by the cubic yard.
A500.357
205.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Coarse Aggregate, Size No. 3
PAY UNIT
Cubic Yard
No separate payment will be made for dewatering and associated costs for
keeping excavation area dry for construction, but the costs thereof is included in
the price bid for the pay item “Foundation Excavation”.
SECTION 206 - TRENCH EXCAVATION
206.03
(A) EXCAVATION.
In the fourth paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace it with the following:
All excess suitable material shall be disposed of outside the Turnpike Right of Way by
the Contractor.
Dewatering will be per section 547.
206.04
MEASUREMENT.
The first through third paragraphs are deleted in their entirety and replaced with the
following:
Trench excavation, backfill, dewatering, sheeting and shoring for underdrains, drain
pipes, pipe culverts, and their headwalls or flared end sections, sewers, water pipe, gas
pipe, manholes, inlets, and similar structures will not be measured separately for
payment. Temporary pavement required at interim utility, drainage, or electrical work
will not be measured separately for payment.
Removing and legally disposing of excess suitable material obtained during trench
excavation operations will not be measured separately for payment.
206.05
PAYMENT.
No separate payment will be made for trench excavation, backfill, dewatering, sheeting
and shoring for underdrains, drain pipes, pipe culverts, and their headwalls or flared end
sections, sewers, water pipe, gas pipe, manholes, inlets, and similar structures, but the
costs there of will be included with the unit prices bid for the various pipe, manhole, inlet
A500.357
or similar structures in the Contract. No separate payment will be made for temporary
pavement required at interim utility, drainage, or electrical work, but the costs thereof
will be included with the unit prices bid for the various utility, drainage, or electrical pay
items in the Contract.
A500.357
SECTION 207 – STONE FOR EROSION CONTROL
207.01
DESCRIPTION
Gabions shall consist of furnishing, assembling and tying open mesh wire baskets, filling
the baskets with riprap stones and placing the baskets to form a wall.
207.02
MATERIALS
(A) Wire Baskets
1. Dimensions. Gabions, gabion mattresses and gabion mattress slope protection
shall be furnished in various lengths, heights and widths as shown in the plans.
2. Fabrication. Gabions shall be fabricated in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid
and diaphragms can be assembled into a rectangular basket at the project site.
Gabion baskets shall be of single unit construction. The base, lid, ends and sides
shall be either woven into a single unit or shall have one edge of these members
connected to the base section of the basket in such a manner that strength and
flexibility at the point of connection are at least equal to that of the mesh. The
basket shall be equally divided by diaphragms, of the same mesh and gauge as
the body, into cells whose length does not exceed the horizontal width. The
diaphragms shall be secured in position on the base in such a manner that
additional tying at this juncture is unnecessary. Perimeter edges of the mesh
forming the basket shall be securely selvedged so that joints formed by tying the
selvedges shall have at least the same strength as the body of the mesh. Tie wire
or connecting wire shall be supplied in sufficient quantity to fasten securely all
edges of the basket and diaphragms. The baskets shall be tied in such a manner
that four internal connecting wires in each cell one-half unit high and eight
internal wires in each cell one unit high. The tie wire shall meet the same
requirements as the wire used in the mesh except that it may be two gauges
smaller. Wire mesh shall be galvanized steel wire having a minimum size of U.S.
Steel Wire Gauge No. 12. Mesh openings shall be hexagonal in shape and shall be
uniform in size. For baskets less than 24 inches in height, use openings
measuring approximately 2-1/2 × 3-1/4 inches. For baskets greater than or equal
to 24 inches in height, use openings measuring approximately 3-1/4 × 4-1/2
inches. Fabricate the wire mesh to be nonraveling when a single strand is cut.
Galvanized steel wire shall be coated with a minimum of 0.5 mm of green
polyvinyl chloride. The polyvinyl chloride shall resist destructive effects of
immersion in acidic salt or polluted water. Exposure to ultraviolet light and
abrasion and shall retain these characteristics when tested in accordance with
ASTM G23 for a period of not less than 3,000 hours.
3. Zinc Coating. Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM A90
4. Tensile Strength. Testing shall be in accordance with ASTM A392. Wire mesh
shall be galvanized steel wire having a tensile strength between 60,000 and
80,000 pounds per square inch.
A500.357
5. Certification. Each shipment of gabion baskets shall be accompanied by a
certificate of compliance in accordance with Subsection 105.04. A shipment shall
consist of all material arriving at the project site at substantially the same time.
6. Fill. Rubble stones shall consist of trap rock, granite, gneiss or other hard,
durable rock conforming to the geologic classifications of Subsection 902.02 and
the quality requirements of riprap stones in Subsection 902.06, Grade C stone.
207.03
(C) Gabions
1. Each gabion unit shall be assembled by binding together all vertical edges with
wire ties on approximately 6 inches spacing or by a continuous piece of
connecting wire stitched around the vertical edges with a coil approximately
every 4 inches. Empty basket units shall be set to the prescribed line and grade.
Wire ties to connecting wire shall be used to join the units together in the same
manner as described for assembling. Internal tie wires shall be spaced uniformly
and fastened securely in each outside cell of the structure or where designated
2. The gabion unit shall be placed in tension prior to filling in order to obtain
proper alignment and good compaction. A standard fence stretcher, chain fall, or
iron rod may be used to stretch the wire baskets and hold alignment. The vertical
joint in adjacent courses of gabion or gabion mattress shall be hand packed for a
minimum of 0.30 m of the horizontal width and to present a pleasing appearance
and minimize voids. The remaining portion of each basket may be filled by
machine, if directed.
3. Perimeter edges of the mesh forming the basket shall be securely selvedged so
that joints formed by tying the selvedges shall have at least the same strength as
the body of the mesh.
4. After a basket has been filled, the lid shall be bent over until it meets the sides
and edges. The lid shall then be secured to the sides, ends and diaphragms with
the wire ties or connecting wire in the manner described for assembling. Prior to
being filled, each successive layer of baskets shall be tied to the layer underneath
along all edges in the same manner as specified for horizontal placing of adjacent
basket units.
207.04
MEASUREMENT
Gabions will be measured by the cubic yard.
A500.357
207.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Riprap Stone Slope Protection, 12" Thick, (D50=6")
Gabions
Riprap Stone Apron, 12" Thick, (D50=6")
PAY UNIT
Ton
Cubic Yard
Ton
A500.357
SECTION 208 – TEMPORARY SOIL EROSION AND DUST CONTROL
208.02
MATERIALS
Course Aggregate……...…………………………………………………902.05
Mastic……...………………………………………………………………904.04
Timber……...……………………...………………………………………910.06
Hardware (nails).……...…………………………………………………910.08
Geotextiles…………………………………………………………………923.43
208.03
(D)
Seeding
Delete the second sentence of the first paragraph and replace with the following:
It shall be sown, using standard seeding equipment at the rate shown on the soil
erosion and sediment control plans.
(I)
Silt Fence
Install heavy duty silt fence with geotextile securely buried in the existing soil.
Join sections of the geotextile so that they work effectively as a continuous fence.
Install fence posts at a slight angle toward the anticipated runoff source. Install
black color heavy duty silt fence in locations as shown in the Plans. Do not
substitute the color orange for black.
(N)
Inlet Filters
Provide Type 2 Inlet Filters as follows:
1.
O)
Type 2. Remove the inlet grate and place the inlet filter in the opening, holding
out approximately 6 inches of the filter outside the frame. Replace the inlet grate
to hold the filter in place. Empty the filter according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations. When removing the filter, ensure that sediment does not enter
into the drainage system. Clean out the filter, dispose of the sediment as
specified in “Disposal of Removed Material and Debris” specification section
herein, rinse and return the filter to its original shape, and place back the filter
inside the inlet.
Concrete Washout Facility
At least 10 days before the first concrete placement, submit to the Engineer for
approval a plan for the concrete washout system. Design the concrete washout
system to fully contain the concrete washout needs, concrete slurry, and the
Authority’s concrete testing of the Work. Ensure that each concrete washout
facility prevents discharge from concrete trucks and equipment cleaning from
entering into inlets and into surface or groundwater. Ensure that the location of
A500.357
concrete washout facilities are no closer than 50 feet from environmentally
sensitive areas such as streams, wetlands, or other areas shown on the Plans. Use
signs to designate concrete washout areas. Ensure that concrete washout facilities
are limited to the designated areas. Ensure that the concrete washout system is
in place before delivery of concrete to the site. Ensure that a secure, noncollapsing, non-water collecting cover over each concrete washout facility is in
place during precipitation so that precipitation does not accumulate and cause
the washout areas to overflow. If the concrete washout facility becomes 50
percent full, discontinue pouring concrete until the concrete washout facility is
cleaned out. Remove hardened concrete and dispose. Allow slurry to evaporate,
or dispose. If a lined basin is used, replace the liner if it becomes damaged or
compromised. Remove concrete washout facilities when no longer needed.
Restore the disturbed area to original condition.
(P)
Disposal of Removed Materials and Debris
The disposal of accumulated silt, sediments, and debris accumulated in inlet
filter protection is regulated under the Solid Waste Management Act (NJSA 13:1
E-1) and is governed by NJAC 7:26 et. Seq. The contractor shall dispose
accumulated silt, sediments, and debris according to the solid waste
management plan developed by the solid waste management district of origin.
Proper documentation from the disposal facility shall be submitted to the
Engineer.
(Q)
Construction Driveway
To minimize tracking of dirt and other materials onto existing roadways, provide
a construction driveway at each location where vehicles exit the work site as
approved by the Engineer. Construct driveways using temporary stone, Grade
‘B’ placed on geotextile. Ensure that the driveway is at least 15 feet wide. The
Contractor may make driveways wider if approved by the Engineer. Maintain
the driveway by top dressing or by excavating and top dressing, as directed by
the Engineer, with additional temporary stone, Grade ‘B’. When the driveway is
no longer required, remove the driveway, backfill to the adjacent ground
elevation, and restore the disturbed area to the original condition.
208.04
MEASUREMENT
Heavy duty silt fence, Black will be measured by the linear foot.
Inlet Filters will be measured by the number of each.
Concrete Washout Facility will be measured by the number of each.
Construction Driveway will be measured by the weight of the stone furnished and
placed.
A500.357
208.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Heavy Duty Silt Fence, Black
Inlet Filters, Type 2
Concrete Washout Facility
Construction Driveway
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Each
Each
Ton
No payment will be made for disposal of material and debris, costs for this work shall be
included in the cost of the various soil erosion control items.
No payment will be made for dust control, costs for this work shall be included in the
cost of the various soil erosion control items.
A500.357
The following new Section is added:
SECTION 213 – GEOGRID REINFORCED SLOPE
213.01
DESCRIPTION.
This work consists of furnishing materials and construction for geogrid reinforced slopes,
to the lines and grades and details shown on the Contract Drawings and as directed by the
Engineer. Materials include, but are not limited to all geogrid reinforcements and
reinforced fill. Placement of erosion control matting is specified in Section 208.
213.02
MATERIALS.
(A)
Geogrid Reinforcements.
Use reinforcements consisting of a polypropylene (PP), polyester (PET) or highdensity polyethylene (HDPE) polymer uniaxial geogrids. Geotextiles are not
permitted. No seams or connections are permitted. Geogrids must be
continuous in direction of reinforcement – perpendicular to the slope. The
Geogrids must meet the requirements specified below. Prior to use of any
geogrids reinforcement, shop drawings must be submitted in accordance with
subsection 104.08 and the following:
1. The manufacturer’s certification shall indicate that the geogrid
reinforcement has been evaluated in full compliance with this specification
and that the materials meet the full requirements as shown on the plans and
as specified herein.
2. The Contractor’s submittal package shall include, but not limited to the
following results:
a.
b.
c.
Ultimate Tensile Strength – minimum 4,700 lbs/ft in machine
direction (MD).
The allowable maximum reduction factor for creep for 75 year design
life is 2.6.
The allowable design strength for the specified reinforced fill is 1,400
lbs/ft
Base the ultimate strength values on minimum average roll value (MARV)
determined in accordance with ASTM D4759, using GRI:GG1 – Geogrid Rib
Tensile Strength for grids, and ASTM D4595 – Test Method of Tensile Properties of
Geotextile by Wide Width Method for Fabrics, with modifications for geogrids.
Determine the long-term tension-strain-time polymeric reinforcement behavior
(creep) from results of controlled laboratory creep tests, conducted on unconfined
samples, for minimum duration of 10,000 hours for a range of load levels on
samples of the finished product. Conduct testing according to ASTM D5262,
Standard Test Method for Valuation of Unconfined Tensile Creep Behavior of
Geosynthetics using GRI:GG4 – Standard Practice for Determination of the LongTerm Design Strength of Geogrids, and/or GRI:GT7 – Determination of the LongTerm Design Strength of Geotextiles. Test the samples unconfined in the direction
A500.357
in which the load will be applied.
Creep test data at a given temperature may be directly extrapolated over time up
to one order of magnitude, in accordance with standard polymeric practices.
Accelerated testing is required to extrapolate 10,000-hour creep test data to a
minimum 75-year design life. Procedures for test acceleration are discussed in
GRI:GG4 (1990, 1991) and GRI:GT7 (1992) Standard of Practice. Accelerated
testing is used to extrapolate to a 75-year design life and to ensure that the failure
mechanism does not change.
Total strain of the reinforcement must be less than 10% over the design life of 75
years. The required minimum factor of safety for creep is 2.0. A default factor of
safety for creep is not permitted.
(B)
Reinforced Fill.
As required per Section 203.02, and as required hereinafter:
Gradation.
Sieve Size
20 mm
4.75 mm
0.425 mm
0.075 mm
Percent Passing
100
100-20
0-60
0-50
Plasticity Index (PI) ≤ 20 per AASHTO T-90.
A pH range of 4 to 9 per ASTM D4972 – Test Method for pH of Soils.
At least one sample from each borrow source and a minimum of one test for every
5,000 cubic yards are required.
Angle of internal friction (φ) ≥ 30 degrees per ASTM D3080 – Test Method for
Direct Shear Test of Soils Under Consolidated Drained Conditions and/or ASTM
D4767 – Test Method for Consolidated Undrained Triaxial Compression Test for
Cohesive Soils.
Slag is not permitted.
213.03
METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION.
(A)
Preparation.
Excavate subgrade to the lines and grade shown on the Contract Drawings or as
directed by the Engineer. Subgrade must be free from deleterious materials,
loose or otherwise unsuitable soils. As determined by the Engineer, excavate any
soft areas and replace with suitable embankment material. The subgrade shall be
inspected and approved by the Engineer prior to placement of embankment fill
or reinforcement.
(B)
Geogrid Reinforcement.
A500.357
1.
Delivery Storage and Handling. Check the geogrids upon delivery to ensure
that the proper materials have been received. During all periods of shipment
and storage, protect the geogrid materials from temperatures greater than
60°C, and from debris that may damage the material. Following
manufacturer’s recommendations, protect all geogrids from sunlight. At the
time of installation, the geogrid reinforcement will be rejected if it has
defects, tears, punctures, flaws, deterioration, or damage incurred during
installation, manufacture, transportation, or storage. Replace any materials
damaged at no additional cost to the Commission.
2.
On-Site Representative. The Manufacturer is required to provide a qualified
and experienced representative on-site at the initiation of the project, for a
minimum of three days, to assist the Contractor at the start of construction.
3.
Geogrid Placement. Install the geogrid reinforcement in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendations except where superseded by these
provisions. Place the geogrid reinforcement within the layers of the
compacted soil as shown on the Contract Drawings. Prior to placement of a
layer of reinforcement, scarify the layer of compacted fill on which the
reinforcement is to be placed.
Place geogrid reinforcements in continuous longitudinal strips in the
primary direction of reinforcement – perpendicular to the slope face.
Splicing of any geogrid reinforcement is prohibited. Overlap adjacent strips
of reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches along roll edges parallel to the
reinforcement direction. For applications involving geometries with curves,
overlap adjacent reinforcements to provide the minimum 6-inch overlap for
the full length of the reinforcements (i.e., in plan view, 100 percent coverage
the full length of the reinforcements). Place and wrap reinforcement at the
slope face in accordance with the drawings.
Place only that amount of geogrid reinforcement required for immediately
pending work to prevent undue damage. After a layer of geogrid
reinforcement has been placed, place and compact the next succeeding layer
of reinforced fill as appropriate. Repeat the process for subsequent layer of
geogrid reinforcement and soil.
Place geogrid reinforcement to lay flat and taut prior to backfilling. After a
layer of geogrid reinforcement has been placed, use suitable means, such as
pins or small piles of soil, to hold the geogrid reinforcement in position until
the subsequent soil layer can be placed.
Rubber-tired or track-type vehicles are not allowed on the geogrid
reinforcement before a minimum of 8 inches of fill has been placed. Turning
of tracked vehicles on geogrid reinforced fill is strictly prohibited. Sudden
braking and sharp turning of any vehicle over geogrid reinforcement is also
prohibited.
During construction, keep the surface of the fill approximately horizontal.
Place geogrid reinforcements within three inches of the design elevations
and extend the length indicated on the Contract Drawings. Document the
correct orientation of the geogrid reinforcement as verified by the Engineer.
A500.357
(C)
Reinforced Fill Placement.
Place reinforced fill materials in accordance with Section 203.03(E). Compact
reinforced fill to 97% of the maximum dry density at plus or minus two
percentage points (±2%) of the optimum moisture content according to AASHTO
T-99. Compact the top 3 feet of fill to 100% of maximum dry density. Place
reinforced fill material in loose lifts of not more than 8 inches thick.
Grade backfill away from the slope crest and roll backfill at the end of each
workday to prevent ponding of water on surface of the reinforced soil mass.
213.04
(D)
Soil Stabilization Matting – per Section 706.
(E)
Material Submittals
Submit manufacturer’s certification and required test results demonstrating that
the geogrid reinforcements and reinforced fill meet the requirements set forth in
the respective sections of these provisions as part of the shop drawing submittal.
MEASUREMENT.
Measurement of Geogrid Reinforced Slope is on a square foot basis calculated by the
length along the roadway (Station to Station) multiplied by the height of reinforced slope
measured from the toe of slope elevation to the proposed PVI of the berm elevation.
Quantities of reinforced soil embankment, as shown on the contract plans, may be
increased or decreased at the direction of the Engineer, based on construction procedures
and actual site conditions.
213.05
PAYMENT.
PAY ITEM
Geogrid Reinforced Slope
PAY UNIT
Square Foot
Payment covers shop drawing and material submittals, subgrade preparation, geogrid
reinforcements and placement, and reinforced fill materials. Excavations will be paid
under Section 202.
A500.357
DIVISION 300 – PAVEMENT
SECTION 301 – AGGREGATE BASE COURSE
301.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Aggregate Base Course, 6" Thick
PAY UNIT
Square Yard
SECTION 302 – HOT MIX ASPHALT [HMA] PAVEMENTS
302.02
MATERIALS
SUPERPAVE HOT MIX ASPHALT 12.5H76 SURFACE COURSE
Replace the sixth paragraph with the following:
”H” – the third field in the Pay Item description designates the high design compaction
level as for the job mix formula based on traffic forecasts as listed in Table 924-2 (other
levels may be L=low, and M=medium).
302.03
CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL
Prior to the commencement of any paving operations, the Engineer shall conduct a job
meeting with the Contractor and Subcontractor, if one is used for paving, in order to
review intended methods of grade control proposed by the Contractor, to highlight job
requirements and criteria; to insure adequate plant production and number of trucks for
material delivery in order to permit continuous placement; and to review specific
requirements of any special asphalt or additive.
302.05
(D)
M ATERIAL TRANSFER VEHICLE.
Replace the first two paragraphs with the following:
A Material Transfer Vehicle (MTV) shall be used for the placement of all HMA
on continuous wedge or leveling, intermediate and surface courses to be placed
on the traveled way, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The MTV shall
independently deliver a uniform mixture from the hauling equipment to the
paver and shall not be used as a haul unit between the plant and paver. A paver
A500.357
hopper insert shall be installed in the hopper of conventional paving equipment
when an MTV is used.
At a minimum, the MTV shall have a high capacity truck unloading system
which will receive mixtures from the hauling equipment. It shall have a storage
bin with an auger system to continuously blend the mixture prior to discharging
to a conveyor system.
(H)
PLACING LIMITATIONS.
Leveling and/or surface courses must be completed in its entirety for the fulllength of the paving section attempted that work day. No vertical drop-offs will
be allowed at the time the lane or roadway is open to traffic.
All paving equipment including rollers, pavers, water trucks and tack coat trucks
to be utilized for resurfacing during non-daylight hours shall be equipped with a
minimum of two (2) lights directed in each direction of travel of the equipment
and powered with portable generators. Lights shall not interfere with an active
lane or roadway and must be adequate to allow for complete inspection of the
paved roadway by the Engineer both before and after compaction.
(K)
Compaction
(1)
Compacted Thickness
Replace the third row of the table after the first paragraph with the
following:
Leveling Course
(L)
3 inches minimum
Sampling and Testing
(3)
Conformance to Job Mix Formula
The average of test results for the five samples or less for a lot shall
conform to the job mix formula within the applicable tolerances of
Sections 924.
(4)
Conformance to Volumetric Requirements
Replace the first sentence with the following:
Provisions of Sections 924 and the following shall apply for control only.
A500.357
302.07
AIR VOIDS ACCEPTANCE PLAN.
(B)
Acceptance Plan
Replace the second sentence of the second paragraph with the following:
Air voids content will then be determined from five drilled cores (6” in
diameter), taken at random locations from each lot, and tested according to
Subsection 924.03 (G) for Superpave HMA.
302.09
MEASUREMENT
Hot Mix Asphalt____ _____Course will be measured by the total weight of
mixture, placed as prescribed, as determined from certified scale weights.
Replace the seventh paragraph with the following:
The basic asphalt price index is the asphalt price index for the month before the
opening of bids. The Authority will use the asphalt price index for the month
before the regular monthly estimate cut-off date as the monthly asphalt price
index.
302.10
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Hot Mix Asphalt 12.5M64-22 Surface Course
Hot Mix Asphalt 25M64-22 Intermediate Course
PAY UNIT
Ton
Ton
A500.357
SECTION 303 – SHOULDER AND BERM SURFACING
303.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall also include the construction of berm areas with crushed stone where
called for on the plans.
303.02
MATERIALS
Crushed stone shall be aggregate size No. 24.
Pre-emergent herbicide shall be a glyphosate based herbicide. Application of the
herbicide shall be in accordance with N.J.A.C 7:301 et seq.
Filter fabric shall be non-woven and conform to Subsection 923.21 for use with Stone,
Grades B, C and D.
303.03
All areas to receive a crushed stone berm area shall be free from all vegetation. A preemergent herbicide shall be applied to the area prior to placing any other materials. Filter
fabric shall be placed in accordance with the manufacture’s recommendations. Crushed
stone shall be spread in a uniform layer to the thickness specified.
303.04
MEASUREMENT
Measurement of crushed stone berm surfacing will be made by the total area placed,
without deductions of areas occupied by guardrail posts, manholes, lighting standard
bases and similar structural elements.
Bern surfacing work shall be included for asphalt price adjustment as specified in
Subsection 302.09.
303.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Berm Surfacing, Crushed Stone, 4" Thick
PAY UNIT
Square Yard
No separate payment will be made for excavation, pre-emergent herbicide or filter fabric.
A500.357
SECTION 304 – PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
304.06
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Portland Cement Concrete Pavement, 8" Thick
PAY UNIT
Square Yard
A500.357
DIVISION 400 - STRUCTURES
SECTION 401 – CONCRETE STRUCTURES
401.01
DESCRIPTION
Replace the section with the following:
This work shall consist of the construction of reinforced cast-in-place Portland cement
concrete for retaining walls, wall facing, and all other similar types of concrete
construction not included in other Sections of these Specifications, at the designated
locations, to the prescribed lines, grades, and dimensions and in accordance with the
design and details.
401.04
CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL
The following is added to the table of tests to be performed at the concrete plant:
Test Method (ASTM
Designation)
Coarse Aggregate
Alkali-Silica
Reactivity
C1260
Tests
Frequency
(Minimum)
Once per mix
Acceptance
< 0.10 percent
expansion after 14
days in solution **
** If acceptance parameters are not met for alkali-silica reactivity, mitigation measures
involving fly ash, slag, or low-alkali cement shall be performed in accordance with
Paragraph 905.05(B).
401.19
PROTECTIVE COATINGS FOR CONCRETE SURFACES
(A)
GENERAL
At the end of the third paragraph add the following:
Sandblasting will be required to remove acrylic based curing compounds (nondissipative types).
Delete the seventh paragraph and replace it with the following:
Latex Modified Concrete and High Performance Concrete (HPC) surfaces shall not be
sealed.
(B)
SEALER APPLICATION.
Delete the first and second paragraphs and replace them with the following:
A500.357
Application of the penetrating sealer materials shall be made by the methods and at the
rate of coverage as recommended by the manufacturer and not exceeding 225 sq. ft./gal.
Prior to sealer application, the Contractor shall submit product application specifications
for approval by the Engineer.
In the fourth paragraph, delete the first sentence and replace it with the following:
The concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of dirt, oil, grease, laitance, curing compound or
curing compound residue, form release agents and other contaminants which may retard
or prevent penetration of the surface treatment material into concrete.
At the end of the fourth paragraph add the following:
Surfaces which have been cured using an acrylic based, non-dissipative type curing
compound shall first be cleaned by sandblasting.
In the fifth paragraph, delete the first sentence and replace it with the following:
The concrete penetrating sealer shall be applied with low pressure (15 psi) airless spray
equipment at a rate not exceeding 225 sq. ft./gal. and shall be applied under the
supervision of the manufacturer or by their designated applicator.
(C)
ACCEPTANCE.
In the fourth paragraph, delete the first sentence and replace it with the following:
The treated concrete cores will be tested for water absorption in accordance with
Subsection 923.06 paragraph (F) or (G) as appropriate and as specified below.
Delete the fifth, sixth and seventh paragraphs, and replace them with the following:
When the minimum requirements for water absorption are not met, the lot shall be
retreated at no cost to the Authority, or the lot may be accepted on written request
provided that payment for the lot is reduced in accordance with the treatment payment
schedule.
Delete the “Concrete Penetrating Sealer Treatment Payment Schedule Treatment
Characteristics” Table and replace it with the following:
Concrete Penetrating Sealer Treatment Payment Schedule
Treatment Characteristics
Lot Acceptance Water Absorption
Pay Factor
Percent
1.00 or Less (Minimum requirement)
1.00
1.01 to 1.05
0.95
1.06 to 1.10
0.90
1.11 to 1.15
0.85
1.16 to 1.20
0.80
1.21 to 1.25
0.75
A500.357
1.26 to 1.30
1.31 to 1.35
1.36 to 1.40
1.41 to 1.45
1.45 to 1.50
Over 1.50
0.60
0.55
0.50
0.45
0.30
0.00
In the eleventh paragraph, delete the second sentence and replace it with the following:
When the minimum requirements for water absorption are not met after said
retreatment, the payment for the lot will be determined by the penetrating concrete sealer
treatment payment schedule.
401.23
MEASUREMENT
Add the following to the end of the subsection:
Concrete in Footings and Concrete in Retaining Walls Above Footings will be measured
by the cubic yard of concrete placed.
Delete the last paragraph.
401.24
PAYMENT
The following pay items are added:
PAY ITEM
Concrete in Wall Facing* ..................................................................................
Concrete in Retaining Walls Above Footings* ..............................................
PAY UNIT
Cubic Yard
Cubic Yard
Any adjustment to the concrete mix design specified in the contract documents to allow
for the elimination of the requirements for the Concrete Penetrating Sealer and Concrete
Core Sampling shall be made at no additional cost to the Authority.
A500.357
SECTION 415 – TEMPORARY SHEETING
415.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall also include furnishing equipment for driving the sheet piling.
415.02
MATERIALS
The second paragraph is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Material for the Temporary Sheeting to Remain in Place shall be steel sheet piles
conforming to Paragraph 909.05(D).
415.03
SHOP DRAWINGS
Temporary sheeting should be designed with a minimum imposed live load surcharge of
240 psf.
415.06
PAYMENT
No separate payment will be made for furnishing, mobilizing, and re-mobilizing
equipment for driving sheet piles, but the costs thereof will be included in the unit price
bid for the pay item “Temporary Sheeting To Remain in Place”.
No separate payment will be made for cutting off the extra height of sheeting to remain
in place, but the costs thereof will be included in the unit price bid for the pay item
“Temporary Sheeting To Remain in Place”.
A500.357
SECTION 428 – SOLDIER PILE RETAINING WALL SYSTEM
428.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of construction of a cantilevered and anchored soldier pile
structure to complete Retaining Wall 3 as shown on the Contract Plans and as specified
herein. Wall 3 generally consists of an anchored soldier piles that are typically installed
on 8-foot centers, permanent treated timber lagging, composite drainage panels, cast-inplace reinforced concrete wall facing and reinforced concrete wall cap. Soldier piles shall
consist of wide flange shapes and built up steel sections, embedded partial-depth in
drilled shafts, to create hybrid-composite members. Topdown construction methods shall
be used. After the steel beams are set in-place and adequately supported, the drilled
holes shall be filled with structural concrete (within drilled shaft limits) and then filled
over the remaining depth with chip-away concrete (including the full height of wall
facing). Treated timber lagging shall be used for temporary excavation support.
The work shall include but not limited to mobilization, surveying, installation of steel
soldier piles and drilled shafts, timber lagging, drainage systems, cast-in-place concrete
facing and concrete cap, and other miscellaneous construction.
Permanent Ground Anchors shall conform to section 429.
Except as may be modified within this Section, all applicable provisions of Division 400
and 900 shall apply in furnishing and installing Retaining Wall 3.
428.02
MATERIAL
Materials shall conform to the following:
Portland Cement Concrete ..................................................................................... 905.05
Preformed Expansion Joint Filler .......................................................................... 907.01
Cold-Applied Concrete Joint Sealer ................................................................ 907.02(B)
Reinforcement Steel for Structures ................................................................. 908.01(A)
Structural Steel ......................................................................................................... 909.01
Automatic End Welded Studs ............................................................................... 909.06
Zinc Coating (Galvanizing) ................................................................................... 909.11
Timber Preservative ................................................................................................ 910.04
Timber Plank (Lagging) ......................................................................................... 910.06
Temporary drill casing (if required) shall be smooth, non-corrugated, clean, be of
watertight steel, and of ample strength to withstand handling stress, concrete fluid
pressure, drilling fluid pressure and lateral earth pressure including surcharge load. Drill
casing shall have an inside diameter of not less than that indicated for the permanent
drilled shaft(s) on the Contract Plans.
Structural concrete materials, proportioning and construction requirements shall
conform to Section 401.
Drilled shaft concrete for the soldier pile wall shall consist of Self Consolidating Concrete
(SCC) for drilled shafts, with a minimum compressive strength of 4,500 psi at 28-days,
A500.357
and shall conform to Section 430.
Chip-away concrete shall consist of a lean-mix of cement and coarse aggregate, with no
fine aggregate, to permit subsequent excavation to expose the pile flange during top
down construction, as indicated in the Contract Plans. Chip-away concrete shall have a
minimum concrete compressive strength of 250 psi at 7-days and shall conform to Section
401. The Contractor shall be responsible to determine mix proportions for chip-away
concrete, such that damage to galvanized pile coating is minimized, ease of excavation is
maximized, and a vertical excavated face can be maintained without ground loss at each
soldier pile.
Wall facing and wall cap concrete shall conform to Class C concrete requirements, with a
minimum compressive strength of 3,500 psi at 28-days.
Reinforcement steel shall be Grade 60, deformed and conform to Section 401.09.
Reinforcement steel used to construct both the wall facing shall be uncoated.
Structural steel shapes for soldier piles shall be Grade 50, shall conform to ASTM A572.
Structural steel plate for cover plates, lacing bars, and soldier pile stiffeners shall conform
to ASTM A709. All shall be galvanized in accordance with Section 909.11.
The type, size and length of headed shear stud connectors shall be as indicated on the
Contract Plans, and conform to Section 909.06. The headed shear stud connectors shall be
Type B as specified in Section 7 of the AASHTO/AWS D1.5 Bridge Welding Code and
shall have a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi and minimum yield strength of
50,000 psi. The headed shear stud connectors shall be welded in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
Treated timber lagging shall consist of Southern Pine mixed hardwood, rough-sawn
select structural grade Dense No. 2, with a minimum allowable bending stress of 1,200
psi, and shall conform to Section 910.
(A) COMPOSITE DRAINAGE PANEL.
Composite drainage panel shall consist of a manufactured prefabricated-type with
dimpled polymeric core and non-woven needle-punched geotextile fabric.
The geotextile fabric shall be securely bonded on one side of the polymeric core to form a
porous filter on one side of the panel, and form an impermeable membrane on the
opposite side of the panel. The geotextile fabric shall be uniformly bonded to each dimple
of the polymeric core to resist being pushed into the core flow channels during
installation. The geotextile fabric shall extend beyond each edge of the polymeric core a
minimum of 3 inches for fabric overlap.
The polymeric core shall be an impermeable sheet that is molded with a dimple-flange
matrix. The dimple-flange matrix shall serve to form an "egg-carton-like" structure with
high flow capacity. The polymeric core shall have a high compressive strength to
withstand installation and earth pressures. The polymeric material shall not be
biodegradable. The dimples shall be spaced evenly to provide a uniform flow path. The
core sheet shall have a nominal 1-inch flange along one longitudinal edge to permit
overlap of core material at panel splices.
Composite drainage panel shall have the following physical properties.
A500.357
Property
Core
Minimum Compressive Strength
Minimum Thickness
Geotextile
Maximum Apparent Opening Size
Minimum Water Flow Rate
Minimum Grab Tensile Strength
(Machine Direction)
Maximum Grab Tensile Elongation
Minimum Puncture Resistance
Composite System
Minimum Water Flow Rate (with
drain in vertical position with
hydraulic gradient of 1.0 after 300
hours under 3,600 psf normal stress)
Test Method
Requirement
ASTM D 1621
ASTM D 1777
15,000 psf
0.4 inches
ASTM D 4751
ASTM D 4491
ASTM D 4632
0.25 mm
(≥ # 60 sieve)
100 gpm/square foot
100 pounds
ASTM D 4632
ASTM D 4833
70 %
60 pounds
ASTM D 4716
14 gpm/foot width
The following composite drainage panels are acceptable for use on this project.
SITEDRAIN Sheet C-180 Series American Wick Drain Corporation
1209 Airport Road
Monroe, NC 28110
www.americanwick.com
MiraDRAIN 6000XL
Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing, Inc.
900 Hensley Lane
Wylie, TX 75098
www.carlisle-ccw.com
Delta-Drain 6000
Cosella-Dörken Products, Inc.
4655 Delta Way
Beamsville, Ontario LOR 1B4
www.deltadrain000.com
DRAIN AWAY 50
Drainage Products, Inc.
383 South Main Street
Windsor Locks, CT 06096
www.drainaway.com
NuDrain WD15 Series
Nilex, Inc.
9304 - 39 Avenue
Edmonton, Alberta Canada T6E 6L8
www.nilex.com
Approved equal.
Only approved composite drainage panels shall be delivered to the project site.
Materials shall be delivered and stored in the manufacturer’s original unopened
packaging with labels attached. Each label shall include the manufacturer's name,
product identification, lot number and panel dimensions. All materials shall be handled
A500.357
in a manner to prevent damage. Any material damaged shall be removed from the
project site and replaced with new material at the Contractor's expense, at no cost to the
Authority. During shipment and storage, the composite drainage panels shall be
protected from direct sunlight, ultra-violet rays, temperature greater than 140 degrees
Fahrenheit, mud, dirt, dust and debris. To the extent possible, all composite drainage
panels shall be maintained wrapped in heavy duty protective coverings. No hooks,
tongs, or other sharp instruments shall be used for handling the panels.
Adhesive tape shall be used to seal panel edges and seams to the satisfaction of the
Engineer. The color of the tape shall be different from the color of the panels to assist
with visual inspection. The adhesive tape shall be suitable for underwater application
and compatible with both the fabric and the polymeric core materials.
The product of a single manufacturer shall be used to provide composite drainage panel
for the entire project, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
Weep holes shall be installed in the wall facing, on generally 8-foot spacing and shall be
connected to the composite drainage panels as indicated in the Contract Plans. Weep
holes shall be formed with 4-inch diameter Schedule 40 PVC pipe and shall conform to
Section 401.22.
428.03
SHOP DRAWINGS
(A) SUBMITTALS.
Shop, erection, and other drawings necessary for the satisfactory construction of
Retaining Wall No. 3 shall be furnished in accordance with Subsection 104.08. As a
minimum, the following items shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval:
1.) A summary of the drilled shaft experience for the specialty sub-contractor who is
responsible for furnishing and installing the drilled shafts, drilled shaft
equipment, excavation, spoil removal, concrete mix design and placement, and
construction procedures, conforming to the requirements specified in subsection
428.03.
2.) Details of equipment and procedures for drilled shaft installation, including
drawings showing consecutive steps of drilled shaft installation and drawings
with measurements showing that the proposed equipment can perform the
specified work. Included in the drawings shall be shown the areas that are
planned to be used for staging, layout drawings showing the proposed sequence
of drilled shaft installation, and details of placement.
3.) List and size of proposed equipment including cranes, drills, augers, bailing
buckets, final cleaning equipment, desanding equipment, slurry pumps, concrete
pumps, steel casing (temporary or permanent), slurry sampling.
4.) Mix design for the concrete and documentation from an independent laboratory
showing that the mix design conforms to the submitted mix and meets the
strength requirements set by the Engineer.
5.) Details of shaft excavation methods.
6.) Details of proposed methods to clean shaft after initial excavation.
7.) Procedures for control and removal of spoils
8.) Detail of concrete placement including proposed operational procedures for
concrete pump or tremie including initial placement, raising during placement,
A500.357
9.)
10.)
11.)
12.)
and overfilling of the shaft concrete, and provisions to prepare the completed
shaft top at tis final shaft top elevation.
Template details used to maintain steel beams, when required, in position within
the hole during and after concrete placement.
Procedures for checking plumbness, alignment and dimension of each drilled
hole for drilled shafts.
The method to be used to form an emergency horizontal construction joint
during concrete placement, when and if needed.
Detailed records, in an approved form, for each soldier pile, showing hole
diameters, top and bottom elevations, casing description, water conditions,
concrete strength, concrete volume, dates of excavation and concrete placement,
and other pertinent information. Upon completion of soldier pile installation
work, the Contractor shall provide a record of centerline locations based on the
field stakeout survey performed by the Contractor’ registered surveyor or
engineer. In addition, corrective measures shall be similarly recorded. A
complete tabulation of all records pertaining to approved soldier piles shall be
delivered to the Engineer.
Actual drilled shaft location data shall be submitted to the Engineer within one working
day after a drilled shaft is installed. The Contractor shall require the drilled shaft
subcontractor to provide the Engineer's on-site representative with written tabulations
for the drilled shaft location, elevation of top of drilled shaft measured to the nearest 1/2
inch, deviation from design plan location measured to the nearest 1/4 inch, and
plumbness (deviation from vertical).
Within seven working days after the completion of installation of all the drilled shafts,
and before removing the drilled shaft installation equipment from the site, the Contractor
shall provide the Engineer with a plan that is certified by a land surveyor who is
registered in the State of New Jersey, and that shows the as-installed location of all
drilled shafts, which are installed to the tolerances indicated in these specifications and
shown on the Contract Plans.
The Contractor shall submit the Manufacturer's data and catalog information for the
proposed composite drainage panels and accessories. The Manufacturer’s data shall
include a certificate that attests that the composite drainage panels meet or exceed the
physical and performance requirements stated in this specification. The Contractor shall
submit a 1-foot by 1-foot square piece of the composite drainage panel to the Engineer for
inspection.
Before starting any work, the Contractor shall submit his proposed plan for installation
of composite drainage panels to the Engineer for approval and after approval, shall not
deviate from the plan without prior written approval of the Engineer. The Contractor
shall submit a single plan for all planned composite drain locations.
A500.357
428.04
PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A pre-construction meeting shall be scheduled by the Engineer and held prior to the start
of wall construction. The Engineer, General Contractor and anchored wall specialty
Contractor shall attend the meeting. The excavation Contractor and survey Contractor, if
different than the general or anchored wall specialty Contractor, shall also attend.
Attendance is mandatory. The pre-construction meeting will be conducted to clarify the
construction requirements for the work, to coordinate the construction schedule and
activities, and to identify contractual relationships and delineation of responsibilities
amongst the general Contractor and the various Subcontractors - particularly those
pertaining to wall excavation, anchor installation and testing, excavation and wall
alignment survey control, and CIP facing construction.
428.05
(A) GENERAL.
The Contractor shall stakeout the location of Retaining Wall 3 prior to commencement of
any excavation or drilling. The Contractor shall establish work points by field survey to
establish the location of all wall components by station, offset distance and ground
surface elevation using project survey control.
The Contractor shall not commence any excavation or drilling, prior to approval of the
Wall Stakeout by the Engineer.
Excavation of drilled holes for drilled shafts at soldier piles shall be performed, such that
concrete shall be placed in any given drilled hole in a continuous operation the same day
that the shaft excavation is completed. Shaft excavations shall not be left open overnight.
The Engineer will inspect each drilled hole excavation, from the ground surface, prior to
concrete placement. Concrete shall not be placed until the excavation has been approved
by the Engineer. The Contractor shall place concrete in drilled holes within 3 hours after
approval of the completed excavation.
The Contractor shall maintain positive drainage to avoid ponding next to Retaining Wall
3, until wall construction is complete and earthwork for the adjacent detention basin is
completed to finish grade.
(B) EXCAVATION OF DRILLED HOLES FOR DRILLED SHAFTS AT SOLDIER
PILES.
Drilled holes shall be excavated to the established depths and dimensions shown on the
Contract Plans. Bottoms of drilled holes shall be cleaned of soft or loose material and
leveled. The Contractor shall dispose of excess excavation spoil to the satisfaction of the
Engineer at no additional cost to the Authority. If unsatisfactory foundation materials are
found at the specified elevations, the Contractor shall lower the bottom of drilled hole
upon approval by the Engineer.
Temporary steel casing may be used to assure that surrounding soil and the sidewalls of
the drilled holes are adequately and securely protected against cave-ins, displacement of
A500.357
the surrounding earth, and retention of groundwater. Temporary casing shall have an
inside diameter not less than the indicated hole size and shall be a minimum of 1/4 inch
thick. The inside of the steel casing shall be thoroughly cleaned and oiled before each use.
Casing with bonded concrete or other materials shall not be used. Temporary steel casing
shall be withdrawn, as the concrete is being placed, maintaining sufficient head of
concrete within the casing, to prevent extraneous material from falling in from the sides
and mixing with the concrete. Casing may be jerked upward a maximum of 4 inches to
break the bottom seal but thereafter shall be removed with a smooth, continuous motion.
Flowing water that prevents proper placement of concrete shall be controlled before
concrete placement begins.
(C) PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE AND STEEL PILES IN DRILLED HOLES.
The Contractor shall set the steel pile into the open hole and use a template to hold the
rolled shape(s) in alignment. The template shall not be removed until the concrete in the
pile socket has cured a minimum of 24 hours.
The Contractor shall fill the open hole with concrete to form a socket over the height
shown on the Contract Plans, and shall fill the remainder of the open hole with chipaway concrete. The Contractor shall extract temporary casing as the concrete is placed.
Concrete shall be continuously placed by methods that ensure against segregation and
dislodging of excavation sidewalls, and shall completely fill the hole. Concrete shall be
placed by the tremie or pumped methods. The end of the discharge nozzle shall be kept a
minimum of 3 feet below the fresh concrete surface during placement. Drilling for soldier
piles shall not be completed within 20 feet of concrete that has been placed within the last
24 hours. Concrete placement shall not be permitted when, in the opinion of the
Engineer, weather conditions prevent proper placement and consolidation.
Splicing of soldier piles shall not be permitted.
(D) EXCAVATION IN FRONT OF WALL.
The Contractor shall excavate in front of the wall as shown on the Contract Plans. The
Contractor shall excavate chip-away concrete to expose the front flange of the steel pile,
and install treated timber lagging as excavation proceeds topdown. The Contractor shall
excavate chip-away concrete with care to prevent damage to the galvanized finish on the
steel pile. The Contractor shall repair any damaged areas to the galvanized finish in
accordance with Section 403.16 at no additional cost to the Authority.
(E) TREATED TIMBER LAGGING INSTALLATION.
Timber lagging shall be placed from the top-down in sufficiently small lifts immediately
after excavation to prevent erosion of materials into the excavation. Prior to lagging
placement, the soil face shall be smoothed to create a contact surface for the lagging.
Large gaps behind the lagging shall be backfilled and compacted prior to applying any
loads to the ground anchors. A gap shall be maintained between each vertically adjacent
lagging board for drainage between adjacent lagging sections. In no case shall lagging be
placed in tight contact to adjacent lagging. Submit design of timber lagging for approval
prior to ordering material.
A500.357
(F) PERMANENT GROUND ANCHOR INSTALLATION.
Permanent Ground Anchors shall be installed and tested in accordance with Section 429.
(G) COMPOSITE DRAINAGE PANELS.
Drainage panels shall be installed with the fabric side of the drainage panel placed
against the treated timber lagging at the locations shown on the Contract Plans. The
fabric shall be folded over terminal edges and sealed with tape. The composite drainage
panels shall be attached to the treated timber lagging with washer-headed nails. The nails
shall be installed at a nominal spacing of 18 inches around the perimeter of each drainage
panel. Concrete shall be cast-in-place directly against the drainage panels.
Adjacent drainage panels shall be joined with overlapping seams. Four rows of panel
dimples shall be overlapped and. interlocked at panel edges. The overlap shall be
completed in shingle fashion with the higher-upstream panel placed on top of the lowerdownstream panel. The geotextile fabric shall be peeled back along the edge of the
higher-upstream panel and lapped over the edge of the lower-downstream panel. All
seams shall be sealed with tape to the satisfaction of the drain manufacturer to maintain
drain integrity.
Composite drainage panels that are damaged during installation shall be repaired by
placing a patch of the same material extending a minimum of 2 feet beyond the edges of
the hole or tear. The edges shall be attached to the original panel with adhesive tape. The
Contractor shall replace drainage panels, which cannot be repaired, at no additional cost
to the Authority.
Penetration details for drainage panels shall be as recommended by the composite
drainage panel manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall cut a
hole in the polymeric core corresponding to the location and size of the weep hole. The
Contractor shall avoid cutting the fabric by cutting the backside of the core between the
dimples. The Contractor shall provide a method to connect the weep hole pipe to the
drainage panel to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Composite drainage panels shall not be covered prior to approval by the Engineer. The
Contractor shall request the presence of the Engineer during covering of the drainage
panel. The drainage panel shall be covered with concrete in accordance with Section 401.
Care shall be taken during placement of the composite drainage panels not to entrap dirt
or excessive dust in the composite that could cause clogging of the drainage system.
Delivery, storage, and handling of the drainage composite shall be based on
manufacturer’s recommendations.
(H) WALL FACING.
After top-down excavation is complete in front of the wall, the Contractor shall remove
chip-away concrete and laitance to expose a level prepared surface at the top of socket
concrete. The Contractor shall install shear stud connectors and construct the wall facing
and concrete cap in accordance with the Contract Plans. The wall facing and concrete cap
shall conform to Section 401.
(I) TOLERANCES.
A500.357
Retaining Wall No. 3 shall be constructed within the tolerance(s) specified below. Any
soldier pile that is out-of-tolerance shall be corrected as necessary to comply with the
applicable tolerance, and the Contractor shall furnish and pay for corrective design and
construction that may be required to satisfy the specified tolerance.
Horizontal Soldier Pile Alignment:
Maximum permissible variation of center
location of steel pile at the top of drilled hole
shall be ±1 inch of plan location. The center of
the steel pile shall be at the center of the drilled
hole.
Vertical Alignment (Plumbness):
Drilled shafts shall be installed plumb within a
maximum of ±1 percent of the shaft length. Steel
beams shall be installed plumb within a
maximum of ±1/4 inch per 10 foot length.
Cross-Sectional Area (Pre-Drilled
(Holes):
Cleanliness (Debris at Bottom of
Drilled Shaft Excavation):
Level (Bottom of Drilled Shaft
Excavation):
428.06
Cross sections of pre-drilled holes shall not be
less than the plan dimension.
The maximum depth of debris at any place on
the bottom of the drilled hole shall not exceed
1.5 inches at the time of concrete placement.
Any point across the bottom of the drilled hole
shall be within ±3 inches of a level plane.
CONSTRUCTION QUALITY ASSURANCE
All aspects of anchored wall construction shall be monitored by the Construction Quality
Assurance (CQA) Inspector. The CQA Inspector shall perform material conformance
testing as required. The Contractor shall be aware of the activities required by the CQA
Inspector and shall account for these activities in the construction schedule. The
Contractor shall correct all deficiencies and nonconformities identified by the CQA
Inspector at no additional cost to the Authority.
428.07
MEASUREMENT
Concrete in Wall Facing will be measured for payment in accordance with Subsection
401.23.
Shear Connectors will be measured for payment by the number of units installed in
accordance with the Contract Plans.
Steel Soldier Piles of the various types and sizes specified will be measured by the length
of pile actually remaining in the finished work.
A500.357
Drilled shafts will be measured by the linear foot from the elevation of the top of drilled
shaft to the tip elevation of the drilled shaft as shown on the Contract Plans. Furnishing
equipment and mobilization for drilled shaft installation will not be measured, and all
costs shall be included in the drilled shaft pay item. Concrete used to backfill holes for
drilled shafts will not be measured for payment, and will be considered incidental to the
unit price bid for the applicable size of Drilled Shaft. Temporary casing, drilling fluid and
any other measures required to maintain an open hole for drilled shafts will not be
measured for payment, and will be considered incidental to the unit price bid for the
applicable size of Drilled Shaft.
Composite Drainage Panel will be measured by the square yard installed in accordance
with the Contract Plans.
Permanent Timber Lagging will be measured in square feet for the actual wall area
supported. No deduction will be made for gaps between timber planks, in both the
horizontal and vertical directions. No allowance will be made for waste.
428.08
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Steel Soldier Piles ....................................................................................................
Linear Foot
Shear Connectors ....................................................................................................
Each
30” Diameter Drilled Shaft.....................................................................................
Linear Foot
42” Diameter Drilled Shaft.....................................................................................
Linear Foot
Composite Drainage Panel ....................................................................................
Square Yard
Permanent Timber Lagging ...................................................................................
Square Feet
Payment will be made for foundation excavation within the structure limits shown on
the Contract Plans in accordance with section 205.05.
Payment will be made for Concrete in Wall Facing in accordance with Subsection
401.24.No separate payment will be made for the cast-in-place concrete cap on top of the
steel soldier piles. The cost shall be included in the unit price bid for the pay item
“Concrete in Wall Facing”.
Payment for “Steel Soldier Piles” shall include all costs for the complete fabrication and
erection, shop and field welding, non-destructive quality control testing of welds, and
galvanizing.
No separate payment will be made for chip-away concrete or lean concrete work. All
costs thereof shall be included in the unit price bid for various drilled shaft pay items.
No separate payment will be made for obstructions encountered to excavate drilled shaft
foundations for the soldier pile wall; and payment will be incidental to the bid price for
the applicable size of drilled shaft. No separate payment will be made for temporary
casing, drilling fluid or other means required to maintain an open stable hole for drilled
shaft foundations for the soldier pile wall; and payment will be incidental to the bid price
for the applicable size of drilled shaft. No payment will be made for drilled shafts
A500.357
abandoned because of defects in the work or other fault of the Contractor or his drilled
shaft subcontractor.
The Contract items and unit price bids set forth in the bid schedules shall include all
services, permits, labor, equipment, transportation, materials, testing, and supplies for
the complete work, including, without limitation, mobilization and demobilization for
completion of the work.
A500.357
SECTION 429 – PERMANENT GROUND ANCHORS
429.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the drilling, inserting, grouting, stressing, load testing, and
lock-off of Permanent Ground Anchors for the construction of Retaining Wall 3 as shown
on the Contract Plans and as specified herein.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, tools, supervision, transportation,
installation equipment, and incidentals necessary to complete the work specified herein
and as shown on the Contract Drawings.
The anchors shall be protected from corrosion and in accordance with the requirements
of this Specification.
The Contractor is responsible for contacting a utility location service to verify the location
of underground utilities before starting the work.
429.02
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications
The Contractor shall be experienced, or choose a subcontractor who is experienced, in the
design and construction of permanent ground anchors, and meet the following
qualifications:
1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)
Provide proof of at least 5 years of experience in the installation of
permanent ground anchors.
Submit a list containing at least 5 projects that demonstrate installation
experience in permanent ground anchors. Include a brief description of
each project and the name and phone number of the Client's
representative knowledgeable in each project listed.
Provide drill operators and on-site supervisors having a minimum of 3
years of experience installing permanent ground anchors.
Do not use names of consultants or manufacturer's representatives to
meet the requirements of this subsection.
All testing shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer.
B. Construction Quality Assurance.
All aspects of anchored wall construction will be monitored by the Construction Quality
Assurance (CQA) Inspector. The CQA Inspector will perform material conformance
testing as required. Be aware of the activities required by the CQA Inspector and account
for these activities in the construction schedule. Correct all deficiencies and
nonconformities identified by the CQA Inspector.
A500.357
429.03
MATERIALS
A. General.
The Contractor shall not deliver materials to the site until the Engineer has
approved the submittals outlined in the Section 429.04 of this Specification.
2.) The designated storage location(s) shall be protected by the Contractor from theft,
vandalism, passage of vehicles, and other potential sources of damage to materials
delivered to the site.
3.) The Contractor shall protect the materials from the elements by appropriate means.
Anchor steel strands and bars shall be stored and handled in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations and in such a manner that no damage to the
component parts occurs. All steel components shall be protected from the elements
at all times. Cement and additives for grout shall be stored under cover and
protected from moisture.
4.) The contractor shall submit certified mill test reports for the anchor steel, the
bearing plate steel, and the anchor assembly hardware and accessories to the
Engineer for review and approval. The Engineer will approve or reject the anchor
steel and bearing plate steel within 7 days after receipt of the test reports. Do not
use anchor steel or bearing plates in the work without the Engineer’s approval.
1.)
B. Admixtures.
Admixtures which control bleed, improve flowability, reduce water content and retard set
may be used in the grout subject to the written approval of the Engineer. Expansive
admixtures may only be added to grout used for filling sealed encapsulations, trumpets
and anchorage covers. No accelerators are permitted. Use admixtures compatible with
anchor steels and cement being used, and mix in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. Anchorage Devices.
1. Stressing anchorages shall be a combination of either a steel bearing plate with
wedge plate (or bent plate), or a steel bearing plate with a threaded anchor nut. The
steel bearing plate and wedge plate may also be combined into a single element.
Anchorage devices shall be capable of developing 95 percent of the specified
minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Tensile Strength (GUTS) of the anchor steel tendon.
The anchorage devices shall conform to the static strength requirements of Section
3.1.6(1) and Section 3.1.8(1) of the PTI "Guide Specification for Post-Tensioning
Materials", 4th Edition.
2.
Anchorage Covers. Fabricate anchorage covers from steel or ductile iron with a
minimum wall thickness of 0.10 inch. Attach cover securely to the bearing plate.
Grease filled covers must form a permanent watertight enclosure for the anchorage
device.
3.
Bearing Plates. Fabricate bearing plates from steel conforming to AASHTO-M183
unless otherwise specified.
4.
Trumpet. Fabricate trumpet, which is used to provide a transition from the
anchorage to the unbonded length, from a steel pipe or tube conforming to the
requirements of ASTM A53 for pipe or ASTM A500 for tubing. Provide a minimum
wall thickness of 0.20 inch.
D. Bondbreaker.
A500.357
Provide a bondbreaker fabricated from a smooth plastic tube or pipe conforming to ASTM
D 4101-82.
E. Cement Grout.
Nonmetallic, nonshrink or expansive. Use Type I, II or III Portland cement conforming to
AASHTO M85. Use Type II in detrimental environments, if indicated.
F. Centralizers.
Fabricate centralizers from plastic, steel or other material which is nondetrimental to the
anchor steel. Do not use wood. Position centralizer to provide a minimum of 0.5 inch of
grout cover and to permit free flow of grout
G. Corrosion Inhibiting Grease.
Use corrosion inhibiting grease conforming to the requirements of Section 3.2.5 of the PTI,
"Specifications for Unbonded Single Strand Tendons", 4th Edition.
Do not exceed the following allowable content of deleterious substances in the grease:
Compound
Test
Method
Chlorides
ASTMD572
ASTMD992
APHA
"Sulfides
in
Water"
Nitrates
Sulfides
Maximum
Quantity
(PPM)
10
10
10
H. Grout Tubes.
Grout tubes shall have an adequate diameter to enable the grout to be pumped to the
bottom of the drilled hole. Grout tubes shall be strong enough to withstand a minimum
grouting pressure of 145 psi. Postgrout tubes shall be strong enough to withstand
postgrouting pressure.
I. Anchor Steel.
Ground anchor anchors shall be fabricated from single or multiple elements of the
following anchor steels:
1. Steel bars conforming to AASHTO M 275;
2. 7-wire, low relaxation strands conforming to AASHTO M203;
3. "Compact" seven wire, low relaxation strands conforming to ASTM A779.
4. Epoxy coated strand conforming to ASTM A882.
5. Epoxy coated reinforcing steel bars conforming to ASTM A775.
J. Anchor Steel Couplers.
No couplers are allowed.
K. Sheath.
Use a sheath as part of the corrosion protection system for the unbonded length portion of
the anchor. Fabricate sheath from one of the following:
A500.357
 A polyethylene (PE) tube pulled or pushed over a strand. Use polyethylene Type
II, III or IV as defined by ASTM D 1248. Minimum wall thickness of 1.52 +/- 0.25
mm (60 +/- 10 mils) for tubing.
 A hot-melt extruded polypropylene tube applied over a corrosion inhibiting
grease coated strand. Use polypropylene Type It 26500-D as defined by ASTM
D2146. Minimum wall thickness of 1.52 +/- 0.25 mm (60 +/- 10 mils) for tubing.
 A grout-filled corrugated tube conforming to the requirements for bond length
encapsulation.
 A heat shrinkage polyolefin tube coated with an elastic adhesive. Provide tube
having a nominal wall thickness of 0.6 mm (24 mils) prior to shrinking. Provide
elastic adhesive inside tube with a nominal thickness of 0.5 mm (20 mils).
L. Spacers.
Use spacers to separate elements of a multi-element anchor. Fabricate spacers from
plastic, steel or other material which is nondetrimental to the anchor steel. Do not use
wood. A combination centralizer-spacer can be used.
M. Anchor Bond Length Encapsulation.
When plans require the anchor bond length to be encapsulated to provide additional
corrosion protection, fabricate the encapsulation from one of the following:
•High density corrugated polyethylene (PE) tubing conforming to the
requirements of AASHTO-M252 and having a minimum wall thickness of 0.76
mm (30 mils), or approved equal.
•Deformed steel tubing or pipe with a minimum wall thickness of 0.64 mm (25
mils).
•Corrugated, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) tubing as provided by Dywidag Systems.
•International or approved equal. Dywidag Systems International's part
numbers are 26E415, 32E415, 32E433 and 36E433.
•Handle and store the anchors in such a manner as to avoid damage or
corrosion. Damage to the anchor steel as a result of abrasions, cuts, nicks,
welds, and weld splatter is cause for rejection by the Engineer.
N. Water.
Water for mixing grout shall be potable, clean, and free of injurious quantities of
substances known to be harmful to Portland cement or anchor steel.
429.04
SHOP DRAWINGS
Shop and Working drawings shall be furnished to the Engineer in accordance with
Subsection 104.08. The following information shall be included.
1. A list containing at least five (5) projects completed by the Contractor within the last
five (5) years. For each project, include with this submittal, at a minimum: (1) name of
client contact, address, and telephone number; (2) location of project; (3) contract
value; and (4) scheduled completion date and actual completion date for the project.
2. Prepare and submit to the Engineer for review and approval Working Drawings and
a design submission describing the ground anchor system or systems intended for
A500.357
use. The Working Drawings and design submission shall be submitted 30 days prior
to the commencement of the work. The Working Drawings and design submission
shall include the following:
a. A ground anchor schedule giving:
i. Ground anchor number;
ii. Ground anchor design load and lock-off load;
iii. Type and size of Anchor;
iv. Minimum total anchor length;
v. Minimum bond length;
vi. Minimum unbonded length.
b. A drawing of the ground anchor and the corrosion protection system
including details for the following:
i. Spacers and their location;
ii. Centralizers and their location;
iii. Unbonded length corrosion protection system;
iv. Bond length corrosion protection system;
v. Anchorage and trumpet; and
vi. Anchorage corrosion protection system.
vii. Drilled hole size
c. Certificates of Compliance for the following materials, if used. The certificate
shall state that the material or assemblies to be provided will fully comply with
the requirements of the contract.
i. Anchor steel, strand or bar;
ii. Portland cement;
iii. Anchor hardware;
iv. Bearing Plates; and
v. Corrosion protection system.
3. The Contractor shall submit the design calculations for review. Design calculations
shall include design of bonded length for each anchor, design load, lock-off load, the
size of the anchor tendon (strands) for each anchor design load, size of the drilled hole
and casing.
4. The Engineer shall review the contractor's Working Drawings and design submission
including detailed calculations within thirty (30) days after receipt of the submission.
5. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review mill test reports for the anchor
steel and the bearing plate steel. The Engineer may require the Contractor to provide
samples of any ground anchor material intended for use on the project. The anchor
steel and bearing plates shall not be incorporated in the work without the Engineer’s
approval.
6. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review calibration data for each test
jack, load cell, primary pressure gauge and reference pressure gauge to be used.
Testing cannot commence until the Engineer has approved the jack, load cell, primary
pressure gauge and reference pressure gauge calibrations.
7. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer within twenty (20) days after completion
of the ground anchor work a report containing:
A500.357
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
429.05
Anchor steel manufacturer's mill test reports for the anchors
incorporated in the installation;
Grouting records indicating the cement type, quantity injected and the
grout pressures;
Ground anchor test results and graphs; and
As-built drawings showing the location and orientation of each ground
anchor, anchor capacity, anchor type, total anchor length, unbonded
length, and anchor bond length as installed.
A. Drilling Holes for Anchors.
Drill holes for anchors within a 1-foot vertical offset of the locations shown on the
Contract Plans. Provide a minimum hole diameter and length as shown on Contract
Plans. Extend the hole a minimum of 2 feet beyond the specified anchor length, but do
not extend beyond the right-of-way limits shown on the approved plans unless otherwise
directed by the Engineer. Provide casing where necessary to maintain an open hole until
grouting begins. Drill holes to the inclination specified within a 3 degree tolerance. If
this tolerance is not met, select another hole location within 1-foot of the original, or as
directed by the Engineer, and provide computations to prove that the new location is
adequate. Pressure grout the unused hole and have the grout attain the minimum
required strength prior to drilling the new hole.
B. Anchor Insertion.
Fabricate anchors in the shop or in the field, from anchor steel and materials conforming
to the requirements of the Materials subsection of this specification. Fabricate anchors in
accordance with approved details and free of dirt, detrimental rust, or other deleterious
substances. Handle and store in a manner to avoid corrosion and physical damage.
Damage such as abrasions, cuts, nicks, welds, weld splatters, or heavy corrosion and
pitting, will be a cause for rejection of the anchor. Replace rejected anchors at no cost to
the Authority in terms of material replacement and/or resulting time delays. Remove
grease from the bond length and clean it thoroughly prior to installation to ensure
bonding with the grout.
Insert anchor into the drilled hole to the desired depth without obstruction. When the
anchor cannot be completely inserted, remove the anchor from the drill hole and clean or
redrill the hole to permit insertion. Do not drive or force anchor into the hole. Do not
bend the anchor in order to enable the bearing plate to be connected to the supported
structure.
Protect anchor steel if welding is to be performed in the vicinity. Grounding of welding
leads to the anchor steel is prohibited. Protect anchor steel from dirt, rust or deleterious
substances. Heavy corrosion or pitting is cause for rejection by the Engineer. A light
coating of surface rust is acceptable if it can be removed completely from the steel by
wiping with a cloth.
Use care in handling and storing the anchors at the site. Examine prior to inserting an
anchor into the drill hole. Examine the anchor for damage to the encapsulation and the
sheathing. Repair damaged encapsulation in accordance with the supplier's
recommendation. Repair damaged smooth sheathing with ultra-high molecular weight
A500.357
polyethylene (PE) tape. Spirally wind the tape around the anchor so as to completely seal
the damaged area. Pitch the spiral to ensure a double thickness at all points.
Provide equipment for fabricating, handling, and placing anchors such that it does not
damage or deteriorate the anchor steel or the anchorages.
C. Grouting.
Use a neat cement grout or a sand-cement grout. Do not use cement which contains
lumps or other indications of hydration. Mix approved admixtures in accordance with
Authority specifications and/or the manufacturer's recommendations.
Submit the grout mix design and test results along with pressure gauge calibration data
for acceptance 30 days prior to construction.
Use grouting equipment that produces a grout free of lumps and undispersed cement.
Use a helical screw type grout pump. Equip the pump with a pressure gauge capable of
measuring pressures of a least 150 psi, or twice the actual grout pressure used, whichever
is greater. Size the grouting equipment to enable the grout to be pumped in one
continuous operation. Provide mixer capable of continuously agitating the grout.
Inject grout from the lowest point in the drill hole. Pump grout through grout tubes or
drill rods. Grout before or after insertion of the anchor as directed. Maintain a minimum
grout pressure of 25 psi or as directed by the Engineer. Record the quantity of grout and
the grout pressures. Measure grout pressure at the top of the hole. Control grout
pressures and grout takes to prevent excessive heave in cohesive soils.
Use "Single Stage" grouting unless otherwise directed. Place grout above the top of the
bond length at the same time as the bond length grout but do not place under pressure.
Continue pumping grout until fresh grout flows from the top of the hole. Remove
sufficient grout so as to prevent the grout at the top of the drill hole from contacting the
back of the structure or the bottom of the trumpet.
Upon completion of grouting, the grout tube filled with grout may remain in the hole.
Do not load the anchor for a minimum of 3 days after grouting, or until the minimum
required grout strength is achieved. Replace failed anchors.
D. Installation of Trumpet and Anchorage.
Extend the corrosion protection surrounding the unbonded length of the anchor beyond
the bottom seal of the trumpet, or 1 foot into the trumpet if no trumpet seal is provided.
Extend the corrosion protection or lengthen the trumpet if the protection does not extend
beyond the seal or sufficiently far enough into the trumpet.
Do not allow contact between the corrosion protection surrounding the unbonded length
of the anchor and the bearing plate or the anchor head during testing and stressing. If too
long, trim the corrosion protection to prevent contact.
Place the bearing plate and anchor head so that the axis of the anchor and the drill hole
are both perpendicular to the bearing plate within 3 degrees, and the axis of the anchor
passes through the center of the bearing plate.
Fill the trumpet completely with corrosion inhibiting grease or grout. Grease can be
A500.357
placed any time during construction. Place grout after the anchor has been tested.
Demonstrate to the Engineer that the procedures selected for placement of either grease
or grout will produce a completely filled trumpet.
Cover all anchorages permanently exposed to the atmosphere with a corrosion
inhibiting, grease-filled or grout-filled cover. Demonstrate to the Engineer that the
procedures selected for placement of either grease or grout will produce a completely
filled cover. If the plans require restressable anchorages, use only corrosion inhibiting
grease to fill the anchorage cover.
429.06
TESTING
A. General.
Submit, for review and approval, calibration data for each test jack, main pressure gauge,
load cell and backup pressure gauge to be used. Calibration must have been certified
within the last 30 days. The jack and pressure gauges are to be tested together as a
system. Allow 5 working days after receipt of the data for the Engineer’s approval. Do
not begin testing until the Engineer has approved the calibrations.
Test each anchor in the presence of the Engineer. No load greater than 10 percent of the
design load can be applied to the ground anchor prior to testing. The maximum test load
shall be no less than 1.33 times the design load and shall not exceed 75 percent of the
specified minimum Guaranteed Ultimate Tensile Strength (GUTS) of the anchor steel.
Apply the test load to the entire anchor. Do not stress single elements of multi-element
anchors.
B. Testing Equipment.
Use dial gauge or vernier scale capable of measuring to 0.001 inch of ground anchor
movement. Provide movement-measuring device having a minimum travel equal to the
theoretical elastic elongation of the unbonded length plus one half the anchor bond
length at the maximum test load plus 1 inch.
Use a hydraulic jack and pump to apply the test load. Use jack and a calibrated pressure
gauge. Have jack and pressure gauge calibrated as a unit by an independent approved
testing laboratory. Perform the calibration within 45 days of the test date. Do not begin
testing until the Engineer has approved the calibration. Provide pressure gauges
graduated to accurately read 1% of the maximum load to be applied to anchors. Do not
allow the ram travel of the jack to be less than the theoretical elastic elongation of the
unbonded length plus the anchor bond length at the maximum test load plus 1 inch.
Calibrate the backup pressure gauge with the test jack and main pressure gauge.
Provide a calibrated load cell and readout to be used for all tests.
Place the stressing equipment over the anchor in such a manner that the jack, bearing
plates, load cells and stressing anchorage are axially aligned with the anchor, and the
anchor is centered within the equipment.
C. Performance Test.
Performance test 5% of the ground anchors, or a minimum of 3 ground anchors,
whichever is greater in the presence of the Engineer. The Engineer will select the ground
A500.357
anchors to be Performance Tested. Test remaining ground anchors in accordance with
the Proof Test procedure.
Conduct the Performance Test by incrementally loading and unloading the anchor in
accordance with the following schedule. Raise the load from one increment to another as
rapidly as possible. Measure and record the anchor movement to the nearest 25 um
(0.001 inch), with respect to an independent fixed reference point, at the alignment
loading and at each incremental loading. Place the backup pressure gauge in series with
the main pressure gauge to monitor the load during each Performance Test.
Performance Test Schedule
LOAD
AL
0.25DL*
AL
0.25DL*
0.50DL*
AL
0.25DL
0.50DL
0.75DL*
AL
0.25DL*
0.50DL
0.75DL
1.00DL*
AL
0.25DL
0.50DL
0.75DL
1.00DL
1.20DL*
AL
0.25DL
0.50DL
0.75DL
1.00DL
1.20DL
1.33DL*
Hold for creep test
(Short Term). Reduce
to lock-off load.
Where AL - is the alignment load.
DL - is the anchor design load, * - refers to paragraph below.
Recalibrate the jack, main pressure gauge and backup pressure gauge if the load
determined by the backup pressure gauge and the load determined by the main pressure
gauge differ by more than 10%.
At load increments other than the maximum test load, hold the load just long enough to
obtain the movement reading.
A500.357
Hold the maximum test load for 10 minutes in a Performance Test. Start the load hold
period as soon as the maximum test load is reached. Measure and record the anchor
movement with respect to a fixed reference at 1 minute, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 10 minutes. If the
anchor movement between 1 minute and 10 minutes exceeds 0.04 inch, hold the
maximum test load for an additional 50 minutes. If the load hold is extended, record the
anchor movement at 15 minutes, 20, 25, 30, 45 and 60 minutes (Short Term creep test).
Plot the anchor movement versus load for each load increment marked with an asterisk
(*) in the Performance Test Schedule, and plot the residual movement of the anchor at
each alignment load verses the highest previously applied load.
D. Proof Test.
Perform the Proof Test on all anchors, in the presence of the Engineer, by incrementally
loading the ground anchor in accordance with the following schedule. Raise the load
from one increment to another as rapidly as possible. Measure and record the anchor
movement to the nearest 25 um (0.001 inch), with respect to an independent fixed
reference point, at the alignment loading and at each incremental loading. Place the
backup pressure gauge in series with the main pressure gauge to monitor the load
during each proof test.
Proof Test Schedule
LOAD
AL
0.25DL
0.50DL
0.75DL
1.00DL
1.20DL
1.33DL
Hold for creep test (Short Term).
Reduce to lock-off load.
Where: AL - is the alignment load.
DL - is the anchor design load.
Recalibrate the jack, main pressure gauge and backup pressure gauge if the load
determined by the backup pressure gauge and the load determined by the main pressure
gauge differ by more than 10%. At load increments other than the maximum test load,
hold the load just long enough to obtain the movement reading.
Hold the maximum test load for 10 minutes in a Proof Test. Start the load hold period as
soon as the maximum test load is reached. Measure and record the anchor movement
with respect to a fixed reference at 1 minute, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 and 10 minutes. If the anchor
movement between 1 minute and 10 minutes exceeds 0.04 inch, hold the maximum test
load for an additional 50 minutes, and record the anchor movement at 15 minutes, 20, 25,
30, 45 and 60 minutes. (Short Term creep test).
Plot the anchor movement versus load for each load increment in the Proof Test.
E. Creep Test (Long Term).
Creep test 5% of the total anchors but not less than 2, or as directed by the Engineer.
Perform the Creep Test, in the presence of the Inspector, by incrementally loading and
A500.357
unloading the ground anchor in accordance with the Performance Test Schedule. At the
end of each loading cycle, hold the load for the observation period indicated in the Creep
Test Schedule below. The times for reading and recording the anchor movement during
each observation period will be 1 minute, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 45, 60, 75, 90, 100,
120, 150, 180, 210, 240, 270 and 300 minutes as appropriate. Each load hold period will
start as soon as the test load is reached. In a Creep Test, use the main pressure gauge and
back-up pressure gauge to measure the applied load, and use the load cell to monitor
small changes in load during a constant load hold period. Repump the jack in order to
maintain a constant load.
Load at End of Observation Period
AL
0.25DL
0.50DL
0.75DL
1.00DL
1.20DL
1.33DL
Creep Test Schedule
Loading Cycle (Minutes)
10
30
30
45
60
300
(Reduce to lock-off)
Plot the anchor movement and the residual movement measured in a long term Creep
Test. Plot the creep movement for each load hold as a function of the logarithm of time.
F. Ground Anchor Load Test Acceptance Criteria.
A Performance or Proof Tested anchor, with a 10 minute load hold, is acceptable if the:
• Anchor carries the maximum test load with less than 0.04 inch of movement
between 1 minute and 10 minutes;
•Total movement at any test load exceeds 80% of the theoretical elastic
elongation of the unbonded length, calculated prior to testing and approved by
the Engineer; and,
• Total movement at the maximum test load does not exceed the theoretical
elastic elongation of the unbonded length plus 50% of the theoretical elastic
elongation of the bond length.
A Performance or Proof Tested anchor with a 60 minute load hold is acceptable if the:
• Anchor carries the maximum test load with a creep rate that does not exceed
0.08 inch per log cycle of time;
elongation of the unbonded length at that loading; and
•Total movement at the maximum test load does not exceed the theoretical
A Creep Tested ground anchor is acceptable if the:
• Ground anchor carries the maximum test load with a creep rate that does not
exceed 0.08 inch per log cycle of time;
elongation of the unbonded length at that loading; and
•Total movement at the maximum test load does not exceed the theoretical
A500.357
If approved, ground anchors which have a creep rate greater than 0.08 inch per log cycle
of time can be incorporated in the finished work at a load equal to one-half of its failure
load. The failure load is the load carried by the anchor after the load has been allowed to
stabilize for 10 minutes.
When an anchor fails, modify the design and/or the construction procedures.
Modifications can include, but are not limited to, installing replacement ground anchors,
reducing the design load by increasing the number of anchors, modifying the installation
method, increasing the bond length, or changing the anchor type. Any modification
which requires changes to the structure must have prior approval of the Engineer. No
change in the contract price or contract time is allowed.
Replace the anchor, at no additional cost to the Authority, if the anchor fails to meet
acceptance as determined by the Engineer.
G. Lock-Off.
Upon completion of the test, reduce the load to the lock-off load indicated on the plans
and transferred to the anchoraged service. Unload the anchor completely prior to lockoff. Record the lift-off reading after transferring the load and prior to removing the jack.
The lift-off reading must be within 10% of the specified lock-off load. If the load is not
within 10% of the specified lock-off load, reset the anchorage and record another lift-off
reading. Repeat this process until the desired lock-off load is obtained. If any criteria are
not met, the capacity will be reduced and redesigned, as approved by the Engineer.
429.07
MEASUREMENT
Permanent Ground Anchors will be measured for payment by the number of anchors
installed and accepted in accordance with the Contract Plans.
429.08
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Permanent Ground Anchors .................................................................................
Each
No separate payment will be made for furnishing all labor, materials, equipment, setup,
mobilization and demobilization, performance testing, proof testing, creep testing, and
incidentals necessary to satisfactorily complete the work as shown on the contract plans
and as specified herein, including proof testing, creep testing, performance testing,
anchor testing not meeting the project requirements as shown on the plans and described
in the specifications, strands, grouting, soils tests, and all other incidental work; the cost
thereof will be included in the pay item “Permanent Ground Anchors”.
A500.357
SECTION 430 – SELF-CONSOLIDATING CONCRETE (SCC) FOR DRILLED SHAFTS
430.01
DESCRIPTION
This work consists of the use of Self-Consolidating Concrete (SCC) for drilled shaft
construction. SCC is a highly flowable, non-segregating concrete that can spread into
place without any mechanical consolidation.
430.02
MATERIALS
The design, control and acceptance testing requirements of a SCC mixture will be
according to Section 905, except as modified herein.
Materials shall conform to the following Sections and Subsections:
Fine Aggregates ............................................................................................................ 902.04
Coarse Aggregates ....................................................................................................... 902.05
Air-Entrainment Admixtures ..................................................................................... 906.02
SCC shall use a water-reducing, high-range admixture (HRWR) to reduce the required
water content for a concrete mixture by 5 to 10%. The admixture shall meet the
requirements of ASTM C494/ C494M-08(a), Type F. Samples of the admixture necessary
for the acceptance tests will be selected at random from stockpiled supplies. The use of
air entrainment admixtures will not be required except as noted herein.
A viscosity modifying admixture (VMA) may be used and will be evaluated according to
the test methods and mix design proportions referenced in ASTM C494/ C494M-08a,
Type S. The following physical requirements shall be met:
1.
2.
3.
4.
For initial and final set times, the allowable deviation of the test concrete from
the reference concrete shall not be more than 1.0 hours earlier or 1.5 hours
later.
For compressive and flexural strengths, the test concrete shall be a minimum of
90 percent of the reference concrete at 3, 7 and 28 days.
The length change of the test concrete shall be a maximum 135 percent of the
reference concrete. However, if the length change of the reference concrete is
less than 0.030 percent, the length change of the test concrete shall be a
maximum 0.01 percentage units greater than the reference concrete.
The relative durability factor of the test concrete shall be a minimum 80
percent.
Admixtures shall be free of calcium chlorides or any other chlorides that may
initiate or promote corrosion of the reinforcement steel. Locate bulk storage
tanks for chemical admixtures inside a heated area with an ambient
temperature of not less than 320F. Chemical admixtures that have been allowed
to freeze shall not be allowed for use until they have been agitated and
retested.
The samples of the admixtures shall be tested as per the requirements of the
respective ASTM Standards stated above and the test results shall be submitted
A500.357
to the Engineer for approval.
430.03
MIX REQUIREMENTS
The SCC mix shall conform to the criteria for strength, slump flow, visual stability index,
passing ability and water to cement ratio as specified herein.
The SCC shall conform to Class A concrete strength requirements provided in Subsection
905.05(A), Portland Cement Concrete, Composition of Mix, and Subsection 905.21,
Quality Acceptance Limits for Portland Cement Concrete Pay Adjustment.
The slump requirements in Section 905 do not apply. The fresh concrete for slump flow
retention testing will be sampled at the point of discharge into the tremie or pumpline
and stored in a sealed container that is not exposed to direct sunlight or vibration. The
concrete for slump flow retention testing shall be stored for a minimum of one hour
longer than the duration of the concrete placement operations as indicated in the
contractor’s installation plan. The SCC shall be in accordance with the criteria included in
Table 1.
Compliance with air entrainment criteria noted in Table 1 will only be required for
portions of drilled shafts extending above the finished grade line at the drilled shaft face.
Property
Table 1 – Requirements for SCC for Drilled Shafts
Test Method
Air Entrainment (As Req’d)
Coarse Aggregate No. 89
Coarse Aggregate No. 8
Fresh Concrete Slump Flow
Slump Flow Retention
Visual Stability Index
Plastic Concrete
Passing Ability
As per Standard Specification
Subsection 906.02 & 902.05
Criteria
ASTM C1611 / C1611M-05
ASTM C1611 / C1611M-05
6.5 + 2.0%
7.5 + 2.0%
18-24 inches
14 inches minimum
ASTM C1611 / C1611M-05
ASTM C1621 / C1621M-08
1 maximum
1.5” maximum
The water to cementitious materials ratio (W/C) shall be 0.40, +/- 0.05 after including
any reductions for admixtures. The test methods and frequency for W/C shall be in
accordance with Subsection 905.22 (A), Quality Assurance Testing Standards and
Frequency of Testing. The quantity of retarding admixture stipulated in the submitted
mix design shall be adjusted as required to accommodate temperature variations. A table
stipulating the required retarding admixture for temperature ranges anticipated during
concrete placement operations shall be submitted as a Shop Drawing with the mix design
and installation plan in accordance with Section 104.08 of the Standard Specifications.
The aggregates shall be proportioned so that the fine aggregate is less than 50 percent by
weight of the total aggregate.
430.04
VERIFICATION OF PUMPABILITY
A verification of pumpability will be performed at least 10 days before the placing of the
SCC in the drilled shaft by pumping a trial batch through the proposed pump for the
placement of the SCC into the drilled shaft. The proposed methods for mixing the
concrete, including any anticipated time delays, shall be simulated for verification.
A500.357
Perform slump flow, and visual stability index (plastic concrete), passing ability testing
on the verification batch. Make concrete cylinders for compression testing as specified in
Subsection 905.05 (C).
The mix shall be approved based on the criteria for the compressive strength provided in
Subsection 905.21 (A)(1) and the criteria provided in Table 1 above.
430.05
CONTROL AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING
The Engineer will perform acceptance testing as specified in Section 905 at a rate
according to Subsection 905.22, Quality Acceptance Testing, Sampling, and Inspection for
Portland Cement Concrete Pay Adjustment. The Engineer will perform visual stability
index test for plastic concrete, according to ASTM C 1611/C1611M-0.5, at a rate of at least
1 test per day. The Engineer will perform the passing ability test at the same rate as the
slump flow test.
If any of the properties provided in this section do not conform to the respectively
criteria, redesign of the mix shall be considered at the discretion of the Engineer.
430.06
MEASUREMENT
Furnishing and placing SCC concrete will not be measured separately for payment.
430.07
PAYMENT
No separate payment will be made for SCC within the drilled shaft limits shown on
Plans, but the costs thereof will be included in the various drilled shaft pay items.
A500.357
DIVISION 500 - INCIDENTAL CONSTRUCTION
SECTION 501 – UNDERDRAINS
501.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall also consist of the construction of underdrains behind the reinforced
concrete retaining walls.
501.02
MATERIALS
High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Pipe……………………………………….......917.08
HDPE will be used for all Retaining Wall underdrains.
501.03
The following Paragraph (E) is added:
(E)
HDPE PIPE.
Installation shall be in accordance with ASTM D2321, and as per the
manufacturer’s latest installation guidelines.
The open end of all outlet pipes shall be protected with a rodent screen.
501.04
MEASUREMENT
Rodent screens will not be measured separately for payment.
501.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
8” Pipe Underdrain .................................................................................................
Linear Foot
Geotextile Filter Fabric will be paid per Section 203.
No separate payment will be made for the broken stone around the underdrain pipe
encased in geotextile fabric, but the cost thereof shall be included in the unit price bid for
the underdrain pipe.
A500.357
SECTION 502 – STORM DRAINS
502.02
MATERIAL
PVC drainage pipe and cleanouts shall be per Section 917.07
502.04
MEASUREMENT
15" Reinforced Concrete Pipe will be measured by the linear foot.
8" Corrugated Metal Pipe will be measured by the linear foot.
2" PVC Pipe, Schedule 80 will be measured by the linear foot.
Cleanouts will be measured by each.
The above pipes will be measured by the length in place along the centerline of the pipe,
including tees and elbows.
502.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
15" Reinforced Concrete Pipe
15" Reinforced Concrete Pipe, Class V
8" Corrugated Metal Pipe
2" PVC Pipe, Schedule 80
Clean Outs
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Each
A500.357
SECTION 503 – MANHOLES AND INLETS
503.01
DESCRIPTION
The work includes Outlet Control Structures and Trench Drains.
For Manufactured Treatment Devices see Section 535.
503.02
MATERIALS
Trench Drains grates shall be Neenah Foundary R-4999-DX with Type C opening or
approved equal
503.03
For Trench Drains, reinforced concrete trench shall be per Section 503.03.B and grate shall
be per 503.03.G.
503.04
MEASUREMENT
Outlet Control Structure
Inlet, Type B will be measured by the number of each.
Inlet, Type D2 will be measured by the number of each.
Inlet, Type D3 will be measured by the number of each.
Manhole, Type P-1 will be measured by the number of each.
12" Trench Drain will be measured by the linear foot.
Reconstructed Inlet, Type E, Using Existing Grate And Frame will be measured by the
number of each.
503.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Outlet Control Structure
Inlet, Type B
Inlet, Type D2
Inlet, Type D3
Manhole, Type P-1
12" Trench Drain
Reconstructed Inlet, Type E, Using Existing Grate And Frame
PAY UNIT
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Linear Foot
Each
Separate payment will not be made for coarse aggregate placed under drainage
structures.
Trench Drains shall include all costs to furnish and install reinforced concrete trench and
grate.
A500.357
SECTION 506 – CONCRETE CURB
506.04
MEASUREMENT
9" X 18" Concrete Curb will be measured by the linear foot along the face of curb.
506.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
9" X 18" Concrete Curb
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
SECTION 510 – GUIDE RAIL
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace with the following:
510.01
DESCRIPTION
Guide Rail shall consist of steel rail elements mounted on steel posts and
recycled/synthetic blockouts, with terminal anchorages in accordance with the Plans.
510.02
MATERIALS
Materials shall conform to the following Subsections:
Rail Element
Posts
Blockouts
Miscellaneous Hardware
915.01
915.02
915.02
915.03
Portland cement concrete for anchorages and post foundations shall conform to Section
905, Class B.
All metal components along the Turnpike shall be galvanized in accordance with
Subsection 909.11.
510.03
Prior to installing posts, the location of underground electrical conduits and other
utilities, which may conflict with the posts, shall be determined. The Contractor must call
(800) 272-1000 for a utility markout in accordance with Subsection 106.18. Post spacing
may be adjusted by 6 inches or double brackets may be used, as approved, to eliminate
such conflicts. The Contractor's attention is directed to Subsection 106.18, pertaining to
utilities. Test pits, as directed, shall be made as specified in Section 522.
The rail elements shall be constructed with the top edge in a straight line or smooth curve
A500.357
parallel to or concentric with the roadway. Where a vertical transition is required, the top
edge of rail elements shall form the chords of a smooth vertical curve. Attach the beam
guide rail element to the blockout at every post.
No punching, drilling, reaming, or cutting of the rail elements will be permitted in the
field unless specifically approved by the Engineer. Neither torchcutting nor welding of
rail elements will be permitted. All new material shall be furnished, except where
resetting, realigning, raising, or salvaging is called for. Damaged galvanized surfaces
shall be repaired in accordance with Subsection 403.16.
The installation shall be made in such a manner that no unprotected end is exposed to
approaching traffic.
(A) Beam Guide Rail.
Within the same working day, replace all existing beam guide rail that is removed.
Where possible, install new beam guide rail exposed to approaching traffic before the
removal of the existing system.
If it is suspected that conduit is present, the Engineer may require tests. Locate and repair
damage to the electrical conduit due to construction operations.
Drive beam guide rail posts to the required position. Ensure that posts are driven plumb,
properly spaced, and to the line and grade shown.
Install the required bridge attachment type as shown on the Plans. Mount bridge beam
guide posts as shown on the Plans.
Repair damage to the galvanized coating, if applicable, according to ASTM A 780.
(E) Terminals and Anchorages.
At least 10 days before beginning the work, submit the manufacturer’s recommendations
to the Engineer. Install terminals and anchorages according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Excavate for post holes and concrete anchorages as specified in Subsection 206.03.
Backfill and compact using the directed method as specified in Subsection 206.03.
510.04
MEASUREMENT
Beam Guide Rail will be measured by the length in place along the top of rail between
centers of end posts, excluding the pay limits for anchorages.
Beam Guide Rail Anchorages will be measured by the number of each installed.
A500.357
510.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Beam Guide Rail
Beam Guide Rail Anchorage
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Each
A500.357
SECTION 511 - FENCING
511.01
DESCRIPTION.
The work shall also include placing, maintaining, relocating (if necessary), and removing
temporary fencing.
The work shall also include vehicular sliding gates, motorized vehicular sliding gate, and
motorized vehicular swing gate.
511.02
MATERIALS.
Motorized Vehicular Swing Gate System, 30’ Wide shall be a “Tymetal Heavy Duty
Swing Gate” as manufactured by Tymetal Corp, 2549 state Route 40, Greenwich, NY
12834 or approved equal. See below for information on Operator.
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System, 16’ Wide shall be a “Fortress Heavy Duty
Cantilever Slide Gate System” as manufactured by Tymetal Corp, 2549 state Route 40,
Greenwich, NY 12834 or approved equal. See below for information on Operator.
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System, 30’ Wide shall be a “Fortress Structural
Cantilever Slide Gate System” as manufactured by Tymetal Corp, 2549 state Route 40,
Greenwich, NY 12834 or approved equal. See below for information on Operator.
Vendor Qualifications: Contractor shall be prequalified for State of New Jersey DPM&C
codes C044 (Parking Control Systems) and C052 (Security/Intrusion Alarms). Installing
vendor shall have a minimum of 5 years’ experience designing, installing, and executing
systems of similar size and complexity. Installers shall be certified IDEA (Institute of
Door Dealer Education and Accreditation) installers and have a prior minimum of 1year
certified installation experience. Installing vendor shall have a minimum 5years’
experience in both electronic and physical security installations. Including access control,
crash barriers, motorized slide gate systems, barriers, fencing, video, and intercom
systems. Installing vendor shall have a minimum of 3 projects/installations of similar
size and scope. Installing vendor shall have a minimum of 3years’ experience
maintaining similar systems of size and complexity which include both electronic and
physical security systems working together.
Gate system must conform to the following standards:
Underwriters Laboratory Gate Operator Requirements (UL 325). Automated / operated
vehicular gates shall not to be used for pedestrian traffic. Separate pedestrian gates must
be provided if pedestrian traffic is expected. ASTM F 2200 – Standard Specification for
Automated Vehicular Gate Construction. ASTM F 1184 – Standard Specification for
Industrial and Commercial Horizontal Slide Gates, Type II, Class 2. American Welding
Society AWS D1.2 Structural Welding Code.
Submittals: Provide submittals in accordance with per 104.08. Submittals shall include
product data, manufacturer’s catalog cuts with printed specifications and installation
instructions. Provide (2) copies of operation and maintenance data covering installed
A500.357
products. Provide shop drawings showing the gate system, including details of all major
components such as the gate construction, gate height and post spacing dimensions.
Gate System shall comply with the following Performance Criteria: provide certification
stating the gate system includes material components that provide superior performance
and longevity. Gate track system shall be keyed to interlock into gate frame member
(providing 200% additional strength when compared to weld only keyless systems).
When interlocked with and welded to the "keyed" frame top member, gate track forms a
composite structure. Gate shall have a minimum counterbalance length of 50% opening
width which provides a 36% increase in lateral resistance (when compared to ASTM
minimum of 40% counterbalance). If gate is ever to be automated, counterbalance section
shall be filled with fabric or other specified material. To provide superior structural
integrity, intermediate vertical members shall be used - with spacing between verticals to
be less than 50% of the gate frame height. Entire gate frame (including counterbalance
section) shall include 2 adjustable stainless steel cables (minimum 3/16”) per bay to
allow complete gate frame adjustment (maintaining strongest structural square and level
orientation). Gate truck assemblies shall be tested for continuous duty and shall have
precision ground and hardened components. Bearings shall be pre-lubricated and
contain shock resistant outer races and captured seals. Gate truck assemblies shall be
supported by a minimum 5/8” plated steel bolt with self-aligning capability, rated to
support a 2,000 # reaction load. Hanger brackets shall be hot dipped galvanized steel
with a minimum 3/8” thickness that is also gusseted for additional strength. Gate top
track and supporting hangar bracket assemblies shall be certified by a licensed
professional engineer to withstand a 2,000 lb. vertical reaction load without exceeding
allowable stresses.
Certification: Gate manufacturer shall certify gate is manufactured in compliance with
ASTM F 2200, Standard Specification for Automated Vehicular Gate Construction. Gate
manufacturer shall provide independent certification as to the use of a documented
Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record to insure
conformance to the AWS D1.2 welding code. Provide Individual Certificates of Welder
Qualification documenting successful completion of the requirements of the AWS D1.2
code
Warranty: The Truck assembly shall be warranted against manufacturing defects by the
manufacturer for a period of (5) five years from date of substantial completion. Provide
shop drawings and submittal data per 104.08.
System Components:
Gate Dimensions: Fortress Structural Cantilever Slide Gate System dimensions shall be
as shown on the detail drawings for the configuration identified. Provide shop drawings
indicating further detail and layout information.
Gate Construction Details:
Gate Frame: The gate frame shall be fabricated from 6063-T6 aluminum alloy extrusions.
The top member shall be a 3" x 5" aluminum structural channel/tube extrusion weighing
not less than 3.0 lb/lf (4.4kg/m). To maintain structural integrity this frame member
shall be "keyed" to interlock with the "keyed" track member. If fabricated as a single
horizontal piece, the bottom member shall be a 2" x 5" aluminum structural tube
weighing not less than 2.0 lb/lf. If fabricated in two horizontal pieces, the bottom
member shall be a 5" aluminum structural channel weighing not less than 2.65 lb/lf, and
the two horizontal pieces or sections shall be spliced in the field (the gate frame shall be
A500.357
fabricated in one or multiple sections depending on size requirements and project
constraints).
Vertical Members (Chain Link): The vertical members at the ends of the opening portion
of the frame shall be "P" shaped in cross section with a nominal base dimension of no less
than 2” x 2” (51mm x 51mm) and weighing not less than 1.6 lb/lf (2.3kg/m). Major 2” x
2” (51mm x 51mm) vertical members weighing not less than 1.1lb/lf shall separate each
bay and shall be spaced at less than gate height intervals. Intermediate 1” x 2” (25mm x
51mm) vertical members weighing not less than .82 lb/lf (1.2kg/m) shall alternate
between the 2” x 2” major members.
Gate Track: The gate frame shall have separate semi-enclosed “keyed” tracks, extruded
from 6005A-T61 or 6105 T5 aluminum alloy, weighing not less than 2.9 lb/lf. Track
members are to be located on each side of the top member. When interlocked and
welded to the “keyed” top member, it forms a composite structure with the top of the
gate frame. Welds are to be placed alternately along the top and side of the track at 9"
(229mm) centers with welds being a minimum of 2"(51mm) long.
Welding: All welds on the gate frame shall conform to Welding Procedure Specification
and Procedure Qualification Record to insure conformance to the AWS D1.2 Structural
Welding Code. All individual welders shall be certified to AWS D1.2 welding code.
Gate Mounting: The gate frame is to be supported from the track by four (4) swivel type,
self-aligning, 4 wheeled, sealed lubricant, ball-bearing truck assemblies. The bottom of
each support post shall have a bracket equipped with a pair of 3” (76mm) UHMW guide
wheels Wheel cover protectors shall be included with bottom guides to comply with
UL325. Gap protectors shall be provided and installed, compliant with ASTM F 2200.
Reinforcing: Diagonal "X" bracing of 3/16" (5mm) minimum diameter stainless steel
aircraft cable shall be installed throughout the entire gate frame.
Gate Filler: Chain Link: 2” x 2” x 9 gauge aluminized steel chain link fabric shall extend
the entire length of the gate (if operated gate, counterbalance must also have fabric to
prevent reach through and comply with ASTM F 2200). Fabric shall be attached at each
end of the gate frame by standard fence industry tension bars and tied at each 2” x 2”
(51mm x 51mm) vertical member with standard fence industry ties. ASTM F 2200
requires attachment method that leaves no leading or bottom edge protrusions (cannot
exceed 0.5 inch).
Posts: Double sets of support posts shall be minimum 4" O.D. (102mm) round Schedule
40 or 4” x 4” x 3/16” wall square steel tubing, grade 500. Gate posts shall be galvanized
or coated and supported in concrete footings.
Finish: Gate to be mill finish aluminum
System Validation: The complete system shall be adjusted by the certified installer to
assure system performance and operation. The system shall be operated for a sufficient
period of time to determine it is in proper working order. For motorized gate system –
perform a training session to test and explain the system safety features. Explain system
features and components of the gate system. Explain instructions for each component.
Ensure that all instructions for mechanical components, safety devices and the gate
operator are available for the Owners use and record. Mount the warning signs shipped
A500.357
with the gate operator in a prominent position on both sides of the gate. Provide training
to the owner regarding the safety points and operational guidelines of the safety features
for the gate system. Safety points are listed in the gate operator manual and must be
read prior to system use and operation. Video tape the Owner’s training session and
provide copy of recording on CD to Owner with closeout documents for the Owners
records.
Motorized Vehicular Swing Gate Operator System shall be TYM-200-SW Gate Operator
as manufactured by Tymetal Corp, 2549 state Route 40, Greenwich, NY 12834 or
approved equal.
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate Operator System shall be the same as vehicular
sliding gate and include SlideDriver 40 with Smart Touch Controller “#02827 HYS” as
manufactured by HySecurity, 6623 S 228th St, Kent, WA 98032 or approved equal.
Vendor Qualifications: Manufacturer shall be a company specializing in the manufacture
of hydraulic gate operators of the type specified, with a minimum of ten years’
experience. Installer shall have a minimum of five years’ experience installing similar
equipment, designing, and executing systems of similar size and complexity and shall
have a minimum of 3 project installations of similar size and scope. Provide proof of
attending a HySecurity factory technical training within previous three years, or obtain a
written certification / recommendation from the manufacturer for technical aptitude and
quality of service. Installers shall be certified IDEA (Institute of Door Dealer Education
and Accreditation) installers and have a prior minimum of 1yr certified installation
experience. Installing vendor shall have a minimum 5yrs experience in both electronic
and physical security installations including access control, crash barriers, motorized
sliding gate systems, barriers, fencing, video, and intercom systems, etc.
Submittals: Provide submittals in accordance with per 104.08. Submit drawings showing
connections to adjacent construction, range of travel, and all electrical and mechanical
connections to the operator. Drawings shall also show the size and location of the
concrete mounting pad. Underground electrical runs and inductive vehicle obstruction
loop locations shall be shown on shop drawings. Submit two copies of manufacturer's
installation instructions for this specific project. Provide test reports including affidavits
from the manufacturer demonstrating that the gate mechanism has been tested to 200,000
cycles without breakdown. Each operator shall bear a label indicating that the operator
mechanism has been tested for full power and pressure of all hydraulic components, full
stress tests of all mechanical components and electrical tests of all overload devices.
Regulatory and Referenced Standards: Operators shall be built to UL 325 standards and
be listed by a testing laboratory. Complete all electrical work according to local codes and
National Electrical code. All fieldwork shall be performed in a neat and professional
manner, completed to journeyman standards. Current safety standards require the use of
multiple external sensors to be capable of reversing the gate in either direction upon
sensing an obstruction. Vehicle gates should never be used by pedestrians. Separate
pedestrian gates must be provided when foot traffic is present. Current safety standards
require gate operators to be designed and labeled for use in all UL 325 Usage Classes I, II,
III, and IV.
Warranty: Provide a five-year warranty against all defects in materials or workmanship.
Defective materials shall be replaced with comparable materials furnished by the
manufacturer, at no cost to the Owner. Freight, labor and other incidental costs are to be
A500.357
covered under the factory warranty, by a separate service agreement between installing
company and the Owner. Contractor shall provide validation of warranty, and return
completed warranty registration form and required Installation and Reference Manual
requirements to the manufacturer to execute the warranty. Slide operator system shall be
warranted against for a period of (5) five years from date of substantial completion.
System Components:
Gate Operators: HySecurity gate operator model SlideDriver 40 (222 E ST) with Smart
Touch Controller, or approved equal.
Operation: Operation shall be by means of a metal rail passing between a pair of solid
metal wheels with polyurethane treads. Operator motors shall be hydraulic, geroller
type, and system shall not include belts, gears, pulleys, roller chains or sprockets to
transfer power from operator to gate panel. The operator shall generate a minimum
horizontal pull of 300 pounds (136 kg) without the drive wheels slipping and without
distortion of supporting arms. Operator shall be capable of handling gates weighing up
to 4000 pounds (1,814 kg). Gate panel velocity shall not be less than 1.0 foot (.30 m) per
second and shall be stopped gradually to prevent shock loads to the gate and operator
assembly. The “soft stop” feature of the gate operator shall be controlled by two
adjustable hydraulic brake valves (one for each direction).
Standard mechanical components shall include as a minimum:
Supporting Arms: Cast aluminum channel. Arms shall incorporate a fully bushed, 11/2" (38 mm) bronze bearing surface, acting on arm pivot pins.
Arm pivot pins: 3/4" (19 mm) diameter, stainless steel, with integral tabs for ease of
removal.
Tension spring: 2-1/2" (63.5 mm) heavy duty, 800 pound (363 kg) capacity.
Tension adjustment: Finger tightened nut, not requiring the use of tools.
Drive release: Must instantly release tension on both drive wheels, and disengage them
from contact with drive rail in a single motion, for manual operation.
Limit switches: Fully adjustable, toggle types, with plug connection to control panel.
Electrical enclosure: Oversized, metal, with hinged lid gasketed for protection from
intrusion of foreign objects, and providing ample space for the addition of accessories.
Chassis: 1/4" (6.35 mm) steel base plate, and 12 Ga. (2.66 mm) sides and back welded and
ground smooth.
Cover: 16 Ga. (1.52 mm) zinc plated steel with textured TGIC polyester powder coat
finish. All joints welded.
Finish: Zinc plated steel with textured TGIC polyester powder coat finish, proven to
withstand 1000-hour salt spray test.
Drive wheels: Two 6" (152 mm) Dia. high-strength composite hub with polyurethane
over mold.
Drive Rail: Shall be extruded 6061 T6, not less than 1/8" (3.175 mm) thick. Drive rail shall
incorporate alignment pins for ease of replacement or splicing. Pins shall enable a perfect
butt splice.
Hydraulic hose: Shall be 1/4" (6.35 mm) synthetic, rated to 2750 PSI (19 MPa).
Hydraulic Valves: Shall be individually replaceable cartridge type, in an integrated
hydraulic manifold.
Hose Fittings: At manifold shall be quick-disconnect type, others shall be swivel type.
Hydraulic Fluid: High performance type with a viscosity index greater than 375 and
temperature range -40F to 167F degrees (-40C to 75C).
Pressure Gauge: A zero to 2000 PSI (13.79 MPa) pressure gauge, mounted on the
manifold for diagnostics, shall be a standard component.
A500.357
Hydraulic Fluid Reservoir: Shall be formed from a single piece of metal, non-welded,
and shall be powder painted on the inside and the outside, to prevent fluid
contamination.
Minimum standard electrical components:
Pump Motor: Shall be a 1 HP, 56C, TEFC, continuous duty motor, with a service factor of
1.15, or greater. Standard voltages available, single or three phase. All components shall
have overload protection.
Controls: Smart Touch Controller Board with 256K of program memory containing:
a)
inherent entrapment sensor;
b)
built in “warn before operate” system;
c)
built in timer to close;
d)
liquid crystal display for reporting of functions;
e)
26 programmable output relay options;
f)
anti-tailgate mode;
g)
built-in power surge/lightning strike protection;
h)
menu configuration, event logging and system diagnostics easily accessible with
a PC and HySecurity’s free START software or approved equal;
i)
RS232 port for connection to laptop or other computer peripheral and RS485
connection of Master/Slave systems or network interface.
4)
Transformer: 75 VA, non-jumpered taps, for all common voltages.
5)
Control circuit: 24VDC.
Required External Sensors: Specify photo eyes or gate edges or a combination thereof to
be installed such that the gate is capable of reversing in either direction upon sensing an
obstruction.
Control Devices: Card reader, pushbuttons, vehicle detectors, keypads.
Alert Devices: Flashing lights or rotating beacon. Configurable audible beacon included
as standard.
Other options:
1)
Lock for operator cover.
2)
Heater with thermostat control for cold or damp climates.
3)
Weather-stripped drive rail slot in chassis, and snow wiper blades for drive rail.
4)
Through Beam photo-eyes, close direction.
5)
Gate edge and transmitter radio reversing device for open and close directions.
6)
HY-5A plug in loop detectors or approved equal.
7)
HySecurity “Grooved” drive rail or approved equal.
Factory Testing:
Fully assemble and test, at the factory, each gate operator to assure smooth operation,
sequencing and electrical connection integrity. Apply physical loads to the operator to
simulate field conditions. Tests shall simulate physical and electrical loads equal to the
fully rated capacity of the operator components. Check all mechanical connections for
tightness and alignment. Check all welds for completeness and continuity. Check welded
corners and edges to assure they are square and straight. Inspect painted finish for
completeness. Touch up imperfections prior to shipment. Check all hydraulic hoses and
electrical wires to assure that chafing cannot occur during shipping or operation.
Site Examination and Design: Locate concrete mounting pad in accordance with
approved shop drawings and contract documents. Make sure that gate is operating
smoothly under manual conditions before installation of gate operators. Do not proceed
A500.357
until gate panel is aligned and operates without binding.
Installation: Installation shall be UL325 compliant. Install gate operator in accordance
with the manufacturer's printed instructions, current at the time of installation.
Coordinate locations of operators with contract drawings, other trades and shop
drawings. Installer shall insure that the electric service to the operator is at least 20
AMPS. Operator wattage is 1500.
Field Quality Control: Test gate operator through ten full cycles and adjust for operation
without binding, scraping or uneven motion. Test limit switches for proper "at rest" gate
position. All anchor bolts shall be fully concealed in the finished installation.
System Validation: Train owner's personnel on how to safely shut off electrical power,
release and manually operate the gate. Demonstrate the general maintenance of the gate
operator and accessories. Video tape training session with Owner and provide a copy of
recording on CD with closeout documents. Provide a minimum of two copies of
"Installation and Reference" manual for the owner's use. Manuals will identify parts of
the equipment for future procurement.
511.03
(E)
TEMPORARY FENCE
Before beginning construction operations, erect temporary chain-link fence as
directed to enclose construction areas. Construct temporary fence as specified in
511.03.A. The Contractor may reuse material as approved by the Engineer. Gates
necessary for the construction operations may be installed at selected locations
and shall be kept padlocked except when in actual use during working hours.
Maintain temporary fence as directed during construction, and properly dispose
of fence as specified in 201 after it is no longer required on the Project.
(F)
VEHICULAR SLIDING GATES
Vehicular sliding gates shall be installed per the manufacturers instructions and
conform to ASTM F 1184 standards for aluminum cantilever slide gates, Type II,
Class 2.
(G)
MOTORIZED VEHICULAR SLIDING GATES
Motorized vehicular sliding gates shall be installed per the manufacturers
instructions and conform to ASTM F 1184 and Underwriters Laboratory Gate
Operator Requirements (UL 325).
(H)
MOTORIZED VEHICULAR SWING GATES
Motorized vehicular sliding gates shall be installed per the manufacturers
instructions and conform to ASTM F 1184 and Underwriters Laboratory Gate
Operator Requirements (UL 325).
A500.357
511.04
MEASUREMENT
Temporary Fencing, 96" High will be measured by the linear foot.
Vehicular Gate, Type II, 72" High, 12' Wide will be measured by each.
Chain Link Fence, Type II, 72” High will be measured by the linear foot.
Motorized Vehicular Swing Gate System, 30’ Wide will be measured by each.
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System, 16’ Wide will be measured by each.
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System, 30’ Wide will be measured by each.
511.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Temporary Fencing, 96" High
Vehicular Gate, Type II, 72" High, 12' Wide
Chain Link Fence, Type II, 72” High
Motorized Vehicular Swing Gate System, 30’ Wide
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System, 16’ Wide
Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System, 30’ Wide
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Each
Linear Foot
Each
Each
Each
Motorized Vehicular Swing Gate System & Motorized Vehicular Sliding Gate System
shall include all cost to furnish and install the gate and operator.
Separate payment will not be made for temporary gates but will be included in the item
Temporary Fencing, 96" High.
Separate payment will not be made for relocating temporary fence due to construction
staging.
Separate payment will not be made for barbed wire or extension arms, but will be
included in the fencing pay items.
No separate payment will be made for labor, materials, and installation of the fencing on
top of the parapet, but the costs thereof will be included with the pay item for “Bridge
Fencing, 36” High”.
A500.357
SECTION 514 - SIDEWALKS
514.02
MATERIAL
Material for detectable warning surfaces shall conform to Subsection 923.39.
514.03
(B) Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks
(6) Concrete Handicap Ramp
Clean and dry the designated area where the detectable warning surface will be installed.
Install detectable warning surfaces according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
If the detectable warning surface is not integrally colored, apply the detectable warning
surface coating according to the manufacturer’s recommendation. Evenly broadcast 60
grit over the final wet coat at a rate of 0.07 pounds per square yard for skid resistance.
514.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Concrete Sidewalk, 4" Thick
PAY UNIT
Square Yard
Separate payment will not be made for detectable warning surfaces and the cost shall be
included in the item Concrete Sidewalk, 4" Thick.
A500.357
SECTION 516 - PAVEMENT STRIPES AND MARKINGS
516.01
DESCRIPTION
This Subsection is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
This work shall consist of striping or painting bituminous or concrete surface courses
with the following materials, in accordance with the Contract documents: extruded or
preformed thermoplastic traffic stripes and markings, epoxy resin traffic stripes or
markings, latex traffic paint, pliant polymer rubber preformed traffic stripes or markings,
and the application of glass beads when applicable. Unless otherwise indicated in the
Contract documents, the type of material for traffic stripes and markings shall follow the
Standard Striping Materials & Procedures table from the Authority’s Pavement Marking
Standard Drawings.

“Traffic stripes” is defined as the various widths and colors of lines used to
designate lanes and shoulders on roadways.

“Traffic markings, lines” is defined as the various types and materials for diagonal
gore lines, crosswalks, stop lines, or other pavement lines not covered under “Traffic
stripes.”

“Traffic markings, symbols” is defined as the various types and materials for words,
arrows, or other pavement symbols.
The work also includes the placement and removal of temporary pavement stripes and
markings. Temporary pavement stripes and markings may be latex, thermoplastic, epoxy
resin, or removable wet weather pavement marking tape as shown on the Contract
documents or as directed by the Engineer.
In addition, this work includes the removal of existing traffic stripes and markings
consisting of the removal of white or yellow stripes or solid areas, letters, arrows, and
other symbols from bituminous concrete and concrete bridge deck surfaces. Removal
shall be, in accordance with the contract documents, via mechanical means (grinding or
sandblasting) or hydromilling. The work shall also consist of any required placing of
removable black line mask or black paint (only if specifically permitted) to cover existing
stripes to be temporarily obliterated.
The work shall also consist of diamond grinding concrete bridge deck surfaces for
contrast striping recessing and applying contrast stripes.
516.02
MATERIALS
The following is removed:
TEMPORARY STRIPING
920.10
PREFORMED CONTRAST MARKING TAPE .............................. 913.05(H)
BLACK PAINT .................................................................................... 913.05(G)
REMOVABLE WET WEATHER PAVEMENT MARKING TAPE .... 920.10
A500.357
516.04
(A) NEW PAVEMENT STRIPING.
The following is added after the eighth paragraph:
Methods of Construction for contrast striping shall be in accordance with
516.04(I).
The first sentence of the last paragraph is replaced with the following:
The Contractor shall apply latex traffic stripes or traffic markings to thoroughly
dry surfaces and during dry weather when the ambient and surface
temperatures are as specified for that particular material.
Delete subparagraph (2) in its entirety.
Rename Subparagraph (B) to “Long-Life Thermoplastic Traffic Markings and
Stripes”
(B) LONG-LIFE THERMOPLASTIC TRAFFIC MARKINGS AND STRIPES.
(2)
Extruded Thermoplastic
The following is added prior to the first paragraph:
Thermoplastic traffic markings and stripes shall not be placed on newly
constructed pavement until the pavement is a minimum of twenty-four
(24) hours old. Refer to 516.04(G) for temporary striping requirements on
pavement less than twenty-four (24) hours old.
Delete Subparagraph (C) in its entirety. Redesignate Subparagraph (D) thru (K)
as Subparagraphs (C) thru (I).
(G) TEMPORARY PAVEMENT STRIPING.
Subparagraph is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Temporary pavement striping shall be provided by the Contractor when
required per the Plans, provisions of Subsection 516.04(G), or when stripes or
markings are to be placed on intermediate pavement layers, or on new pavement
less than twenty four (24) hours old, to be opened to traffic due to staged
construction.
Temporary striping shall be applied in construction work areas, at the locations
shown on the Plans, to clean dry surfaces in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations and the required primer or a method approved by the
Engineer.
The following types of temporary pavement striping shall be acceptable,
adhering to the below conditions:
A500.357
(1)
Removable Wet Weather Pavement Marking Tape.
This shall be used for applications of seven (7) days or less.
Removable Wet Weather Pavement Marking Tape, meeting the
requirements of Subsection 920.10, shall be installed at designated
locations under the guidance and in the presence of the manufacturer’s
representative, in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
Primers, if required, shall be used to promote tape adhesion to the
wearing surface in accordance with the tape manufacturer’s
recommendations. The tape shall be white or yellow and shall be
installed in single or double lines, as designated.
Removable Wet Weather Pavement Marking Tape shall not be
overlapped. Only butt splices shall be used and continuous runs of tape
shall be scored at 50 foot intervals.
Tape shall be removed when no longer required for traffic control. Tape
shall be removed manually, intact or in large pieces, by scraping if
necessary, without the use of solvents, burning, grinding, or sand/shot
blasting.
(2)
Latex Traffic Paint.
This may be used for applications that will remain in place for longer
than seven (7) days.
(3)
Thermoplastic Paint.
This may be used in lieu of latex traffic paint, based on temperature
constraints, as noted on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Temporary thermoplastic traffic stripes shall not be placed on newly
constructed concrete decks until the decks are a minimum of 24 hours
old. Thermoplastic Paint shall not be placed on top of latex traffic paint.
(4)
Epoxy Resin Paint.
This may be used in lieu of latex traffic paint, based on temperature
constraints, as noted on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Prior to reopening the lanes to traffic, lane lines shall be reestablished with
temporary pavement striping on all newly paved areas less than twenty four (24)
hours old. Temporary pavement striping must be maintained in a serviceable
condition in accordance with the various provisions contained herein and subject
to the satisfaction of the Engineer until such time as the permanent traffic
striping is constructed.
(H) REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE TRAFFIC STRIPES.
The contractor must, at all times, have immediately available in his yard an
amount of replacement tape equal to the tape applied and be prepared to respond
A500.357
within two hours to close lanes, and repair/replace tape that has become damaged.
Removable Wet Weather Pavement Marking Tape that has become damaged, and
is no longer serviceable, in the sole opinion of the Engineer, shall be replaced
immediately. Damaged tape that is not replaced immediately may be replaced by
the Authority and the costs shall be charged to the Contractor in accordance with
Subsection 106.23.
516.05
MEASUREMENT
Delete the second and third paragraphs in their entirety
516.06
PAYMENT
THE FOLLOWING IS REMOVED:
PAY ITEM
Pavement Striping………………………………………..……..…….
Pavement Striping, White, ____” Wide
………….……….……
Pavement Striping, Yellow, ____” Wide …………………………...
Striping and Marking Removal……………………..………….……
Preformed Pavement Marking, White, 6 Inches Wide……………
Preformed Pavement Marking, Yellow, 6 Inches Wide…………
Temporary Pavement Marking, White, 6 Inches Wide……………
Temporary Pavement Marking, Yellow, 6 Inches Wide…………
Removable Black Line Mast, 8 Inches Wide……………..…………
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
The following is added to the end of this section.
Temporary pavement striping constructed on new pavement less than twenty four (24) hours
old, necessary to re-open a staged work area to traffic, shall not be measured for payment but
shall be considered incidental to the placement of pavement.
A500.357
SECTION 517 – FIELD OFFICE
517.03
The first paragraph is deleted in its entirety and replace with the following:
The Contractor shall provide and maintain in good condition construction field office
space for the exclusive use of the Engineer, Authority representatives, or Widening
Program team members at a location approved by the Engineer. The field office space or
field office complex shall be ready for use not later than ten (10) days after the date of
mailing of the fully executed Contract to the Contractor and before construction
operations begin. The field office space or field office complex shall be maintained until
no longer required by the Engineer and then removed. It is estimated that the field office
space is required for three months after Contract Completion. Any building scheduled to
be demolished under the Contract shall not be used as a field office.
The first sentence in the second paragraph is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:
The field office trailers, furnished by the Contractor, shall be installed at the location and
in the position designated by the Engineer.
The fifth paragraph is deleted in its entirety.
The ninth paragraph which starts with the words “When the trailer is to remain…” is
deleted in its entirety.
The tenth paragraph is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
The field office trailers are to be removed from the site at the completion of the work
under the Contract, utility and sewage services shall be disconnected and terminated in a
manner satisfactory to the Engineer and the site restored to the original condition.
The types of field offices are as follows:
(A)
CONSTRUCTION FIELD OFFICES
(1)
Type E.
Type E field office shall be of weatherproof construction located on or in
the immediate vicinity of the Project, having a floor area of not less than
864 square feet and shall be divided into four communicating rooms,
two with a floor area of not less than 288 square feet each and two with a
floor area of not less than 144 square feet each, and equipped with tables
and chairs for the use of 24 personnel.
The field office shall be provided with sufficient natural and artificial
light and shall be adequately insulated, heated, and air-conditioned.
Doors and windows shall be equipped with adequate locks, and all keys
shall be in the possession of the Engineer.
A500.357
The field office shall have one or more clothes closets of ample size for
maximum office requirements, and all stairs shall have safety rails
installed.
Sanitary conveniences suitable for use by male and female employees of
the Authority shall be provided in the field office or offices and shall be
stocked with lavatory and sanitary supplies at all times during the life of
the Contract. All toilet facilities shall be in compliance with OSHA
Regulation 1926.51(c) with the exception that the Authority will require
that separate toilet facilities be provided for males and females. The
sewage disposal method shall not endanger the health of employees and
shall be in compliance with all State and Federal regulations. Toilet
facilities shall be cleaned and sanitized a minimum of once per week
except from May 15 through September 15 in which these facilities shall
be cleaned and sanitized a minimum of twice per week.
The Contractor shall satisfy all state and local rules and regulations.
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all State and/or local
permits.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the field office
complex and its contents to the satisfaction of the engineer at all times.
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing snow removal at the
stairs and doorway of each field office.
Adequate free parking shall be provided and maintained for the field
office.
The office shall be equipped with the following for the exclusive use of
the Engineer, however, the Contractor shall not be responsible for the
replacement of equipment that is lost or damaged due to misuse:
(a) Five (5) multi-line touch-tone telephones and Three (3) telephone
lines for use with the telephones installed as directed and
operational in the Field Office and other facilities specified.
(i)
One (1) dedicated, operational telephone line(s) for Fax
machine(s).
(ii)
One (1) telephone answering machine or voice mail service
as provided with Comcast or Verizon services.
(b) Two (2) like new desks and swivel chairs with casters and arm rests
for each room.
(i)
HON® Metro Classic 60“- Double Pedestal Desk,
Charcoal/Mahogany or approved equal.
(ii)
Staples® Belmore TM Leather Manager’s Chair or approved
equal.
(c) Drafting table with high swivel stool with casters and sufficient
drawers for 22" x 36" plans, either attached to the table or in cabinet
form, for each room.
(d) Folding tables and chairs for the use of 16 personnel.
A500.357
(e) Two (2) supply cabinets.
(f) Plan racks sufficient enough to hold two (2) sets of full size Contract
Plans.
(g) Four, like new, fire-resistant, four-drawer, legal-size file cabinets
with lock and two keys meeting fire underwriters’ approval for not
less than a one-hour test.
(h) Two (2) Class ABC fire extinguishers, or one Class A and one Class B
fire extinguisher, meeting fire underwriters approval.
(i) Water cooler with bottled water having both hot and cold water
dispensers.
(j) Counter height refrigerator and microwave.
(k) One (1) electronic calculator, ten-key, with trigonometric function
capability and printout tape.
(l) Two (2) Dry-Erase white boards, minimum of 3’ x 4’ and One (1)
large Dry-Erase white board for the conference room, minimum 4’ x
6’.
(m) Two (2) cork boards, minimum of 3’ x 4’.
(n) One (1) Ricoh Aficio Multifunction Color MP C6501SP copy machine
wirelessly networked for all users or approved equal. Printer toner
and 8 ½” x 11”, 8 ½” x 14”, and 11” x 17” size paper (500 sheets per
ream; weight-22 ounces per square yard; color-white; grain-long; for
laser printers and copiers) for the duration of the construction
Project.
(o)
Six (6) Canon Powershot ELPH 530HS black digital cameras, or
approved equal each with 8GB San Disk Extreme III SD memory
card and camera case.
(p)
Six (6) Apple iPhones, latest model, smart phones, or approved
equal, with voice, text, and data plans for the duration of the
Contract. (Ex. AT&T business plan with shared minutes, unlimited
mobile to mobile, free nights and weekends, rollover minutes,
unlimited text messaging and 3GB data plan). Phones shall each
come with a car charger, carrying holster, and hands free Bluetooth.
(q) First-aid box, which shall be restocked as necessary, containing the
following list of supplies:
Quantity
Size
Item
32
¾" by 3"
Brand sheer bandages
20
1" by 3"
Brand fabric bandages
4
Medium
Non-stick pads
2
2"
Soft-gauze bandages
2
Oval eye pads
1
51"
Triangular bandage
1
½" by 180"
Hypo-allergenic first-aid tape
10
Antiseptic wipes
1
⅛ oz.
Burn cream, foil pack
1
8 oz.
First-aid cream
1
100 caplets
Tylenol Extra-Strength caplets
1
Scissors
1
Tweezers
1
First-aid guide
1
½ fl. oz.
Ophthalmic irrigation solution
1
Contents cards
10
Large Latex Disposable gloves
A500.357
10
1
1
0.33 ml
350 ml
350 ml
Ammonia inhalants
Sterile water
Sterile hydrogen peroxide
(r) Paper shredder, commercial cross cut capable of shredding CD’s,
staples and paper clips. Minimum of 24 sheet capacity, 20 minute
continuous run time, and eight (8) gallon capacity.
(s) A microcomputer system compatible with the Authority’s Capital
Software Program Management System. The microcomputer system
(i)
Six (6) HP EliteBook 8760w Mobile Workstation laptop
computers or approved equal. Each with the following:
docking station, 24” widescreen LCD monitor, wireless
keyboard and mouse, speakers, hi-capacity battery and
latest editions of MS Windows and MS Office Professional.
Each laptop shall be provided with a carrying case, auto
charger adapter, notebook wireless mouse, and 10GB high
speed USB flash drive, mobile hotspot on broadband
cellular network with monthly service for the use of the
hotspot wireless paid by the Contractor.
(ii)
Internet Service Provider with high speed broadband
wireless
connection
and
electronic
mail
(e.g.
Comcast/Verizon). This account shall be maintained for
the duration of the Contract.
(iii)
Two (2) 1TB Western Digital Passport external hard drives,
or approved equal.
(iv)
Two (2) HP Officejet Pro 8600 Premium e-All-In-One
Printers, or approved equal.
(a) Printer toner/ink cartridge for the duration of the
construction Project.
(b) 8 ½” x 11”, 8 ½” x 14”, 11” x 17” size paper (500 sheets
per ream; weight-22 ounces per square yard; colorwhite; grain-long; for laser printers and copiers) for
the duration of the construction Project.
(v)
Software package to be included with each computer
system, on CD-ROM with documentation, including:
i. Microsoft Windows, latest version with future upgrades.
ii. Microsoft Office Professional, latest version.
iii. Helix Nuts and Bolts Advanced Utilities for Windows,
latest version, or compatible software package.
iv. Anti-Virus software, latest version with monthly
updates (e.g. Norton’s McAfee or Dr. Solomon’s).
v. Visio Professional Graphics Software for Windows,
latest version.
vi. Primavera Project Planner, latest version.
vii. Adobe Professional.
viii. CD and DVD Burning Software, latest versions. (e.g.
Nero, Rosio, Windows Media Player, etc.)
(vi)
Uninterruptible power supply (UPS) – APC-1000 or
approved equal (e.g. Tripplite, Cyberpower, etc.).
(vii)
Surge protector for the entire computer workstation to be
used in conjunction with the UPS (e.g. Zero Surge Power,
A500.357
(viii)
Inc. – Point of Use – 2R-15amp/120 volts).
Static mat, floor type, 4’ x 5’ or larger with grounding
capabilities.
To be approved as a Substitute or "Or Equal", the software must be
completely compatible with the Authority’s CapEx Manager Software.
At the time of installation, the Contractor shall ensure that the
equipment is fully operational and meets all requirements of the
Authority. All software listed above shall be new and shall be installed.
The Contractor shall configure the software to work with the hardware
provided. Any accessories for the computer shall be compatible with the
computer. The Contractor shall forward all manuals, instruction, and
literature received with the computer equipment to the Engineer. The
Contractor is responsible to maintain the computer equipment in good
working condition. Any part of the computer equipment which becomes
inoperable or defective shall be replaced within 48 hours. The
Contractor will not be permitted to use this computer equipment at any
time. It is being supplied solely for the Authority's use. The computer
equipment shall be removed and retained by the Contractor when no
longer required. The equipment shall be in new condition. The
Contractor will not be responsible for the replacement or repair of
equipment that is lost or damaged due to misuse.
The following additional equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor
for the exclusive use of the Engineer. This equipment shall conform to
the applicable ASTM designation, when appropriate, and be in good
working condition. The Contractor shall repair or replace damaged
equipment throughout the duration of the Contract. The equipment
shall become the property of the Contractor after Acceptance:
(t) One Digital Video Recorder with LCD color display, expandable
SD/SDHC memory card slot, USB cable, tripod, extra battery,
battery charger and 1-50 pack 16x 4.7GB DVD-R or greater.
(u) Four digital infrared remote read thermometers.
(v) Two smart levels.
(w) Three concrete thermometers.
(x) Three asphalt thermometers.
(y) Two illuminated measuring wheels.
(z) Two 100’ steel measuring tapes.
(aa)
Two 100’ cloth measuring tapes.
(bb)
Concrete testing equipment to include (one each):wheelbarrow,
square tipped shovel, concrete scoop, slump cone and base set
(rod, slump cone, base and funnel), tamping rod (12 inches long,
3/8-inch diameter with hemispherical ends), tamping rod (24
inches long, 5/8-inch diameter with hemispherical ends), 12”
ruler, Forney air meter (complete set) or equivalent, sponge and
long handled scrub brush, rubber or rawhide mallet (2.25
lb.±0.50lb.), pointed trowel and five gallon bucket, concrete
cylinder curing items in accordance with governing
specifications.
(cc)
Six (6) sets of safety equipment consisting of: 360 degree
A500.357
(dd)
reflectorized vests, hard hats, eye and ear protection, which
meets all OSHA requirements. Safety vests are to be replaced
semiannually for the duration of the Project.
Six (6) Whelen LED dash/deck mount amber and white strobes,
or approved equal.
Instead of the field office or offices specified above, the Contractor may provide
equivalent office space, equipment, and facilities subject to approval of the Engineer.
Setting up the field office or other facilities shall consist of furnishing the office complete
with furniture, bookcases, wall clocks, equipment, electricity, water, heating,
air-conditioning, installation and activation of telephone lines, telephone sets (touch tone
and cellular), pager units, sanitary facilities, and lavatory supplies.
Maintenance of the Field Office, for the time required, shall consist of maintaining the
furniture, equipment, utilities, providing lavatory supplies, janitorial and waste disposal
services weekly, restocking of the first aid box, snow removal services, and one carton of
legal and letter sized paper every three months, and one carton of 11" X 17" size paper for
the duration of the Project for the copier and fax machine. Maintenance of the field office
shall also include the monthly rent. The fax machine, telephone sets, cellular telephone
sets, pager units, computer and related equipment shall be repaired or replaced within 24
hours of becoming inoperable or defective.
517.04
MEASUREMENT
Furnish Field Office Type E will be measured by unit.
Maintain Field Office, Type E will be measured for payment by the number of months or
fraction thereof based on a 30 day month during which the field office is maintained by
the Contractor.
517.05
PAYMENT
The last paragraph is deleted.
PAY ITEM
Furnish Field Office Type E
Maintain Field Office, Type E
PAY UNIT
Unit
Month
A500.357
SECTION 531 – SANITARY SEWER
531.01
DESCRIPTION
This Section describes the requirements for installing sanitary sewer gravity mains,
sanitary sewer connections and testing, sanitary sewer cure in place pipe, and design and
replacement of a sanitary sewer pump station. The work also includes removal of a
septic system.
531.02
MATERIAL
Provide materials as specified:
Pipe Bedding
Coarse Aggregate (No. 57)
Portland Cement Concrete
Mortar
Curing Materials
Preformed Joint Filler
Reinforcement Steel
Bolts and Bolting Material
Castings
Concrete Block
Concrete Brick
Precast Manhole
Ladder Rung
Epoxy Bedding Compound
Asphalt Cement Waterproofing
531.03
206.02
902.05
905.05
905.11
906.07
907.01
908.01
909.02
909.04
916.01
916.02
916.04
916.05
923.41
923.42
A.
Scheduling of Work and Interruption to Sewer Service. Provide the Engineer with a detailed
schedule of the work. Notify the Engineer in writing at least 15 days before beginning construction
of sewer facilities. Perform the work to minimize adverse impact to Authority’s operations. Perform
work in a manner that is acceptable to Authority’s inspector, and in coordination with the Engineer.
Provide Authority’s inspector with access to the work.
B.
Existing Utilities and Structures. Determine the location of surface and subsurface structures
within the work site, including but not limited to underground electric, telecommunication, gas, and
sewer facilities. Notify the Engineer when excavation is required within 10 feet of any existing
utility, and submit a plan to the Engineer for approval, detailing the proposed methods of
excavating around the existing utilities, and the proposed methods of protecting and supporting the
existing utilities. Protect and support utility facilities encountered. Notify the Engineer 3 days
before crossing any existing utilities, so that the Engineer may send a representative to the work site
at the time of excavation or construction.
Remove and dispose of abandoned pipe, services, valves, boxes, thrust blocks, and appurtenances,
unless otherwise shown on the Plans as specified in 201. Cap or plug pipe that is to be abandoned in
a manner that is acceptable to the Engineer.
A500.357
C.
Excavating. Before excavating, sawcut the full depth of the existing pavement and sidewalk.
Excavate a trench for placing sewer pipe. Obtain the Engineer’s approval before finishing
excavation. If the Engineer determines that the bottom of the trench is unstable, undercut as
directed by the Engineer and backfill with pipe bedding. If the material at the bottom of the trench
is rock or other hard material, excavate an additional 6 inches of the material below the bottom of the
pipe. Backfill the undercut with pipe bedding. Ensure that trenches are kept free of any standing
water during the installation. Do not excavate for trenches in embankments until the embankment
has been constructed to an elevation of at least 3 feet above the top of the pipe or to the top of the
embankment, whichever is lower. Do not excavate trenches more than 300 feet in advance of
installing the pipe unless approved by the Engineer.
Maintain trenches according to 29 CFR 1926. Provide and maintain trench crossings where
necessary. For trenches in the traveled way, shoulder and within 30 feet of the outside edge of the
shoulder, backfill and restore the pavement structure and match the surrounding condition before
opening to traffic. The Contractor may use temporary protection instead of backfilling trenches in
the traveled way and shoulder. If using temporary protection, submit working drawings for
approval. For trenches not in the traveled way and shoulder, do not leave trenches open overnight
unless protected with caution fence.
D.
Handling of Pipe and Accessories. Do not drop pipe onto the ground or into a trench, and do not
permit pipe to roll or skid against other pipe. Store pipe in locations where air temperatures are
maintained within the manufacturer’s recommendations.
E.
Installing Sanitary Sewer Gravity Mains. Identify areas where pipe will have less than 3-1/2 feet
of cover. Provide the Engineer with a report of the identified areas. Use a laser system to control the
alignment and grade control of the pipe. Lay sewer main pipe in straight lines except as approved
by the Engineer. Adjust the depth of the pipe to pass obstructions, as approved by the Engineer.
Install the pipe so that it is solidly supported by the underlying material over its full length except
where recesses have been made for joints. Ensure that interior of the pipe is kept clean and free of
intrusion by soil or other foreign material. Protect open ends of the pipe at all times and securely
seal the openings with plugs approved by the Engineer whenever work is stopped. Remove the
plug, inspect, and clean the interior of the pipe before resuming pipe installation. Join pipe
according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Cut pipe according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations. Ensure cuts are clean and square.
F.
Sewer Pipe Testing. After laying and jointing a complete section of pipe between manholes and
before backfilling, perform a visual inspection of the pipe by lamping with a light and mirror to
show if alignment contains deflection between manholes. Perform the visual inspection in the
presence of the Engineer. Also test the pipe as follows:
1.
Gravity Main Sewer Testing.
a.
Leakage Testing. Leakage tests shall be performed on all gravity sewers and appurtenant
structures prior to acceptance. Leakage will be determined by infiltration or exfiltration
tests as specified herein and as directed by the Engineer. Low-pressure air tests may be
used in lieu of infiltration/exfiltration tests with approval of the Engineer. A maximum
allowable amount of infiltration or exfiltration as determined by tests, shall be at a rate of
not more than 10 gallons per inch of pipe diameter per mile of sewer per 24 hours. There
shall be no gushing or spurting streams of water into or from the sewer. The phrase "per
mile of sewer" shall refer to the total length of sewer measured through manholes. The
Contractor shall supply all labor and equipment necessary for the proper performance of
leakage tests.
b.
Infiltration Testing. At least 15 day before performing testing, submit a plan to the
Engineer for approval detailing the proposed method to construct weirs or otherwise
A500.357
measure infiltration, including installation of pipe plugs and methods of temporary
pumping to maintain service as necessary. Submit the approved plan to the Engineer
Perform the infiltration testing in the presence of the sanitary sewer inspector and
according to the Utility’s standards.
c.
Exfiltration Testing. At least 15 day before performing testing, submit a plan to the
Engineer for approval detailing the proposed method to construct weirs or otherwise
measure exfiltration, including installation of pipe plugs and methods of temporary
pumping to maintain service as necessary. Submit the approved plan to the Engineer.
Seal the low end of the section being tested and test the entire section of the system,
including manholes, by filling the system with clean water to a minimum of 2 feet above
the top of the pipe in the upstream manhole. Measure the amount of water necessary to
maintain a constant head of pressure above the pipe for 4 hours. Perform the exfiltration
testing in the presence of the sanitary sewer inspector.
d.
Air Testing. Low-pressure air test shall conform to the Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association
Recommended Practice UNI-B-6, "Low Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe",
except as modified herein. This test method shall apply to all pipe materials. The section of
line to be tested shall be plugged and air at low pressure introduced into the line. The
gravity sewer pipe shall be tested under5 psi pressure and shall be maintained for a period
of five (5) minutes with no pressure drop. If the pressure drops during the test time, the
line will be presumed to have failed. Should the infiltration, exfiltration, or air test of any
section of sewer show a rate of leakage into or from the sewers exceeding the maximum
allowable rate of infiltration or exfiltration specified above, the Contractor shall locate,
repair, or replace defective work in a manner directed by Utility Owner or their designate.
The entire section of sewer shall then be retested to determine if the infiltration/exfiltration
rate meets the limits presented in this specification.
G.
Backfilling. Symmetrically backfill on each side of the pipe in lifts not exceeding 6 inches thick,
loose measurement, and compact with a flat faced mechanical tamper using the directed method
as specified in 206.03. Where bedding is not required, backfill with suitable excavated material
that is free from rock larger than 2 inches in diameter.
H.
Connection to Existing Sanitary Manhole
Connect new sewer main to existing sanitary manhole. If a stub, or knockout bulkhead is not
available, connect to the manhole using a coring machine. Install sanitary sewer connections so
that they are watertight, according to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
I.
Sanitary Sewer Manhole Construct sanitary sewer manholes as specified in 503. Paint the
outside surface of the manhole walls with 2 coats of asphalt cement waterproofing according to
the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide watertight manhole castings, unless use of
existing castings is specified. The Engineer will not accept sanitary sewer manholes that are not
watertight.
J.
Removal of Septic System
Pump and dispose material in the sanitary sewer, septic tanks, and distribution box. Excavate
and remove sanitary sewer, septic tanks, sanitary manholes, and distribution box. Excavate to
bottom of gravel layer and dispose all materials within the footprint of the septic field. Excavated
material from the septic field shall be disposed per Section 540 and may not be reused. Backfill
using common embankment per 531.03.H above. Topsoil and Seed per Division 700.
A500.357
K.
Sewer As-Built Plan
Upon completion of the sewer utility work, submit to the Engineer scaled as-built plans noting
the location of all Items of sewer utility construction. On the plans, show stationing, distance
references to the curb line, and 3 ties for each wye connection, valve, vent, and service connection
within 50 feet to above-ground physical features. For gravity sewer mains, show rim, invert
elevations, and pipe slopes. On the plans, show the depth of the sewer pipe and service
connection at a minimum of 100-foot increments along the line or connection. Provide the asbuilt plans in a format acceptable to the Engineer.
L.
Sanitary Sewer Requirements
Sanitary sewer gravity mains and laterals shall be PVC conforming ASTM D-3034, SDR-35. All
joints shall be push-on conforming to ASTM D-3212 with elastomeric ring rubber gaskets
conforming to ASTM D-3212.
Tracer wire is required for all PVC or HDPE pipe.
All sanitary sewer mains shall remain privately owned and maintained.
The Contractor shall be required to provide initial As-Built drawings accurately depicting the
horizontal and vertical locations of all utilities and conformance to the approved plans.
Pipes laid with less than NJDEP required minimum slopes will be rejected and must be relaid
prior to release of any building permits.
M. Installing Sanitary Sewer Gravity.
cover.
Identify areas where pipe will have less than 3-1/2 feet of
Use a laser system to control the alignment and grade control of the pipe. Lay pipe with bell ends
facing the opposite direction of flow. Lay sewer main pipe in straight lines except as approved by
the Engineer. Adjust the depth of the pipe to pass obstructions, as approved by the Engineer. Install
the pipe so that it is solidly supported by the underlying material over its full length except where
recesses have been made for joints. Ensure that interior of the pipe is kept clean and free of intrusion
by soil or other foreign material. Protect open ends of the pipe at all times and securely seal the
openings with plugs. Remove the plug, inspect, and clean the interior of the pipe before resuming
pipe installation. Join pipe according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Cut pipe according
to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Ensure cuts are clean and square. Install plugs, vents,
tapping sleeves, valves and miscellaneous fittings. Install tapping valves and insert valves as wet
connections with no interruption of flow.
O.
8” Sanitary Cured in Place Pipe.
The Contractor shall submit shop drawings for means and methods and test specimens for
installation of 8” Sanitary Cure in Place Pipe (CIPP). The Contractor shall follow all specifications and
requirements set forth by North American CIPP industry including testing of the CIPP as per ASTM
F1216 prior to installation.
The Contractor shall hire a qualified sub-Contractor for the installation of CIPP.
The Contractor shall coordinate with Wyndmoor at Woodbridge Association and their Engineer
(Falcon Group) for any additional requirements.
A500.357
P.
Remove and Replace Manholes, Sanitary Sewer. Construct sanitary sewer manholes as specified in
Section 503. Paint the outside surface of the manhole walls with 2 coats of asphalt cement
waterproofing according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Provide watertight manhole
castings, unless use of existing castings is specified. In addition, the Contractor shall meet all
requirements of the Falcon Group for manholes frame and cover. The Engineer will not accept
sanitary sewer manholes that are not watertight.
Q.
Sanitary Pump Station. Sanitary Pump Station shall be designed to accommodate the sanitary sewer
flow (3400 GPM) due to the proposed new NJ Turnpike Central Inventory Building and the existing
sanitary sewer flow from the condominiums at Wyndmoor at Woodbridge Association. The
Contractor shall coordinate with Falcon Group (Engineer for Wyndmoor at Woodbridge
Association) for existing sanitary flow data. Refer to the Reference Drawings - Existing Sanitary
Facilities at Cricket Lane 1 and 2 for location of the existing Sanitary pump station.
The Contractor shall submit the design of the Sanitary pump and the shop drawings of the Sanitary
Pump Station for approval prior to installation of the pump.
Contractor shall meet all requirements of Wyndmoor at Woodbridge Association for installation of
the Sanitary pump station including but not limited to installation of fence, electric connection,
restoration of contractor disturbed areas, etc.
531.04
MEASUREMENT
4” Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe will be measured by the length of pipe along the centerline of the
pipe.
Connection to Existing Sanitary Manhole will be paid by the number of each.
Manhole, Sanitary Sewer (4’ Diameter) will measured by the number of each.
Removal of Septic System will be paid on a lump sum basis.
Connection to Existing Sanitary Manhole will be paid by the number of each.
8” PVC Sanitary Pipe will be measured by the length of pipe along the centerline of the pipe.
8" Sanitary Cured In Place Pipe will be measured by the length of pipe along the centerline of the
pipe.
Remove And Replace Manholes, Sanitary Sewer will be paid by the number of each.
Sanitary Pump Station will be paid on a lump sum basis.
531.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
8” PVC Sanitary Pipe
4” Polyvinyl Chloride Sewer Pipe
Manhole, Sanitary Sewer (4’ Diameter)
Removal of Septic System
Connection to Existing Sanitary Manhole
8" Sanitary Cured In Place Pipe
Remove And Replace Manholes, Sanitary Sewer
Sanitary Pump Station
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Each
Lump Sum
Each
Linear Foot
Each
Lump Sum
A500.357
Separate payment will not be made for the excavation and backfill required, but the cost thereof
shall be included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for any sheeting, shoring, or other trench support systems
required, but the cost thereof shall be included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for topsoiling and seeding for grass surface restoration, but
the cost thereof shall be included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for pavement and sidewalk restoration, but the cost thereof
shall be included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for testing or as-builts, but the cost thereof shall be included
in the cost of those items to be constructed.
All work associated with removing the existing septic system shall be included in the cost of the
item ‘Removal of Septic System.’ This includes excavation, disposal, and restoration. It shall also
include all permits required to complete this work.
Separate payment will not be made for construction of additional requirements by Wyndmoor at
Woodbridge Association, but the cost thereof should be included in the cost of sanitary sewer
items.
Separate payment will not be made for the remove and salvage of existing sanitary pump station
at Cricket Lane, but the cost thereof should be included in the cost of sanitary pump station.
Separate payment will not be made for design of the sanitary pump station, but the cost thereof
should be included in the cost of sanitary pump station.
A500.357
SECTION 532– WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES
532.01
DESCRIPTION
This Section describes the requirements for installing yard water mains and
appurtenances including, fittings, joints, coupling sleeves, coatings, valves, valve boxes,
water services, yard hydrants, testing, and submitting as-built plans. Piping and
appurtenances shall be located substantially as shown on the Drawings. The Engineer
reserves the right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to
avoid interference between pipes, conduits, buried vaults or other underground
structures or utilities. Pipe fitting notation is for the Contractor's convenience and does
not relieve him/her from installing and jointing different or additional items where
required to achieve a complete piping system. Where the word “pipe” is used, it shall
refer to pipe, fittings or appurtenances unless otherwise noted.
Middlesex Water Company currently provides water service to the site from the existing
6 “water main located along Route 9 northbound. A proposed 12” water main will
replace the 6” main and the construction of this 12” main (Installed by Middlesex Water
Company Contractor) is scheduled for April, 2015 – July, 2015.
532.02
MATERIAL
Provide materials as specified:
Pipe Bedding
Coarse Aggregate (No. 57)
Embankment Grade B
Structural Steel
Ductile Iron Water Pipe
206.02
902.05
901.02
905.05
909.01
909.02
923.40
All ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be from a single manufacturer. Each length of
ductile iron pipe supplied for the project shall be hydrostatically tested at the point of
manufacture to 500 psi for a duration of 10 seconds per AWWA C151. Testing may be
performed prior to machining the bell and spigot. Failure of ductile iron pipe shall be
defined as any rupture in the pipe wall. Certified test results shall be furnished upon
request to the Engineer prior to the time of shipment.
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151, Class 52. Pipe shall be supplied in
standard lengths as much as possible. Thickness design shall be per AWWA C150, except
provide a minimum Class 52. Ductile iron pipe shall be by Clow Water Systems
Company, Griffin Pipe Products Company, American Cast Iron Pipe Company or an
approved equal.
Ductile iron fittings will have a pressure rating of 350 psi and shall conform to AWWA
C110 or C153 as applicable. Fittings shall have the same pressure ratings, as a minimum,
of the connecting pipe. Ductile iron fittings shall be by Tyler, Mueller Company, Clow
Water Systems Company, Griffin Pipe Products Company, American Cast Iron Pipe
Company or an approved equal.
A500.357
Joints for pipe and fittings shall be push-on or mechanical joint conforming to AWWA
C111. Rubber-gasket joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Gasket shall be of SBR. All
pipe and fitting connections shall be made with restrained joint systems in addition to
concrete thrust blocking. Restrained joints shall be “locked type” mechanical joint
systems utilizing restraint independent of joint gasket. Joints shall be suitable for 350 psi
working pressure and be fabricated of heavy section ductile iron casting. Bolts and nuts
shall be low carbon steel conforming to ASTM A307, Grade B. Systems shall be Megalug
Series 1100 as manufactured by EBAA Iron, Inc. of Texas or an approved equal.
All pipe and fittings shall have a bituminous outside coating in accordance with AWWA
C151 and C110, respectively.
Coupling sleeves shall be used to join new and existing piping as shown on the
Drawings. Sleeves shall be capable of joining ductile and cast iron piping or piping with
different outside diameters. The sleeve and follower flanges shall be constructed of
ductile iron meeting ASTM A-536. The ends of the sleeve shall have a smooth inside
taper for uniform gasket seating. Gaskets shall be nitrile NSF 61 listed. Bolts and nuts
shall be high strength, low alloy steel bolts with finished hexagonal nuts and shall
conform to AWWA C219/ANSI 21.11. Sleeve finish shall be a fusion bonded enamel
meeting NSF 61. Sleeve couplings shall be by Smith Blair, Inc., Dresser Piping Specialties
or an approved equal.
Resilient Wedge Gate Valves for water shall meet the requirements of AWWA C509 and
shall be UL and FM approved. Water main gate valves shall be rated for 200 psi
minimum working pressure and a 400 psi minimum test pressure. The operating nuts
shall be 2 in square. All valves shall open right or clockwise. Stuffing boxes shall be the
O ring type. Gate valves shall be mechanical joint, AWWA C111 except where shown or
required otherwise. Valves shall have the same nominal diameter as the pipe or fittings
that they are connected to. Valves for water mains shall be iron body, bronze mounted,
non rising stem type fitted with O ring seals. Gate valves shall be manufactured by
Mueller Company or approved equal.
Valve boxes shall be provided for each buried valve. They shall be 2-piece cast iron, of
heavy pattern, adjustable type and provided with cast iron cover. The upper section of
each box shall have a bottom flange of sufficient bearing area to prevent settling. The
bottom of the lower section shall enclose the stuffing box and operating nut of the valve.
Boxes shall have barrels of not less than 5 in in diameter and be of length adapted to pipe
cover. Boxes shall be adjustable, with a lap of at least 6 in when in the most extended
position. Covers shall have the word "WATER" for water mains and an arrow indicating
the direction of opening cast into covers in raised letters. Valve boxes shall be
manufactured by Tyler Pipe or an approved equal. Two tee handled gate wrenches with
shall be furnished to operate all valves installed under this work.
The body and bonnet of valves shall be coated with a fusion bonded, heat cured coating
on both the interior and exterior to meet the requirements of ANSI/AWWA C550 and be
certified to ANSI/NSF 61 to prevent rust on components until the time of installation.
The pipe connection openings shall be capped to prevent the entry of foreign matter
prior to installation. Coatings for valve boxes shall meet the specifications for ductile
iron fittings. All gears, bearing surfaces and other surfaces not to be painted shall be
given a heavy coat of grease or other suitable rust resistant coating unless otherwise
specified herein. This coating shall be maintained as required to prevent corrosion
during any period of storage and shall be satisfactory to the Engineer through the time of
A500.357
final acceptance.
Furnish Shop Drawings from manufacturer showing principal dimensions, construction
details and materials used for parts.
All ductile iron pipe and fittings for water shall be in accordance with ANSI C104,
AWWA A21.4, and AWWA C151
532.03
A. Scheduling of Work and Interruption to Water Service. Provide the Engineer with
a detailed schedule of the work. Notify Engineer in writing at least 15 days before
beginning construction of water facilities. Do not perform work on water facilities
that will result in water service interruptions without approval of Engineer.
Perform work in a manner that is acceptable to the Engineer. Provide Engineer with
access to the work.
B. Existing Utilities and Structures. Determine the location of surface and subsurface
structures within the work site, including but not limited to underground electric,
telecommunication, gas, and sewer facilities. Notify the Engineer when excavation is
required within 10 feet of any existing utility, and submit a plan to the Engineer for
approval, detailing the proposed methods of excavating around the existing utilities,
and the proposed methods of protecting and supporting the existing utilities. Protect
and support utility facilities encountered. Notify the Engineer 3 days before crossing
any existing utilities, so that may send a representative to the work site at the time of
excavation or construction.
Remove and dispose of abandoned pipe, services, valves, boxes, thrust blocks, and
appurtenances, unless otherwise shown on the Plans. Cap or plug pipe that is to be
abandoned in a manner that is acceptable to Engineer.
C. Excavating. Before excavating, sawcut the full depth of the existing pavement and
sidewalk. Excavate a trench for placing water pipe, valves, services, tees, or
appurtenances. Obtain the Engineer’s approval before finishing excavation. If the
Engineer determines that the bottom of the trench is unstable, undercut as directed
by the Engineer and backfill with pipe bedding. If the material at the bottom of the
trench is rock or other hard material, excavate an additional 6 inches of the material
below the bottom of the pipe. Backfill the undercut with pipe bedding. Ensure that
trenches are kept free of any standing water during the installation. Do not excavate
for trenches in embankments until the embankment has been constructed to an
elevation of at least 3 feet above the top of the pipe or to the top of the embankment,
whichever is lower. Do not excavate trenches more than 300 feet in advance of
installing the pipe unless approved by the Engineer.
Maintain trenches according to 29 CFR 1926. Provide and maintain trench crossings
where necessary. For trenches in the traveled way, shoulder and within 30 feet of the
outside edge of the shoulder, backfill and restore the pavement structure and match
the surrounding condition before opening to traffic. The Contractor may use
temporary protection instead of backfilling trenches in the traveled way and
shoulder. If using temporary protection, submit working drawings for approval.
For trenches not in the traveled way and shoulder, do not leave trenches open
overnight unless protected with caution fence.
A500.357
D. Handling of Pipe and Appurtenances. Lift pipe and other items using hoists. Do
not drop pipe onto the ground or into a trench, and do not permit pipe to roll or skid
against other pipe. Inspection of the pipe will be made by the Engineer or other
representatives of the Owner after delivery. The pipe shall be subject to rejection at
any time on account of failure to meet any of the requirements specified herein, even
though pipes may have been accepted as satisfactory at the place of manufacture.
Pipe rejected after delivery shall be marked for identification and shall immediately
be removed from the job.
If stored, pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by its
manufacturer and kept safe from damage. The bottom tier shall be kept off the
ground on timbers, rails, or concrete. Stacking shall conform to manufacturer's
recommendations. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other appurtenances shall be
kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. Gaskets for mechanical and push-on
joints to be stored shall be placed in a cool location out of direct sunlight. Gaskets
shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a firstin, first-out basis.
E. Installing Water Pipe. All water distribution mains shall maintain a minimum cover
of 4-ft or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. Contractor shall identify areas where
pipe will have less than 4 feet of cover and provide the Engineer with a report of the
identified areas and obtain approval. Water mains shall be separated by a horizontal
distance of 10-ft from sanitary sewers. If such separation is not possible, the water
and sewer lines shall be laid in separate trenches with the top of the sewer line at
least 18-in below the bottom of the water main. Sewer service laterals are not subject
to this requirement. At crossings, the top of the sewer line shall be at least 18-in
below the bottom of the water main.
Use a laser system to control the alignment and grade of the pipe. Lay water pipe in
straight lines. If deviations from a straight line are approved by the Engineer, ensure
that the deflection at each pipe joint does not exceed the manufacturer’s
recommended maximum deflection. The deflection at joints shall not exceed 75
percent of allowable deflection recommended by manufacturer. Fittings, in addition
to those shown on the Drawings, shall be provided, if required, for crossing utilities
which may be encountered upon opening the trench. Solid sleeves shall be used only
where approved by the Engineer.
All pipe or fittings shall be examined before laying and no piece shall be installed
which is found to be defective. Any damage to the pipe linings or coatings shall be
repaired as directed by the Engineer. Handling and laying of pipe and fittings shall
be in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction and as specified herein. All pipe
and fittings shall be sound and clean before laying. When laying is not in progress,
including lunchtime, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed by watertight plugs or
other approved means.
Provide additional pipe or connections necessary to bypass obstructions or other
utilities. Adjust the depth of the pipe to pass obstructions, as approved by the
Engineer. When grade changes through curves are required, divide the curve among
several joints. Install the pipe so that it is solidly supported by the subgrade or pipe
bedding as required, over its full length except where recesses have been made for
joints.
Join pipe according to the manufacturer’s recommendations. Cut pipe according to
the manufacturer’s recommendations. When cutting pipe is required, the cutting
shall be done by machine, leaving a smooth cut at right angles to the axis of the pipe.
A500.357
Cut ends of pipe to be jointed with a bell shall be beveled to conform to the
manufactured spigot end.
Concrete thrust blocks and restrainer glands shall be installed at all fittings and other
locations as directed by the Engineer. Minimum bearing area of thrust blocks shall
be as shown on the Drawings. Joints shall be protected by felt roofing paper prior to
placing concrete. Concrete shall be placed against undisturbed material, and shall
not cover joints, bolts or nuts, or interfere with the removal of any joint.
Push on joints shall be made in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and
AWWA C600. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends looking ahead. A rubber gasket shall
be inserted in the groove of the bell end of the pipe, and the joint surfaces cleaned
and lubricated. The plain end of the pipe to be laid shall then be aligned and
inserted in the bell of the pipe to which it is to be joined and pushed home with a jack
or by other means.
Mechanical joints shall be made in accordance with Appendix A of AWWA C111 and
C600 and the manufacturer's instructions. Thoroughly clean and lubricate the joint
surfaces and rubber gasket. Bolts shall be tightened to the specified torques. Under
no conditions shall extension wrenches or pipe over handle of ordinary ratchet
wrench be used to secure greater leverage. Bolts in mechanical and restrained joints
shall be tightened evenly and alternately. Where required, restrained joint systems
shall be installed at all fittings in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Install gate valves, inserting valves, tapping sleeves, tapping valves, valve boxes,
blow-offs, and miscellaneous fittings. Set the fittings and valves true to the pipe
lines. Ensure that valve stems are set plumb. Support the valves with concrete
blocking set on firm ground that has been compacted using a mechanical plate
tamper. Set valve boxes plumb, centered with respect to the valve stem, and flush
with the finished grade.
Coordinate the installation of water mains with other work and prevent conflicts and
interference with all existing facilities and proposed construction. Install tapping
valves and insert valves as wet connections with no loss of water or interruption of
flow. Notify Engineer 15 days before performing wet connections. Perform wet
connections according to the equipment manufacturer’s recommendations.
F.
Installing Gate Valves
Each valve shall be installed where and as shown on the Drawings or as directed by
the Engineer.
Valves and boxes shall be installed in conformance to AWWA C500, as applicable,
except as specified herein. Valves shall be set with the operating stem vertically
aligned in the center. Valves shall be set on a firm foundation and supported by
tamping selected excavated material under and at the sides of the valve. Valves shall
be closed and kept closed unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
Valve boxes shall be installed vertically, centered over the operating nut, and the
elevation of the top shall be adjusted to conform to the finished surface of roadway
or other surface at the completion of the contract. Boxes shall be adequately
supported during backfilling to maintain vertical alignment.
G. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing and Leakage Testing. After laying and joining a
complete section of pipe between valves, and before backfilling, pressure-test the
pipe line. Expel the air from the pipe line through blow-offs or taps, and ensure that
A500.357
the caps, plugs, and fittings are adequately braced and anchored. Perform pressure
testing of the water main according to the AWWA Standard C600 in the presence of
Engineer using a minimum test pressure of 150 pounds per square inch. Maintain
the pressure in the pipe for 120 minutes. Demonstrate that flanged, victaulic, or
welded joint pipe lines exhibit no leaks under pressure. Demonstrate that the
leakage for mechanical jointed pipe lines, or push-on joint pipe lines do not exceed
the allowable leakage rate as computed by:
L
ND P
7400
Where:
L = allowable leakage in gallons per hour
N = number of joints in length of pipe tested
D = nominal diameter of pipe in inches
P = average test pressure during the leakage test in pounds per square inch
Where it is impractical to maintain an open trench for the full length of any section
between valves, provide test plugs and perform pressure testing and leakage testing
to the satisfaction of Engineer.
H. Backfilling. Symmetrically place backfill on each side of the pipe in lifts not
exceeding 6 inches thick, loose measurement, and compact with a flat faced tamper
using the directed method. Where bedding is not required, backfill with suitable
excavated material that is free from rock larger than 2 inches in diameter.
I.
Disinfection/Bacteriological Testing. Before placing pipelines into service, disinfect
the system according to AWWA Standard C651; if trench water has entered the main
or if the water temperature is less than 41 °F, use the continuous feed method. Use
hypochlorite or liquid chlorine according to AWWA Standards B-300 and B-301
respectively. Introduce and distribute the chlorine into the new lines using a
minimum dosage of 50 parts per million. Maintain the chlorinated water in the
system for a minimum of 24 hours. Contact Engineer to verify the chlorine residual
is 50 parts per million. Flush all treated water from the pipe line in a manner
approved by Engineer and replace with water from the new well.
Retain a certified Testing Laboratory to sample and test the water for bacteriological
and turbidity analysis according to the AWWA C651 and the Federal Safe Drinking
Water Act (40 CFR, Parts 141 through 143). Ensure that the water conforms to the
bacteriological standards specified in the New Jersey Safe Drinking Water
Regulations (N.J.A.C. 7:10-1 et seq.) as well as the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act (40
CFR, Parts 141 through 143). Provide the test results to Engineer. The Contractor will
be required to rechlorinate if necessary at no additional cost to the Authority, and the
line shall not be placed in service until the new water main requirements of the New
Jersey Department of Environmental Protection are met.
J.
Thrust Blocks. Install thrust blocks at bends greater than 5 degrees, and at tees,
plugs, and valves. Ensure thrust blocks are placed against firm, undisturbed ground.
Ensure that thrust blocks do not come in contact with other utilities or structures
without the approval of the Engineer.
K. Water Main As-Built Plan
Upon completion of the water utility work, submit to the Engineer a scaled as-built
plan noting the location of the Items of water utility construction. On the plan, show
stationing, distance references to the curb line, and 3 ties for each valve box, curb
A500.357
box, and hydrant within 50 feet to above-ground physical features. On the plans,
show the depth of the water pipe and service connection at a minimum of 100-foot
increments along the line or connection. Provide the as-built plans in a format
acceptable to Engineer.
L. Coordination with Middlesex Water Company (12” Water Main)
Middlesex Water Company currently provides water service to the site from the
existing 6 “water main located along Route 9 northbound. A proposed 12” water
main will replace the 6” main and the construction of this 12” main (Installed by
Middlesex Water Company Contractor) is scheduled for April, 2015 - July, 2015.
Contractor to verify in writing with Middlesex Water Company to confirm that the
12” water main was constructed.
M. Freeze Protection Enclosure
The overall size of the enclosure is to accommodate one (1) 10” water meter and
Reduce Pressure Zone (RPZ) 10” backflow preventer and one (1) 4” water meter
appurtenances.
Contractor to provide shop drawings of the Freeze Protection Enclosure prior to
installation of the enclosure.
The Contractor shall coordinate the location of the Freeze Protection Enclosure with
Middlesex Water Company.
10” fire service meter w/RPZ appurtenances and Omni C2 4” water meter
appurtenances should be as shown in Appendix AB.
10” fire service meter w/RPZ appurtenances shall be as specified by Middlesex
Water Company and Omni C2 4”water meter appurtenances shall be from Sensus or
equally approved manufacturer.
Contractor to provide shop drawings of 10” water meter w/RPZ appurtenances and
4” water meter appurtenances.
The water meter shall be furnished, installed and owned by Middlesex Water
Company. Meter Companion and Meter Couplings shall be supplied by Middlesex
Water Company. All other items shall be supplied by the Contractor.
A backflow device requires a distance of 18” minimum from the floor to the bottom
of the relief port.
The requirement of a backflow preventer shall be determined by Middlesex Water
Company.
All metering elements and appurtenances shall be installed horizontally.
Freeze protection enclosures shall have a minimum height of 72”.
Freeze Protection Enclosures shall have a removable access panels that allow
adequate space to perform maintenance duties on all components without
completely entering the enclosure.
A500.357
The number of access panels and the amount of heat provided for freeze protection
enclosure shall be determined by the dimensions of the enclosure. Prior to installing
the Freeze Protection Enclosure, the Contractor to verify in writing from Middlesex
Water Company the location of the two (2) services (10” and 4”) to the site.
532.04
MEASUREMENT
3" Ductile Iron Water Pipe will be measured by the length in place along the centerline of
the pipe, including all fittings, joints, and connections.
the pipe, including all fittings, joints, and connections.
the pipe, including all fittings, jointing, and connections.
10" Ductile Iron Water Pipe will be measured by the length in place along the centerline
of the pipe, including all fittings, jointing, and connections.
Fire Hydrant Assemblies and Yard Hydrant will be by the number of each.
Freeze Protection Enclosure will be by the number of each.
6" Water Valve will be by the number of each.
532.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
3" Ductile Iron Water Pipe, Class 52
4" Ductile Iron Water Pipe
Yard Hydrant
Fire Hydrant Assemblies
Freeze Protection Enclosure
6" Water Valve
PAY UNIT
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Each
Each
Each
Each
Joints, fittings, connections, coatings, and appurtenances including all restraints and thrust
blocks needed to properly perform the work shall be included in the linear foot cost bid for
the pipe.
Valve boxes and operators shall be included in the cost of gate valves.
Separate payment will not be made for the excavation and backfill required, but the cost
thereof shall be included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for any sheeting, shoring, or other trench support
systems required, but the cost thereof shall be included in the cost of those items to be
constructed.
A500.357
Separate payment will not be made for temporary or permanent topsoiling and seeding
for grass surface restoration, but the cost thereof shall be included in the cost of those
items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for temporary or permanent pavement and sidewalk
restoration, but the cost thereof shall be included in the cost of those items to be
constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for testing or as-builts, but the cost thereof shall be
included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
Separate payment will not be made for construction of concrete pad for the Freeze
Protection Enclosure, but the cost thereof shall be included in the cost of Freeze protection
Enclosure.
Separate payment will not be made for installation of 10” water meter with RPZ
appurtenances and 4” water meter appurtenances but the cost thereof shall be included in
the cost of Freeze Protection Enclosure.
A500.357
SECTION 533 – UTILITY SERVICE CONNECTIONS
533.01
DESCRIPTION
This Section describes the requirements for installation of the service connection facilities
including provision and installation by the Contractor of service connection facilities as
described herein for Middlesex Water Company-Water, G4S Technology, LLC-Fiber
Optic, PSE&G-Electric, Elizabethtown Gas Company-Gas, and Verizon Communications
- NJ, including duct banks and conduits, cables, junction boxes, risers, pads and
appurtenances. Once the Contractor’s responsibilities for service connection facilities are
substantially complete, the Contractor will schedule and coordinate the service
connections with respective Utility Companies, Owner, and Engineer. These provisions
are common to work specified in Volume II.
533.02
MATERIALS
Materials shall conform to the following:
GENERAL
Conduit and fittings for G4S Technology, LLC shall be of the types and sizes indicated on
the Plans and conform to: NEMA specification TC-6 Schedule 40 PVC, NEMA
specification TC-2 Schedule 40 PVC for direct burial installations, and conform to Section
918.08. Only clean bore, round and undamaged conduit and couplings shall be used. Pull
rope shall be placed in each conduit and shall be ½” Poly Rope. Pipe caps shall be
impact-resistant plastic of the type manufactured for the conduit being installed. When
conduit has to bend to conform to field conditions, no radius less than 36” will be
permitted. Unless otherwise specifically called for, PVC-Schedule 80 conduit shall be
used for installation under pavements.
PSE&G- ELECTRIC
The Contractor is advised that the removal of PSE&G- Electric facilities for the site will be
handled thru the Demolition Department and is a separate task from the New Business
Department. Refer to Subsection 106.18- Utilities for contact information and link.
For the proposed electric facilities for the site, the Contractor is to refer to the Site
Electrical work in Sections 601 and 602.
G4S TECHNOLOGY, LLC
Contractor shall provide and install on-campus conduits, cables, junction boxes,
manholes, and connections as shown on the Drawings and specified herein for G4S
system. Contractor to install CAT6 cable in all junction box to junction box runs of 300’ or
less, including runs to campus equipment. For runs greater than 300’, Contractor shall
install multi-mode 6 count fiber cable. Multi-mode cables shall be fusion spliced at both
ends to pigtails. In all cases Contractor to leave 25 feet of coiled cable in all junction
boxes. Contractor shall make all cable connections to new and existing facilities.
A500.357
Cable manufacturers shall be OFS, Draka (Prysmian Group), and Corning or approved
equal. Fiber termination connectors shall be type SC. All multi-mode fibers shall be
tested: power metered bi-directionally at 850/1300nm. Contractor shall coordinate ITS
connections to meet-me manhole with G4S and Engineer.
G4S will provide off-campus service conduits, cables and connections to the meet-me
manhole as shown on the Drawings.
Meet-Me handhole to be provided by the Contractor.
VERIZON COMMUNICATIONS-NJ
Contractor shall provide two (2) 4” PVC conduits, Schedule 80, junction boxes and riser
for new telephone connection to Multi Use Building as shown of the Drawings and
coordinate service connection with Verizon Communication – NJ.
Refer to Appendix AA, for 24” x 36” telephone junction box detail.
ELIZABETHTOWN GAS COMPANY
Elizabethtown Gas Company will provide all materials for and install new gas service,
meter with pulse output, and make connections.
Contractor shall coordinate service connections with Elizabethtown Gas and make meter
pulse connections to BMS.
MIDDLESEX WATER COMPANY
Middlesex Water Company currently provides water service to the site from the existing
6 “water main located along Route 9 northbound. A proposed 12” water main will
replace the 6” main and the construction of this 12” main (Installed by Middlesex Water
Company Contractor) is scheduled for April, 2015 – July, 2015.
The site will be serviced with a 10” water main (Fire) and a 4” water main (domestic).
The Contractor shall coordinate service connections with Middlesex Water Company.
Refer to Appendix AB, for 4” water (domestic) meter appurtenances and 10” fire service
meter with RPZ.
WYNDMOOR AT WOODBRIDGE ASSOCIATION (PRIVATE SANITARY SEWER)
The site sanitary facility is currently being serviced by a septic system. This septic system
will be removed and the proposed Multi-Use Building will tie-into a private sanitary
system located at Wyndmoor at Woodbridge (offsite).
Prior to the construction of the sanitary line, the Contractor must verify, in writing, with
the Engineer that an agreement has been executed between the NJ Turnpike Authority
and Wyndmoor at Woodbridge Association and that a NJDEP Treatment Works
Approval (TWA) permit has been secured.
A500.357
533.03
The Contractor shall construct in a timely manner, as shown in and required by these
Contract Documents, the utility facilities (conduits, wires, junction boxes, risers and
appurtenances) required for the utility companies to make the permanent service
connections.
Conduit shall be installed underground at a minimum underground depth of 36 inches
in accordance with Section 206. Generally, bends in PVC conduit shall be made with
manufactured fittings. Field bends, where required and approved by the Engineer, shall
be made with an approved flameless heater. No repairs will be permitted to conduit or
fittings. All broken, chipped, cracked, or impaired length or fittings shall be removed and
replaced with approved new material.
Where PVC conduit is to be joined to an existing installation or to rigid metallic conduit,
a suitable and approved type adaptor shall be used. Conduits shall be laid up to a
uniform grade and invert with each length brought home to a full even bearing in the
socket before the next length is laid. PVC conduit sections shall be connected by means of
bell ends or socket type couplings made up tightly with conduit ends abutting and sealed
with solvent cement recommended by the conduit manufacturer. End of conduits cut in
the field shall be deburred properly and all sharp edges removed, before they are
installed in couplings or fittings.
Termination of conduits at each box or manhole shall be made by means of standard end
bell fittings. End bell fittings shall be installed flush with the inside face of the boxes or
manholes and sealed around the fittings.
All completed conduit runs shall be rodded to check cleanliness and corresponding
entrances in boxes. If necessary, they shall be cleaned with a flexible mandrel at least 12”
long and ¼” less in diameter than the inside diameter of the duct and/or with a wire
brush slightly larger than the duct.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to schedule and coordinate all utility
service connections and service disruptions with each respective Utility Company, the
Owner, and the Engineer. Service disruptions shall be held to a minimum and notice
provided at least 5 working days in advance. No service disruptions shall be allowed
without permission of the Engineer.
Upon completion of the work, submit as-built drawings. Prints of construction drawings,
marked to show the final location, are acceptable. Provide a copy of the as-built drawings
to the Engineer.
533.04
MEASUREMENT
Duct Bank will be measured by linear foot of duct bank length, in place, along centerline
of duct bank.
Junction Boxes will be measured by the number of each installed.
Risers will be measured by the length of each installed.
A500.357
Meet-Me Handhole will be measured by the number of each installed.
533.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
2-4” Telephone Duct Bank, PVC
2-4” Telephone Riser Conduit
24”x 36” Telephone Junction Box
Meet-Me Handhole
Linear Foot
Linear Foot
Each
Each
The price bid for Duct Bank shall include provision and installation of underground PVC
conduits for new G4S, and Verizon services and includes conduits, fittings, bends,
clamps and fasteners, connections, expansion joints, end caps, pull ropes, cleaning and
rodding and all other appurtenances; and the preparation of as-built drawings for the
duct bank conduit system as well as coordination with the utilities to make timely service
connections.
No separate payment will be made for excavation and backfill, dewatering, temporary
supports/sheeting or as-built drawings, but the cost shall be included with these items.
The price bid for the Junction Boxes shall include provision and installation of frames,
covers, hardware, gaskets, end bells, grout/sealant, and all appurtenances.
The price bid for the Risers shall include provision and installation of fasteners,
hardware, and appurtenances.
No separate payment shall be made for temporary service connections and/or temporary
service connection fees.
For PVC Pipe, Schedule 80, see Section 502.
A500.357
SECTION 534 – TRENCHLESS INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES
534.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall include furnishing all labor, equipment, tools, materials, and design services
necessary to install the underground facilities shown on the plans, covered in this specification,
or as otherwise required to construct a fully functional watertight facility to the limits shown on
the Plans.
This work shall also include where applicable, installing driving shafts, intermediate shafts and
receiving shafts, advancing casing, excavation, dewatering, placement of embankment, Vibration
and Displacement Monitoring, Contact Grouting, Backfill Grouting, and all other labor,
equipment, or materials required to complete the work detailed in accordance with the Plans and
Specifications, or as directed by the Engineer.
The design and installation of facilities owned by entities other than the Authority shall be solely
the responsibility of the Contractor and shall be in accordance with the current editions of the
AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design and Construction Specifications with Interims, except as noted
otherwise herein. The design, including all Shop Drawings and calculations, shall be in
accordance with the current Authority Design Manual, and shall be signed and sealed by a
Professional Engineer licensed in the State of New Jersey.
One of the following methods, Auger Boring, Pipe Jacking, Microtunneling, Horizontal
Directional Drilling, Pipe Ramming, or Utility Tunneling shall be proposed in the submittals
required herein. Alternative methods, including, but not limited to slurry boring, and soil
compaction, will not be allowed.
534.02
DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of allocation of responsibilities only within this specification, the following
definitions shall apply:








Auger Boring - shall refer to a technique where a horizontal bore hole is created by means of a
rotating cutting head. Spoils are transported by helical-wound auger flights rotating inside a
steel casing that is being installed by the Principal of Pipe Jacking.
Backfill Grouting - shall be defined as placing grout to fill the annular space between the
Casing Pipe and the Carrier Pipe.
Casing Pipe or Casing - shall be defined as a pipe which is installed for the purpose of
stabilizing an excavation.
Carrier Pipe - is defined as pipe which is installed inside of casing pipe to house the utility.
Closed Shield - shall be a shield which incorporates a closed pressure chamber and does not
allow direct access to the face.
Contact Grouting - shall be defined as injecting grout to fill the annular space between the
Casing Pipe and the excavated ground to ensure contact between the Casing Pipe and the
ground.
Driving Shaft - shall be an excavation constructed for initiating the advancement of a casing as
part of a trenchless technology operation.
Engineer - shall be defined in paragraph 101.02B.
A500.357












534.03
Engineer of Record - shall be defined as the Professional Engineer licensed in New Jersey,
responsible for the preparation of the Contract Documents or License to Cross.
Horizontal Directional Drilling - shall be defined as a multi-stage process that consists of
drilling a small diameter pilot hole along a predetermined path. The pilot hole is then
developed into a suitable bore hole that will accommodate the desired facility which is
ultimately pulled back through the developed alignment. Horizontal Directional Drilling is
sub classified into mini-HDD (Carrier Pipe Diameter 2 – 10 inches), midi-HDD (Carrier Pipe
Diameter 10 – 24 inches), and maxi-HDD (Carrier Pipe Diameter 24 to 48 inches).
Intermediate Shaft - shall be defined as a shaft constructed between the driving shaft and
receiving shaft to overcome resistance associated with longer length trenchless installations
or to accommodate changes in direction along the alignment.
License to Cross - shall be defined as a legal document that grants permission to outside
parties (i.e. utility owners) to impact Authority property.
Microtunneling - shall be defined as a remote controlled guided Pipe Jacking process that
provides continuous support to the excavation face.
Open Shield - shall be a shield which allows direct access to the face or a point immediately
behind the cutters. It does not include provisions for a pressure-balance of the heading.
Pipe Jacking - shall be defined as pipe that is advanced using the Principals of Pipe Jacking,
horizontally through the ground.
Pipe Ramming – shall be defined as a non-steerable system of forming a bore by driving an
open-ended steel casing using a percussion hammer from a driving shaft to a receiving shaft.
The soil may be removed from the casing by auguring, jet-cutting, or compressed air. In some
instances a closed end pipe may be used.
Principle of Pipe Jacking - shall be defined as the use of hydraulic rams to push pipe sections
along a controlled excavated alignment formed by a cutting head or shield. The principle of
pipe jacking applies to Auger Boring, Microtunneling, and to the Pipe Jacking method itself.
Receiving Shaft - shall be an excavation constructed at the termination point of a trenchless
installation.
Shop Drawings - shall refer to the plans submitted by the Contractor.
Trenchless Methods or Trenchless Installations - shall be defined herein as Auger Boring, Pipe
Jacking, Microtunneling, Horizontal Directional Drilling, Pipe Ramming, and Utility
Tunneling.
Utility Tunneling - shall be defined as a process in which an access excavation is installed to
allow workers located at the face of the tunnel to remove the encountered material while
inside a protective shield such as liner plates are installed. As the workers continue to dig,
the shield is hydraulically thrust forward from the liner plates behind it. When the shield is
completely advanced, the hydraulic cylinders are retracted and additional liner plates are
installed. The excavation can be accomplished manually or mechanically.
MATERIALS
(A) General
All materials and appurtenances shall, at a minimum, be selected and sized to accommodate
installation forces, drilling fluid pressures, hydrostatic and earth pressures, surcharge loads,
permanent loads, facility type, and site specific conditions.
Materials shall be suitably wrapped, packaged, or covered at the factory or shop for
protection against dirt, water, oil, grease, and damage. Materials stored at the site shall be
placed above ground on a well-supported platform and covered.
A500.357
(B) Materials
Temporary Sheeting………………………………………………………………………415
Casing Pipes………………………………………………………………………….…924.01
Carrier Pipes...…………………………..…………………………………………..….924.02
Filler Materials…………………………………………………….……..……………..924.03
All pipeline casing shall be furnished with standoffs which center and adequately support
the carrier pipeline within the casing, and with link seals and casing end seals manufactured
specifically for this purpose.
534.04
(A) Contractor’s Responsibility
The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for the methods employed and for any damage
incurred while performing the work. Under no circumstances shall the flow of traffic be
disturbed during the performance of work. Should the performance of the work result in any
damages that impede the regular flow of traffic, the Contractor shall incur a “traffic
disruption penalty” by the Authority, charged by the hour until the damages are repaired
and regular traffic flow is restored. The “traffic disruption penalty” shall be charged at a
predetermined amount specified in the Contract Documents, which shall be in addition to the
cost of repairing the damages.
(B) Safety
Safety shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Prior to the commencement of work,
the Contractor shall provide a Health and Safety Plan (HASP) and place and/or install safety,
precautionary, and protective devices and services required to safely perform the work. The
Contractor shall work continuously, as permitted in the HASP, whenever there is a condition
which is likely to endanger the excavation or surrounding structures until the hazardous
condition is eliminated and the safety of the work is restored.
(C) Maintenance and Protection of Traffic
If shoulder closings are required by the Shop Drawings or Contract Drawings, such closings
shall be installed in accordance with the Authority’s Manual for Traffic Control in Work Zones,
the NJTA Standard Drawings, and the NJTA Standard Specifications Division 800.
(D) Protection of Adjacent Structures and Utilities
The Contractor shall take protective measures as detailed in the Site Specific Workplan
(SSWP) to ensure adjacent bridges, roadway, and appurtenances, including all below grade
utilities are protected at all times during construction. Any items damaged in the course of
work shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the
Authority.
Displacement and Vibration Monitoring shall be performed in accordance with the Standard
A500.357
Specifications Section 214.
(E) Qualifications
The Contractor shall provide a statement of qualifications for proposed personnel and/or
subcontractors regularly engaged in trenchless installations who have successfully installed
casing pipe on at least four projects in the past ten (10) years, of similar length, diameter, and
complexity to those shown on the Contract Drawing, via the Contractor’s proposed
trenchless method. Experience shall be relevant to the anticipated subsurface materials,
groundwater conditions, and any special construction techniques required. The statement of
qualifications shall clearly list completed projects with details of the types of installations,
names of personnel directly performing the work, owner contact names, and telephone
numbers.
The Contractor shall provide details of experience of the supervisory personnel in charge of
daily operations indicating a minimum of five (5) years of work experience on at least five (5)
projects in the execution of similar work. The supervisor shall be present at the site during
performance of all Work.
The Contractor shall provide details of experience of the operator(s) of the tunneling
equipment, with a minimum of five (5) years of work experience on at least three (3) projects
in the execution of similar work.
The Contractor’s specialist performing Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) or other approved
geophysical methods shall have minimum of five (5) years of work experience on at least
three (3) projects in the execution of similar work.
(F) Submittals
The Contractor shall submit a minimum of 30 calendar days prior to the start of trenchless
installation, Shop Drawings and a Site Specific Work Plan (SSWP) describing, in detail and
with supporting calculations, the proposed means and method for the installation, for the
review of the Engineer. The submittal shall be signed and sealed by a registered Professional
Engineer licensed in New Jersey routinely engaged in the design of trenchless installations.
The submittal shall include, but is not limited to, the following:
Item
Geotechnical
Data
Calculations
and
Analysis
Shop
Drawings
Description
Boring location plan
Soil boring logs for a minimum three borings along the facility alignment. If the
trenchless installation is greater than 150’, one additional boring for every 50’ of length
greater than 150’ is required.
Subsurface profiles and/or cross sections with groundwater levels indicated
Laboratory and in-situ testing results
Relevant loads including earth pressure, water pressure, thrust, drag, live load surcharge
Sacrificial steel thickness, corrosion resistant coating type and thickness, and abrasion
loss assumptions for casing materials
Complete structural and geotechnical design computations
Assessment of drilling fluid migration.
Anticipated heave or subsidence and mitigation proposed if necessary.
Diameter and Material Properties of Casing and/or Pipe
Horizontal and vertical alignment depicting all existing features.
A500.357
SSWP
Type of shaft (i.e. steel sheeting, solider pile and lagging, sloped)
Tip elevations of shaft walls
Staging areas, storage areas, cuttings and pit spoil-handling areas
The layout and design of the driving shaft and receiving shaft, including construction
method of the shafts.
Details of muck removal system.
Details of bentonite injection system (if applicable).
Details of intermediate jacking system (if applicable).
Details of the Contractor’s experience as required herein.
A detailed description of means and methods of installation with trenchless
technologies, including equipment model numbers and manufacturer’s specifications,
access and preconstruction activities.
The steering and tracking capabilities method for checking the alignment and grade and
provide documentation from the manufacturer that these capabilities can install the
casing to the design line and grade within the specified tolerance.
Method to detect over-excavation at the heading and action plans to control overexcavation.
Description of mixing, introducing, managing, and disposing of bentonite or polymer
slurry as a lubricant, if applicable.
Dewatering details and procedures, anticipated volumes of water to be dewatered, zone
of influence of dewatering, the anticipated settlement caused by dewatering, and
methods for surface subsidence or heave mitigation.
Contingencies for obstruction removal or penetration.
A description of casing and carrier pipe connections/joints. Also include a method to
maintain the carrier pipe centered in the casing pipe and if grouting of the annular space
will be required.
Shaft construction details and procedures and sequence of construction.
Soil stabilization methods to create entry and exit blocks at the portal walls of the shafts,
to stabilize the base of the shaft excavations, and to support pipe runs. QA/QC methods
to confirm that soil stabilization was effective.
A description of the proposed equipment and procedures for mixing and placing grout
and/or CLSM
Manufactures’ specifications of all materials to be installed for the approval of the
Engineer, at least 7 days prior to the placement of the material. Materials Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) for all materials must also be provided.
Construction schedule showing each activity name, date, and duration.
List safety procedures to be followed as required by the Health and Safety Plan. List
emergency telephone numbers for local police and fire department, rescue squads, and
additional telephone numbers that may be required by the Engineer.
Required construction permits
Soil and water storage and disposal plan
Submittals as described in the Standard Specifications 213 Vibration and Displacement
Monitoring.
Void Remediation Plan including means, methods, equipment, materials and MPT Plans
Methods for Contact Grouting and Backfill Grouting if required, including mix design,
grouting pressure, equipment
If modifications to the pipe installation method are required during construction to
accommodate field conditions, the Contractor shall submit revisions to the above listed
documents delineating the modifications and including the reasons for the changes.
A500.357
Work shall not commence until the Engineer approves the above listed submittals.
Upon successful completion of the work, the Contractor shall submit As-Built Drawings and
or Installation Records.
(G) Additional Subsurface Investigation
The Contractor shall interpret the available geotechnical data for adequacy and applicability
and perform additional investigation at their own expense if deemed necessary.
(H) Cover Depth Requirements
A minimum cover of the greater of 6 feet or two casing diameters below the bottom of
asphalt at the lowest elevation along the facilities alignment shall be provided for all methods
except for Horizontal Directional Drilling, which shall require a minimum cover of 10 feet or
five casing diameters for midi-HDD and maxi-HDD and a minimum cover of 6 feet or eight
casing diameters for mini-HDD, whichever is greater.
(I) Tolerances
The Contractor shall maintain the line and grade of the Casing Pipe in accordance with the
Shop Drawings. The final position of the Casing Pipe shall not vary from line and grade by
more than 1 inch in 40 feet with the exception that the pipe shall be free draining in the
direction of flow shown on the plans and be without any reverse sloping where water can
collect.
The Contractor shall install Carrier Pipe within the Casing Pipe to the tolerance specified on
the Shop Drawings.
(J) Schedule
After trenchless installation begins, the operation must proceed continuously until
completed, unless otherwise approved by the Authority.
(K) Preparation for Work
The Contractor shall implement, when applicable, the site dewatering procedures, as
specified in the certified SSWP. Dewatering activities shall not impose settlement in excess of
that accounted for in the Contractor’s approved submittals. Delays, additional equipment, or
additional labor resulting from the presence of water, snow, ice, or the pumping of water
shall not be considered for additional compensation or extension of time.
Ground Improvement required to stabilize ground or required to perform the work,
including delays, additional equipment, materials, and labor associated with ground
improvement shall take place in accordance with the SSWP and at no additional cost to the
Authority.
(L) Driving, Intermediate, and Receiving Shafts
Temporary sheeting used to construct driving, intermediate or receiving shafts shall conform
to Section 415. Driven Piles or Drilled Shafts used to construct solider pile lagging wall shall
A500.357
be in accordance with Division 400. Driving, intermediate, or receiving shafts shall be offset
from the edge of pavement a minimum distance equal to 1.5 times the depth of the shaft. All
excavated areas are to be illuminated and fenced to provide fall protection.
Surplus and waste materials are to be disposed of off Authority property in accordance with
Section 202. Excavation and backfilling of the shafts shall conform to Division 200.
Embankment material and compaction criteria shall be as specified on the Contract
Drawings. Unless otherwise specified on the Contract Plans, Embankment Grade A shall be
used and shall be compacted to meet the requirements provided in Section 203.
(M) Equipment
The equipment used shall be as proposed in the Shop Drawings and SSWP.
(1) Tunnel Shield
Tunnel Shields shall include means to secure the heading in event of unstable ground
or a work stoppage, include means to accommodate obstructions at the heading (e.g.,
rubble backfill from original construction, etc.), and shall be compatible with
anticipated ground and groundwater conditions.
(2) Guidance and Control System
The Contractor shall continually monitor the alignment and grade of the Casing Pipe.
Necessary controls shall be provided to ensure proper horizontal and vertical
alignment. The alignment shall be verified at any time at the request of the Engineer.
The guidance system shall be capable of generating a plot of the borehole survey
showing depths of the installed piping along its entire length and proposed pipe
depth. Depths shown on the plot of the borehole survey shall be accurate to 1/10 of a
foot. The guidance system shall have an inclination accuracy of 0.01 % of grade, a
range of 1/10 of a foot, an azimuth repeatability of 0.1 % of grade and a range of
1/10 of a foot. The Contractor shall measure the repeatability of the
inclination/azimuth before drilling commences.
Survey and measurement of alignment and grade shall be the sole responsibility of
the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Authority.
(3) Spoil Removal System
Spoil removal equipment shall be as proposed in the certified SSWP, and be based on
ground and groundwater conditions.
(4) Bentonite Injection System
The use of bentonite or polymer slurry to lubricate the outside of the casing to reduce
driving forces will only be allowed upon approval by the Engineer. Bentonite
injection system equipment shall be as proposed in the certified SSWP.
(N) Jacking Operation
After approval of the Shop Drawings and written procedures, the Contractor shall notify the
Engineer a minimum of 7 working days prior to the start of the installation of the pipe by a
trenchless method.
The use of hand-mining ahead of the pipe shall be evaluated on a project specific basis
depending on the soil conditions and shall require approval by the Authority. Should handSupplementary Specifications - 166
A500.357
mining be permitted, the excavation shall not extend more than 18 inches beyond the end of
the pipe or as specified by the Authority.
Bracing and backstops shall be designed and jacks of sufficient rating shall be used so that
the jacking can be progressed without stoppage (except for adding lengths of pipe) until the
leading edge of the pipe has reached the receiving shaft.
The operation shall provide means to control the face throughout the entire installation
process, including stoppage to remove obstruction, and to prevent any raveling of the
ground within the jacked pipe or casing. Grout and/or dewater the soil as required to
mitigate against instability. Grouting shall not unduly hinder subsequent excavation and/or
jacking operations.
(O) Horizontal Directional Drilling Method
Throughout the insertion process, the Contractor shall constantly measure and record axial
tension force readings on the pipe material, the insertion velocity, the mud flow circulation,
the exit rates, and the length of pipe installed.
Drilling fluid shall be a mixture of water and Bentonite clay, or other approved mixture.
Disposal of excess drilling fluid and spoils shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.
Excess drilling fluid and spoils shall be disposed at a location approved by the Engineer.
Drilling fluid returns caused by fracturing of formations at locations other than the entry and
exit points shall not be permitted unless approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall
immediately clean up any drilling fluid that is exposed through fractures.
The Contractor must provide a detailed Fracture Mitigation (frac-out) plan, including
method of monitoring quantity and capturing return of drilling fluids with particular
attention to variation from proposed plan.
The sizing of the pilot hole reamed to facilitate the insertion of the specified casing pipe shall
be minimized to maximize support for the pipe. The casing pipe sleeve being pulled into the
pilot tunnel shall be protected and supported so that it moves freely and is not damaged by
stones and debris on the ground during installation.
(P) Pipe Ramming
The use of Pipe Ramming shall be evaluated on a project specific basis and shall only be
allowed when approved by the Authority.
The use of pipe ramming shall only be permitted on drives of 100 feet or less. Drives shall
always begin from the upstream side of the crossing to ensure the flow line of the pipe is in
the correct flow direction as shown on the Contract Drawings since gravitational forces will
force the pipe to drift downward slightly during the pipe ramming process. Closed face pipe
ramming shall not be permitted.
The type of casing and conduit shall be limited to steel pipe. A driveability analysis of the
pipe shall be performed to ensure that the steel grade and pipe wall thickness is adequate to
overcome driving stresses and that a large enough hammer is supplied to advance the pipe
the entire length of the drive.
A500.357
Vibration and displacement monitoring shall be performed on any existing or proposed
structures, pavements, railroads, earth slopes, utilities, phased construction elements, etc., or
any other potential vulnerabilities within the project limits in accordance with Section 213
during the pipe ramming process.
If Pipe Ramming is approved for an individual project, the Contractor shall submit Shop
Drawings, driveability analysis, vibration and displacement monitoring plan, and written
procedures to the Engineer a minimum of 30 calendar days prior to the start of the
installation of the pipe by a trenchless method.
(Q) Utility Tunneling
The use of Utility Tunneling shall be evaluated on a project specific basis and shall only be
allowed when approved by the Authority.
A laser monitoring system shall be utilized to achieve steering control during tunnel
advancement. A theodolite shall be utilized in conjunction with the laser monitoring system
to provide redundancy of the measurements. For curved tunneling applications, a gyroscope
shall be utilized.
As the cutting face is excavated and the tunneling shield is advanced, a tunnel lining system
shall be installed immediately behind the cutting face or the tail of the tunnel shield. The
tunnel lining system shall be comprised of prefabricated steel or reinforced concrete
plates/segments. The plates/segments shall be provided with flanged edges and precast
holes such that they may be bolted together to form an integrated liner system. The use of
steel rib and wood lagging systems shall not be permitted
The plates/segments shall be provided with prefabricated grout application holes such that
the annular space between the ground and the outside of the plate/segment can be grouted.
The Contractor shall grout the first 10 feet of tunnel liner immediately after placement and
allow a minimum of 24 hours before continuing the excavation such that there is a sufficient
amount of partially cured plates/segments grouted in place to jack against as the cutting face
is advanced. The subsequent plates/segments shall be grouted in place no later than 24
hours from their time of placement or when they are a minimum of 10 feet from the leading
edge of the newly placed plates/segments where the tunnel shield jacks are applied,
whichever is earlier.
(R) Connections
All welding shall be performed in accordance with Subsection 403.06 of the Standard
Specifications.
Ends of pipes shall be sealed with a flexible material prior to grouting of the annular space
between the casing pipe and the carrier pipe to prevent grout loss.
For instances where multiple utilities are to be installed in the casing, the Carrier Pipes shall
be placed within the casing such that they are electrically insulated from each other.
All other connections shall satisfy the requirements of Section 9xx and be performed in
accordance with the certified SSWP.
(S) Obstructions
A500.357
In the event that an obstruction is encountered, the approved contingency plan included in
the SSWP shall be implemented to remove it. In the event that an obstruction or other
condition prevents the completed installation, the casing shall be abandoned, a concrete plug
shall be installed at the leading end of the Casing Pipe and the remaining void shall be filled
with Backfill Grout using tremie methods or as approved by the Engineer. Removal of the
casing shall not be permitted. No additional payment will be made for abandonment of the
casing or for additional attempts.
(T) Settlement and Heave
If during work an uncontrolled cutting face or unacceptable settlement or heave is
experienced, trenchless installation work shall be stopped immediately. The Contractor shall
notify the Engineer immediately and proceed with the contingency plan provided in the
SSWP if applicable, or propose a new contingency plan if necessary for review and approval
by the Engineer. The magnitude of settlement or heave deemed unacceptable shall be stated
in the SSWP and accepted by the Engineer. Final values shall be at the sole discretion of the
Engineer.
(U) Backfill Grouting
Backfill Grouting or placing of CLSM in the annular space between casing pipe and carrier
pipe shall be required, unless the annular distance between the casing pipe and carrier pipe is
less than 2 inches, or unless the casing is seamless. CLSM shall be tremied in place or
pressure grouted in place, and shall extend from the driving shaft to the receiving shaft, for
the entire annular space. CLSM shall be pumped continuously until full return of CLSM has
occurred.
In the event that the drill hole must be abandoned before completion of the installation, fill
the abandoned drill hole with CLSM to prevent subsidence. The abandonment and
subsequent attempts of trenchless installation shall be performed at no additional cost to the
Authority.
(V) Contact Grouting
Contact Grouting shall be performed if at any point around the outside of the Casing Pipe a
void greater than 3 inches. The Contractor shall inject grout to fill the annular space between
the pipe and the excavated ground to ensure contact between the Casing Pipe and the
excavated ground.
(W) Investigation and Remediation of Voids
To assess whether the installation of the subject facility compromised the integrity of the
subgrade and to determine if voids were created outside of the casing by the operation,
Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR) or other approved geophysical methods shall be performed
below facilities as the Engineer deems necessary. Any voids created outside of the casing
pipe shall be filled in accordance with a method approved by the Engineer submitted in the
SSWP for void remediation.
If voids are identified, void remediation shall be performed as described herein. The
effectiveness of the remediation shall be confirmed through post remediation investigation of
A500.357
voids to confirm the condition identified has been repaired. If the voids have not been filled a
revised Void Remediation Plan shall be submitted and approved by the Engineer, void
remediation shall be performed, and investigation of voids shall be re-performed until the
voids have been filled. This work shall be done at no additional cost and shall be performed
with minimized impact to traffic.
(X) Site Restoration
The work area shall be restored to its original condition upon completion of the installation
subject to inspection and acceptance by the Engineer. Adjacent trees and shrubs shall be
protected from damage during the progression of work unless explicitly denoted as to be
removed in the certified SSWP.
Driving, Intermediate, and Receiving Shafts shall be dismantled and backfilled in accordance
with approved submittals. The site shall be repaired and restored to its condition before
being disturbed by construction activities at no additional cost.
534.05
MEASUREMENT
Trenchless Installation of Underground Facilities, including furnishing of approved personnel,
methods, materials, and equipment shall be measured on a linear feet basis for the total length of
installed casing pipe, measured to the nearest foot.
Driving, Intermediate, and Receiving shafts shall not be measured for payment.
534.06
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
8” Inch Trenchless Installation .............................................................................Linear Foot
Payment shall be made in accordance with the following schedule:
10% Paid Upon Approval of the SSWP.
30% Paid Upon Completion of Installation of Driving, Intermediate, and Receiving Shafts
40% Paid Upon Completion of Trenchless Installation.
20% Retained until GPR is Performed without Voids.
Payment for Installation of Facilities with Trenchless Technologies will be made at the contract
unit price bid per linear foot for pipe satisfactorily installed, and shall include, but is not limited
to, compensation for providing all materials, equipment, operators, mechanics, laborers, and
other personnel, tools, and incidental items necessary to complete the installation of driving,
intermediate, and receiving shafts, the utility, and decommissioning/backfilling of launching and
receiving shafts.
No separate payment shall be made for design services, mobilization, excavation, backfill,
restoration of existing work area, construction and restoration of the jacking and receiving shafts,
disposal of spoil and fluids, dewatering, obstruction drilling, contact grouting, backfill grouting,
A500.357
GPR, maintenance and protection of traffic, grouting to limit groundwater inflows into the shafts
and to prevent basal instability, or demobilization. These items will be considered incidental to
the Trenchless Installation of Underground Facilities, and shall be included in the unit price for
Trenchless Installation of Underground Facilities. The bid price and payment made shall include
all wear and tear, maintenance repair and replacement and all tools required in connection with
each installation.
A500.357
SECTION 535 – MANUFACTURED TREATMENT DEVICE
535.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of construction of stormwater treatment units, or Manufactured
Treatment Devices, and stormwater diversion chambers, as described at the designated locations
to the prescribed lines, grades and dimensions, in accordance with the Plans, Specifications and
the Construction Details plan requirements.
This work shall also include the excavation and backfill required for the items to be constructed,
and any required restoration of grass areas disturbed by construction, which shall be topsoiled
and seeded, in accordance with Sections 703 and 704.
The contractor has the option to select and install any unit which meets the requirements below
and meets the approval of the engineer. The device shall be approved by NJDEP and listed as a
Certified Stormwater Technology on NJDEP’s Website www.njstormwater.org.
The stormwater treatment units and diversion chambers shall meet the following hydraulic
parameters:
Manufactured Treatment Devices, Type 1:
Contributing Drainage Area (CA) = 4.08 Acres
Time of Concentration (Tc) = 10 minutes
Design Flow Rate = 13.05 CFS
Max Flow Rate = 18.35 CFS
Manufactured Treatment Devices, Type 2:
Contributing Drainage Area (CA) = 2.22 Acres
Time of Concentration (Tc) = 10 minutes
Design Flow Rate = 7.12 CFS
Max Flow Rate = 10.01 CFS
The stormwater treatment units and diversion chambers shall meet the following additional
parameters:
Maintenance to be performed through the utilization of a vacuum truck and not require the
disassembly of the device to access the debris, trash, sediment or other waste material. Access to
the debris, trash, sediment or other waste material shall be accessed through one or more
manhole riser structures and under normal conditions shall not require a person to enter the
device to perform maintenance.
535.02
MATERIAL
Materials shall conform to the materials in Section 503.02 and as per the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
The Contractor shall utilize the Plans, Specifications and the Construction Details plans as the
basis for preparation of shop drawings showing details for construction, reinforcing, joints and
any cast-in-place appurtenances. Shop drawings shall be annotated to indicate materials to be
used and applicable standards for materials, required tests of materials and design assumptions
A500.357
for structural analysis. Shop drawings shall be prepared at a scale of not less than 3/16-inches per
foot (1:75). Submission of shop drawings shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 104.08.
Shop drawings should include layout that demonstrates that the units can be placed and
accessible for maintenance, considering such items as shoulder widths, guide rail and/or barrier
locations, adjacent structures, utilities, etc.
The Contractor shall prepare and submit a buoyancy analysis to address resistance of the
Manufactured Treatment Devices to any buoyant forces that may be present at the installation
site. The buoyancy analysis shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the
State of New Jersey.
Six (6) hard copies of said shop drawings and analyses shall be submitted to the Engineer for
review and approval. Working drawings and analyses shall be submitted to the Engineer
approval at least two months prior to installation of the chambers.
535.03
Manufactured Treatment Devices shall be constructed in accordance with Section 503.03 and per
the manufacturer’s specifications.
535.04
MEASUREMENT
Manufactured Treatment Device will be measured by the number installed. Measurement shall
include the diversion structure, flow return structure and all associated piping, excavation,
bedding; backfill and all associated materials.
535.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Manufactured Treatment Devices, Type 1
Manufactured Treatment Devices, Type 2
PAY UNIT
Each
Each
The price for each Manufactured Treatment Device shall include all structures indicated within
the pay limits shown on the Contract Plans. Separate payment will not be made for manhole
risers, manhole castings, pipe, concrete slabs, coarse aggregate bedding layer, or any other
appurtenant item of the system as detailed on the Contract Plans.
No separate payment will be made for anchoring devices or mechanisms required to resist
buoyant forces on the Manufactured Treatment Device, diversion structure, flow return structure,
or any other appurtenant item of the system as detailed on the Contract Plans, but the costs
thereof will be included in the unit price bid for the pay item “Manufactured Treatment Device”
No separate payment will be made for the excavation and backfill required, but the cost thereof
will be included in the cost of those items to be constructed. Unless otherwise provided for, the
placement of dense graded aggregate and asphalt materials required for restoration will not be
paid for separately.
No separate payment will be made for the excavation dewatering, disposal of excess material and
backfill required, but the cost thereof will be included in the cost of those items to be constructed.
A500.357
SECTION 536 – BUILDING WORK
536.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction of the following five primary trades: General
Construction (aka Building Architectural Work), Structural Steel and Ornamental Iron
Work (aka Building Structural Work), HVAC (aka Building Mechanical Work), Electrical
(aka Building Electrical Work), and Plumbing (aka Building Plumbing Work).
Foundation Excavation and Coarse Aggregate Layer will be per Section 205 of NJTA
Standard Specifications.
The work shall include furnishing and installing building equipment.
536.02
MATERIAL
See Volume 2 of the Supplementary Specifications.
536.03
See Volume 2 of the Supplementary Specifications.
536.04
MEASUREMENT
Building Work will be paid on a lump sum basis according to the five primary trades.
See ‘TABLE OF BUILDING WORK PAY ITEMS’ below for detail on the work included in
each item and the related technical sections from Volume 2 and associated drawings.
Each pay item will be measured on a pro-rata basis according to a separate schedule of
values per pay item. Use AIA Document G703, "Continuation Sheet for G702" with
typed entries prepared electronically; hand-written entries are not acceptable.
Submit to ENGINEER for acceptance, a Schedule of Values allocated to the various
portions of the Work. Upon request of ENGINEER, support values with data which will
substantiate their correctness.
The accepted Schedule of Values shall be used as the basis for CONTRACTOR’s
Applications for Payment. It may be used as a basis for negotiations concerning
additional work or credits which may arise during the course of construction.
Use the Table of Contents from Volume 2 of the Specifications as basis for Schedule
format and identify each item with number and title in the Table of Contents. List subitems of major products of systems as appropriate or when requested by ENGINEER.
Where the Work is separated into phases requiring separately phased payments, provide
sub-schedules showing the values coordinated with each phase of payment.
A500.357
Schedule shall show a breakdown of labor, materials, equipment and other costs used in
preparation of the Bid.
Costs shall be in sufficient detail to indicate separate amounts for each Section of the
Specifications.
Each item shall include a directly proportional amount of CONTRACTOR’s overhead
and profit
For items on which progress payments will be requested for stored materials, break the
values down into:
a.
Value of materials delivered and unloaded.
b.
Total installed value.
The sum of the individual values shown on the Schedule of values shall equal the total
price for each pay item.
Submit initial Schedule to the Engineer within fifteen (15) days from Notice to Proceed.
No work will be permitted nor any payments made until Schedule of Values has been
approved by the Engineer.
Update and resubmit Schedule of Values before the next Application for Payment when
Charge Orders result in a change in the Contract Price. The Schedule of Values
indicating work completed shall be submitted to the Engineer for application for
payment within one working day of the monthly project estimate cut-off date. No partial
payment for the Building Work pay items will be provided without current Schedule of
Values.
A500.357
TABLE OF BUILDING WORK PAY ITEMS
PAY ITEM
Building
Architectural
Work
Building
Structural
Work
Building
Mechanical
Work
Building
Electrical
Work
VOL. 2 CSI
SPEC DIV.#
03
CONCRETE (033950 ONLY)
04
MASONRY
05
METALS (EXCEPT 051200, 052100, &
053100)
06
WOOD
07
THERMAL AND MOISTURE
08
OPENINGS
09
FINISHES
10
SPECIALITIES
11
EQUIPMENT
12
FURNISHINGS
14
CONVEYING SYSTEMS
03
CONCRETE (EXCEPT 033950)
05
METALS (ONLY 051200, 052100 & 053100)
23
MECHANICAL
26
ELECTRICAL (EXCEPT SITE ITEMS)
RELATED DRAWINGS
Architecture Plans
Structure Plans
Mechanical Plans
21
COMMUNICATIONS (EXCEPT SITE
ITEMS)
ELECTRICAL SAFETY AND SECURITY
(EXCEPT SITE ITEMS)
FIRE PROTECTION
22
PLUMBING
27
28
Building
Plumbing
Work
VOL. 2 CSI SPEC SECTION
DESCRIPTION
Electrical Plans
(excluding site related)
Plumbing & Fire
Protection Plans
A500.357
TABLE OF BUILDING WORK PAY ITEMS
PAY ITEM
Building
Equipment Owner
Furnished
Contractor
Installed
Building
Equipment Contractor
Furnished
Contractor
Installed
VOL. 2
CSI
SPEC
DIV.#
41
VOL. 2 CSI SPEC SECTION DESCRIPTION
RELATED
DRAWINGS
Equipment Plans
INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
Equipment Plans
41
INDUSTRIAL EQUIPMENT
A500.357
536.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Building Architectural Work
Building Structural Work
Building Mechanical Work
Building Electrical Work
Building Plumbing Work
Building Equipment - Owner Furnished Contractor Installed
Building Equipment - Contractor Furnished Contractor Installed
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
A500.357
SECTION 537 – ALLOWANCES
537.01
DESCRIPTION
An allowance for Building Work is designated for additional work above and beyond the
base bid scope of work as requested by the Engineer. This allowance has been set to
cover the five primary trades. The allowance provided is for the contract and are not
provided by location.
537.02
MATERIALS
Submit product catalog cuts, shop and working drawings, and/or calculations, as
necessary, for each item for review per 104.08.
Submit Material and Product Samples, as necessary, for each item for review per 105.12.
537.03
Follow the manufacturer’s specifications or as directed by the Engineer.
537.04
MEASUREMENT
Force Account for Building Work Allowances will be paid on a cost plus basis.
537.05
PAYMENT
The Contract Proposal provides the following no-bid item:
“Force Account for Building Work Allowances” with a fixed amount of $400,000.
Each above amount is to be utilized as required in payment for performing unanticipated
extra work within the building on a cost-plus basis, in accordance with Subsection 108.04.
This includes all costs for completing the work directed by the Engineer including the
requisite submittals.
PAY ITEM
Force Account for Building Work Allowances (NO-BID)
PAY UNIT
Cost Plus
A500.357
SECTION 538 – FUEL ISLAND
538.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of construction of a fuel island. This includes UST, pumps, fuel dispensers, leak
detection system, piping, caps, valves, fittings, manholes, concrete pavement, concrete work, bollards,
temporary sheeting (if necessary), and miscellaneous hardware.
The electrical work includes
 all power wiring and conduit from panelboard ‘FI’ to the fuel island
 all signal and alarm wire and conduit from the Veeder Root tank monitor panel to the fuel island,
underground storage tank and overflow alarm including handhole HH-4
 all signal wire and conduit from the fuel island to data room
 all wire and conduit from the fuel island to the underground storage tank
 all Kiosk, dispenser and fuel management system wiring
 wire, conduit , devices and mounting of fuel island emergency stop control.
The work also includes all excavation, back fill, concrete patching and surface restoration.
538.02
MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION
Excavation will be per Section 202
Portland cement concrete pavement shall conform to Section 304
Portland cement concrete shall conform to Section 401
Bollards will be per Section 548
Electrical components will be per Section 601
Coarse Aggregate will be per Section 205
Temporary Sheeting (if necessary) will be per Section 415
Dewatering (if necessary) will be per Section 547
Other materials and methods of construction will be as specified below.
538.03
API AND PEI RECOMMENDED PRACTICE
The procedures used to perform the installation of the underground storage tank system shall be in
conformance with the requirements of the American Petroleum Institute Recommended Practice 1615
and the Petroleum Equipment Institute Publication RP100. The tank installation shall also conform to all
applicable current NJDEP regulations and manufactures recommended procedures.
The latest revision of API 1615 and PEI RP100 in effect on the date of issue of the construction permit
shall apply to the work on this project. Any such revision of API 1615 and PEI RP100 is hereby made part
of this Specification whether or not attached hereto.
538.04
UST INSTALLATIONS
Contractor shall furnish, install, test, and place into operation the complete tank and piping systems
including control equipment, piping, valves, fittings, meters, controls, and accessories as specified, as
A500.357
indicated on the Plans, or as otherwise required to install a complete UST system. The Contractor shall
restore all finished surfaces damaged during the installation to new condition.
The scope of the installation activities shall include, but not limited to, the installation of the following
new system components in accordance the manufacturer specifications and the applicable NJDEP
requirements:
1.
Furnish and install double wall, Underwriters Laboratories (UL) labeled underground storage
tanks as indicated on the Plans, in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions and the plans
and Specifications. Backfill the tank/piping using pea gravel or as specified by the tank
manufacturer.
2.
Furnish and install new fiberglass double wall fuel distribution piping, new vent piping and vapor
recovery piping in accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions, the plans, and Specifications.
The overfill prevention valves located within the fill tube and vent shall be installed to restrict flow
of product deliveries at 90% of the tank capacity and shut off delivery at 95% of the tank capacity.
3.
Perform pressure test on each tank upon delivery to the site, and after installation in the
excavation.
4.
Perform tank tightness test upon each system after completion of the installation.
5.
Perform testing of the vapor recovery lines after completion of the installation.
6.
Testing shall include line/leak detector testing, secondary containment testing; pressure decay, air
to liquid ratio testing, 10 GPM testing, sump hydrostatic testing, and all else specified by the New
Jersey Turnpike Authority.
7.
Furnish and install new water-tight, product-tight piping sumps (TSMF-4536CL), by OPW,
Cincinnati, OH, on the tanks for all piping connections. These piping sumps must provide a watertight lid.
8.
Furnish and install new five (5) gallon spill containment buckets (Duratuff II model 101BG-2105),
by OPW, Cincinnati, OH, at tank fill port manhole locations.
9.
Furnish and install new five (5) gallon spill containment buckets (Duratuff II model 101BG-2105),
by OPW, Cincinnati, OH, at vapor recovery manhole locations.
10.
Furnish and install new leak detection probes and monitoring system with high/low level alarm.
The high level alarm will be connected to a remote audible and visible (red strobe and alarm horn)
alarm which will sound to alert the attendant that the tank is 95% full. A manual reset shall be
located next to the alarm. The monitoring system shall be provided with sensors to be installed in
the tank interstitial space, the dispenser sump, the piping sump and with in-tank leak detection
magnetostrictive probe to detect a minimum leak rate of 0.1 GPH. Monitoring system to be
powered by a dedicated electrical supply source.
11.
Load, transport and dispose of any excess materials excavated to install the tank and not utilized.
12.
Install anchoring system, manhole/risers and pour new concrete pad over tank.
13.
Restore all finish surfaces to new condition.
A500.357
14.
Mark all remote fill ports, stick ports, and vapor recovery ports with the appropriate color marking
in accordance with API 1637. The Contractor shall supply OPW ID tags for use with new covers.
The new underground storage tanks to be furnished shall be manufactured by Xerxes Corporation or
approved equal and shall consist of the nominal dimensions of 8'- 0" outside diameter and 31’- 6 ½”
overall length for the 10,000 gallon tanks. Tanks shall consist of double wall fiberglass reinforced plastic
(DWFRP) with appropriate UL listings. The tanks shall be constructed of 100% polyester resin and glass
reinforcements with no sand fillers. Structural ribs shall be integrally cast with the wall, not secondarily
bonded. The tanks shall be vented to atmospheric pressure.
Tanks shall have interstitial space between the primary and secondary shell walls to allow the free flow
and containment of leaked product from the primary tank.
Tanks shall be capable of storing petroleum products with specific gravity up to 1.1. Tanks shall be
capable of storing gasoline, gasoline blend motor fuels, kerosene, diesel fuels, new or used motor oil,
heating oil or potable water and the following admixtures: gasohol (90% gasoline/10% ethanol, 90.5%
gasoline/9.5% Oxinol-50), Dupont EPA waiver (gasoline with 5% methanol and a minimum of 2.5%
cosolvent-gasoline with up to 20% [by volume] of MTBE).
All NPT threaded fittings shall be a material of construction consistent with the requirements of the UL
label. All standard fittings shall be half couplings and shall be four (4) inch in diameter with dielectric
bushings. Reducers are to be used for smaller sizes where shown and provided by Contractor.
The new tanks shall have a Xerxes Corporation Warranty not to fail for a period of 30 years due to
external or internal corrosion, and structural failure when properly installed. This guarantee shall include
replacement of all parts and materials at no additional cost to the Owner. The Contractor shall bear the
cost of labor and installation if USTs fail within one year.
Tanks to be furnished and installed shall be outfitted and supplied with the following accessories:
One (1) standard 22 inch diameter flanged manway complete with UL listed gaskets, bolts and watertight
cover (Cover shall have five 4 inch NPT fittings unless otherwise noted); and tank top fittings as indicated
on the details. Tanks shall also be fitted with a 42” containment collar.
FRP anchor straps manufactured by the tank manufacturer (number and location shall be specified by
tank manufacturer)
Tanks shall be fastened with jaw type turnbuckle part number 3001T73 as manufactured by McMasterCarr or approved equal.
Tanks shall have strike plates installed under each tank opening.
The tanks shall be tested and installed with pea gravel or approved alternative backfill material, in
accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
538.05
CONSTRUCTION
Tanks shall be installed in accordance with API Recommended Practice 1615, National Fire Protection
Association (NFPA 30A) Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, (NFPA 31) Standard for Installation
A500.357
of Oil Burning Equipment PEI/RP 100-87, Recommended Practices for Installation of Underground
Liquid Storage Systems, and the most recent revised manufacturers recommended procedures for tank
installation. If any conflict exists between these documents, the stricter standard will apply.
The piping to the primary tank must be connected to fittings in the manway covers. All internal piping,
such as fill tubes and submerged pumps, must be at least 4 inches (10 cm) from the bottom of the tanks.
All underground storage tanks shall be installed and backfilled with clean, well-graded pea gravel
(rounded particles) with a minimum diameter of 1/8 inch (3mm) and maximum diameter of 3/4 inch
(19mm). Special care should be taken when sampling the backfill material around the tank. The
Contractor shall load and transport all soil as required for the installation of the tank.
The excavation must allow a minimum space equal to 1/2 the diameter of the tank between the side and
end-cap of the tank and the excavation wall.
The Contractor shall be responsible for precision testing of the tank being installed after backfill material
is installed, but prior to the UST system surface finish being completed, in accordance with the NJDEP
regulations. Hard copies of test reports shall be provided to the Owner and the Engineer.
The Contractor shall anchor the tank using a concrete slab anchor system, and Xerxes hold down straps
with associated turn buckles and isolation kits. Strap number and location to be in accordance with the
plans and/or the manufacturer specifications.
All hold-down straps must be uniformly snug. The load will be equally distributed when all straps are
uniformly snug over the tank. Straps must be tightened until they are snug, but cause no deflection.
Deflection shall be inspected by checking tank diameter with a gauge stick before and after tightening
straps. There shall be no deflection of the tank after the straps have been tightened.
Special care should be exercised when installing hold down straps to ensure that the straps are separated
from the tank by a separating pad made of inert insulating dielectric material. The separating pad should
be wider than where the hold down straps would come into direct contact with the tank shell. The use of
steel cable and round bar as hold down straps is prohibited.
Contractor shall notify the facility supervisor when he needs a product drop in the new USTs.
Maximum allowable deflection
All tanks shall be measured before and after to determine vertical deflection before and after installation.
All measurements shall be recorded on the tank manufacturer's checklist and a copy shall be provided to
the Engineer. The Engineer shall observe measurements. Measurements shall be taken before any
backfilling of the excavation begins and after the backfill is completed to grade.
Tank Diameter
8 feet
10 feet
538.06
Maximum Deflection
1 ¼” inch
1- ½ inch
SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE PUMPS
Submersible turbine fuel pumps shall be installed in the manways above the new tanks. The pumps shall
be furnished new. The new pumps shall include a block valve, air eliminator, expansion relief valve,
A500.357
siphon valve and venturi, anti-siphon check valve, and siphon pressure test screw. Pumps shall be
capable of removal without disconnection of motor heads. Line leak detectors shall be provided as part of
the installation.
Provide U.L. Listed Submersible Turbine Pumps with the following capacities:
1.
Turbines shall include an integral check valve to hold operating pressure at 30 psi to
minimize loss of pressure due to thermal contraction. Leak detectors shall be designed to
trip with loss of piping pressure.
2.
The entire pumping assembly shall have UL listing and shall meet all requirements of UL
Standard UL 79.
3.
The pump discharge heads and manifold assemblies shall be manufactured from ASTM
A48 Class 30 gray iron with vertical product discharge.
4.
The pump motors shall have a thermal overcurrent overload protector with automatic
reset.
5.
The pump motor assemblies shall be clearly marked with pertinent information
including horsepower, voltage, phase and manufacturer.
6.
The pumping units shall not incorporate any flexible diaphragms and all sealing shall be
accomplished with ‘O’ rings or UL recognized fiber gaskets.
7.
The motor assembly heights shall be field adjustable utilizing a UL listed telescoping
shaft and set to a minimum of 6” from the bottom of the tank.
8.
Provide piston style mechanical leak detectors capable of slowing flow while detecting a
3 gph leak rate. Leak detectors shall be all fuel compatible utilizing Teflon for all
dynamic sealing surfaces. Leak detectors shall be manufactured specifically for use with
intended product and piping system.
9.
Provide control box relays as supplied by pump manufacturer and emergency shutdown
switch.
10.
Provide Vacuum sensor siphon systems.
Design Basis:
1.
Submersible turbines to be ¾ HP Red Jacket Submersible Pump model P75U1RJ1.
2.
Mechanical Link Leak Detectors to be Red Jacket FX2V.
Operating Valves
1.
Provide full ported ball valves with Teflon seats for emergency shutdown of fuel supply
piping, Universal Model #213FP.
Control boxes shall be provided in the building or as shown on the plans.
A500.357
538.07
FUEL DISPENSERS
New fuel island kiosks shall be installed. The new fuel island kiosks shall be 4’ x 6’ Fuel Island Kiosks,
model SP4x6DSD by Keystone Structures, Kennett Square, PA, or approved equal. The kiosks shall be of
the following construction:
1.
Frame Structure: Building shall be (4’-0”) feet wide by (6’-0”) feet long with overall
height of 9’ 4” and exterior roof, and shall be welded steel construction. All structural
components are to be welded together at all intersections creating a unitized framework.
Structural corners and uprights of minimum 1/8” x 2" x 2" and 4" x 2" cold drawn
structural mechanical tubing. Grade A 500B.
2.
Wall Panels/Ceiling: 14 GA. cold-rolled galvannealed steel on exterior panels. 18 GA.
galvannealed steel on interior panels and 20 GA galvannealed steel on ceiling. Grade A
653.
3.
Insulation: Walls and ceiling insulated with “Thermax” rigid insulation board R14.4.
4.
Shelf: None
5.
Sliding Door: Two (2) sliding aluminum doors suspended from ceiling with top
mounting hangers, heavy steel axels, all steel ball bearings with 11/8” nylon tires – load
per hanger is 100 pounds – two per door. Along with heavy duty aluminum box track
and top mounted heavy duty brackets. Door is to be fully weather stripped and
complete with hardware including locksets and handles. Bottom portion to be paneled
with smooth aluminum up to a muntin bar at window sill level, top portion to be min
3/16” clear tempered safety glass.
6.
Windows: Aluminum frame, sliding type windows of minimum 1/8" clear tempered
safety glass with positive locking devices. Fixed windows of minimum 3/16" clear
tempered safety glass.
7.
Floor Structure: Built up floor assembly shall fit tight against wall panels and fastened to
bottom structural frame. Assembly to consist of 12 GA galvanized steel tread plate floor
system over 2” x 2” structural steel tubing spaced 1’2” on center.
8.
Electrical Service: Electrical service of 125-amp main lug panel box with eight circuits,
pre-wired in MC cable, 12 gauge minimum, inside wall panel system. Two (2) 120 VAC
duplex outlets and one (1) wrap-a-round fluorescent light fixtures. Also included one (1)
wall heater 240v, 13,500 BTU. All electrical work to conform with the National Electrical
Code. No bulbs included with light fixtures. Include (1) toggle switch for light fixture.
9.
Exterior Roof: Exterior waterproof 4" rim fit roof to be deep, roll formed, flat white prefinished aluminum interlocked with extruded anodized aluminum fascia and gutter trim.
10.
Painting: All steel surfaces painted with rust inhibitive acid based primer. All exposed
interior and exterior steel surfaces painted with minimum one undercoat and one finish
coat of automotive acrylic enamel paint with a photo chemically reactive hardener, air
dried. Choice of one paint color as selected by Owner.
11.
State of New Jersey Certifications: Building to be certified, inspected and labeled (IBC)
A500.357
12.
by state certified third party inspection agency.
All black malleable iron piping shall be wrapped with dielectric tape to inhibit rust.
New fuel dispensers shall be installed at the fuel island location shown on Contract Drawings. All
components shall be furnished new and include all appurtenances required for a complete and
functioning system. The U.L. Listed Fuel Dispenser shall be provided with the following
features/capacities:
1.
Cabinet Construction: Stainless steel panels for rust resistance.
2.
Registers: Volume only (gallons) displays. 1” backlighted LCD displays. Maximum
999.000 gallons. Display both front and back of cabinet.
3.
Totalizer – Displayed on LCD by magnetic switch activation. Reads up to 999999.
Battery-backed.
4.
Pulser – Dual phase 1000: 1 with error detection.
5.
Meter – Three piston, positive displacement. Tested and calibrated for accuracy at any
speed or pressure (9853A Series: six step, rotary motion positive displacement meter.)
6.
Voltage – Electronic register: 208/230VAC, 60 Hz.
7.
DC Conduit – DC conduit and junction box in lower cabinet for wiring connections to
fuel control systems.
8.
Union Connection – 1 ½” (3.8 cm) NPT. Unions provided.
9.
Maximum Working Pressure – 50 psi.
10.
Actual Dimensions: 53 3/4”H X 28 1/2”W X 18 1/2”D.
11.
Approvals – UL Listed.
12.
Card System Interface – Pulse Output (C06467) – Selectable pulse/gallon outputs for
Gasboy CFN Islander, FleetKey and other fuel control systems.
13.
Filter Kits – External – Single elements kit by Cintek, 100% alcohol rated.
14.
Light – Illuminates product panels and register areas. Two fluorescent bulbs.
15.
Submersible Pump Direct Drive Relay – For the direct drive of submersible pumps up to
¾ HP at 115VAC or 1 ½ HP at 230VAC.
16.
Side Load Nozzle boot
17.
Hose retractor Universal 870 with hose buns on 10’ mounting poles, schedule 40 2” pipe.
18.
High capacity automatic vapor recovery nozzles (Husky).
19.
Universal Double Poppet Shear Valves (stainless steel).
A500.357
20.
Universal coaxial (gasoline) swivel with vapor break.
21.
Universal coaxial adapter(gasoline).
22.
Sydney Safety and API Signage Package #2912
23.
3 year warranty and quarterly preventive maintenance program as provided by the
manufacturer.
24.
Spare parts pkg. with 2 filters.
25.
Universal Valve anti static discharge Model Zapper.
26.
Coaxial Vapor Recovery Hoses (Goodyear)
Design Basis:
538.08
1.
Wayne Reliance G6200 series Single Product, Twin Hose Fuel Dispensers by Wayne 1888-929-6327.
2.
Dual fixture light and pole: Lumark model no. PFT21523H15 by Cooper Lighting,
Peachtree City, Georgia.
2.
Fuel Management System Key Control Pedestal: Gasboy CFN Islander by Gasboy Inc.,
Greensboro, Indiana.
UST MONITORING AND LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM
A new UST monitoring and Leak Detection system control panel shall be installed where indicated on the
plans. The system shall be a Veeder-Root TLS-350 Plus monitoring console with integrated printer, model
848290-022. The console shall be equipped with a Four-Input Probe Interface Module model 329356-002,
an Eight-Input Interstitial/Liquid Sensor model 329358-001, Ethernet-IP Communications Card model
330020-425, most up to date version of system software, Overfill Audible Alarm model 790091-001, Alarm
Acknowledgement Switch model 790095-001 and all else required for a complete and working system.
1.
Magnetostrictive probe with built-in diagnostics: Veeder-Root Mag Plus Probe with CSLD model
846390-107 (model dependent on tank diameter; model number supplied for probe compatible with
8’ diameter tank). Probes shall also be supplied with 4” float probe installation kits (Veeder-Root
846400-000 for gasoline USTs) and a Phase – Two Float Kit Part model 886100-010.
2.
Containment sump sensors: Veeder-Root 794380-209 shall be installed in each turbine
enclosure and dispenser sump.
3.
Interstitial space sensors: shall be dry interstitial space sensors, Veeder-Root model 794390-407
(model dependent on tank diameter; model number supplied for sensor compatible with 8’ diameter
tank).
4.
All communication cables are to be shielded. No splices allowed between system control
panel and sensors. Cables are to be kept separate from power cables and run in their own
conduit
A500.357
5.
All systems to be installed by a certified Veeder Root Technician.
6.
Separate conduit shall be run for power supply for pump, dispenser, kiosk, and overfill
alarm.
538.09
PRIMARY PRODUCT AND SECONDARY CONTAINMENT PIPING
Furnish and install U.L. labeled Red Thread II, fiberglass reinforced (FRP) pipe and fittings as
manufactured by Smith Fiberglass, of Little Rock, Arkansas.
System shall be installed with threaded bonded joints using required adhesives in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations, including minimum burial depths.
All black malleable iron piping shall be wrapped with dielectric tape to inhibit rust.
Install Red Thread II secondary containment piping and fittings over the product piping. All piping shall
be filament-wound fiberglass reinforced epoxy liner and exterior coating. All primary pipe fittings will be
U.L. approved for use with alcohol and alcohol-gasoline blends.
Ethanol-conforming thread sealant shall be used for all product piping, seals, fittings, and all other joints.
538.10
MISCELLANEOUS PIPING, CAPS, VALVES, FITTINGS AND MANHOLES
The following is a schedule of materials for miscellaneous piping, fittings, valves, caps and manholes to
be installed for the new USTs. Installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
1.
UST Sump access manhole: 42" diameter reinforced plastic and resin cover, cast iron ring with 12"
steel skirt, model FL100 by Fibrelite Corporation, Cresskill, New Jersey or approved equal.
2.
Furnish one (1) Fiberlite FL-7A lifting tool, or approved equal, with foot lever for each site where
new Fibrelite covers are to be installed.
3.
Watertight Pipe Containment Chamber: fiberglass reinforced plastic, water-tight, product-tight
piping sumps model (TSMF-4536CL) by OPW, Cincinnati, OH.
4.
Dispenser Sump: fiberglass reinforced plastic, DSW-1630, including internal stainless steel shear
valve rail and dispenser rails complete by OPW, Cincinnati, OH.
5.
Spill containment manholes for fill port and vapor recovery fitting: 5 gallon capacity, Duratuff II
model 101BG-2105, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal. Manholes shall be supplied with
respective ID specification tag as manufactured by OPW of Cincinnati, OH.
6.
Overfill protection system: model 71SO-400C, by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
7.
Vapor extractor and ball float vent valve: model 233V and 53VML, by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or
approved equals.
8.
Vapor extractor/recovery manhole: 5 gallon capacity, Duratuff II model 101BG-2105 , Cincinnati,
OH or approved equal. Manholes shall be supplied with respective ID specification tag as
manufactured by OPW of Cincinnati, OH. Note: Do not install ball float in extractor at sites that
A500.357
receive pressurized deliveries.
9.
Vapor Swivel Adaptor and cap: model 61VSA by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
Ensure top of fill is within limits specified by the fuel delivery supplier.
10. Vent riser cap galvanized iron for diesel: model 123 by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
11. Pressure vacuum vent riser cap: model 623V (for gasoline) by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved
equal.
12. 18" Manholes: Manhole covers and frames shall be model FL 450 with ID tag, by Fibrelite
Corporation, Cresskill, NJ or approved equal.
13. Hose Retractors: Universal model 870 with hose buns on schedule 40 2” galvanized pipe.
14. Pressure relief valve: model 82RV-2505 by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
15. Vapor Recovery Swivel Adaptor: model 61VSA with vapor recovery map (model 1711T) by
OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
16. Fill Swivel Adaptors: model 61SALP with tight-fill top seal caps (model 634TT) by OPW,
Cincinnati, OH or approved equal. Ensure top of fill is within limits specified by the fuel delivery
supplier.
17. Ball Float Vent Valves: 2” caged ball style, model 53VML by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved
equal.
18. Double Poppet Emergency Shut-off Valve: model 10 Series Emergency Shut-off Valve with
female threaded top for 2” pipe, by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
19. Full Port Two-way ball valves: model 21BV to accept 2” pipe, by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or
approved equal.
20. Conduit Entry Boot Fittings: model EBF-0751 Flexible Entry Boot by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or
approved equal.
21. Entry Boot Fittings: model EBF-0300 by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
22. Test Boot with Air Stem: model TBA-3020 by OPW, Cincinnati, OH or approved equal.
538.11
SUBMERSIBLE TURBINE PUMP INSTALLATIONS
Submersible turbine pumps shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. An
approved non-setting thread sealant shall be used. Leak detection systems shall be installed after tanks
and line testing has been completed.
Ethanol-conforming thread sealant shall be used for all product piping, seals, fittings, and all other joints.
538.12
PRODUCT PIPING INSTALLATION
A500.357
Product piping shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, NFPA 30 and
NFPA 30A and other applicable codes. The following procedures shall be adhered to by Contractor.
Piping runs shall be the most direct routes available. Avoid crossing other pipes and conduits. Do not run
product lines under buildings. Clean pipe of all dirt and grease prior to making connections
Hand thread fittings until hand tight then tighten one-half turn with strap wrench. When using power
tong, tighten to 75 foot-pounds.
If threads do not joint properly, back out and clean. Do not force threads. Apply adhesives to connections.
Do not inhale fumes. Avoid contact with adhesive.
Heat packs shall be applied to epoxy bonded connections when ambient temperatures fall or will fall
before 70° F before adhesive is cured.
Laying of pipe shall begin at system low point with a minimum pitch of 1/8" per 1 foot. Piping shall
slope towards tanks.
Piping shall be laid on 6" pea gravel bed with 8" pea gravel cover. Pipe shall be a minimum of
24" below grade.
All pipe to tank connections shall be inside manway. Internal tank piping must remain at least 4" from
tank bottom. Tanks must be vented at atmospheric pressure with vent risers (stainless steel) extended at
least 15 feet from any building openings. Vent to be installed in Fuel Island only if tanks are close to the
fuel island. Otherwise, vent should be installed close to the tank field. Risers shall be properly supported
and sufficiently protected from vehicular impact.
Fiberglass pipes shall be cut without damage by an approved mechanical cutter. Wheel cutters shall be
used. Pipes shall be reamed after cutting to remove burrs to true internal diameter.
A pipe installation checklist, as applicable and supplied by the product piping manufacturer,
shall be signed by Contractor and Engineer upon completion of each phase of installation. The
checklist shall be signed to ensure UST piping is installed in accordance with the
manufacturer’s installation instructions.
538.13
MEASUREMENT
Individual items described herein for the construction of the fuel island, including all appurtenances will
not be measured separately for payment. All costs for providing and installing these items shall be
included in the unit price for this bid item. The price shall include all items delineated in the plans and
all work incidental thereto and necessary to provide a complete job.
538.14
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Fuel Island
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
A500.357
SECTION 539 – ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
539.01
DESCRIPTION.
To minimize the potential risk of exposure of on-site personnel to non-hazardous and
hazardous substances or other hazards during the New Jersey Turnpike Authority
(NJTA) Central Inventory underground storage tank (UST) removal and contaminated
soil excavation activities, the Contractor shall implement the appropriate health and
safety measures during all site work, including but not limited to the excavation,
handling, stockpiling, sampling, loading, transportation, storage, reuse, and
disposal/recycling of regulated materials.
Contract specific tasks may include, but are not limited to, the excavation handling and
disposal of ID-27 soils, extraction, management and disposal of contaminated
groundwater, asbestos and lead based paint surveys and/or abatement, and
management/disposal of PCB-containing transformers, asbestos and/or lead containing
building materials.
The Contractor shall assume the full responsibility and obligation to provide a safe
working environment at all times and shall maintain a safe, clean, and healthy worksite.
The Contractor shall supply, install, and maintain all safety apparatus and equipment
necessary to protect the welfare of this employees, the public, and NJTA employees.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for compliance with all
applicable codes and regulations pertaining to the health and safety of personnel during
the execution of the work.
The Contractor shall comply with this specification section, and all applicable Federal,
State, and local laws, rules, regulations, codes, statutes, ordinances, and provisions
including but not limited to, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the
Environmental Protection Agency (Federal), the New Jersey Department of
Environmental Protection (State), the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), the
New Jersey Division of Fire Safety, the New Jersey Building Codes, and requirements of
the local municipality in which the work is performed.
539.02
HEALTH AND SAFETY.
(A)
HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM
The Contractor shall prepare and implement the Contractor’s own site-specific
Health and Safety Plan (HASP). The Contractor’s HASP, at a minimum, shall
meet all requirements as required by law, and be submitted to the Engineer for
review and approval.
The Contractor agrees to complete and submit to the Engineer the Medical
Fitness and Statement of Training form for all employees performing fieldwork
hereunder. It will be the duty of the Contractor to submit a revised Statement of
Medical Fitness and Training form within 5 days prior to utilizing any such
employee for fieldwork hereunder to the Engineer. Contractor further agrees to
require any of their employees who are to be engaged in field work hereunder to
A500.357
submit similar statements of medical fitness and training for the information and
record keeping of the Engineer, on such forms as may be prescribed by the
Authority’s Health and Safety Officer.
The Contractor agrees to comply with all applicable requirements set forth at 29
CFR Parts 1910 and 1926, including but not limited to, such requirements set
forth at 29 CFR 1910.120(b); 29 CFR 1910.120(e); 29 CFR 1910.132; 29 CFR
1910.122, and 29 CFR 1910.134. Furthermore, the Contractor shall not permit any
of their employees to participate in or supervise field activities until they have
been trained to the level required by their job function and responsibility as
required by 29 CFR 1910(3)(3)(i)(ii).
The Contractor is most familiar with his operation and maintains responsibility
for the activities of his officers, agents, employees, and/or Sub-Contractors.
Any Contractor personnel who in the Engineer’s opinion violates or is not in
conformance with the safety requirements may be prohibited from working on
NJTA property. The Engineer reserves the right to refuse access to the Site or
require immediate removal from the Site any individual violating, or alleged to
have violated, site safety or security regulations and Contractor agrees to obtain
consent of its subcontractors to a similar provisions, and Contractor agrees to
hold the NJTA harmless for taking such actions.
The Contractor agrees to permit the Engineer or his representative to monitor
and inspect Contractor’s activities.
Adherence to all safety and health
requirements is the full responsibility of the Contractor.
None of the above shall be construed to remove health and safety responsibility
from the Contractor and impose upon the Engineer and Authority any general
supervision duty over or responsibility for the activities of the Contractor’s
officers, agents, employees, and/or Sub-Contractors.
The Contractor
acknowledges that there may be potential health hazards associated with the
work to be performed hereunder, and agrees at a minimum to abide by their
respective company’s health and safety program. Further, the Contractor and
Sub-Contractors, if any, acknowledge that it is solely their respective
responsibility to institute a medical surveillance program as required by 29 CFR
1910, including, but not limited to, 29 CFR 1910.120(f), and that the instituting of
any such program shall be solely at the Contractor’s expense.
(B)
TRAINING OF PERSONNEL
1.
The following are minimum requirements:
The Contractor's on-site representative in charge (Project Manager, Project
Engineer or Project Superintendent) and the Safety Officer must have
completed:
a.
40-hour hazardous material safety and health course as stipulated in 29
CFR 1910.120e(3),
b.
An 8-hour refresher course per year after i) above has been met, as per 29
CFR 1910.120e(8), and
A500.357
c.
(C)
A 30-hour construction safety course as administered by OSHA or an
accredited OSHA training facilitator.
2.
On-site management and supervisory personnel shall receive at least 8 hours
of specialized management and supervisory training on site-specific health
and safety topics, 29 CFR 1910.120e(4), prior to working at the site.
3.
Records to demonstrate such training shall be retained by the Contractor on
site and shall be submitted to the Construction Manager for review and
approval of the competent personnel.
WORKER PROTECTION
1.
General
Worker protection shall be provided as specified in applicable sections of 29
CFR 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards for general industry,
and 29 CFR 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for construction.
2.
Personal Protective Equipment
Modified Level D PPE is anticipated for this work, which includes hard-hat,
steel-toe work boots, safety eyewear, gloves, hearing protection, traffic safety
vests, and work clothes prescribed by weather. Protective clothing shall
meet requirements specified in applicable OSHA standards in 29 CFR 1910,
Subpart L. When dealing with asbestos, PCBs, lead based paint, or other
contaminants, the Contractor shall modify worker level of protection and
appropriate PPE as required.
(D)
HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN
To properly protect its on-site workers, the Contractor shall conduct a workplace
hazard assessment to determine the physical, chemical and/or biological hazards
present and to prepare a site-specific Health and Safety Plan (HASP) to comply
with all applicable Federal, State, and local regulations. The Contractor shall
employ a Safety Officer, either a Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) or Certified
Safety Professional (CSP), to develop and oversee the workplace hazard
assessment and implementation of the HASP.
To promote safety, the Contractor shall hold regular daily and weekly safety
meetings, ensure its and all Subcontractor employees are properly trained, and
monitor job safety via inspections at the start and completion of each shift, as
well as monitoring the job site for this purpose throughout the day. The
Contractor shall correct and report any safety violations and convene
investigative meetings, as directed by the Engineer.
The Contractor should be aware that documents describing environmental
conditions within the project limits will be made available. Specifically, the
following environmental reports were issued for this property:
1.
NJTA Central Inventory – Field Sampling Investigation Report prepared
by Gannett Fleming.
A500.357
2.
NJTA Central Inventory – UST Site Investigation Report prepared by
Gannett Fleming.
Before the start of work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a sitespecific HASP for the project. The HASP should contain, at minimum, the items
listed below for review. No work shall begin until these submittals are returned
by the Engineer as “Approved” or “Approved” as noted. The site-specific HASP
1)
Telephone numbers and location of emergency services.
2)
Copy of notification sent to other entities at the work site.
3)
A list of the Contractor’s principal staff assignments, including the
Superintendent and other personnel in attendance at the site. The list
shall identify individuals, duties and responsibilities, their addresses and
telephone numbers.
4)
Current Physicians Written Opinion as required by OSHA standard 29
CFR 1910.1101 and 29 CFR 1910.134 for all workers.
5)
A description of the means, methods, techniques and procedures to be
used for:
a) Site characterization; description of site activities; task-specific and
operation-specific hazard assessment.
b) Workers’ safety and health training program (including an appendix
containing employee training certifications).
c)
Workers’ medical surveillance program (including an appendix
containing employee medical surveillance records).
d) Names and qualifications of health and safety supervisory
personnel.
e) Frequency and types of air monitoring, personnel monitoring, and
environmental sampling techniques and instrumentation to be used,
including methods of maintenance and calibration of monitoring
and sampling equipment to be used.
f)
Personal protective equipment to be used by employees.
g) Site control measures.
h) Hazard communication and Right-to-Know program.
i)
Decontamination procedures.
j)
Emergency response plan (including route to hospital map and
emergency contact numbers).
A500.357
k) Confined space entry procedures (if applicable).
l)
Spill containment program.
m) Excavation safety (If applicable).
n) Hot work (including welding and cutting).
o) Requirement for Worker Safety Meetings (i.e., Tool Box Meetings).
p) Procedures for the identification and handling of unsafe conditions.
q) Requirements for Daily Safety Inspections.
r)
Slip, trip, and fall hazards and abatement.
s)
Procedures for handling and reporting injuries, incidents, and near
misses.
t)
A plan for the safe and effective response to medial emergencies for
Contractor and Subcontractor personnel.
u) Plans for lead and asbestos abatement.
6)
If the means, methods, techniques and procedures established by the
Contractor must be changed, the Contractor shall notify, in writing, the
Engineer, the Authority, and appropriate regulatory agencies of the
alternate to be used.
7)
Any additional applicable Federal, State, and local
certifications/licenses for performing asbestos related work.
8)
The Contractor shall provide the draft HASP to the Engineer for review
and comment. After the Contractor has satisfactorily addressed all
comments, the Contractor shall submit the final version of the HASP to
the Engineer for review and approval.
9)
Mobile telephones and other electronic devices shall not be used while
operating machinery or equipment. Mobile telephones and other
electronic devices may not be used while in areas of risk, such as on
ladders, or while actively engaged in the work. Audio devices such as
radios, stereos, personal music players, or other audible devices are
prohibited from use on New Jersey Turnpike Authority property. This
includes audio devices within construction equipment.
10)
All ladders shall meet or exceed OSHA requirements. Commercially
available ladders used during the work shall be limited to those of
fiberglass construction. Job site constructed ladders may be of wood
construction. All stairways and passageways shall be maintained free of
obstructions unless specifically necessitated by the work and approved
by the Engineer.
worker
A500.357
11)
All materials, whether to be used for temporary or permanent
construction, shall be fire resistant or fire retardant treated. Materials
shall have the manufacturers labeling evidencing such. Materials shall
come from the manufacturer pretreated. Application of fire retardants on
the project site is prohibited.
12)
Eyewash stations shall be provided, maintained, and readily accessible at
all construction sites regardless of the presence or use of corrosive
materials. Large sites, or projects having remote work locations, shall
have additional eyewash stations as necessary.
13)
Should known or suspect hazardous materials be unearthed, uncovered,
or otherwise discovered during the course of the work, the work in that
area shall cease and the Engineer shall be immediately notified. Work
impacting the known or suspect hazardous material shall not resume
without the direction of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall follow its approved site-specific HASP.
539.03
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
(A)
POLLUTION PREVENTION AND CONTROL PLAN
Contractor shall develop a Pollution Prevention and Control Plan (PP&CP)
describing the methods of preventing discharges of regulated stormwater,
ground water, sediments, and free product during stormwater control,
excavation, and dewatering operations. The PP&CP shall be prepared according
to Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations relative to regulated
discharges. The PP&CP shall be submitted to the Engineer for review and
approval before beginning excavation.
The Contractor will develop a pollution control system for the complete capture,
containment, collection, and disposal of the waste generated by the work. The
system and the Contractor’s reclamation operation shall be in compliance with
all USEPA, NJDEP, OSHA, and other regulatory agencies with jurisdiction, rules,
regulations, standards and guidelines in effect at the time that the work is in
progress. The Contractor shall be liable for any fines or cost incurred as a result
of his failure to be in compliance with all Federal, State and local laws.
The PP&CP shall detail the methods, personnel, equipment, and reporting
requirements on how to discharge regulated stormwater, groundwater,
sediments, and free product during stormwater control, excavation, and
dewatering operations into a dewatering basin, infiltration gallery, storm/sewer
system, or other approved system. The PP&CP will specify the methods and
equipment for collecting, pumping, treating, monitoring, and/or disposing of
liquids generated by stormwater control. The PP&CP will specify measures to
prevent stormwater run-on and runoff and measures for dewatering of
excavations, dewatering of sediments, collection of free product,
decontaminating personnel and equipment, and storing fuels and chemicals. It
will include detailed water collection, treatment, monitoring, discharge activities,
and reporting requirements. As part of this PP&CP, the Contractor will provide
daily construction reports to identify water collection, treatment, monitoring,
and discharge activities; personnel and equipment; and relevant quantities.
A500.357
Before the start of construction, the Contractor shall provide a minimum of two
(2) oil-only emergency spill kits that are readily available with the project limits.
Each kit shall be capable of cleaning up at least 95 gallons of spill. The
Contractor shall immediately contain and clean up all spills in accordance with
the PP&CP. The Contractor shall ensure that the cleaned up materials are
disposed of in accordance with all applicable Federal, State, and local laws, rules,
and regulations. Components of the spill kits shall be replaced by the Contactor
as used. Payment for the oil-only emergency spill kits shall be made under the
Environmental Health and Safety pay item below in Section 539.05.
If at any time during the execution of the work, the pollution control system fails
to function at the required level of efficiency, the Contractor shall immediately
suspend such operations and shall not resume work until the necessary
corrective modifications have been made to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If
the failure is due to adverse weather conditions such as high winds, the
Contractor shall immediately suspend the affected operations until the weather
conditions become favorable. No additional payment will be made for any
corrective actions required. The Contractor or his representative shall conduct
initial project monitoring and air quality testing as required to monitor the
effectiveness of his pollution control systems. He shall make those results
available to the Engineer. Additional testing to monitor the effectiveness of the
pollution control systems employed on the project shall be as directed by the
Engineer if results of initial monitoring are judged by the Engineer to be
inadequate. If it is determined that pollution of the environment adjacent to the
site has occurred, the Contractor shall cease all operations immediately and shall
deploy the emergency management plan, as required. The Contractor shall be
responsible for all costs for mitigating and corrective actions.
If a spill occurs as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall
immediately contain it per the PP&CP and immediately contact the Engineer and
Authority prior to contacting the NJDEP Hotline at 1-877-WARN DEP (1-877927-6337). The Contractor shall clean up and remediate the spill as directed by
the Engineer and NJDEP. The Contractor shall submit an incident report to the
Authority.
The Contractor shall ensure that refueling operations are conducted a minimum
of 50 feet from a water body, wetland, or other environmentally sensitive area.
The Contractor shall not store fuel tanks closer than 50 feet from these sensitive
areas. The Contractor shall immediately repair leaking equipment or remove it
from the project limits. The Contractor shall clean up the tainted materials and
dispose of these materials in accordance with Federal, State, and local laws, rules,
and regulations. The Contractor shall also protect fueling areas from run-on and
runoff.
The Contractor shall be informed that discharges of hazardous substances (as
defined by N.J.A.C. 7:1E-1.6) in construction site wastes are subject to the
provisions of the Spill Compensation and Control Act, N.J.S.A. 58:10-23.11 et
seq., as well as the provisions of the NJDEP rules for the discharges of petroleum
and other hazardous substances at N.J.A.C. 7:1E.
The Contractor shall continuously monitor the quantity of waste captured,
contained, collected, stored and disposed of. The Contractor's records shall be
A500.357
kept current and be available at all times on site. The Contractor shall
incorporate, as part of the PP&CP, an emergency management plan outlining
specific procedures to be followed in the event of primary containment system
failure. Details including equipment, materials and methods to be employed in
the event of environmental contamination shall be provided. The necessary
components along with the emergency management plan shall be available on
site while surface preparation operations are in progress. Also included shall be
an outline of those persons to be notified in the event of such failure. The
emergency management plan shall comply with all rules and regulations of the
applicable agencies, as stated herein. The emergency management plan should
be especially detailed where work is adjacent to populated and environmental
sensitive areas.
The review and acceptance of the PP&CP will not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for attaining the required degree of capture, containment,
collection and disposal, or the required degree of protection of the operating
equipment and appurtenances, or to comply with all the laws, rules, regulations,
standards or guidelines in effect during the execution of the work.
After receipt of written approval of the PP&CP and approval of a
reclamation/disposal site(s), the Contractor may commence construction
operations. The pollution control system, as required and detailed in the PP&CP,
shall be securely installed and properly maintained while the work is in
progress. The Contractor shall not deviate from the approved PP&CP without
written approval by the Engineer.
(B)
M ATERIALS HANDLING PLAN
The Contractor shall prepare and implement a Materials Handling Plan (MHP)
for dealing with materials and potentially regulated materials encountered
during work activities. The MHP shall set forth requirements for the excavation,
stockpiling, sampling and analysis, measurement, transportation and
disposal/recycling of regulated materials in accordance with all applicable
Federal, State and/or local regulations. In addition, the MHP shall be done so as
to protect site workers, visitors and the general public from uncontrolled
exposure to regulated materials (if encountered), and to prevent uncontrolled
releases of regulated materials to the environment. The Contractor shall submit
the MHP to the Engineer for review and acceptance.
At a minimum, the MHP should include the following to the extent that they are
applicable:

Details of current certifications, permits, insurance types and levels of
coverage;

Details of stockpiling procedures;

Qualifications of the transportation and receiving facilities;

Applicable permits for the transporters and receiving facilities;

Types of equipment to be used in transporting regulated waste;
A500.357

Proposed route(s) to disposal/recycling facilities and weighing facilities;

Air monitoring procedures;

Qualifications of the environmental testing laboratories;

Waste characterization sampling and analysis plan;

Waste characterization forms, sampling logs and analyses reports;

Documentation of the disposal facility's acceptance of the regulated
material prior to transporting any material off-site;

Transport manifests; and,

Waste disposal/recycling documentation forms from the receiving
facility.
The Contractor shall provide the MHP to the Engineer for review and approval.
The Contractor shall ensure that all operations associated with the handling,
loading, transportation and disposal/recycling of materials are in compliance
with applicable Federal and New Jersey Department of Transportation
regulations, as well as all local applicable requirements. Applicable regulations
include, but are not limited to NJAC 7:26 - New Jersey Solid and Hazardous
Waste Regulations that govern waste handler responsibilities, vehicle placard
requirements,
container
requirements,
manifest
requirements,
and
responsibilities and requirements for collectors and haulers of hazardous and
non-hazardous solid waste; posted weight limitations on roads and bridges; and
other local restrictions on storage and transportation of waste/debris.
Prior to any disposal activities taking place, the Contractor shall identify
proposed waste transporter(s) including a commitment letter(s) from properly
licensed and insured hauler/transporter(s) for the Engineer's review and
approval. This information shall include, but not be limited to, the name and
USEPA identification number of the hauler/transporter, address, name of
responsible contact for the hauler, telephone number for the contact, list of types
and sizes of all transport vehicles and equipment to be used, a description of
proposed transportation methods and procedures for hauling waste materials,
including type of vehicles, including license plate numbers, that will be used for
each type of waste, any and all necessary valid and current permit authorizations
for each type of waste transported, and previous experience in performing the
type of work specified herein.
Prior to any disposal activities, the Contractor shall also specify the proposed
transportation/storage/disposal (TSD) facility, including a commitment letter
from the TSD facility indicating that it has the capacity to accept the volume of
waste material and stating that it will be open for business during the Contract
duration to accept the volume of waste materials. The Contractor shall also
submit a list of permitted alternative TSD facilities to be utilized in the event the
approved facility ceases to accept waste materials generated under this Contract.
A500.357
The Contractor shall submit, for the Engineer's approval, the following
information on the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) approved
off-site disposal facilities where the Contractor is proposing to dispose of the
waste removed from the site. All information shall be furnished at the
Contractor's expense. This information shall include, but not be limited to, the
facility name, location and USEPA identification number, the name of
responsible contact for the facility, telephone number for the contact, and a
signed letter of agreement to accept waste as specified in this contract. Also
included as part of the submittal shall be a listing of all permits, licenses, letters
of approval and other authorizations to operate that have been applied for by the
proposed facility but not yet granted or issued. Provide dates of application(s)
submitted. Planned submittals shall also be noted. The Contractor shall specify
and describe the disposal /containment unit that the proposed facility will use to
manage the waste and provide dates of construction and beginning of use, if
applicable. The Contractor shall identify the capacity available in the units and
the capacity reserved for the subject waste.
(C)
CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING AND GROUNDWATER M ANAGEMENT PLAN
If dewatering is necessary for the excavation of the USTs or any other locations
within the project limits, the Contractor shall develop a Construction Dewatering
and Groundwater Management Plan (CD&GMP) outlining the methods by
which the dewatering fluids will be collected, directed, analyzed (if necessary),
and disposed. The CD&GMP shall include, at a minimum, the locations of
dewatering, depth of excavation and depth to groundwater, discharge locations,
and rate/quantity of discharge. If sampling and analysis of dewatering effluent
is required by the NJDEP, the Contractor shall present information in the
CD&GMP regarding proposed sampling frequency and analytical parameters.
The Contractor shall also describe the proposed methods to minimize or reduce
the amount of sediment in groundwater pumped from the excavation.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the Engineer during the development of the
CD&GMP. The Contractor shall submit a draft version of the CD&GMP to the
Engineer for review and approval. Upon addressing the Engineer’s comments,
the Contractor shall finalized and submit the CD&GMP to the Engineer. The
Contractor shall implement the CD&GMP, as approved by the Engineer and in
compliance with the associated permits issued by the NJDEP.
(D)
NJDEP PERMITS
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any required NJDEP permits
associated with the dewatering activities, if necessary, specifically permits for
dewatering and discharge. The Contractor shall prepare the applications for the
permits and acquire the permits in consultation with the NJTA. The permits that
may be required by the NJDEP include, but are not limited to, Permit for General
Construction Dewatering (Request for Authorization) and Discharge-to-Surface
Water Permit or Discharge to Ground Water Permit by Rule.
The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the requirements and conditions of the
permits while performing the dewatering activities. The permit requirements
and conditions shall be incorporated into the CD&GMP by reference.
A500.357
539.04
MEASUREMENT.
i.
ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
Preparation and revisions, as necessary, of the workplace hazard assessment, the
Site-Specific Health and Safety Plan, the Pollution Prevention and Control Plan,
the Material Handling Plan, the Construction Dewatering and Groundwater
Management Plan, as well as the associated NJDEP permits as described in this
section, shall include all incidental costs.
The preparation of the above-referenced Plans and permits shall be measured on
a lump sum basis. In addition, all work associated with complying with the
approved site-specific Health and Safety Plan shall be included with the
Environmental Health and Safety Plan item.
539.05
PAYMENT.
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Environmental Health and Safety ......................................................................... Lump Sum
Payment for 10 percent of the Lump Sum pay item ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND
SAFETY will be made upon approval of the Safety Officer’s resume and the site-specific
Contractor Health and Safety Plan. The remaining sum will be paid in equal monthly
payments for the anticipated duration of construction upon satisfactory implementation
of the Health and Safety Plan as approved and recommended by the Engineer. The
anticipated duration of construction shall be determined from the Contractor’s initial
approved construction schedule. Should the Contractor receive an extension of time for
any reason, no additional payment will be made to the Contractor.
A500.357
SECTION 540 – NON-HAZARDOUS MATERIAL HANDLING
540.01
DESCRIPTION.
This section shall address the management of non-hazardous regulated materials at the
site. Regulated (non-hazardous) materials include both waste materials generated
during building and improvement excavations, drainage, retaining wall, stormwater
management basins and swales, foundation and trench excavation, as well as materials
normally present within the project limits. Regulated materials include, but are not
limited to, the following:










Soils and Concrete for Disposal
Contaminated Soils
Dry Industrial Waste
Cleaners and Solvents
Recycled Materials
Reused Materials
PCB Transformers
Fuels
Raw Materials (including paints, oils, cement, etc.)
Construction Debris
Hazardous soil/material is not anticipated to be encountered during the construction. If
encountered, all soil/material determined to be hazardous materials cannot be reused
on-site and shall be transported for off-site disposal at a permitted disposal facility or a
treatment facility that accepts hazardous materials.
540.02
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS.
(A)
GENERAL
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools and appurtenances
required to complete the work of staging, testing, and disposing of excavated soil and
construction debris required as the result of the construction operations under this
Contract, as shown and specified. Excavate materials as specified on the Contract
Drawings.
(1)
Applicable Regulations
(a)
In order to prevent environmental pollution arising from the
construction activities related to the performance of this
Contract, the Contractor and his Sub-Contractors shall comply
with all applicable Federal, State (NJDEP) and local laws, and
regulations concerning material handling, waste classification
and disposal as well as the specific requirements stated in this
Section and elsewhere in these Specifications.
(b)
The Contractor is advised that the stockpiling/staging of
excavated materials and construction debris at unauthorized
locations or facilities is strictly prohibited, even if the permission
of the property or facility owner is obtained. Any violation of
A500.357
this restriction by the Contractor or any person employed by the
Contractor will be brought to the immediate attention of the
responsible regulatory agencies, with a request that appropriate
action be taken against the offending parties.
(2)
(B)
Definitions
(a)
ID-27 Waste – Non-hazardous solid waste as defined by NJAC
7:26-2.13.
(b)
Off-Site Disposal – Disposal of materials outside of the NJTA
property and/or ROW at a regulated off-site disposal facility.
SUBMITTALS
(1)
(2)
Testing of Materials to be Disposed
(a)
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining laboratory analyses
on representative samples of the construction debris and excavated
materials for disposal purposes. The samples shall be obtained and
analyzed in accordance with standard protocol by a NJDEP-certified
laboratory. All analytical data shall be supported by QA/QC
documentation on the sample collection procedures and analytical
results in accordance with NJDEP standard protocol.
(b)
Analytical soil sampling testing parameters. The soil proposed to be
disposed offsite shall be sampled and tested in accordance with the
receiving facility’s permit and/or requirements. At a minimum, 1
sample per 1,000 CY, or part thereof, of material to be disposed of
offsite for unrestricted use shall be tested. The minimum testing
shall be Target Compound List/Target Analyte List plus 30
(TCL/TAL+30) in accordance with the most current version of the
NJDEP Technical Requirements for Site Remediation (N.J.A.C. 7:26E)
and the most current version of the Field Sampling Procedures
Manual. Additional analytical parameters will likely be required to
comply with the receiving facility’s permit requirements. The sample
shall consist of a 5-point composite of different areas of the stockpile
or in-situ material to be disposed. It should be noted that the TCL
Volatile Organics portion of the TCL/TAL+30 analysis cannot be
tested on a composite sample and, as such, 1 grab sample will need
to be collected for each 1,000 CY area based on field screening or
visual/olfactory observations. It should also be noted that if
chemical concentrations are detected above the NJDEP Residential
Direct Contact Soil Remediation Standards (N.J.A.C. 7:26D),
additional testing may be required to characterize the material as ID27. Upon receipt of the testing results, a results report shall be
provided to the Engineer for review and approval prior to
transporting any material off-site.
Disposal
(a)
Materials Handling Plan
A500.357
(i)
(C)
M ATERIALS
(1)
Hay Bales
(a)
Salt hay shall be of salt meadow grasses, free from decayed matter
and organic matter soluble in water, or equal material as approved.
(b)
Hay shall be furnished in bales of standard sizes, free from weeds or
other foreign matter.
(2)
Polyethylene Sheeting
(a)
(3)
Conform to ASTM D 2103, Standard Specifications for Polyethylene
Film and Sheeting.
Silt Fence
(a)
540.03
The Contractor shall prepare and implement a Materials
Handling Plan (MHP) as specified in Section 539.
Shall conform to Subsection 208.03 and 923.30
EXECUTION.
(A)
STOCKPILING / STAGING
(1)
ID-27 Materials and Construction Debris
(a)
If the Contractor’s operations require temporary stockpiling or
storage, all excavated material and construction debris identified as
potentially ID-27 shall be stockpiled/staged in locations approved
by the Engineer.
(b)
Segregate material of differing types and degrees of contamination
to prevent cross-contamination of materials.
(c)
Stockpiles shall be surrounded by hay bales.
(d)
Construct stockpiles to heights not exceeding 15 feet and with side
slopes no steeper than 2H:1V.
(e)
Materials shall be stockpiled/staged on asphalt, concrete, or other
approved firm surface, on layers of plastic sheeting. The sheeting
shall consist of 2 layers of polyethylene sheet, each layer 10 mils
thickness. The sheeting shall be continuous over the entire stockpile
area. Hay bales shall be placed to form a continuous barrier around
the stockpile. Each hay bale shall be anchored with 2 No. 4 steel
reinforcing bars, 2" x 2" wood stakes, or steel pickets driven a
minimum of 2 feet into the ground.
(f)
Separate stockpiles, staging areas shall be provided for ID-27
materials.
A500.357
(g)
(2)
Uncontaminated Materials and Construction Debris
(a)
(B)
Stockpiles shall be completely covered with a single layer of
polyethylene sheeting 10 mils in thickness. Overlap joints in the
cover polyethylene sheeting a minimum of 12 inches, and secure the
joints. Maintain the cover sheeting, and replace damaged cover
polyethylene sheeting as needed. The cover shall be inspected daily,
and damaged areas shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the
Engineer. The cover shall be sufficiently anchored to prevent
displacement by wind.
If the Contractor’s operations require temporary stockpiling or
storage, all excavated material and construction debris identified as
uncontaminated shall be stockpiled/staged in locations approved by
the Engineer. All stockpiles shall be protected and stabilized as
specified. Rubble staging areas containing concrete, wood, metal,
piping, etc., shall be kept separate from other stockpiles. These areas
shall be used as staging and processing areas prior to removal and
disposal.
Transportation and DISPOSAL
(1)
No material shall be removed from the site until all required submittals
for testing and disposal have been submitted and approved by the
Engineer.
(2)
The Contractor shall assure that the waste hauler's appropriate choice of
vehicles and operating practices shall prevent spillage or leakage of
material from occurring in route.
(3)
The Contractor shall provide, install, and maintain any temporary
loading facilities on-site as required until completion of material
handling activities. The location and design of any facilities shall be
included in the Material Handling Plan and be approved by the
Engineer.
(4)
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating and contracting
with appropriate hauler(s) and disposal facility(ies) for the contaminated
soil directed to be removed in accordance with Federal and State laws,
rules and regulations and local laws. The Contractor shall prepare and
submit all documentation to obtain all Federal, State or local approvals
and fees necessary for disposing of the contaminated soil. The
Contractor shall ensure that the waste disposal facility(ies) proposed for
receipt of the material is (are) properly permitted to accept the
classification of contaminated soil.
(5)
The Contractor shall document the handling, sampling, manifesting,
transportation, and disposal of ID-27 waste. The Contractor shall
organize and maintain the material shipment records/manifests
required by the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA), the State of New Jersey, and the State where the
treatment/disposal facility is located. The Contractor, on behalf of the
Authority, shall obtain a waste generator identification number for use
A500.357
on the manifest. The Authority or its representative will sign the
manifest as the generator. The Contractor shall obtain manifest forms,
obtain material code numbers, and complete the shipment manifest
records as required by the appropriate agencies for verifying the material
type (code number) and quantity of each load in units of volume and
weight. Copies of each manifest shall be submitted to the Engineer
within 4 business days following shipment, and within 3 business days
after notification of receipt at the disposal facility. Any manifest
discrepancies shall be reported immediately to the Engineer and be
resolved by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The
Engineer will notify the appropriate environmental agencies such as
NJDEP, of the manifest problem and the ultimate resolution of the
problem.
(6)
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer, results of waste sampling
and analysis, waste facility applications and acceptance documentation,
and fee payment requirements at least two weeks prior to planned
removal of contaminated soil as Regulated Material. The Contractor
shall submit to the Engineer a bill of lading (for ID-27 waste) for each
truckload of contaminated soil removed from the site. The bill of lading
form shall present the following information:
(a)
Transport subcontractor name, address, permit number and phone
number.
(b) License plate number of transport vehicle.
(c)
Type and quantity of waste removed.
(d) Weight of vehicle after loading and at receipt from the disposal
facility(ies) with weigh slip.
(e)
Recycling or disposal facility name, address, permit number and
telephone number.
(f)
Date removed from site.
(g) Signature of transport vehicle operator.
(h) Waste manifest (bill of lading) number.
(i)
Number of Drums (if Drummed Material).
(7) The Contractor shall not deliver waste to any facility other than the
disposal facility(ies) listed on the shipping manifest. The Contractor
shall coordinate manifesting, placarding of shipments, and vehicle
decontamination. All quantities shall also be measured and recorded
upon arrival at the disposal facility. If any deviation between the two
weight records occurs, the matter is to be reported immediately to the
Engineer.
(8) The Contractor shall only use the transporter(s) identified in its Material
Handling Plan. Any use of substitute or additional transporters must
have previous written approval from the Engineer at no additional cost
to the Authority. The Contractor shall not combine ID-27 materials from
other projects with material from the Project site.
(9) All trucks containing bulk solid materials that leave the site shall be
weighed on a portable certified truck scale provided by the Contractor or
at a nearby certified facility approved by the Engineer. Bulk solid
materials include bulk ID-27 wastes that are being hauled for off-site
disposal. The Contractor shall ensure that trucks are protected against
A500.357
ID-27 substances by properly covering and lining them prior to any use
other than hauling materials that contain ID-27 substances. Liquidcontaining trucks shall be sealed by the Contractor in a manner such that
tampering with the contents cannot occur. The Contractor shall inspect
all vehicles leaving the Project site to minimize adherence of ID-27
substances to the wheels or undercarriage.
(10) All trucks containing bulk ID-27 wastes shall be steam cleaned prior to
departure of the site to reduce the risk of losing soil and/or debris on
public roads. Cleaning to include but not limited to: Wheels, tires, and
under carriages. All decontamination fluids shall be collected, sampled,
containerized, and disposed of by the Contractor in accordance with
Federal, state, and local requirements.
(11) The Contractor shall be responsible for inspecting the access routes for
road conditions, overhead clearance, and weight restrictions. The
Contractor shall periodically inspect routes that the vehicles take from
the job site to the disposal facility to ensure that no leakage or tracking of
mud has occurred. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any and
all actions necessary to remedy situations involving material spilled in
transit or mud and dust tracked off-site. This cleanup shall be
accomplished at the Contractor's expense.
(12) The Contractor shall coordinate the schedule for truck arrival and
material deliveries at the disposal site to meet the approved Project
schedule. The schedule shall be compatible with the availability of
equipment and personnel for material handling operations at the
disposal site.
(13) The Contractor shall use only the disposal facility(ies) identified in its
Material Handling Plan. Substitutions or additions shall not be
permitted without prior approval from the Engineer, and if approved,
their usage shall be at no extra cost to the Authority.
(14) The Engineer reserves the right to contact and visit the disposal facilities
to verify the agreement to accept the stated material and to verify any
other information provided. This does not in any way relieve the
Contractor of its responsibilities under this Contract.
(15) In the event that the identified and approved facility(ies) ceases to accept
the stated materials or the facility(ies) ceases operations, or if the
facility(ies) is otherwise rejected by the Engineer, it is the Contractor's
responsibility to locate an alternate approved and permitted facility for
accepting materials. The Contractor is responsible for making the
necessary arrangements to utilize the facility(ies), and the alternate
facility(ies) must be approved in writing by the Engineer in the same
manner and with the same requirements as for the original facility(ies).
This shall be done at no extra cost or delay to the Authority.
540.04
MEASUREMENT.
Off-Site Disposal of ID-27 Waste will be measured by the weight, in tons, of material
A500.357
legally disposed of using certified weight tickets.
Testing of soils for waste classification will be measured per each test conducted as
authorized by the Engineer.
Preparation of requisite submittals or revisions thereto, acquisition of necessary permits,
polyethylene sheeting, vehicle decontamination, activities required for weighing,
transporting or disposing of regulated waste, or restoration of stockpile areas to their
original condition will not be measured separately for payment.
540.05
PAYMENT.
PAY ITEM
Off-Site Disposal of ID-27 Waste ...........................................................
Testing of Soils for Waste Classification ...............................................
PAY UNIT
Ton
Each
Payment for Off-Site Disposal of ID-27 Material will be made at the unit price per ton bid
for the item OFF-SITE DISPOSAL OF ID-27 WASTE which price shall include all costs for
disposing of the ID-27 waste; all other materials, labor, tools and equipment necessary
therefore and incidental thereto.
Payment for Testing of Soils for Waste Classification will be made at the unit price per
each test conducted for the item TESTING OF SOILS FOR WASTE CLASSIFICATION
which price shall include all costs for conducting the tests, all other materials, labor,
tools, and equipment necessary therefore and incidental thereto. Disposal facility testing
requirements are to be included in the price bid for “Off-Site Disposal of ID-27 Waste.
No separate payment will be made for preparation of requisite submittals or revisions
thereto, acquisition of necessary permits, polyethylene sheeting, vehicle
decontamination, activities required for weighing, transporting or disposing of regulated
waste, or restoration of stockpile areas to their original condition. All costs shall be
included in the unit price amounts bid in the proposal.
Payment for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control measures will be made in accordance
with Section 208.
A500.357
SECTION 541 – NOT USED
SECTION 542 – UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK REMOVAL
542.01
CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS
The Contractor must be experienced in dealing with contaminated soil excavation, as
well as the management of contaminated soil and groundwater.
The Contractor shall employ an Environmental Professional that meets the following
requirements in order to remediate Underground Storage Tanks (USTs):
1.
Hold a valid New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) UST
Certification in Closure and Subsurface Evaluation. This certification must be
maintained in full force and effect.
2.
Be employed by a firm that holds a valid NJDEP UST Certification in Closure
and Subsurface Evaluation. This certification must be maintained in full force
and effect for the duration of the project.
The Contractor shall have a minimum of three (3) years of experience and at least two (2)
projects of comparable scope to this Contract on soil excavation/remediation projects
involving groundwater management, which shall be evidenced by a complete list of all
soil/groundwater remediation projects undertaken in the past three (3) years indicating
the owner of the facility (including name, address and phone number of the owner’s
project manager), type of facility, description of remediation work and estimated
volumes of material removed performing the work.
The Contractor shall ensure that all employees handling contaminated soil, including
subcontractors, are qualified and experienced in the work of sampling, preparing,
removing, handling, and disposing of the contaminated to be performed under this
Contract. All Contractor employees shall be properly trained, certified in the pertinent
environmental regulations and in personal protection, and other safety procedures.
The work under this section consists of the removal, salvaging of USTs, and site
restoration associated with the Work.
542.02
GOVERNING STANDARDS
All demolition and disposal work shall be in accordance with all rules, regulations, and
requirements of the New Jersey Department of Community Affairs, NJDEP, and all other
state agencies having jurisdiction. All local ordinances associated with demolition and
disposal are to be complied with including noise and dust control related to demolition
activities. The Contractor shall comply with all USEPA, NJDEP, and other local, state,
and federal regulations related to waste and hazardous waste handling and
transportation regulations.
A500.357
Services furnished shall be in accordance with the codes and standards listed below. In
addition, to those codes and standards, the Contractor shall comply with all applicable
State laws and regulations.
1.
2.
542.03
API American Petroleum Institute – API Recommended Practice 1606 or current
version – Closure of Underground Storage Tanks.
API American Petroleum Institute - RP 2016 (R2010) Guidelines and Procedures
for Entering and Cleaning Petroleum Storage Tanks.
3.
RP 2015 – Guidelines for Confined Space Work in the Petroleum Industry.
4.
RP 2217 – Removal and Disposal of Used Underground Storage Tanks.
5.
OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Act
a.
29 CFR 1910.120 – Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response.
b.
29 CFR 1910.146 – Permit Required for Confined Space.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
The underground storage tank removal activities shall be conducted in accordance with
the most recent and current versions of the following regulations:
1.
Administrative Requirements for the Remediation of Contaminated Sites (ARRCS)
Rules, N.J.A.C. 7:26C
2.
Remediation Standards Rules, N.J.A.C. 7:26D
3.
Ground Water Quality Standards, N.J.A.C 7:9C
4.
Technical Requirements for Site Remediation, N.J.A.C. 7:26E
5.
NJDEP Alternative and Clean Fill Guidance for SRP Sites
6.
NJDEP Analyte Soil Sample Standards
7.
NJDEP Technical Guidance for Site Investigation of Soil, Remedial Investigation of
Soil, and Remedial Action Verification Sampling for Soil
8.
NJDEP Technical Guidance for Investigation of Underground Storage Tank Systems
9.
NJDEP Characterization of Concrete and Clean Material Certification Document
10. NJDEP Field Sampling Procedures Manual
11. NJDEP Protocol for Addressing EPH Contamination
12. NJDEP Sheen Remediation Guidance
13. NJDEP Soil Remediation Standards
14. NJDEP Guidance Document on Contaminated Soil
A500.357
15. NJDEP Guidance Document for Waste Classification
16. NJDEP Phase-in for the implementation of the “Protocol for Addressing Extractable
Petroleum Hydrocarbons” and the associated analytical method “Analysis of
Extractable Petroleum Hydrocarbon Compounds (EPH) in Aqueous and
Soil/Sediment/Sludge Matrices” (Version 3.0, August 9, 2010)
17. NJDEP Site Remediation Program Light Non-aqueous Phase Liquid (LNAPL) Initial
Recovery and Interim Remedial Measures Technical Guidance
18. NJDEP Public Notification Guidance
19. Other Applicable Federal, State, and local laws, rules, and regulations
542.04
DESCRIPTION
The Contractor shall remove the USTs, identified in the table below, and associated
piping which is located in the center of the Central Inventory Facility, as well as the
identified petroleum product piping and dispenser pump(s) noted on the plans. UST
locations are shown on the contract drawings. Collect post-excavation soil samples after
removal of both USTs and product piping in accordance with NJDEP’s Technical
Guidance for Investigation of Underground Storage Tank Systems. NJDEP’s Soil
Remediation Standards (SRS) apply to this site. Dispose of USTs and all associated
petroleum product piping removed from the ground.
FUEL TANK INFORMATION
Tank No.
Tank Capacity
(gallons)
Tank Contents
(gasoline, diesel, etc.)
E4
E5
10,000 Gallon
10,000 Gallon
Diesel Fuel Oil
Unleaded Gasoline
Tank Type
(aboveground/
underground)
UST
UST
All work described in this section shall be conducted in accordance with the Contractor’s
Health and Safety Plan, in accordance with Section 539. Dewatering, if required, shall be
performed in accordance with Section 547 Groundwater Management.
542.05
SUBMITTALS/DOCUMENTATION
1.
Permits and Approvals. Submit documents to obtain the permits and approvals
necessary for this work. Register unregistered tanks that are regulated by N.J.A.C
7:14B.
a.
Complete and submit the “Underground Storage Tank Facility
Questionnaire” and “Notice of Intent to Close an UST System” to the
Engineer for review before submitting it to the NJDEP. Obtain NJDEP
approval before commencing removal operations.
b.
Ensure that the waste disposal or recycling facility planned for receipt of
the material is properly permitted for acceptance. Submit a copy of the
facility permit to the Engineer seven days before disposal or recycling.
A500.357
542.06
2.
Removal and Disposal Plan. The Contractor shall submit for approval at least 14
calendar days prior to beginning removal work a Removal and Disposal Plan for
tanks, their contents, wastes, excavated soil, piping materials, appurtenances, and
cleaning solutions.
3.
Certification from the borrow facility that the material used to backfill the tank
excavation is certified clean fill, including confirmatory analytical reports. The
certification documents must be provided prior to the start of backfilling.
4.
Reporting. Upon disposal of the UST and soils, the Contractor shall prepare
documentation of the disposal as required by the N.J.A.C. 7:14 et seq. The
Contractor shall submit the “UST Closure Report” and “Remedial Action Report”
(if required) to the Engineer for review before submitting it to the NJDEP. The
Contractor is responsible for obtaining NJDEP approval of the removal operations.
5.
The Contractor shall provide the Authority with copies of sampling logs, chain of
custody forms, analytical laboratory reports for all samples collected during the
remediation of the site as they become available. The Contractor shall also
provide all manifests, bills of lading, waste characterization sample results,
disposal facility acceptance letters, certified clean fill documentation and sample
results, all UST closure records, permits, and associated UST disposal/recycling
receipt/documentation.
EXECUTION
UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS
Excavate test pits as necessary to determine or confirm locations, types, and sizes of
underground storage tanks. Remove and dispose of underground storage tanks and
piping systems, sample and analyze soils and water, recycle or dispose of contaminated
soils, and install and seal monitoring wells according to N.J.A.C 7:14B and N.J.A.C 7:26E,
and federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, and the following:
4.
Removal Operations. The Contractor shall check the underground storage tank
locations prior to commencing work to ensure excavation will not cause damage
to any underground utilities. The Contractor shall excavate to the top of the tank
and determine the tank orientation. Neatly cut any pavement prior to
excavation.
a.
Prior to uncovering the tank, the Contractor shall remove all pumpable
contents from the tank via Vac truck or equivalent.
b.
The Contractor shall drain piping into the tank, and remove cap or cap
the piping. Remove liquids and sludge from underground storage tanks
and associated piping system, purge vapors, clean, excavate, and remove
underground storage tanks and associated piping systems from the
ground according to N.J.A.C 7:14B, effective July 1, 2013. Purging shall
continue until the percent LEL is less than 15% and/or percent oxygen is
less than 8%. The Contractor shall determine when acceptable levels
have been achieved. The Contractor shall comply with OSHA 1910.146 –
Permit Required Confined Space, as applicable.
A500.357
c.
Monitor the percent Lower Explosive Limit (LEL) and the Oxygen
content of the tank vapors before proceeding. The Contractor shall
furnish a combustible gas indicator and an oxygen meter to assess
combustible vapor oxygen concentrations in the tank and work area.
The Contractor shall perform purging procedures to remove flammable
and hazardous vapors from the tank and continue monitoring until both
the percent LEL and percent oxygen concentrations reach acceptable
levels. If these tests reveal that unsafe working conditions exist, notify
the Engineer and immediately suspend removal operations until it is
determined that conditions are acceptable for resuming work.
d. After the tank has been purged, the Contractor shall cut a manway (if
one does not exist) in the tank using a “spark free” air chisel in order to
provide access to the tank for cleaning. No saws or torches which may
cause sparks shall be used to minimize the risk of ignition. If the tank
has an existing manway, then the Contractor shall utilize that manway
for entry.
e.
The Contractor shall enter the tank utilizing Level B Personnel Protective
Equipment which shall include, but not be limited to the following:
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
SCBA (Self Contained Breathing Apparatus)
5-minute Emergency Air Supply
Tyvek or Saranax Coverall
Gloves
Boots
f.
The Contractor shall “squeegee” clean the interior of the tank and
remove excess tank bottoms/sludges via Vac truck or the equivalent.
Any materials that cannot be pumped will be placed in a 55-gallon DOT
approved drum for disposal. The Contractor shall wipe the interior of
the tank with absorbent pads to achieve a level of cleanliness which is
satisfactory tot eh Engineer. All liquids, tank bottoms/sludges that are
removed from the tank must be manifested, transported, and disposed of
at a licensed disposal facility.
g.
Once the interior of the tank has been cleaned to the Engineer’s approval,
the Contractor shall excavate to the bottom of the tank ballast pad on all
sides of the pad. After completing the excavation, the Contractor shall
remove the tank and concrete ballast pad from the excavation pit. Upon
removal of the tank, the Contractor shall cut holes in the tank to render
the tank for unsuitable for future use.
h. Perform tank removal operations with the least disturbance to the soil
surrounding the tanks. Caution fence shall be erected around
excavations. Ensure tanks are free of vapors before transporting off-site.
Excavated tanks and piping systems shall be disposed as per NJDEP
regulations.
i.
Avoid leakage from the tanks onto the surrounding soil by properly
pumping the contents of the tanks into permitted transport vehicles. If
leakage or spillage occurs, immediately notify the Engineer. Notify the
A500.357
NJDEP's Environmental Action Hotline, the county health department
and the Engineer within 15 minutes. Remediate leaks or spillage to the
NJDEP's satisfaction according to their investigation and corrective
action requirements.
j.
Furnish, place, and remove any sheeting, bracing, and trench box, as
required by the Engineer. Protect existing structures during removal
activities.
k.
If there is evidence of discharge in the excavated hole, notify the
Engineer and contact the NJDEP's Environmental Action Hotline.
Excavate and dispose of petroleum contaminated soil from the limits of
the tank removal. Field tests shall be performed by the Engineer to
determine the extent of petroleum contaminated soils according to
NJDEP requirements and to determine if additional soils must be
excavated. The Engineer shall conduct post excavation soil sampling and
analysis at the limits of the excavation.
l.
Post-excavation soil sampling shall be performed by the Engineer in
accordance with N.J.A.C. 7:14B and N.J.A.C. 7:26E. Submit copies of Site
Investigation Reports to the Engineer.
m. The Contractor shall provide the services of their excavating equipment
and operator to allow the Engineer to obtain the required NJDEP UST
and product piping closure soil samples. The Contractor shall be
required to steam clean the bucket between samples. The Contractor
shall also be responsible for the collection and disposal of any water or
liquids generated from the bucket cleaning operations. The Contractor
shall prepare and submit all documentation to obtain all Federal, State or
local approvals and fees necessary for disposing of the decontamination
fluids
n. Stockpile and properly dispose of contaminated soil.
o.
Dispose of tanks, tank contents, concrete ballast pads, tank hold-downs,
piping, and other debris in accordance with NJDEP regulations.
p. Properly dispose of excavated tanks and piping systems according to
Solid Waste Management Act (N.J.S.A. 13:1E-1) and N.J.A.C 7:26 et seq.
and according to the solid waste management plan developed by the
solid waste management district of origin. Submit proper documentation
from the disposal facility to the Engineer within 15 days of acceptance at
the disposal facility.
q.
Before backfilling, remove and dispose of contaminated water not
associated with ground water. If directed, immediately backfill the
excavation as required per N.J.A.C. 7:26E and obtain documentation for
the quality of the certified clean fill. Provide certification stating that it is
virgin material from a commercial or noncommercial source or
decontaminated recycled soil. Backfill the excavation using certified
clean fill as noted above.
A500.357
r.
Upon completion of tank removal, submit a UST Closure Report.
5.
Temporarily Storing Excavated Soil. Temporarily store excavated soil in
stockpiles constructed on polyethylene sheeting in accordance with Section 540
Non-Hazardous Material Handling.
6.
Transporting, Recycling, and Disposal of Contaminated Soil. Transport and
disposal of contaminated soil shall be in accordance with Section 540 – NonHazardous Regulated Materials Handling.
a.
7.
Sample material as per the recycling or disposal facility requirements
shall be performed by the Contractor. Submit one copy of the
documentation of the disposal facility's acceptance of the contaminated
soil, including the weigh ticket slips, to the Engineer within 15 days of
acceptance at the disposal facility.
Transporting, Recycling, and Disposing of Tanks. Dispose of or recycle removed
materials and debris according to Solid Waste Management Act (N.J.S.A. 13:1E-1)
and N.J.A.C 7:26 et seq. and according to the solid waste management plan
developed by the solid waste management district of origin. Submit proper
documentation from the disposal facility to the Engineer and the county of origin
within 15 days of acceptance at the disposal facility.
The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials needed to load,
transport and dispose/recycle of all contaminated soil generated in a manner
protective of human health and the environmental. All work in and with
contaminated soil shall be performed in accordance with applicable Federal,
State and local regulations.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating and contracting with
appropriate hauler(s) and disposal facility(ies) for the contaminated soil directed
to be removed in accordance with Federal and State laws, rules and regulations
and local laws and in accordance with Section 540 – Non-Hazardous Material
Handling.
A representative of the Authority (Engineer) will sign all bills of lading as the
generator of the waste. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a copy of all
bills of lading for contaminated soil disposed as Regulated Material by the end of
the day that the truck leaves the site.
The disposal of all Regulated Material shall be in accordance with the Material
Handling Plan, Federal and State laws, rules and regulations and local laws and
the waste management plan of the district of origin and in accordance with
Section 540 – Non-Hazardous Material Handling.
The Authority will provide the Contractor with a USEPA Hazardous Waste
Identification Number for the project if it is determined that Hazardous Waste is
present and requires disposal.
A500.357
542.07
TEMPORARY SHEETING.
1.
Description. In order to conduct the UST removal activities at the Central
Inventory Facility, the Contractor may choose and/or need to utilize temporary
sheeting. In the event that temporary sheeting is used, it will consist of the
construction, maintenance, and removal of temporary sheeting at prescribed
locations during excavations and staging and as necessary to perform excavation
in accordance with prevailing laws and regulations. Excavation of contaminated
soil will extend to depths below that of local groundwater depth across the site
which is approximately 10 feet below grade. Excavation of the USTs shall extend
to a depth of 15 feet below grade or more. Temporary sheeting may need to be
placed to a depth of 20 feet below grade which is dependent on the Contractor’s
professional Engineer’s design calculations.
2.
Materials. For the item Temporary Sheeting, the Contractor may use any size
and type of sheeting and system of bracing that is approved and is adequate and
effective in safely withstanding the forces to be sustained during construction,
including an appropriate allowance for lateral load surcharge, except that
Temporary Sheeting used in median areas and within 10 feet of outside roadway
shoulders shall be steel sheet piles.
3.
Shop Drawings. Detailed shop and design drawings shall be furnished for all
sheeting and supporting members. Design calculations shall be included and
signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of New Jersey.
4.
Methods of Construction. Structural members for the temporary sheeting and
bracing system shall be of adequate size and cross section with physical
properties for proper functioning, shall be driven to the depths necessary, and
shall be braced to protect workers, adjoining properties and structures, utility
installations, and the public from hazards of slides and cave-ins. The temporary
sheeting shall be tight and continuous for its entire length.
Temporary sheeting used along existing service roads shall be sheet piles and
special caution shall be used to ensure the integrity of the roadway at all times.
Temporary sheeting that will remain in place overnight or during the course of
excavation shall project above the original ground a minimum height of 4 feet in
order to protect the excavation and the adjacent traffic protection materials.
Driving of temporary sheeting shall be performed with equipment prescribed in
Section 405 – Piles (NJTA 2004 Supplemental Specifications – October 8, 2014),
except that lighter driving equipment may be used. Sheeting shall be driven in
such increments of penetration as may be found necessary to prevent distortion,
twisting out of position, or pulling apart at the interlocks.
542.08
MEASUREMENT
Removal of Underground Storage Tanks including all incidental work described herein
will be measured by the number of tanks removed. All costs for the sawcutting of
existing paved areas shall be included under the various bid prices. Separate payment
will not be made for sawcutting of existing paved areas for all limits of excavation and
demolition work within paved areas.
A500.357
542.09
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Removal of Underground Storage Tanks
PAY UNIT
Each
Separate payment will not be made for fees and associated costs required by the disposal,
recycling facility, or NJDEP. All costs thereof shall be included in the price bid for
Removal of Underground Storage Tanks.
A500.357
SECTION 543 – ASBESTOS ABATEMENT
543.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the removal and disposal of all asbestos containing materials
(ACM) and suspect asbestos containing materials (SACM) encountered during
demolition, including, but not limited to, window door and louver caulking, floor tiles,
and block pipe insulation as shown in the Plans or the existing drawings and as directed
by the Engineer, as specified herein. This work shall also include the proper disposal of
asbestos wastes in accordance with Federal and state rules and regulations.
According to Gannett Fleming’s Report of Hazardous Materials Building Report, interior
portions of the 1-story Electrical Equipment Building located at the Central Inventory
Facility were surveyed to assess the presence of SACM. The table below is a schedule of
ACM and presumed asbestos containing materials (PACM) to be removed from the
Electrical Equipment Building.
Building Materials
ACM
9” x 9” Green Floor
Tile,
9” x 9” Grey Floor Tile,
9” x 9” Red Floor Tile,
9” x 9” Tan Floor Tile
ACM – 10% Chrysotile
4” Block Pipe
Insulation
Caulk
543.02
Location
Approximate
Quantity
Vault Room
~150 Square Feet
ACM –
1.1 to 2.3% Chrysotile
Office
~150 Square Feet
ACM –
40% Chrysotile
20% Amosite
Boiler Room
(Sump Pit)
~4 Liner Feet
ACM– 2.5 to 3.2%
Chrysotile
Exterior
Windows,
Exterior Louver,
Boiler Room
Door
~40 Liner Feet
REFERENCES.
All work shall be undertaken in accordance with applicable federal, state and local
regulations, standards, codes and guidelines.
The most recent edition of regulations, standards, codes and guidelines shall be in effect,
and the Contractor shall have copies available at the worksite. Where conflict among the
regulations, standards, codes and guidelines and these specifications exists, the more
stringent requirement shall govern.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for supervising, directing and controlling all
work under this contract; for the means, methods, techniques and procedures for
asbestos removal, and the handling of asbestos-containing and contaminated materials at
a permitted site; and for safety precautions and programs incident to the work.
A500.357
Federal
1.
Title 40 Code of Federal Regulations
i.
Part 763, Asbestos-Containing Materials in Schools Rule (AHERA).
ii.
Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAP).
iii.
2.
Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations:
i.
Section 1910.1001, Asbestos.
ii.
Section 1910, Subpart I, Personal Protective Equipment
iii.
Section 1910.20, Subpart C, General Health and Safety Provisions.
iv.
Section 1910.146, Permit-Required Confined Spaces.
v.
Section 1910.1200, Hazard Communication.
vi.
Section 1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction
3.
EPA Guidance Documents
i.
(A)
(B)
i.
Parts 141 and 142, Safe Drinking Water Act.
EPA 560/5-85-024; Guidance for Controlling Asbestos-Containing Materials
in Buildings.
New Jersey
i.
Uniform Construction Code Act. (New Jersey S.A. 52-170-119 et.seq., P.L.
1984)
ii.
Asbestos Control and Licensing Act. (NJSA 34:5A-32 et.seq., P.L. 1984)
iii.
Asbestos Licenses and Permits N.J.A.C. 12:120-1,2,3,5,7 and 8:601,2,3,4,5,7
iv.
Asbestos Training Courses N.J.A.C. 8:60-2 and 6, 12:120-2 and 6 New Jersey
Department of Health Asbestos Control Project
v.
Solid Waste Management Act. (NJSA 13:1E-1, 13:109, et.seq., as amended)
vi.
Disposal Regulations N.J.A.C. 7:26 New Jersey Department of Environmental
Protection, Division of Waste Management, Bureau of Field Operations
vii.
Control and Prohibition of Air Pollution by Toxic Substances, New Jersey
Department of Environmental Protection, N.J.A.C. Title 7, Chapter 27,
Subchapter 17, effective date: December 17, 1979.
viii.
Asbestos Subchapter of the New Jersey Safety and Health Standards for
Public Employees, N.J.A.C. 12:100 et.seq.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
ANSI Z9.2 - American National Standard Fundamentals Governing the
Design and Operation of Local Exhaust System.
A500.357
ii.
ANSI Z88.2 - American National Standard Practice for Respiratory
Protection.
(C)
American Society for Testing and Materials
i.
ASTMC732 - (1982; R 1987) Aging Effects of Artificial Weathering on Latex
Sealants
ii.
ASTM D 522 - (1993; Rev. A) Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic
Coatings
iii.
ASTM D 1331 - (1989) Surface and Interfacial Tension of Solutions of SurfaceActive Agents
iv.
ASTM D 2794 - (1993) Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid
Deformation (Impact)
v.
ASTM E 84 - (1994) Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials
vi.
ASTME96 - (1994) Water Vapor Transmission of Materials
vii.
ASTM E 1368 - Visual Inspection of Asbestos Abatement Projects
(D)
i.
543.03
New Jersey Turnpike Authority 2004 Supplemental Specifications (October 8,
2014)
DEFINITIONS.
(A)
Abatement - Procedures to control fiber release from asbestos-containing
materials; which include removal, encapsulation, enclosure, repair, demolition,
and renovation activities.
Airlock - A serial arrangement of rooms whose doors are spaced a minimum of four (4)
feet apart so as to permit ingress or egress through one (1) room without
interfering with the next and constructed in such a manner as to prevent or
restrict the free flow of air in either direction.
Amended Water - Water to which a surfactant has been added.
Area Monitoring: Sampling of asbestos fiber concentrations within the asbestos control
area and outside the asbestos control area, which is representative of the airborne
concentrations of asbestos fibers which may reach the breathing zone.
Asbestos - The asbestiform varieties of serpentinite (chrysotile), riebeckite (crocidolite),
cummingtonite-grunerite, anthophyllite, and actinolite-tremolite. For purposes
of determining respiratory and worker protection both the asbestiform and nonasbestiform varieties of the above minerals and any of these materials that have
been chemically treated and/or altered shall be considered as asbestos.
A500.357
Asbestos-Containing Material (ACM): Material composed of asbestos of any type in an
amount greater than 1% by weight, either alone or mixed with other fibrous or
non-fibrous materials.
Asbestos-Containing Waste Materials - Any material that is or suspected of being or any
material contaminated with an asbestos-containing material, which is to be
removed from a work area for disposal.
Asbestos Control Area: An area where asbestos removal operations are performed which
is isolated by physical boundaries to prevent the spread of asbestos dust, fibers,
or debris.
Authorized Personnel - The Owner, the Owner's representative, Asbestos Abatement
Contractor personnel, Asbestos Air Monitor personnel, emergency personnel, or
a representative of any Federal, State or local regulatory agency or other
personnel under contract for or having jurisdiction over the project.
Barrier - Any surface that seals off the work area to inhibit the movement of fibers.
Breathing Zone - A hemisphere forward of the shoulders with a radius of approximately
6 to 9 inches.
Building Owner - The Owner or his authorized representative.
Category I Non-friable ACM - Asbestos-containing packing, gaskets, resilient floor
covering and asphalt roofing products containing more than one (1) percent
asbestos as determined using the method specified in appendix A, subpart F, 40
CFR part 763, section 1, Polarized Light Microscopy.
Category II Non-friable ACM - Any material, excluding Category I non-friable ACM,
containing more than l percent asbestos as determined using the methods
specified in appendix A, subpart F, 40 CFR part 763, section l, Polarized Light
Microscopy that, when dry, cannot be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to
powder by hand pressure.
Ceiling Concentration - The concentration of an airborne substance that shall not be
exceeded.
Clean Room - An uncontaminated area or room which is a part of the worker
decontamination enclosure system with provisions for storage of worker's street
clothes and clean protective equipment.
Contractor - The Asbestos Abatement Contractor licensed by the State of New Jersey,
Department of Labor.
Critical Barrier - Two layers of nominal six (6) mil polyethylene sheeting that completely
seals off the work area to prevent the distribution of fibers to the surrounding
area, such as the opening between the top of a wall and the underside of ceiling
construction, electrical outlets, non-removable lights, HVAC systems, windows,
doorways, entranceways, ducts, grilles, grates, diffusers, wall clocks, speaker
grilles, floor drains, sink drains, etc.
A500.357
Curtained Doorway - A device to allow ingress or egress from one room to another while
permitting minimal air movement between the rooms, typically constructed by
placing three (3) weighted overlapping sheets of plastic over an existing or
temporarily framed doorway, securing each along the top of the doorway,
securing the vertical edge of the two outer sheets along one vertical side of the
doorway and securing the vertical edge of the middle sheet along the opposite
vertical side of the doorway. Other effective designs are permissible.
Decontamination Enclosure System - A series of connected rooms, separated from the
work area and from each other by air locks, for the decontamination of workers
and equipment.
Disposal Bag – six (6) mil thick leak-tight plastic bags used for transporting asbestos
waste from work and to disposal site. Each is labeled as follows:
DANGER
CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS
AVOID CREATING DUST
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD
AVOID BREATHING AIRBORNE ASBESTOS FIBERS
AND
ASBESTOS, NA2212, RQ
AND
CLASS 9 LABEL
The Contractor shall also label all disposal bags and/or containers with the name of the
waste generator (Owner) and the location from which the waste was generated;
all in accordance with the USEPA NESHAPS regulation - 40 CFR Part 651,
Subpart M. Excursion Limit: No employee shall be exposed to airborne
concentrations of asbestos fibers at any time equal to or greater than 1.0 fibers
per cubic centimeter of air (cm3), averaged over a 30 minute sampling period, as
determined by NIOSH Analytical Method #7400.
Encapsulant - A liquid material which can be applied to asbestos-containing material
which controls the possible release of asbestos fibers from the material either by
creating a membrane over the surface (bridging encapsulant or by penetrating
into the material and binding its components together (penetrating encapsulant).
Encapsulation - The application of an encapsulant to asbestos-containing materials to
control the release of asbestos fibers into the air.
Filter - A media component used in respirators to remove solid or liquid particles from
the inspired air.
Flame-Resistant Polyethylene Sheeting - A single polyethylene film in the largest sheet
size possible to minimize seams, nominal six (6) mil thick, conforming to
requirements set forth by the National Fire Protection Association Standard 701,
Small Scale Fire Test for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films.
Friable Asbestos Material: ACM that when dry, may be easily crumbled, pulverized, or
reduced to powder by hand pressure. This includes previously non-friable
material after it becomes damaged to the extent that when dry, may be easily
crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by hand or mechanical pressure.
A500.357
HEPA/P-100 Filter Equipment: Vacuuming equipment containing a HEPA filter system
capable of preventing passage of asbestos dust with an efficiency of 99.97 percent
of all particulates greater than 0.3 microns in size.
HVAC - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning system.
HEPA Filter - A High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter capable of trapping and
retaining 99.97% of asbestos fibers greater than 0.3 microns in length.
Negative Pressure - Air pressure lower than surrounding areas, generally caused by
exhausting air from a sealed space (work area).
Negative Pressure Respirator - A respirator in which the air pressure inside the respirator
inlet covering is positive during exhalation in relation to the air pressure of the
outside atmosphere and negative during inhalation in relation to the air pressure
of the outside atmosphere.
Negative Pressure Air Filtration Device (AFD) - A local exhaust system device, utilizing
HEPA filtration capable of maintaining a negative pressure inside the work area
and a constant air flow from adjacent areas into the work area and exhausting
that air outside the work area.
Personal Monitoring: Sampling of asbestos fiber concentrations within the breathing zone
of a worker to establish OSHA PEL data values.
Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL): No employee shall be exposed to airborne
concentrations of asbestos fibers equal to or greater than 0.1 fibers per cm3 of air
as an 8-hour TWA as determined by NIOSH Analytical Method #7400.
Regulated Asbestos-Containing Material (RACM) - (a) Friable asbestos material, (b)
Category I Non-friable ACM that has become friable, (c) Category I Non-friable
ACM that will be or has been subjected to sanding, grinding, cutting, or
abrading, or (d) Category II Non-friable ACM that has a high probability of
becoming or has become crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to powder by the
forces expected to act on the material in the course of demolition or renovation
operations.
Removal - The stripping of any asbestos-containing materials from surfaces or
components of a facility.
Renovation - Altering in any way one or more facility components. Operations in which
load-supporting structural members are wrecked or taken out are excluded.
Respirator - A device designed to protect the wearer from the inhalation of harmful
atmospheres.
Shower Room - A room between the clean room and the equipment room in the worker
decontamination enclosure with hot and cold or warm running water
controllable at the tap and suitably arranged for complete showering during
decontamination.
A500.357
Surfactant - A chemical wetting agent added to water to improve penetration, thus
reducing the quantity of water required for a given operation or area.
Time-Weighted Average (TWA): Three samples are required to establish the 8 hour time
weighted average. The TWA is an 8 hour time weighted average airborne
concentration of asbestos fibers per cm3 of air.
Visible Emissions - Any emissions containing particulate asbestos material that are
visually detectable without the aid of instruments. This does not include
condensed uncombined water vapor.
Water Column (wc) - A unit of measurement for pressure differential.
Wet Cleaning - The process of eliminating asbestos contamination from building surfaces
and objects by using cloths, mops or other cleaning utensils that have been
dampened with amended water or diluted removal encapsulant and afterwards
thoroughly decontaminated or disposed of as asbestos contaminated waste.
Work Area - Designated rooms, spaces, or areas of the project in which asbestos
abatement actions are to be undertaken or which may become contaminated as a
result of such abatement actions. A contained work area is a work area that has
been sealed, plasticized and equipped with a negative pressure air-filtration
system.
Worker decontamination enclosure - A decontamination system consisting of a clean
room, a shower room, and an equipment room separated from each other and
from the work area by airlocks and curtained doorways. This system is used for
all worker entrances and exists to and from the work area and for equipment
pass out for small jobs.
543.04
REQUIREMENTS.
(A) Compliance
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for compliance with all
applicable Federal, New Jersey, and County regulations pertaining to work
practices, hauling, disposal, and protection of the site. The Contractor is
responsible for providing medical examinations and maintaining records of
personnel as required by the applicable Federal, New Jersey, and local
regulations.
Qualifications
1.
The Contractor shall have a minimum of two (2) years of experience on asbestos
removal, which shall be evidenced by a complete list of all asbestos removal and
disposal projects undertaken in the past three (3) years indicating the owner of
the facility (including name, address and phone number of the owner project
manager), type of facility, volume of material removed and name of the
Contractor and “Competent Person” supervising work.
A500.357
The Contractor shall have successfully completed at least two (2) projects of
comparable scope to this Contract within the past three (3) years which shall be
evidenced by identifying the owner of the facility (including name, address and
phone number of the owner project manager), type of facility, volume of material
removed and name of the Contractor and “Competent Person” supervising
work.
The Contractor shall have on staff and assign to this Contract a “Competent Person”
with a minimum of two (2) years’ experience in removal and disposal of asbestos
and at least five (5) years’ experience in construction trades, who has served as
“Competent Person” on a minimum three (3) projects of comparable scope and
methodology to this project. This shall be evidenced by providing the name of
the person and proof of training as Supervisor. The “Competent Person” shall be
a full-time employee of the Subcontractor.
Notifications
1.
Permits and Notification
i.
The Contractor will prepare all notifications required by the New Jersey, and
EPA based upon these Specifications, and will submit them to the
appropriate agency. Send written notification required by N.J.A.C. 5:23-8 to
the Department of Community Affairs within three (3) days of issuance of
the construction permit for asbestos abatement. Send notification to:
New Jersey Department of Community Affairs
Division of Codes and Standards
Bureau of Code Services Asbestos/Lead Safety Unit
101 South Broad Street
PO Box 816
Trenton, NJ 08625-0816
ii.
The Contractor shall obtain all permits required by Federal, New Jersey,
and/or County regulatory agencies or jurisdictions for the transportation
and disposal of asbestos-containing materials. The removal of asbestos shall
require a construction permit in accordance with N.J.A.C. 5:23-8.5.
Additionally, a demolition permit must be obtained pursuant to N.J.A.C.
5:23-2.
iii.
The Contractor shall post one copy of all permits at the work site and keep
on file at the Contractor's office one copy of each.
iv.
The Contractor shall submit written certification prior to the commencement
of work that the required permits, site location, and arrangements for
transportation and disposal of asbestos-containing wastes have been made.
Contractor Documentation
i.
The Contractor shall submit copies of all transport manifests, trip tickets and
disposal receipts for all asbestos-containing wastes removed from the
property, within ten (10) days of such removal.
A500.357
ii.
The Contractor shall submit documentation prior to the commencement of
work that the contractor's employees, including foreman, supervisors, and
any other company personnel or agents who may be exposed to airborne
asbestos have received the following:

Training as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 (k) (3).

Medical surveillance as required by OSHA 20 CFR 1926.1101(m) and
have been determined by a physician to be physically able to wear
required respiratory protection.

Respirator fit testing as required by OSHA 29 CFR 1926.1101 (h) (4).

New Jersey Asbestos and Permits.
iii.
The Contractor shall submit prior to the commencement of Work the names
and Social Security numbers of the Contractor's employees.
iv.
The Contractor shall submit the identity and qualifications of his designated
"competent person" to be on-site during removal work as required by OSHA
29 CFR 1926.1101 (e) (6) (ii) and the individual or firm that will be
conducting his employee exposure monitoring as required by OSHA 29 CFR
1926.1101 (f) to the AC prior to the commencement of work.
v.
The Contractor shall have in his possession, on-site, copies of the above
referenced regulations, as well as, a copy of the Contractor's asbestos training
and work practices manual, written respirator program, and these
Specifications.
vi.
The Contractor shall maintain a daily log within the Decontamination Unit
documenting the dates and times of the following items: visitations;
authorized and unauthorized Personnel; by name, entering and leaving the
work area.
Licenses
i. Maintain current licenses as required by applicable Federal, and New Jersey
regulatory agencies or jurisdictions for the removal, transporting, disposal,
and/or other regulated activity relative to the work of this contract.
ii. Posting and Filing of Licenses: Maintain two (2) copies of applicable Federal,
and New Jersey licenses described above. Post one copy of each at the job
site and keep on file in Subcontractor's office one copy of each.
Submittals
1.
Within 60 days after Contract Award, the Contractor shall submit the following:
i.
Applications, notifications, and permits (i.e. variances, agency approvals,
etc.)
ii.
Evidence of prior experience conducting similar work
iii.
Qualifications of firm and personnel including licenses, respirator fit tests,
medical clearance exams
iv.
List and qualifications of subcontractors to be utilized
v.
Corporate & Site Specific Health & Safety Plan
A500.357
a.
Hazard Communication Program
b.
Emergency Response Plan (ERP) & Contingency Plan
c.
Respiratory Protection Program
d. PPE
e.
vi.
Medical Surveillance program
Site Specific Work Plan
a.
Scope of Work
b.
Abatement Design drawings/engineered drawings, approved by a
licensed Professional Engineer (if applicable)
c.
Means and Methods of abatement
d. Personnel Decontamination Design
e.
Temporary Construction Plan with location of negative air pressure
machine
f.
Work Schedule & Progress Reports
g.
Containment Plan
h. Waste Storage Plan
i.
vii.
2.
Material Safety Data Sheets
Catalogue, cut sheets, product & technical data sheets.
Submit the name, address, and telephone number of each testing laboratory
selected for the analysis, and reporting of airborne concentrations of asbestos
fibers along with evidence that each laboratory selected holds the appropriate
New Jersey license and/or permits and certification that each laboratory is
American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA) accredited and that persons
counting the samples have been judged proficient by current inclusion on the
AIHA Asbestos Analysis Registry (AAR) and successful participation of the
laboratory in the Proficiency Analytical Testing (PAT) Program. Where analysis
to determine asbestos content in bulk materials or transmission electron
microscopy is required, submit evidence that the laboratory is accredited by the
National Institute of Science and Technology (NIST) under National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) for asbestos analysis.
Submit written evidence that the landfill for disposal is approved for asbestos
disposal by the USEPA and New Jersey regulatory agency(s). Submit waste
shipment records, prepared in accordance with Federal regulations, signed and
dated by an agent of the landfill, certifying the amount of asbestos materials
delivered to the landfill, within three ( 3) days after delivery.
A500.357
Submit certificates signed by each employee indicating that the employee has
received training in the proper handling of materials and wastes that contain
asbestos in accordance with 40 CFR 763 and New Jersey requirements;
understands the health implications and risks involved, including the illnesses
possible from exposure to airborne asbestos fibers; understands the use and
limits of the respiratory equipment to be used; and understands the results of
monitoring of airborne quantities of asbestos as related to health and respiratory
equipment as indicated in 29 CFR 1926.1101 on an initial and annual basis.
Provide a written certification for each worker and supervisor, signed by a licensed
physician indicating that the worker and supervisor has met or exceeded all of
the medical prerequisites listed herein and in 29 CFR 1926.1101 and 29 CFR
1926.103 as prescribed by law.
The Contractor shall submit a signed notarized statement disclosing all OSHA and
EPA citations on asbestos removal jobs in the past three (3) years.
543.05
EXECUTION.
(A)
Respirators
1.
The Contractor shall administer a respiratory protection program as required by
OSHA (29 CFR 1910.134). The Contractor shall provide individual respirators,
from those approved by the NIOSH, Department of Health and Human Services,
for each employee. The Contractor shall require all employees to wear Powered
Air Purifying Respirators (PAPR) inside the work area for the duration of the
project, or unless acceptable levels have been established through air sampling.
The Contractor shall require that respiratory protection be used at all times there
is any possibility of disturbance of asbestos-containing materials whether
intentional or accidental, until the area has been cleared for reoccupancy. The
Contractor shall not allow the use of single-use, disposal respirators for any
purpose.
Personal Decontamination
1.
Provide a temporary, negative pressure unit with a separate decontamination
room and clean room with a shower that complies with 29 CFR 1926.1101.
Provide a separate decontamination area for personnel required to don and doff
whole body protective clothing. Keep street clothing and street shoes a clean
area. HEPA vacuum and remove asbestos contaminated disposable protective
clothing while still wearing respirators at the boundary of the asbestos work area
and seal in impermeable bags or containers for disposal.
Warning Signs and Labels
1.
Provide warning signs printed in English at all approaches to asbestos control
areas. Locate signs at such a distance that personnel may read the sign and take
the necessary protective steps required before entering the area. Provide labels
and affix to all asbestos materials, scrap, waste, debris, and other products
contaminated with asbestos.
Legend
Cancer
Notation
1-inch Sans Serif Gothic or Block
A500.357
Asbestos
Cancer and Luna Disease Hazard
Authorized Personnel Only
Respirators and Protective Clothing are
Required in this Area
1-inch Gothic
1-inch Gothic
Local Exhaust System
1.
Provide a local exhaust system in the asbestos control area in accordance with
ANSI Z(.2 and 29 CFR 1926.1101 that will provide at least four air changes per
hour inside of the negative pressure enclosure.. Maintain a minimum pressure
differential in the control area of minus 0.02 inch of water column relative to
adjacent, unsealed areas. The local exhaust system shall terminate out of doors
and remote from any public access or ventilation system intakes.
Tools
1.
Vacuums shall be leak proof to the filter and equipped with HEPA filters. Do
not use power tools to remove asbestos containing materials unless the tool is
equipped with effective, integral HEPA filtered exhaust ventilation systems.
Remove all residual asbestos from reusable tools prior to storage or reuse.
Work Procedure
1.
Perform asbestos related work in accordance with 29 CFR 1925.1101, 40 CFR 51SUBPART M, NJAC 5:23-8 and as specified herein. Use wet removal procedures.
Personnel shall wear and utilize protective clothing and equipment as specified
herein. Eating, smoking, drinking, chewing gum, tobacco, or applying cosmetics
shall not be permitted in the asbestos work or control areas. Personnel of other
trades not engaged in the removal and demolition of asbestos containing
material shall not be exposed at any time to airborne concentrations of asbestos
unless all the personnel protection and training provisions of this specification
are complied with by the trade personnel. If an asbestos fiber release or spill
occurs outside of the asbestos control area, stop work immediately, correct the
condition including clearance sampling, prior to resumption of work.
The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all air quality monitoring including air
sampling, monitoring, and analysis required for regulatory compliance. The
firm and persons engaged shall be properly licensed, certified, and must be
properly insured.
All persons entering the work area shall wear disposable coveralls and NIOSHapproved respirators with HEPA filters. Workers will remove protective
equipment prior to leaving the work area and proceed to a remote shower
facility for final decontamination.
Perform work without damage or contamination of adjacent work. Where such work
is damaged or contaminated using visual inspection or sample analysis, it shall
be restored to its original condition or decontaminated by the Contractor at no
expense to the NJTA. This includes inadvertent spill of dirt, dust, or debris in
which it is reasonable to conclude that asbestos may exist. When these spills
occur, stop work immediately. Then clean up the spill. When satisfactory visual
inspection and air sampling results are obtained, work may proceed.
A500.357
When the use of scaffolding is required by the Contractor to access the asbestoscontaining materials all scaffolding shall be erected in accordance with OSHA
standard 29 CFR 1926.451. No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled, or
altered except under the supervision of competent persons.
Block and seal openings in the areas where the release of airborne asbestos fibers can
be expected. Establish an asbestos negative pressure enclosure. Negative
pressure enclosure development shall include protective covering of walls and
ceilings with 2 layers of minimum 6-mil plastic sheet sealed with tape to prevent
water or other damage. Provide local exhaust system in the asbestos control area.
Wet asbestos material with a fine spray of amended water during removal, cutting,
or other handling, so as to reduce the emission of airborne fibers. Remove
material and immediately place in 6-mil plastic disposal bags. Remove asbestos
containing material in a gradual manner, with continuous application of the
amended water or wetting agent in such a manner that no asbestos material is
disturbed prior to being adequately wetted. Where unusual circumstances
prohibit the use of 6-mil plastic bags, submit an alternate proposal for
containment of asbestos fibers for approval. Asbestos containing material shall
be containerized while wet. At no time shall asbestos material be allowed to
accumulate or become dry. Lower and otherwise handle asbestos containing
material as indicated.
Sampling of airborne concentrations of asbestos fibers shall be performed in
accordance with 29 CFR 1926.1101, NJAC 5:23-8 and as specified herein. A
qualified person shall perform sampling performed in accordance with 29 CFR
1926.1101. Unless otherwise specified, use NIOSH Method 7400 for sampling and
analysis.
The Contractor shall request a pre-sealant inspection prior to removal of barriers and
after pre-clearance cleanup of gross contamination. The asbestos control monitor
shall conduct a visual inspection of all areas affected by the removal in
accordance with ASTM E 1368 and NJAC 5:23-8. Inspect for any visible fibers. A
post removal (lock-down) encapsulant shall then be spray applied to ceiling,
walls, floors and other areas exposed in the removal area. The exposed area shall
include but not be limited to plastic barriers. furnishings and articles to be
discarded as well as dirty change room, air locks for bag removal and
decontamination chambers.
While performing asbestos engineering control work, the Contractor shall be subject
to on-site inspection by the NJTA. If the work is found to be in violation of this
specification, NJTA will issue a stop work order to be in effect immediately and
until the violation is resolved. All related costs including standby time required
to resolve the violation shall be at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor and asbestos control monitor will perform a complete visual
inspection of the entire work area. Following final clearance air sampling,
encapsulation, and air sample results below 0.01 fibers per cubic centimeter. If
the final clearance inspection is not acceptable, the Contractor must remedy all
deficiencies. All related costs to perform final clearance samples per N.J.A.C 5-16
shall be at the Contractor's expense and standby time required to resolve any
violation/deficiencies shall be at the Contractor's expense.
A500.357
All waste materials, except as specified otherwise, shall become the property of the
Contractor and shall be disposed of as specified in the applicable New Jersey and
Federal regulations and herein.
Collect asbestos waste, asbestos contaminated water, scrap, debris, bags, containers,
equipment, and asbestos contaminated clothing which may produce airborne
concentrations of asbestos fibers and place in sealed fiber-proof, waterproof, nonreturnable containers (e.g. double plastic bags 6-mils thick, cartons, drums or
cans). Wastes within the containers must be adequately wet in accordance with
40 CFR 61-SUBPART M and NJAC 5:23-8 and NJAC 7:26. Procedure for hauling
and disposal shall comply with 40 CFR 61SUBPART M, New Jersey and other
applicable standards.
543.06
MEASUREMENT.
Removal of previously identified asbestos-containing, suspect asbestos containing
material, or presumed asbestos containing materials will be paid on a lump sum basis
measured for payment.
543.07
PAYMENT.
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Asbestos Abatement #1………………………………………………………………Lump Sum
A500.357
SECTION 544 – LEAD PAINT MANAGEMENT
544.01
DESCRIPTION
Provision for utilizing good housekeeping practices to prevent the spread of surface
coating dusts and debris and the cleanup of surface-coating dusts and debris resulting
from the station reconstruction project activities.
Contractor compliance with applicable Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(OSHA) regulations relating to lead exposure in construction.
The Contractor shall ensure that all employees handling lead paint, including
subcontractors, are qualified and experienced in the work of sampling, preparing,
removing, handling, and disposing of the lead paint to be performed under this Contract.
All Contractor employees shall be properly trained, certified in the pertinent
environmental regulations and in personal protection, and other safety procedures.
According to Gannett Fleming’s Report of Hazardous Materials Building Report, interior
portions of the 1-story electrical building were surveyed to assess the presence of paint
coatings containing lead.
Building Materials
White Paint
White Paint
White Paint
Yellow Paint
544.02
Sample Results
Lead Content - 0.0059%
Lead Content - 14%
Location
Electric Box, Hallway
Ceiling, Hallway
Wall Boiler, Room
-----
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
20. Contractor shall adhere to requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62 Lead Exposure in
Construction.
21. Health Warning: Contractor is hereby warned that the work of this Contract may
cause disturbance of lead-containing surface coatings. The Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) regulates worker lead exposure and has assigned a
lead permissible exposure limit (PEL) of 50 micrograms per cubic meter (μg/m3).
This is a time-weighted average concentration for a normal eight-hour day or fortyhour workweek, to which nearly all workers may be repeatedly exposed, day after
day, without adverse effect.
22. Conduct debris collection and disposal operations to comply with codes, ordinances,
regulations and anti-pollution laws.
544.03
SUBMITTALS
1.
Dust Control and Cleanup Plan: Contractor shall prepare a dust control and
cleanup plan indicating measures Contractor will employ to control the spread of
surface coating dusts and debris during activities that may disturb painted
surfaces that contain lead. Contractor shall submit the plan at least 14 days prior
A500.357
to commencing work that will disturb painted surfaces, such as demolition,
drilling, sawing, cutting, grinding, and scraping.
544.04
544.05
544.06
QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.
Competent Person: Contractor agrees to maintain properly qualified supervision
on the job site at all times while work is in progress. Such supervision shall
qualify as competent persons as defined by 29 CFR 1926.62(b).
2.
The Contractor’s supervisor shall insure that workers understand and are
complying with all regulations and requirements. A resume or summary list of
training and experience that qualifies this individual to serve in the Competent
Person capacity shall be provided prior to the start of construction.
3.
Contractor warrants that all employees performing work involving exposure to
lead are properly trained in the safety and work practices to be used in the
performance of the work under this contract.
MATERIALS
1.
Use only those cleaning materials which will not create hazards to health or
property and which will not damage surfaces.
2.
Use only those cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer
of the surface material to be cleaned.
3.
Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material
manufacturer.
EXECUTION
WORKERS HEALTH AND SAFETY
1.
The Contractor is solely responsible for the health and safety of its workers
during the execution of this Contract.
2.
Work shall be conducted under the assumption that surface coatings contain lead
and, in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations, including,
but not limited to, 29 CFR 1926.62 Lead Exposure in Construction. These
regulations and their successors shall be binding upon Contractor and
considered part of this specification section.
3.
The methods used to handle materials and precautions taken shall be determined
by Contractor and responsibility for use of such methods shall rest solely with
the Contractor.
CONTROL OF DUST AND DEBRIS
1.
Contractor shall not allow surface coating dust and debris to be spread beyond
the immediate work area and shall thoroughly clean up and remove surface
coating dust and debris from the work area.
A500.357
2.
Contractor shall protect fixtures, equipment, etc., from accumulations of surface
coating dust and debris. Should they be covered by surface coating dust or
debris, Contractor shall remove dust and debris from them and shall clean them.
CLEANING
1.
Collect waste materials that may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal
containers, and remove daily from site.
2.
After completing work where surface coating dusts and debris are generated,
Contractor shall clean all areas.
3.
Ventilating Systems.
a.
Clean permanent filters and replace disposable filters if units were
operated during construction.
b.
8.
544.07
Clean ducts, blowers and coils if units were operated without filters
during construction.
Prior to final completion, Contractor shall conduct an inspection of sight-exposed
surfaces, and the work areas, to verify that the entire Work area is clean.
MEASUREMENT
All work under this section will not be measured for payment, but the cost thereof shall be
included in the lump sum bid price for “BUILDING DEMOLITION.”
544.08
PAYMENT
No separate payment will be made for the removal of lead-based paint associated with
the buildings that will be demolished, but the costs associated with the preparation of
lead safe work practices will be included in the lump sum price bid for the pay item.
A500.357
SECTION 545 – BUILDING DEMOLITION
545.01
DESCRIPTION
(A). GENERAL
The work under this section consists of the demolition and removal of structures
associated with the Work and abandonment of all utilities as shown on the plans and all
appurtenances thereto; and securing all necessary demolition permits.
The Contractor’s attention is directed to the requirements of Sections 539, 540, 542, 543,
544, 547, and 549. Additionally, attention is directed to Section 201 – Clearing and
Grubbing for a description of the work included under ‘Clearing and Grubbing.’
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all state and local permits required for
the demolition activities. The Authority will secure all Federal permits required. The
Progress Schedules stipulated in Subsection 107.04 shall include the time to secure the
required permits.
(B). BUILDINGS TO BE DEMOLISHED
The approximate location of the structures to be demolished is shown on the
Construction Plans, and include the following:
DEMOLITION OF BUILDINGS (1)
The existing maintenance building is a single story, vinyl-lined building constructed of a
wood frame, seated on a concrete slab foundation.
DEMOLITION OF BUILDINGS (2)
The existing maintenance building is a single story, vinyl-lined building constructed of a
wood frame, seated on a concrete slab foundation.
The demolition sequence shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be
submitted a minimum 30 days prior to commencing work.
The demolition shall begin at least 30 calendar days after certificate of occupancy is
obtained for the proposed building and NJTA has transferred operations from to the
proposed building.
The demolition shall be completed within 30 calendar days.
545.02
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
(A). SUBMITTALS
Unless otherwise noted, the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of each submittal to
the Engineer for review and/or approval prior to the start of construction.
1.
Demolition Safety Plan
A500.357
The Contractor shall submit a Demolition Safety Plan to the Engineer for
approval, 10 days before demolition. Include the following provisions in the
plan:
a.
Type and location of warning signs, KEEP OUT signs, and barricades.
b.
Type and location of barrier around operations and openings in the
ground.
c.
Type and location of lights and footway shelter platforms in the vicinity
of pedestrian walkways.
d.
Methods for controlling dust from demolition operations.
2.
List of Sub-Contractors, if any.
3.
Health and Safety Plan
A Health and Safety Plan shall be submitted and approved in accordance with
Section 539, in addition the following topics shall be addressed in the plan:
4.
a.
Hazard Communication. Procedure on how physical and health hazards
associated with the Work are identified and communicated to
employees, and name of the person responsible for implementation of
the Hazard Communication Program.
b.
Guidelines for assessment and prevention of heat stress.
c.
Procedures for using ladders safely.
d.
Electrical safety procedures.
Emergency Action Plan
Contractor shall submit for review a written Emergency Action Plan.
a.
This Plan shall outline the contingency actions to be performed for
emergencies including fire, accident, power failure, supplied air system
failure, breach of work area containment, unexpected asbestos
contamination in the site area and on the adjoining grounds, or spilling
of asbestos material being hauled to storage and/or disposal.
b.
This Plan shall identify the manner in which emergencies are
announced, emergency escape procedures, routes, and procedures to
account for all employees after evacuation.
c.
The Plan shall identify those persons responsible for fire/life safety
duties including the Site Safety Coordinator, persons responsible for fire
prevention equipment and the control of fuel source hazards, and the
members of the Emergency Response Team (see Paragraph "Emergency
A500.357
Response" of this Section). This Plan shall be readily available for review
by all workers.
5.
Fall Protection Plan
Contractor shall submit for review a written Fall Protection Plan. This plan shall
outline the actions to be performed to protect personnel when they are working
at elevation. The plan shall detail specific fall protection devices to be utilized,
training provided to personnel for same and training of designated competent
person in charge of and responsible for the elevated work site.
6.
Proof that all required permits and variances have been obtained.
7.
Proof of written notification to the local police department and fire department
that asbestos abatement work is being conducted. As a minimum, the
notification letter shall include the address of the facility, dates work is to be
performed, and a description indicating the materials and areas to undergo
abatement.
8.
Documentation of compliance with all requirements shall include:
9.
a.
Proof that the job supervisors, foremen, and asbestos abatement workers
meet state certification and license requirements.
b.
Proof of a current medical surveillance program for all Contractor’s
personnel to work on this project.
c.
Proof of a respiratory protection program. Submit level of respiratory
protection intended for each operation required by the project.
d.
Proof that a disposal site has been located, and arrangements for
transport and disposal of asbestos-containing or asbestos-contaminated
materials have been made. Provide the name and location of the landfill,
and waste transport company, if applicable. Landfill shall be an asbestosonly receptor for regulated ACM waste.
e.
Manufacturer's literature on all proposed job related equipment and
products to be used on this project. Include Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) for encapsulant, fire retardant plastics, and other chemicals to be
used on this project.
A detailed Asbestos Removal and Disposal Work Plan in accordance with
Section 543. At a minimum, the Plan shall describe all aspects of the work to be
performed for this project. The Plan shall include the following:
a.
A detailed description of the work area enclosure. Provide shop
drawings (with dimensions and locations) of proposed decontamination
facilities and work areas. These drawings shall indicate the following:
(1)
(2)
Areas to be sealed off and work area boundaries.
Proposed layout and location of the decontamination enclosure
systems.
A500.357
(3)
(4)
b.
Locations of HEPA filtered exhaust units.
HEPA exhaust locations. Include a detailed description of any
modifications or changes to be made to the specified negative
pressure work area enclosure.
Specimen of the Supervisor’s daily log proposed for use. Minimally, the
log should include the date(s) and time(s) when all personnel enter and
leave the work area(s) and detailed descriptions of work performed.
10. During Work Submittals
a.
Schedule of Work Changes: Any changes in the Schedule of Work
proposed by the Contractor shall be submitted for approval no later than
seven days prior to the commencement date of the proposed change. A
revised Schedule shall be submitted at the end of each week.
b.
A written request shall be submitted at least 24 hours in advance of
required air monitoring tests and inspections to be performed by the
Engineer.
c.
Results of all air monitoring performed by the Contractor shall be posted
within 24 hours after collection for all workers to see. A copy of the
results shall be given to the Engineer at the same time.
d.
A certified, signed, and completed copy of each "Waste Shipment
Record" form used, and receipts from the landfill operator which
acknowledge the Contractor's delivery(s) of material, shall be submitted
to the Engineer within thirty days following removal of ACM from the
building.
e.
A copy of the bound log book.
11. Post Project Submittals
a.
Copies of a daily log showing the date(s) and time(s) of entrance to and
exit from the work area(s) for all persons.
b.
Compilation in chronological order of all air monitoring records
pertaining to this project.
c.
Compilation of all completed and signed Waste Shipment Record forms,
bills of lading, or disposal receipts pertaining to this project.
d.
Copies of notifications and checks to applicable agencies (see
Subparagraph "Pre-Job Submittal Information" of this Section) that the
asbestos abatement project has been completed.
e.
Contractor shall submit the following items as part of his final
submittals: Paid invoice verifications for sub-contractor, service contract
agreement, insurance certificates, copies of the workers and supervisors
licenses (NJDOL), and other submittal required for the Specification.
A500.357
(B). MATERIALS
Materials shall conform to the following subsections:
Embankment
Topsoil
Seeding, Type C
545.03
203.02
703.02
704.02
EXECUTION
(A). GENERAL
The Contractor shall obtain all necessary demolition permits from New Jersey
Department of Community Affairs (DCA) at the Contractor’s own expense and shall
comply with all local ordinances of the city, town, or municipality in which the work is
being done. The Contractor shall be responsible for carrying out the work in accordance
with the provision of all permits. Utility shutoff certifications and asbestos abatement
completion certificate shall be provided with the permit application. All existing wells on
the properties must be capped and abandoned by a well driller licensed by NJDEP prior
to obtaining a demolition permit from DCA. The asbestos abatement completion
certificate will be provided by the Engineer upon satisfactory completion of the asbestos
abatement. A disposal manifest for the removal of above ground tanks in the basements
of the buildings must be provided to DCA and the Engineer.
1.
All buildings to be demolished shall be demolished in place.
2.
Materials and debris shall not be placed or stored within the limits of any
existing street. The parking, loading, and operation of trucks on existing
highways or streets shall be governed by existing laws, ordinances, and
regulations.
3.
The Engineer reserves the right to eliminate any item of building or structure
demolition from the Contract at any time.
4.
The Engineer does not assume any responsibility for the condition of the various
buildings or loss of fixtures, equipment, materials, or other objects between the
submittal of the Proposal and the time of demolition.
5.
All materials including fixtures, above ground tanks, flag poles, fences, utility
poles, equipment, debris, and rubbish shall be removed, as it accumulates, and
not stored on the Project site. All garbage and miscellaneous debris left on the lot
by previous owners or tenants shall be removed and disposed.
6.
Sale of materials shall not be conducted within the limits of the Project.
7.
Where others have removed buildings, any remaining utility services shall be
disconnected and terminated by making arrangements for such disconnection.
Foundation walls, including footings and steps shall be removed in its entirety.
Cellar floors shall be broken up and remain in place. All detached buildings and
all fixtures, wood, and debris shall be removed from the area.
A500.357
8.
Contractor shall comply with the Lead in Construction Standard promulgated by
OSHA (29 CFR 1926.62). Contractor shall employ lead-safe work practices.
(B). DEMOLITION ACTIVITIES
Demolition operations shall be confined to the limits of the existing property line and
shall conform to the following:
1.
Utility Disconnections
Before the demolition of any building, arrangements shall be made for the
disconnection and termination of all water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone, cable
television, and all other facilities that are connected to the building, in
conformance with the requirements of the municipalities and companies owning
or controlling them. Certificates of severance of utility services from the
respective utilities shall be provided prior to demolition and submitted to
NJDCA.
The municipalities and companies concerned shall be notified, in writing, when
such disconnections, terminations, or reconnections are required, and the work
shall be performed according to their standard practices and requirements and
under their supervision, or arrangements shall be made for the work to be
performed with their forces.
2.
Rodent Control and Extermination
Before beginning any demolition operations, a qualified sanitation inspector shall
conduct a survey for evidence of current rat activity and shall initiate a control
program by a certified pest control operator if the survey indicates that it is
necessary.
The application of exterminating materials shall conform to NJAC 7:30 et seq.
At least ten days before beginning demolition of any structures, the pest control
operator shall begin to rid the structure and adjacent areas within the limits of
the Project of any rats or their carcasses and to prevent their migration to other
adjacent areas.
Where there is no competing water supply, liquid anticoagulant baits can be
used at the discretion of the certified pesticide applicator.
Toxic bait in the form of 1 pound paraffinized block shall also be placed in each
manhole or inlet of storm or combination drains located on the same street as the
building to be demolished and within the same block, including the entire
intersections of the nearest cross streets. Bait shall be placed in suitable locations
within the drainage structures, as determined by the pest control operator. The
bait block shall be fastened in its location with wire.
All toxic bait in structures or drains shall be inspected and renewed as necessary
on the fourth or fifth day after initial baiting.
All visible carcasses of rats shall be removed and disposed of to the satisfaction
of the Engineer.
A500.357
The pest control operator shall submit a signed statement after the initial
treatment and each follow-up inspection reporting the amount and type of bait
placed in each location and stating the visible results obtained from the rat
control program.
The pest control operator must be aware of the antidote noted on the rodenticide
label.
3.
Storage Tank Removal
Not Applicable.
4.
Demolition Operations
Before demolishing buildings, remove and dispose of chemicals, miscellaneous
cylinders, drums, above ground heating oil tanks, asbestos, and garbage from the
building according to applicable federal, state, and local laws, rules and
regulations. Disposal manifest for removal of heating tanks shall be provided to
DCA and the Engineer after removal.
Small structures and appurtenances outside the area to be cleared shall be
removed if specifically designated for demolition or removal.
Only methods of demolition that ensure that all phases of demolition are
confined within the limits of the demolition areas and without hazard to adjacent
properties or to the public will be permitted. Under no circumstances shall any
structure be set afire. Before commencement of demolition, remove all glass in
windows, doors, skylights and fixtures.
The demolition of the structures, except for the stripping of its fixtures, shall be
progressive from top to bottom, one floor at a time. However, bay or sectionaltype or other demolition techniques may be considered, provided a detailed
plan, including the structural framework of the building, is submitted and
approved before start of operations. Each shall be removed in such a manner
that the integrity and support of adjacent bays or sections is maintained.
The foundation walls shall be removed down to the top of cellar floor. Footings
for foundation walls may remain in place. Cellar floors shall be broken and left in
place as specified below.
5.
Backfilling
Backfilling of all subsurface areas including cellars shall conform to the
following:
a.
Material required for backfilling shall be Common Embankment in
accordance with Section 203 – Embankment of the Standard
Specifications. The selection of materials shall be approved before use.
b.
Construction of the backfill shall be in accordance with Subsection 203.03
– Methods of Construction of the Standard Specifications.
A500.357
6.
c.
All operations in connection with backfilling and grading shall be
performed and completed in such manner to ensure proper drainage.
Before placing the first layers, existing cellar floors and other surfaced
areas shall be broken into pieces having areas of not more than 4 square
feet with well-defined cracks through the full depth of the floors, or
holes of not less than 1 square foot area shall be made through the floors
on approximately 10-foot centers to provide vertical drainage. Cellar
floors of wood shall be removed.
d.
Cellars and all other subsurface spaces shall be backfilled and leveled to
the adjacent ground elevation.
e.
The ground surface shall be graded to eliminate water pockets. All
graded areas shall be stabilized with four (4) inches of topsoiling in
accordance with Section 703 of the Standard Specifications and Seeding,
Type C and mulch in accordance with Section 704 of the Standard
Specifications.
Sealing of Abandoned Wells
Abandoned wells shall be filled and sealed as follows:
7.
a.
Dug wells shall be filled according to Section 201 of the Standard
Specifications.
b.
Drilled wells shall be sealed according to the rules and regulations of
NJAC 7:9D et seq. Provide a copy of the well abandonment records
submitted to NJDEP to the Engineer. If an alternate method is proposed
to seal the abandoned wells, written approval shall be secured from the
NJDEP’s Division of Water Quality and from the Engineer. A
certification from a well driller licensed by NJDEP is required prior to
obtaining a building demolition permit from DCA.
c.
Payment will be per Section 201.
Asbestos, Lead, and Universal Waste Removal
Requirements for the removal of asbestos shall be as per Section 543.
Requirements for the Removal of Lead-Based Materials shall be per Section 544
Requirements for the Removal of Universal Waste shall be per Section 549
8.
Disposal of Materials and Debris
The disposal of materials and debris is regulated under the Solid Waste
Management Act (NJSA 13:1 E-1) and is governed by NJAC 7:26 et seq. The
Contractor shall dispose of the material and debris according to the solid waste
management plan developed by the solid waste management district of origin.
Proper documentation from the disposal facility shall be submitted to the
Engineer.
A500.357
545.04
MEASUREMENT
Demolition of buildings including all incidental work described herein will not be
measured, and payment will be made on a lump sum basis.
545.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Demolition of Buildings (1)
Demolition of Buildings (2)
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
Lump Sum
No separate payment will be made for removal of foundation walls, backfilling of
subsurface areas, seeding, utility work, rodent control and other incidental work
required for the full completion of the scope of work described herein. All costs shall be
included in the price bid for the demolition item.
The cost for disposal of materials generated from demolition of buildings shall be
included in the lump sum cost for Building Demolition. Separate payment will not be
made for fees and associated costs required by the disposal, recycling facility, or NJDEP.
All costs thereof shall be included in the price bid for the appropriate Pay Item.
Payment for asbestos abatement will be made in accordance with Section 543.
A500.357
SECTION 546 – KNOX BOX
546.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction and installation of a knox box. The work does
not include the construction of the concrete pad, this work is paid under Incidental
Concrete per Section 504.
546.02
MATERIAL
Steel Post
Steel Fasteners
909.13
909.02
Alarm wiring per Division 600.
Knox Box to be Model 3266 by Knox Company, 1-800-552-5669. Confirm model number
with local fire official prior to submitting shop drawing.
546.03
Install Knox box per manufacturer’s recommendations.
546.04
MEASUREMENT
Post Mounted Knox Box will be measured by the number of each.
546.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Post Mounted Knox Box
PAY UNIT
Each
A500.357
SECTION 547 – GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT
547.01
DESCRIPTION
The work under this section consists of the management and disposal of groundwater if
encountered during the Work.
If groundwater contamination is present in the area of the existing and former USTs and
pump islands from a product discharge from former UST systems. Contaminated
groundwater will be removed from the tank and contaminated soil excavations. The
Contractor will be responsible for any pre-treatment of the contaminated groundwater,
temporary storage, sampling and laboratory analysis of the treated groundwater, and
disposal by means acceptable to the Engineer. Contaminated groundwater pumped
from the excavations shall not be discharged to the surface or the storm sewer system.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper disposal of contaminated
groundwater. The Contractor shall be responsible for procurement of all applicable
permits for the management of contaminated liquids to comply with the local, state, and
federal requirements. Any alternative means for treating or disposing of contaminated
groundwater that will require NJDEP approval or permitting shall be the responsibility
of the Contractor to obtain such approval or permit(s). The Contractor shall provide
copies of all permits to the Engineer prior to commencing dewatering activities.
The Contractor will be responsible to provide all necessary equipment for dewatering
activities. Contaminated groundwater and surface water shall be handled using
equipment suitable and of size compatible with site conditions, and in accordance with
groundwater/surface water quality standards and the Contractor’s Health and Safety
Plan. Equipment shall comply and shall be operated in accordance with applicable
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Federal, State and local
regulations.
The Contractor shall design, furnish, install, maintain, operate and remove temporary
dewatering systems and controls as required for lowering and controlling water levels
and hydrostatic pressure during construction activities. The Contractor shall also manage
groundwater according to applicable rules and regulations for the selected management
method.
The Contractor shall remove all water from the excavations promptly and continuously
throughout the progress of the work and shall keep the excavations dry at all times by
approved methods such as sumps, underdrains, or well points until the backfill work is
completed. Pumping shall be continuous if necessary to protect the work and/or to
maintain satisfactory progress. As noted contaminated groundwater pumped from the
excavation shall not be discharged to the surface or the storm sewer system. The
Contractor shall be responsible for the proper disposal of contaminated groundwater.
Any alternative means for treating or disposing of contaminated groundwater that will
require NJDEP approval or permitting shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
obtain such approval(s) or permit(s).
A500.357
All labor, equipment, and material, including coarse aggregate, used for dewatering,
treatment, temporary storage, analytical sampling, and discharge shall be included in the
applicable lump sum price bid, and no additional payment will be made for dewatering.
Precautions shall be taken to protect uncompleted work from flooding during storm or
from other causes. All pipelines or structures not stable against uplift during
construction or prior to completion shall be thoroughly braced or otherwise protected.
547.02
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS / MATERIALS
SECTION INCLUDES
1.
The work of this Section consists of the requirements for the storage, testing and
disposal of groundwater generated from dewatering activities.
2.
In the areas of excavation, and elsewhere as indicated or directed, the dewatering
system shall remain in place to the end of the construction. When not otherwise
indicated, dewatering systems shall be removed as directed by the Engineer.
3.
Discharge of dewatering groundwater back to the ground surface or surface water is
regulated by NJDEP. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to be in conformance
with all applicable federal, state and local regulations.
4.
The Engineer will obtain samples and perform all necessary analyses to determine
the proper treatment of the groundwater and indicate method of discharge in
accordance with Sections 545 and 546. Sampling and analysis will be performed in
consideration of space and construction schedule limitations. The Contractor shall
prepare a Site-Specific Work Plan for all disposal operations for review and approval
by the Engineer.
5.
All untested water or water contaminated with elements exceeding NJDEP
thresholds generated during excavation activities shall be pumped into temporary
storage tanks unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
REFERENCES
1.
All dewatering activities shall meet the requirements of federal, state, and local
regulations.
MATERIALS
1.
Dewatering: when water is encountered in excavations, the Contractor shall
provide sump pumps of sufficient capacity to handle the flow and they shall be
maintained at the site.
2.
Equipment: holding/sediment tanks, 21,000 gallon capacity, shall be provided.
3.
Connecting hoses and fittings.
4.
Calibrated flow meters.
CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING AND GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Contractor shall develop a Construction Dewatering and Groundwater
A500.357
Management Plan (CD&GMP) outlining the methods by which the dewatering fluids
will be collected, directed, analyzed (if necessary), and disposed as necessary for the
excavation of the USTs or any other locations within the project limits. The
CD&GMP shall include, at a minimum, the locations of dewatering, depth of
excavation and depth to groundwater, discharge locations, and rate/quantity of
discharge. If sampling and analysis of dewatering effluent is required by the NJDEP,
the Contractor shall present information in the CD&GMP regarding proposed
sampling frequency and analytical parameters. Information pertaining to
groundwater quality within the projects limits is presented in the NJTA Central
Inventory – UST Site Investigation Report prepared by Gannett Fleming. The
Contractor shall also describe the proposed methods to minimize or reduce the
amount of sediment in groundwater pumped from the excavation.
The Contractor shall coordinate with the NJTA during the development of the
CD&GMP. The Contractor shall submit a draft version of the CD&GMP to the
Engineer for review and approval. Upon addressing the Engineer’s comments, the
Contractor shall finalized and submit the CD&GMP to the Engineer. The Contractor
shall implement the CD&GMP, as approved by the Engineer and in compliance with
the associated permits issued by the NJDEP.
547.03
EXECUTION
PREPARATION
1.
The Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary for dewatering prior to
any excavation as specified elsewhere and as directed by the Engineer.
EQUIPMENT
1.
Remove loose earth particles and other debris after the hole has been excavated to the required
depth.
2.
Provide pump base of ¾ inch coarse aggregate, three inch minimum thickness.
3.
Clean pump base as required by the Engineer.
4.
Dewatering pumps shall be supplied with screening, wrapped with filter fabric, or hay bales to
reduce the amount of sediment pumped into the holding tanks or dewatering basins.
5.
The Contractor shall operate and maintain the dewatering pump(s);
6.
Provide discharge hoses from the dewatering pumps to the holding tank or dewatering basins.
7.
Provide connection from the holding tank including flow meter to the discharge point, as
directed.
OPERATION
1.
The dewatering systems shall be operated to lower groundwater levels and maintain the
groundwater elevation at the lower water level as follows:
a. Below lowest point of each open excavation.
A500.357
b. Below structures, until 24 hours after removal of forms, or completion of
drainage, whichever occurs later.
c. Below surface of compacted backfill.
2.
Modify dewatering procedures that cause, or threaten to cause, damage to existing or new
facilities.
3.
Dispose of pumped water from the excavations and dewatering systems into holding/sediment
tanks unless prior testing determines a less stringent disposition.
DISCHARGE
1.
Discharge of water will be as directed by the Engineer based on test results. The
Engineer will sample and test water as required prior to the start of excavation
work and determine the method of water discharge based on the test results.
2.
The Engineer will sample and test all water in holding/sediment tanks and
determine method of discharge based on level of contaminants.
3.
Water with contaminants below the NJDEP thresholds generated during
excavation will be discharged into a dewatering basin prior to discharge into the
Authority storm drainage system. Discharge of water shall conform to the
requirements of the NJPDES General Permit for Construction Dewatering.
4.
All discharge of contaminated water shall be measured by flow meters connected
to the discharge system and will be monitored by the Engineer.
REMOVAL OF TANKS
547.04
1.
The holding/sediment tanks and other system components will require
decontamination at the completion of the project. In addition, the accumulated
sediment in the tanks will require containerization, waste characterization, and
off-site disposal in accordance with federal, local, and state regulations.
2.
The Contractor shall retain an NJDEP certified environmental firm specializing
in decontamination and off-site disposal of sediment in accordance with all
regulations and shall be approved by the Engineer.
3.
Remove holding tanks from site.
MEASUREMENT
Dewatering or the CD&GMP will not be measured for payment.
547.05
PAYMENT
No separate payment will be made for dewatering or the Construction Dewatering and
Groundwater Management Plan. All costs thereof shall be as specified elsewhere.
A500.357
SECTION 548 – BOLLARDS
548.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction and installation of bollards and lighted
bollards.
548.02
MATERIAL
Non-Metallic, Non-Shrink Mortar or Grout.
Reinforcement Steel
Steel Pipe
Steel Plate
Sand
PVC Pipe, Schedule 40
Steel Reinforcement
905.05
905.13
908.01
909.09
909.13
902.04
918.08
909.02
908.01
Yellow Bollard Cover to be Polyethylene Thermoplastic (LDPE) tubes having ultra-violet
resistance and anti static properties, nominal thickness 0.250 inches. Color shall be OSHA
yellow. Size covers for pipe diameters. Cover to be smooth with round top, no ribbed or
two piece systems accepted.
548.03
Bollard
Excavation and backfill for the construction of the footings shall conform to section 206.
The excavation shall include all materials and structures encountered. The excavation
shall also include the restoration of areas damaged.
Footings shall be cast-in-place and constructed in accordance with Section 401. Footings
shall rest on firm ground and shall be poured monolithically. Set pipe socket, weld rebar
and set steel plate per contract plans. Forms shall not be removed until the concrete has
hardened properly and not less than 24 hours after the concrete has been placed.
Weld cap on top of bollard. Weld o-slip to base flange.
Install yellow bollard cover per manufacturer’s recommendations.
BOLTED BOLLARD
Anchor bolts shall be drilled into the concrete pavement. Drilled holes shall be at least 1
inch larger in diameter than the bolt used. During freezing conditions anchor bolt holes
shall be protected from water accumulations at all times. Bolts shall be set accurately and
fixed with grout completely filling the holes.
Fill steel pipe with Portland Cement Concrete. Grind smooth a crown on top.
A500.357
Paint two coats.
548.04
MEASUREMENT
Bollards will be measured by the number of each.
548.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Bollards
PAY UNIT
Each
Separate payment will not be made for anchor bolts, Portland cement concrete, steel
plate, paint or grout but will be included in the item Bollards.
A500.357
SECTION 549– REMOVAL OF UNIVERSAL WASTE
549.01
DESCRIPTION
This work includes a survey to identify universal waste within the limits of building
demolition. The survey shall identify interior and exterior universal waste to facilitate the
following: Removal of Mercury Containing Material, Removal and Recycling of Sealed
Batteries, Removal and Disposal of Polychlorinated Biphenyls Containing Ballasts,
Removal and Disposal of PCB Containing Exterior Caulk, Extraction and Disposal Of
Chlorinated Fluorocarbons. A report shall be prepared detailing the required abatement to
be performed in order to complete building demolition work. This work shall also include
third-party oversight and monitoring of the abatement activities.
This work includes the removal and disposal of mercury containing material encountered
during the Work. Fluorescent light bulbs, mercury vapor, halide and/or high pressure
sodium bulbs associated with these fixtures contain heavy metals, such as mercury and
shall be treated as such. The Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal/recycling of
any stockpile/stored bulbs encountered at the site.
This work includes the removal and recycling of sealed lead-acid and/or nickel cadmium
(NiCad) batteries. The sealed batteries are associated with smoke detectors, emergency exit
signs and emergency generator lights.
This work includes the removal and disposal of polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB)
containing ballasts and PCB containing exterior caulk. The Contractor shall remove all
light ballasts associated with fluorescent and sodium vapor light fixtures. The Contractor
shall remove all PCB containing exterior caulk.
This work includes the extraction and disposal of chlorinated fluorocarbons from HVAC
units, AC units, freezers and refrigerators.
The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, services, permits and equipment necessary
to carry out the Removal of Mercury Containing Material, Removal and Recycling of Sealed
Batteries, Removal and Disposal of PCB Containing Ballasts, Removal and Disposal of PCB
Containing Exterior Caulk, Extraction and Disposal Of Chlorinated Fluorocarbons. This
includes removal, handling, storing, transporting, and disposing, of these materials, in
accordance with all the applicable federal, state and local regulations and these
specifications.
549.02
REQUIREMENTS
(A)
CODES, REGULATIONS AND STANDARDS
The removal activities shall be compliant with the United States Department of Labor,
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), 29 CFR 1910, Subpart I, and 29
CFR 1926, Subparts D and E, with respect to personnel training, removal methods,
respiratory protection requirements, etc.
The Contractor shall assume full responsibility and liability for the compliance with all
applicable federal, state, and local regulations pertaining to work practices, hauling,
disposal, and protection of workers, visitors to the site, and persons occupying areas
adjacent to the site. The Contractor is responsible for providing medical examinations and
maintaining medical records of personnel as required by the applicable federal, state and
A500.357
local regulations. The Contractor shall hold the Owner and the Owner's representative
harmless for failure to comply with any applicable work, hauling, disposal, safety, health
or other regulation on the part of himself, his employees, or sub-contractors.
Applicable State of New Jersey Regulations:
1. N.J.A.C. 7:26-New Jersey Waste Disposal Requirements
2.
N.J.A.C. 12:100-13-New Jersey Indoor Air Quality Standard
a. The Contractor shall comply with the New Jersey Public Employee
Occupational Safety and Health (PEOSH) program, Indoor Air Quality
Standard, N.J.A.C. 12:100-13, which is applicable to the protection of all
Trades working in the building for the demolition of the structure, which is
a public building/site and it is anticipated that workers and visitors will be
on-site during the course of the project.
Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two (2) or more standards is
specified, and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum
quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will be enforced, unless the
Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer requirements that are different, but
apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent to the
Owner's representative for a decision before proceeding.
(B)
1.
CFCS REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
CFCs are to be removed and managed in accordance with the refrigerant
recycling requirement of the United States Environmental Protection Agency
(USEPA) in Section 608 of the Clean Air Act (CAA), 1990, as amended, including
final regulations published May 14, 1993, (58 FR 28660) and the prohibition on
venting effective July 1, 1992.
2.
Effective July 1, 1992, Section 608 of the CAA prohibits individuals from
knowingly venting ozone depleting compounds used as refrigerants into the
atmosphere while maintaining, servicing, repairing or disposing of airconditioning or refrigeration equipment. Only four (4) types of releases are
permitted under the prohibition: 1.) minor releases during good faith attempts to
recapture/recycle refrigerant, 2.) minor releases during normal equipment
operation, 3.) minor release during leak tests when there is an attempt to
recapture/recycle refrigerant, and 4.) small release of refrigerant which results
from purging hoses or from connecting or disconnecting hoses to charge or
service appliances equipped with low-loss fittings.
3.
The USEPA has established a certification program for recovery and recycling
equipment.
Under the program, the USEPA requires that equipment
manufactured on or after November 15, 1993, must be tested by a USEPA
approved testing organization to ensure that it meets USEPA requirements,
under the ARI 740-1993.
4.
The USEPA has established a mandatory technician certification program.
Persons removing refrigerant from small appliances and motor vehicle air
conditioners for purposes of disposal of these appliances do not have to be
certified. Technicians are required to pass a USEPA approved test given by a
A500.357
USEPA approved certification organization to become certified under the
mandatory program.
(C)
5.
The USEPA has “grandfathered” individuals who have already participated in
training and testing programs provided that the testing programs are 1.)
approved by the USEPA, and 2.) provide additional USEPA approved materials
or testing to these individuals to ensure that they have the required level of
knowledge. There are four (4) types of certification: 1.) For servicing small
appliances (Type I), 2.) For servicing or disposing of high or very high pressure
appliances, except for small appliances and MVACs (Type II), 3.) For servicing or
disposing of low pressure appliances (Type III) and 4.) For servicing all types of
equipment (Universal).
6.
The Contractor or Sub-contractor disposing of air conditioning and refrigeration
equipment must certify, or have certification on record, to the USEPA and to the
Owner that they have acquired (built, brought or leased) recovery or recycling
equipment and that they are complying with the applicable requirements of the
rules. This certification must be signed by the Owner of the equipment and
another responsible officer and sent to the appropriate USEPA Regional Office.
7.
Under the USEPA’s rule, equipment dismantled on-site before disposal (e.g.,
retail food refrigeration, cold storage warehouse refrigeration, chillers and
industrial process refrigeration) has to have the refrigerant recovered in
accordance with the USEPA’s requirements for servicing. The Contractor must
provide documentation of the removal.
8.
Recordkeeping: Technicians servicing appliances that contain 50 pounds or more
of refrigerant must provide the Owner with an invoice that indicates the amount
of refrigerant added to the appliance. In addition:
a. Technicians must also keep a copy of their proof of certification at their place
of business.
b. Reclaimers must maintain records of the names and addresses of persons
sending the material for reclamation and the quantity of the materials sent to
them for reclamation.
This information must be maintained on a
transactional basis.
c. Within 30-days of the end of the calendar year, reclaimers must report to the
USEPA the total quantity of material sent to them that year for reclamation,
the mass of refrigerant reclaimed that year and the mass of waste products
generated that year.
9.
Hazardous Waste Disposal:
If refrigerants are recycled or reclaimed, they are
not considered hazardous waste under federal law. In addition, used oils
contaminated with CFCs are not hazardous on the condition that:
a. They are not mixed with other waste.
b. They are not subjected to CFC recycling or reclamation.
c. They are not mixed with used oils from other sources.
d. Used oils that contain CFCs after the CFC reclamation procedure, however,
are subject to specification limits for used oil fuels if these oils are destined
for burning.
SUBMITTALS
A500.357
Universal Waste Survey Report
Following the survey or Universal Waste, prepare a comprehensive results
report for submission to the Authority for review and approval. The report shall
include technical specifications for abatement procedures and recommend air
sampling and monitoring to be performed during the work, if necessary. The
firm that prepares the report shall perform the third-party oversight and
monitoring of the Contractor’s activities required by the administrative
authorities.
Pre-Construction Submittals:
1.
Written Respiratory Protection Plan, in accordance with 29 CFR,
Parts 1910 and 1926.
2.
Written site specific Health and Safety Plan.
3.
All notifications and permits.
4.
All Safety Data Sheets (SDS) (Formerly Material Safety Data
Sheets [MSDS]).
Post-Construction Submittals: Upon completion of work on this project, the
Contractor shall submit the following information to the Engineer:
1.
Daily activity reports and personnel sign-in sheets
2.
Minutes of meetings
3.
Visitations; authorized and unauthorized
4.
Special or unusual events
5.
Waste material disposal manifests
549.03
EXECUTION
(A)
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(1) The Contractor shall provide a "competent person" on-site at all times, in
accordance with OSHA Regulations, and shall maintain the necessary
staffing to complete the project in accordance with the project schedule. The
competent person shall have knowledge in construction and shall be
knowledgeable in reading and interpreting construction documents.
(2) Worker Protection
1. Appropriate respiratory protection shall be provided by the Employer,
upon notification that employees have received medical clearance and
monitoring, followed by passing respiratory fit testing, and have read
the Contractor’s written Respiratory Protection Program
2. Provide disposable full body coveralls including foot and head covers
and require that they be worn by all workers in the work area. Provide a
sufficient number for all required changes, for all workers in the work
area.
3. Provide gloves to all workers and require that they be worn inside the
work area. Do not remove gloves from the work area, and dispose of as
contaminated waste at the end of work.
4. The Contractor shall strictly prohibit workers from eating, drinking,
smoking and chewing gum or tobacco while within the work area. In
order to perform any of these functions, workers must exit the work
A500.357
area, and are required to follow the outlined decontamination
procedures on each occasion.
(3) Exposure Limits
1. The OSHA Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) for mercury vapor is 0.1
milligrams per cubic meter of air (mg/m3) as a ceiling limit;
workers shall not be exposed to mercury vapor that exceeds the
ceiling limit at any time.
2. The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
recommended exposure limit (REL) for mercury vapor is 0.05
mg/m3 as a time weighted average (TWA) up to a 10-hour work
day over a 40-hour work week.
3. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists
(ACGIH) threshold limit value (TLV) for mercury vapor is
0.025mg/m3 as an 8-hour TWA over a 40-hour workweek.
4. 0.5 milligrams per cubic meter of air (mg/m3) on an 8-hour Time
Weighted Average for PCBs.
(4) Special Hazards: Materials shall not be exposed to open flames or other high
temperature sources since toxic decomposition by-products may be
produced. Materials shall not be heated to temperatures of 55 degrees
Celsius (135 degrees Fahrenheit) or higher. Do not break mercury containing
materials.
(5) Control Area: Isolate the Control Areas by physical boundaries to prevent
unauthorized entry of personnel. Food, drink, smoking and the application
of cosmetics will not be permitted in Control Areas.
(6) The Contractor shall establish the means for personnel decontamination
(7) Ensure all HVAC and electrical systems within proximity to the work area
are deactivated and/or protected with polyethylene sheeting that is secured
airtight with duct tape.
(8) Warning signs and/or tape shall be posted around the perimeter of the
exterior work areas during remediation.
(9) No mercury, PCB, CFC containing equipment or other associated
environmental concerns shall be disturbed during preparation activity.
(10) Removal activities shall generate no visible emissions, as enforceable under
40 CFR, Part 61 of the National Emissions Standard for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAPS).
(B)
ORDER OF OPERATIONS
Perform the work and provide the services as follows:
1. Tailgate Safety Meeting
2. Pre-removal inspection.
3. Work area preparation including isolating, securing and cleaning.
4. Worker training, respiratory protection and medical examination.
5. Disconnection and removal of equipment/materials.
A500.357
6.
(C)
Packaging, labeling, transportation and disposal materials in accordance
with federal, state and local regulations.
WORK PROCEDURES
Furnish labor, materials, services and equipment necessary for the complete
removal of materials located at the site as indicated or specified in accordance
with all applicable federal, state and local regulations. Package and mark
materials as required by the USEPA and USDOT.
Smoking is not permitted within 50 feet of the Control Areas. Provide “No
Smoking” signs as directed by the Owner and/or Owner’s representative.
Ensure that work operations or processes are in accordance with 40 CFR, Parts
761, 262 and 263, and applicable requirements of this Section, including but not
limited to:
1. Obtaining advance approval of storage sites and disposal facilities.
2.
Notify the Owner and/or Owner’s representative prior to
commencing the operation.
3.
Report leaks and spills to the Owner and/or Owner’s representative.
4.
Decontaminating spills.
5.
Maintaining an access log of employees working in Control Area
and providing a copy to the Owner and/or Owner’s representative
upon completion of the decontamination.
6.
Inspecting contaminated items and waste containers for leaks and
forwarding copies of inspection reports to the Owner and/or
Owner’s representative.
7.
Maintaining inspection, inventory and spill records.
(D)
STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES
1. Removal procedures shall prevent contamination of work areas
materials, debris and waste. Handle materials such that no skin contact
occurs.
2. Confined Spaces: The Contractor shall adhere to all confined space
procedures, as set forth in 29 CFR, Part 1910.146.
3. Establish a Control Area.
4. Exhaust Ventilation: If used, exhaust ventilation for removal operations
that will discharge to the outside and away from personnel.
5. Handle materials at ambient temperatures only.
6. Evacuation Procedures: Procedures shall be written for the evacuation
of injured workers to the local hospital/clinic identified in and in
accordance with the Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan
(E)
SPILL DECONTAMINATION REQUIREMENTS
1. Spills:
Immediately report to the Owner and/or the Owner’s
representative spills and/or leaks.
2. Spill Control Area: Rope off an area around the edges of the leak or spill
and post a “Spill Authorized Personnel Only” caution sign. Immediately
transfer leaking liquid to a container.
3. Spill Decontamination: Initiate decontamination of spills as soon as
possible, but no later than within 24-hours, of its discovery. To
A500.357
4.
5.
549.04
decontaminate spills, personnel will wear the appropriate PPE as
specified in the Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan.
Specific
decontamination procedures shall be outlined in the Contractor’s Health
and Safety Plan. If misting, elevated temperatures or open flames are
present, or if the spill is situated in a confined space, notify the Owner
and/or Owner’s representative. Mop up the liquid with rags or other
conventional absorbent. The spent absorbent shall be properly contained
and disposed of as solid waste, dependent upon the contaminant that
spilled.
Spills and all contaminated materials used for clean-up shall be disposed
of in accordance with USEPA requirements for Universal Waste.
Spill Response: If materials are spilled or materials are spilled of
unknown content notify the National Response Center (NRC) 800-4248802. Notify the US EPA Regional Office, Office of Prevention,
Pesticides, and Toxic Substances Branch, if: any amount contaminates
surface waters, sewers, drinking water supplies, grazing land, or
vegetable gardens; or 2) more than 10 pounds of material are spilled.
Notify the NJDEP if a spill should occur at 877-WARN-DEP.
MERCURY WASTE HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
Ensure that the equipment has been properly de-energized, in accordance with 29 CFR,
Part 1910.147.
Where mercury containing electrical components are found, the Contractor shall remove
and place the mercury containing components into 5-gallon sealable containers (buckets).
Utilize larger sealable containers for fluorescent light bulbs.
Mercury containing waste shall only be hauled by a licensed hazardous waste hauler. A
waste manifest documenting the disposal shall be provided to the Owner. All mercury
containing waste shall be properly labeled, dated and disposed of in accordance with
Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA) and United States Department of Transportation
(USDOT) requirements, as well as applicable state and local regulations. No waste shall
remain on site for more than 90 days.
All storage of waste shall be performed at the direction of the Owner and/or Owner’s
representative. All storage of waste mercury shall be in accordance with 49 CFR, Part
178, and 40 CFR, Part 273. The handling and storage of mercury containing waste will be
modified if state or local requirements are more stringent.
Storage Containers: The collection of mercury shall be in USDOT approved containers.
As a minimum, closed head containers will be used for collected liquids.
Waste Containers shall be labeled with the following, in accordance with 40 CFR, Part
273:
1.
CAUTION: Contains Mercury
2.
The date the item was placed in storage and the name of the cognizant
activity/building.
For mercury containing equipment removal, 40 CFR, Part 273, require that large quantity
handlers of Universal Waste provide notification of Universal Waste Management to the
A500.357
appropriate USEPA Regional, or State Director in authorized States, obtain an USEPA
identification number, and retain for three (3) years records of off-site shipments of
Universal Waste. If not available, the Contractor shall arrange for obtaining an
identification number with the USEPA prior to the start of the remediation work.
The Contractor shall provide a fully enclosed, watertight waste container complete with
a locking device for storage of all contaminated waste removed from the site.
Approval of Storage Sites: Obtain approval in advance from the Owner and/or Owner’s
representative for use of either an existing hazardous waste storage area or an area which
can be modified to meet the following requirements. As a minimum:
1. Adequate roof and walls prevent rainwater from reaching the storage of
mercury containing equipment.
2. An adequate floor is in place which has continuous curbing with a minimum
six (6) inch elevated curb. Such floor and curbing will provide a containment
volume equal to at least two (2) times the internal volume of the largest
mercury containing article/container stored therein, whichever is greater.
3. No drain valves, floor drains, expansion joints, sewer lines or other openings
that would permit liquids to flow from the curbed area.
4. Floors and curbing area constructed of continuous smooth and impervious
materials such as Portland cement, concrete or steel to prevent or minimize
penetrations.
5. Each storage site shall be posted with the appropriate caution signs.
6. The storage area shall be inspected twice weekly (Monday and Friday). Any
signs of spills, leaks, or potential problems shall be corrected immediately.
All inspections, corrections and actions shall be documented in writing.
7. Drums are to be stored to allow adequate space on each side to allow for
inspection.
8. Drums will be sealed and marked with an approved USEPA label,
transported to an USEPA approved disposal site by a licensed hazardous
waste transporter, and disposed of in accordance with 40 CFR, Part 761
and/or 263. Complete paperwork will be maintained by the Contractor to
verify proper disposal.
Waste shall be transported off-site at the completion of the project and manifests
provided within 30-days of disposal; no payment application shall be made without
submittal of the waste manifest.
549.05
HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF SEALED BATTERIES
1.
De-energize all electrical power to emergency wall mounted lights, in
accordance with 29 CFR, Part 1910.147.
2.
Utilizing the appropriate Personal Protective Equipment that shall include
donning chemical resistant gloves, chemical resistant face shield and if so
warranted, appropriate respiratory protection, disconnect all wiring and
mounting components from the emergency lights.
a. There shall be no eating, drinking, or smoking by personnel
performing the work referenced herein.
b. It is required that workers completing the removal, packaging,
potential spill response and handling of wastes for
A500.357
recycling/disposal maintain Hazardous Waste Operator and
Emergency Responder (HAZWOPER) training certification (must be
current and up to date) in accordance with 29 CFR, Part 1910.120.
Additional licensure, certification and/or accreditation may be
required to fulfill the requirements set-forth in this Section and those
outlined in the Related Sections Article in this Section. At a
minimum, one (1) worker shall maintain a currently supervisor
discipline for the HAZWOPER credential.
549.06
3.
Remove the batteries from the lights and place in a sealable 5-gallon bucket
that is an approved container by the USDOT.
4.
Once all batteries are removed, seal the waste container and label with:
a. Three (3) chasing arrows indicating recyclable materials.
b. Pb or LEAD for lead-acid batteries; Nickel-Cadmium or NiCad for
nickel-cadmium batteries.
c. “BATTERIES MUST BE RECYCLED.”
5.
Transport and recycle the batteries in accordance with 40 CFR Part, 273, the
Universal Waste Rule.
6.
Prior to transport, obtain acceptance from an authorized recycling facility
prior to transport, with supporting documentation of said agreement to be
presented to the Owner’s representative and the Owner.
7.
A completed manifest/bill of lading shall be accompanied with the waste, a
copy of which shall be submitted to the Owner’s representative and the
Owner. Waste shall be stored, transported off-site and a copy of a
manifest/bill of lading for recycling be provided within 30-days from
removal.
HANDLING AND DISPOSAL OF PCBS
(A)
FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE PCB/DEHP BALLASTS
1. Ensure that the equipment has been properly de-energized in accordance
with 29 CFR, Part 1910.147.
2.
Assume light fixture ballasts contain PCBs unless marked by the
manufacturer with the statement “No PCBs” is affixed to the ballasts.
However, unless the Facility can provide information that the ballasts were
installed after 1991, all light ballasts shall be removed and disposed of as
PCBs, as a result that between 1980 and 1991, Di(2-ethylhexyl)(phthalate)
(abbreviated as DEHP) was utilized in place of PCBs for fluorescent light
ballasts, which is classified by the USEPA as a probable human carcinogen
and is under the jurisdiction of Superfund laws. The means of destruction
and disposal is the same for both; therefore, for the purposes of this Section
all references are to PCBs.
3.
Unmarked, non-leaking ballasts will be removed from each light fixture and
placed directly into a double plastic bag. Leaking ballasts will be wrapped in
absorbent pads before placed into the plastic bags. For transportation, the
A500.357
bag will be placed in a drum that is USDOT approved Drum type 17H for
PCBs.
4.
(B)
Equipment that contains oils shall be inspected to ensure the items have no
leaks prior to disconnection and placement into appropriate USDOT drums.
Where equipment to be removed is leaking, absorbent pads shall be placed
underneath the item and adjacent to the item during placement into the
approved container. Absorbent pads also shall be disposed of in said
container. Any residual oil on floors and/or adjacent horizontal surfaces
from where equipment was removed shall be wet wiped clean with a hexane
solution. These procedures only apply to light weight equipment that can be
placed in 55-gallon and/or "overpack" drums.
PCB’S IN EXTERIOR CAULKING
1. Prior to the commencement of caulk abatement activities at each work
location, a containment system shall be constructed by the Contractor to
capture and contain all materials removed during the abatement. All
workers shall don personnel protective equipment, including disposable
Tyvek coveralls, respirator with HEPA cartridges, and 20 mil neoprene
gloves.
2.
One layer of polyethylene sheeting having a minimum thickness of 6-mil
shall be installed on the exterior side of the structure beneath and extending
a minimum of five (5) feet beyond each column in each direction. The
polyethylene sheeting shall be securely fastened to the outside face of the
structure using duct tape and/or spray adhesive.
3.
Work shall not be performed if wind speeds are in excess of 20 miles per
hour.
4.
Once the containment systems have been constructed, the existing caulk
seals and caulk residue shall be removed from the exterior of the column
joints and collected for off-site disposal. At no time shall caulk or related
debris be allowed to be distributed beyond the area covered by the
containment systems.
5.
If power tools are utilized to remove the caulk, such use shall not result in
the dispersion of debris beyond the area covered by the containment system
or in the creation of airborne dust. If the caulk or related debris is or may be
dispersed beyond the containment system or if airborne dust is visible, the
use of such equipment shall be terminated.
6.
Following removal of all caulk and caulk residue, cinderblock shall be
scarified to remove PCB residual contamination from the surface of the
cinderblock. The cinderblock may be disposed of as general construction
debris.
7.
The adjacent CMU surfaces shall be free of caulk upon visual inspection at
the completion of the removal.
8.
At the completion of the removal, the containment system shall be removed
A500.357
and discarded as contaminated waste. All waste generated as a result of this
abatement shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable state and
federal standards.
(C)
PCB WASTE
All PCB containing waste shall be properly labeled, dated and disposed of in
accordance with the TSCA and USDOT requirements, in addition to applicable
state and local regulations. No waste shall remain on site for more than 90 days.
The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of 40 CFR, Part 761, as
applicable. In addition, see Federal Register, Volume 63, No. 124.
(D)
DISPOSAL
A. All storage of waste shall be performed at the direction of the Owner and/or
Owner’s representative. All storage of waste PCBs shall be in accordance with 40
CFR, Part 761.65. The handling and storage of PCB waste will be modified if
state or local requirements are more stringent.
B. All PCB containing waste shall be properly labeled, dated and disposed of in
accordance with NJDEP regulations (N.J.A.C. 7:26G). No waste shall remain on
site for more than 90 days. The Contractor shall comply with all provisions of 40
CFR, Part 761, as applicable. In addition, see Federal Register, Volume 63, No.
124.
C. Storage Containers: The collection of PCBs shall be in USDOT approved
containers. As a minimum, closed head containers will be used for collected
liquids.
D. Waste Containers shall be labeled with the following:
1. “Solid (or Liquid) Waste Polychlorinated Biphenyls.”
2. PCB Caution Label:
CAUTION
Contains PCBs
(Polychlorinated Biphenyls)
3. The date the item was placed in storage and the name of the cognizant
activity/building.
E. The Contractor shall provide a fully enclosed, watertight waste container
complete with a locking device for storage of all contaminated waste removed
from the site.
F.
Approval of Storage Sites: Obtain approval in advance from the Owner and/or
Owner’s representative for use of either an existing hazardous waste storage area
or an area which can be modified to meet the following requirements. As a
minimum, all PCB storage areas will meet 40 CFR, Part 761.65, requirements,
including:
1. Adequate roof and walls prevent rainwater from reaching the storage of
PCBs.
2. An adequate floor is in place which has continuous curbing with a
minimum six (6) inch elevated curb. Such floor and curbing will provide
a containment volume equal to at least two (2) times the internal volume
of the largest PCB article/container stored therein, whichever is greater.
A500.357
3. No drain valves, floor drains, expansion joints, sewer lines or other
openings that would permit liquids to flow from the curbed area.
4. Floors and curbing area constructed of continuous smooth and impervious
materials such as Portland cement, concrete or steel to prevent or
minimize penetrations.
5. Each storage site shall be posted with the appropriate caution signs (either
for PCBs).
6. The storage area shall be inspected twice weekly (Monday and Friday).
Any signs of spills, leaks, or potential problems shall be corrected
immediately.
All inspections, corrections and actions shall be
documented in writing.
7. Drums are to be stored to allow adequate space on each side to allow for
inspection.
8. Drums will be sealed and marked with an approved USEPA label,
transported to an USEPA approved disposal site by a licensed hazardous
waste transporter, and disposed of in accordance with 40 CFR, Part 761.
Complete paperwork will be maintained by the Contractor to verify
proper disposal.
G. Waste shall be transported off-site at the completion of the project and manifests
provided within 30-days of disposal; no payment application shall be made
without submittal of the waste manifest.
Waste generated from PCBs
remediation shall be disposed of as hazardous material in accordance with 40
CFR, Part 761 of the TSCA; notify the USEPA, Office of Resource Conservation
and Recovery, through the Regional Coordinator for Region #2 at telephone
number 732-906-6817, to obtain a listing of landfills that will accept the PCB
waste for disposal.
549.07
CFC SYSTEM EVACUATION
1.
The Contractor is required to evacuate air conditioning and refrigeration
equipment of refrigerants and oils contaminated with CFCs to establish vacuum
levels, in accordance with the table below for the threshold dates the evacuation
equipment was manufactured.
A500.357
TABLE 1
Type of Appliance
HCFC-22 Appliance** Normally
Containing <200 Pounds of
Refrigerant
HCFC-22 Appliance** Normally
Containing >200 Pounds or More
of Refrigerant
Other High Pressure Appliances**
Normally
Containing
<200
Pounds of Refrigerant (CFC-12,
CFC-500, CFC-114)
Other High Pressure Appliances**
Normally >200 Pounds or More of
Refrigerant (CFC-12, CFC-500,
CFC-114)
Very High Pressure Appliances
(CFC-13, CFC-503)
Low High Pressure Appliances
(CFC-11, HCFC-123)
Inches of Mercury (Hg) Vacuum* Using
Equipment Manufactured:
Before November After November
15, 1993
15, 1993
0
1
4
10
4
10
4
15
0
0
24
25mm Hg
absolute
*Relative to Standard Atmospheric Pressure of 29.92 inches of mercury.
**Or Isolated Component of Such an Appliance
2.
The USEPA has established the limited exceptions to its evacuation
requirements for 1.) Repairs to leaky equipment and 2.) Repairs that are not
major and that are not followed by an evacuation of the equipment to the
environment.
3.
If, due to leaks, evacuation to the levels in Table 1 are not attainable, or
would substantially contaminate the refrigerant being recovered, persons
opening the appliance must 1.) Isolate leaking from non-leaking components
wherever possible, 2.) Evacuate non-leaking components to the levels in
Table 1, 3.) Evacuate leaking components to the lowest level than can be
attained without substantially contaminating the refrigerant. This level
cannot exceed 0 pounds per square inch.
4.
If evacuation of the equipment to the environment is not performed when
repairs are complete, and the repair is not major, the appliance must be
either evacuated to at least 0 pounds per square inch before it is opened if it
is a high or very high pressure appliance; or evacuated to 0 pounds per
square inch before it is opened if it is a low pressure appliance. Methods that
require subsequent purging (i.e., nitrogen) cannot be used. Major repairs are
those involving removal of the compressor, condenser, evaporator, or
auxiliary heat exchanger coil.
5.
Reclamation Requirement: The USEPA has established that refrigerant
recovered and/or recycled can be returned to the same system, or other
systems, owned by the same person without restriction. If the refrigerant
changes Ownership, the refrigerant must be reclaimed (i.e., cleaned to the
A500.357
ARI 700 standard of purity and chemically analyzed to verify that it meets
this standard).
6.
549.08
Ensure all electrical equipment undergoing system evacuation is deenergized in accordance with 29 CFR, Part 1910.147.
MEASUREMENT
The Removal of Universal Waste will not be measured for payment.
549.09
PAYMENT
The Contract Proposal provides a no-bid item for “Universal Waste Removal (NO-BID)”
with a fixed amount of $25,000. This work will be completed on a cost-plus basis, in
accordance with Subsection 108.04.
This work includes all costs for Survey, Report and Monitoring, removal, handling,
storing, transporting and disposing of universal waste materials.
A500.357
DIVISION 600 - ELECTRICAL
Division 600 –Electrical is applicable for all electrical installations at the site being fed by
the exterior Load Center. The conduits used to feed the exterior load center installed on
site will be included under Division 600.
All installations from the incoming electric service up to the proposed switchboard and
all installations associated with the proposed building, utility service, generator, and fire
pump will be specified under Division 26. This includes, but is not limited to, utility
coordination, utility transformer, generator, load bank, manual transfer switch, freeze
protection enclosure, fire pump, and all conduits and cables connected to this equipment
will be specified under Division 26. Also, the cables used to feed the exterior load center
originating from inside of the building to the proposed exterior load center will be
specified under Division 26.
SECTION 601 - COMMON ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS
601.01
DESCRIPTION
The electrical work under this project shall include installation of power and
communications systems for the proposed Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS)
Stations and Devices and/or modifications related to those existing electrical facilities
affected by the proposed site construction under this Project. The electrical work shall
include providing temporary facilities as required to maintain continuity of power to
existing installations, illumination, conduit replacements, furnishing and installing
temporary cables and ground wire, reinstalling existing cables and ground wire, junction
boxes, making all necessary cable connections, grounding and testing; removing existing
equipment, providing connections to new utility services and utility coordination.
The nature and extent of electrical work within and adjacent to each work area, as
indicated on the Plans are based on the best available information. However, no
guarantees are made as to the accuracy or completeness of this information. The
Contractor is hereby advised that it shall be his responsibility to verify such information
and obtain the approval of the Engineer before proceeding with the work in each work
area.
The existing power distribution systems within the limits of this Contract operate at
various voltages (below 600 Volts) and configurations (single- and three-phase), as
shown on the Plans. The roadway, sign, and site lighting systems at all work sites within
the limits of this Contract, are of 2400V Class for series lighting circuits and 460V or 480V
Class for the multiple circuits and therefore, all required electrical work must be
performed in an approved manner and in accordance with the standard procedure for
the class of voltage. The systems shall be maintained so that all roadway sign lighting
and ITS facilities will be in service at all times, during hours of darkness or in fog
conditions.
A500.357
The Contractor shall obtain approval from the Authority's Electrical Maintenance
Department, through the Engineer, to disconnect the electric service for the roadway
lighting and sign feeder circuits, prior to commencing with any work either directly
related to or within the close proximity of the existing electrical facilities. The Contractor
is responsible for “Tagging-Out” all circuits he will be working with. At the end of the
outage and prior to darkness, the Contractor is to remove his tag and restore the circuit.
The Authority will not remove a Contractor’s “Tag”. The Contractor will be responsible
to restore service.
The Contractor shall furnish and install all temporary cables and ground wire, where
required, to accommodate the removal and reinstallation of any existing 24-hour
changeable message sign power circuits which shall be maintained as operational at all
times.
601.02
MATERIALS
Outdoor Network Cable ......................................................................................
918.07(F)
Fiber Optic Cable - Single Mode .........................................................................
918.07(G)
Fiber Optic Cable - Multimode ...........................................................................
918.07(H)
Fiber Optic Cable - Termination Connector ......................................................
918.07(I)
Twisted Pair Communication Cable ..................................................................
918.07(J)
Concrete for Duct Bank Encasement ..................................................................
905 (Class C)
Rodent Blocking ....................................................................................................
918.24
601.03
GENERAL CONDITIONS
(E)
Shop Drawings
Items for which shop drawings and catalog cuts shall be submitted shall include
but not be limited to the following:















Conduits (all types), fittings, support devices and hardware
Multiple lighting cable, service wire, fiber-optic cable, and other cables and
wire
Cable and wire splicing, termination and identification materials
Ground wire and grounding devices
Termination devices
Bonding Devices
Temporary Support Systems where required
Metallic and Nonmetallic Junction Boxes and Pull Boxes
Temporary Electrical Provisions
Power Distribution Equipment (i.e. panelboards, contactors, wireways, etc.)
Electrical Cabinets and Mounting hardware
Switches, photocells, and other wiring devices
Structural Modifications to Mount Electrical Equipment
Scaled drawings of each cabinet with equipment shown inside
Wiring and connection diagrams
A500.357






(F)
Engineering calculations and design
Cabinet and Electrical Equipment Foundations showing conduit locations,
mounting bolt locations, reinforcement, concrete class, and other materials
Scaled working drawings of electrical installations cast within concrete
showing all conduits, boxes, fittings, grounding, and hardware
Lighting mounted to racks in Central Inventory Yard
Luminaires
Lighting Standards and other structural hardware to mount lighting
standards and luminaires.
Connection with Utility Service
The Contractor shall comply with all utility company requirements for electric meter,
disconnect, and current transformer and cabinet, where required. Should deviations
from the details shown on the Plans be required, the Contractor shall make all necessary
design modifications and obtain the approval of the Engineer prior to construction
through the Shop Drawing process. The Contractor shall perform coordination with the
Authority, obtain all utility and third-party inspections and approvals, and perform work
as shown on the Plans to obtain connection by the utility. Any delay(s) in obtaining the
approval(s) shall not be considered as the basis of extra(s)
601.05
CONDUIT
All conduits entering signs and cabinets shall be sealed with rodent blocking material after
installation of all wires and cabling.
Where ITS duct bank power conduits between pull points are empty, a tracer wire shall be
installed inside one spare conduit of the run. The Tracer wire shall be fourteen (14) gauge
minimum solid THHN copper with thermoplastic insulation recommended for direct
burial. At least four (4) feet of slack tracer wire, properly labeled shall be present at every
junction box location where the conduit is accessible.
(A)
Flexible Metallic Conduit
Length of flexible metallic conduit sections used shall be no longer than 6 feet.
Two sections of flexible metallic conduit shall not be connected together.
If connected to PVC coated galvanized conduit, the color of flexible metallic
conduit shall match that of the connecting coated conduit. Color shall be integral
to the flexible metallic conduit, and shall not be applied in the field by use of
paint or other methods.
(B)
Rigid Metallic Conduit
The end of the existing conduit at the face of concrete removal shall be cut square
and smooth. Enough concrete around the conduit in that portion of the
A500.357
safetywalk to remain shall be carefully hand chiseled to permit the installation of
a coupling-adaptor to connect the existing conduit to new steel conduit. During
safetywalk and curb surface repairs, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care so
as not to damage any existing galvanized steel conduit(s) embedded in concrete.
Should any conduits be damaged during the construction or any deteriorated
conduits found, as determined by the Engineer, the damaged or deteriorated
portion of the conduit(s) shall be replaced as follows:
(1)
Existing lighting cables and ground wire shall be disconnected at both
ends, removed and reinstalled for temporary service, as prescribed in
Subsection 601.07.
(2)
Temporary cables and ground wire for 24 hours circuits shall be
provided and connected as prescribed in Subsection 601.07, where
required, to maintain the continuous operation of these circuits.
(3)
Damaged or deteriorated section of the steel conduit shall be removed
from coupling points and replaced with new galvanized steel conduit
section(s). This work shall be accomplished by providing temporary
service, as prescribed in Subsection 601.07.
Conduit (s) damaged by the Contractor's operation during construction shall be
repaired by replacement of the damaged section(s) of the conduits to the
satisfaction of the Engineer. Upon completion of the conduit repair work, each
conduit run shall be rodded throughout its entire length with a mandrel in
conformance with Subsection 601.07, and new cables and ground wire shall be
installed between the junction boxes connected by the repaired conduit run(s).
All costs for the prescribed conduit repairs and new cable and ground wire
installation shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the
Authority.
In addition, the Contractor shall connect the new steel conduit (s) to existing
expansion couplings at all expansion joints, where required. If the existing
expansion coupling(s) are judged to be nonfunctional, in the opinion of the
Engineer, then the Contractor shall replace such expansion couplings with new
units, equal to O-Z Gedney Type AX with Type BJ bonding jumper.
Installation of the expansion couplings shall be made in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions and the Authority=s standard electrical
drawings. The Contractor shall insure that the conduit entering the fitting at the
expansion-contraction end is completely free of any concrete or other obstruction
within the open joint which may otherwise prevent the fittings from performing
properly.
(E)
Duct Bank, Soil and Concrete Encased
Duct banks shall be installed underground at the locations shown on the plans.
Duct banks shall either be encased in concrete or directly buried, as shown on the
details.
Duct spacers shall be provided as shown on the Plans to maintain an even
A500.357
spacing of the conduits during concrete encasement or backfilling operations.
Duct spacers shall be prefabricated out of high impact Polystyrene.
Ducts with concrete encasement shall have concrete around the ducts as shown
on the Plans. Ducts with no concrete envelope shall be backfilled in accordance
to Section 200.
601.06
FOUNDATIONS, BOXES, MANHOLES AND BASES
The junction boxes, located within the proposed area of construction, shall be
reconstructed, and in the area of approach sidewalk replacement, shall be raised to meet
the proposed elevation of the new site, where shown on the plans and in conformance
with the details shown on Standard Drawing E-5 and/or as directed by the Engineer.
The existing frames and covers shall be salvaged and reused, with the following
provisions.
The bolt holes in the frame, which is to be reused, shall be retapped. The existing screws
for covers shall be replaced with new matching stainless steel flat head screws. The
existing gaskets between the frame and cover shall be replaced with new ⅛" thick
neoprene gaskets.
All debris therein shall be removed to assure that the drain holes or pipes are thoroughly
clear and free of any obstruction.
Existing concrete junction boxes, junction box foundations and manholes requiring a
greater than 6 inch adjustment to final grade shall be replaced.
601.07
CABLES AND WIRES
In order to accommodate the temporary service requirements during removal of the
existing utility-owned installations at the site, removal of the existing load center(s) at the
site, conduit replacement operations, where required, the length of existing cables
between junction boxes which are located outside construction limits, shall be removed
from the existing conduit. The cables and ground wire then shall be cut and spliced into
new temporary cables in sufficient length to permit placement within the temporary
conduit support system detailed in the plans. The cables shall be installed underground
within schedule 40 PVC conduits.
Upon completion of the conduit temporary installations, the Contractor shall reinstall
existing cables and ground wire, and make all necessary permanent connections.
Existing cables and ground wires shall be utilized only after they are tested for continuity
and insulation resistance by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
When existing cables and ground wires fail the testing they shall be replaced with new of
the same type and size.
New cables and ground wire shall be installed in all replaced conduits, between junction
A500.357
boxes, as a result of damage caused by the Contractor’s operations.
Fiber Optic Cable shall be furnished and installed complete with termination connectors
and all necessary hardware and fittings as shown on the Plans. The cable shall consist of
a number of single-mode or multimode fiber strands as shown on the Plans and as
directed by the Engineer. Final Fiber Optic Cable termination locations shall be
coordinated with the Engineer.
No splicing of communications or control cable shall be allowed. All terminations shall
occur above ground in cabinets or equipment as shown on the Plans.
601.11
MEASUREMENT
Temporary service facilities, as prescribed, will not be measured for payment.
Duct Banks of the various types will not be measured for payment. Contractor shall
include all costs, including concrete for encasement, under the various conduit pay items
bid.
Installation of tracer wire will not be measured for payment.
The Fiber Optic Cable including slack, will not be measured for payment.
Retapping and replacement of the bolts for existing junction box frames and covers, as
prescribed, will not be measured for payment.
All conduits 3” and smaller will be measured under the respective 3” conduit item.
601.12
PAYMENT
Replace the first paragraph after the Pay Item table with the following:
No separate payment will be made for installing a tracer wire; All costs associated shall
be included in the Duct Conduit pay item.
No separate payment will be made for excavation and backfill. All costs associated with
this work shall be included in the various conduit pay items bid.
No separate payment will be made for furnishing and installation of Rigid Non-Metallic
conduit, spacers, concrete, excavation and backfill material shall include all labor,
material and equipment necessary for the construction of duct banks as configured per
plan, conduit support, termination at junction boxes, all as shown on plans and as
directed by the Engineer.
No separate payment will be made for Cable Termination Connectors and associated
installation, labor will be considered incidental to the Fiber Optic Cable.
No separate payment will be made for furnishing and installing structural steel and
hardware.
A500.357
No separate payment will be made for couplings, condulets, fittings, or other devices
required to provide a connected, bonded conduit system in accordance with the stated
requirements.
Contractor shall include all costs for removal under the Clearing Site pay item bid.
No separate payment will be made for Flexible Metallic conduit installations. Such
lengths of conduit shall be measured and paid under the Pay Item of the conduits they
are connected to.
No separate payment will be made for the furnishing, installation, removal, or
modification or any equipment necessary to maintain power and communications to
existing signs as required by these specifications.
All conduits 3” and smaller will be paid under the 3” conduit pay item.
A500.357
Replace the title of Section 602 as follows:
SECTION 602 – ROADWAY AND SITE LIGHTING
602.01
DESCRIPTION
The work shall also include furnishing and installation of lighting standards for site
lighting, lighting mounted to racks in the Central Inventory Yard, cabinets, load centers,
load center foundations, foundations for lighting standards, power distribution systems,
and all hardware and wiring necessary to properly install the new lighting standards.
The Contractor shall furnish and install new wiring and cables.
Installation of transformers, conduits, wiring, and maintenance platforms for ITS Stations
shall be constructed as described in Section 605.
602.04
LIGHTING STANDARDS
(B)
LIGHTING STANDARD INSTALLATIONS.
The Contractor shall verify and determine by accurate field measurements all dimensions
which will in any way affect fabrication and installation of the lighting standard. All
dimensions shall be shown on the shop drawings and noted as to which were
determined by field measurements. Field dimensions and data shall be submitted with
the shop drawings. Discrepancies between field dimensions and Plan or reference
drawing dimensions shall immediately be brought to the attention of the Engineer and
noted as such on the submission of field measurement data. The Contractor shall submit
shop drawings and Methods of Construction in accordance with Subsection 104.08.
602.07
POWER DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL EQUIPMENT
Install Load Center Cabinets and Meter Cabinets at locations as shown on the Plans. The
work shall consist of furnishing and installing the cabinets, appurtenances, mounting
hardware, and all internal and attached external components as shown on the Plans
including but not limited to circuit breakers, meter pans, contactors, transformers,
panelboards, photocells, thermostats, heaters, receptacles, and surge protectors. Furnish
and install wiring between devices within the cabinet and terminate all wiring to field
devices. Perform grounding work as required by the National Electric Code. For Meter
Cabinets, coordinate with local utility to ensure that details used comply with local
requirements. Perform all coordination and work, and obtain inspections necessary to
provide a complete, connected power service, including any temporary work necessary
to keep existing electrical systems operational.
602.08
MEASUREMENT.
A500.357
Furnishing and installations of all luminaires, light fixtures mounted to racks, lighting
standards, and foundations for lighting standards, of various types will measured on a
Lump Sum basis.
602.09
PAYMENT.
PAY ITEM
Site Lighting
Load Center Cabinet, Type F Modified
Transformer, Type 37.5 KVA
Transformer, Type 112.75 KVA
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
Each
Each
Each
No separate payment will be made for concrete foundations for Load Centers.
No separate payment will be made for mounting hardware and required accessories for
installation and testing. Payment shall be included within the appropriate item cost.
No separate payment will be made for utility coordination, but all costs thereof shall be
included in the prices bid for the various items bid.
No additional payment will be made for furnishing and installation of proposed lighting
standards and luminaires.
A500.357
The following Section is added:
SECTION 605 - INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
605.01
DESCRIPTION
The following sections detail the requirements that are common to the various types of
ITS installations. No payment will be made for any work included in this Section; all
costs shall be included in the various pay items bid.
(A)
Scheduling, Coordination, and Common Work
1.
Maintenance of Existing ITS installations
Unless otherwise noted, the Contractor shall maintain all existing ITS
installations, including Emergency Speed Warning/Speed Limit signs,
Highway Advisory Radio Signs, Cameras, and Weather Stations in
operation continually for the duration of the contract.
Existing
equipment may be decommissioned and removed only after either if the
proposed equipment has been placed into operation or if a an alternate
interim arrangement has been placed into operation as specified on the
plans.
Shutdown of electrical circuits for the purposes of performing contract
work shall be performed in accordance with Section 601.03(I).
It shall be the Contractor’s option to provide portable generators in lieu
of providing temporary power distribution equipment. If generators are
provided, they shall have a fuel capacity that is capable of providing
power for the maximum connected load for a minimum of 24 hours. The
Contractor shall be responsible for refueling all portable generators in
order to maintain generators in continuous operation.
Portable
generators shall not be utilized at any location for more than 20
consecutive days.
The Maintenance of existing ITS installations in continuous operation is
the sole responsibility of the Contractor and shall be performed at no
additional cost to the Authority.
2.
Construction Scheduling
The Contractor shall submit his schedule for anticipated installation of
Dynamic Message Signs and ITS Devices at the start of the Contract. The
Contractor shall keep the Engineer informed of any schedule changes
during the course of construction.
The proposed delineation of work and sequence of procurement and
installation for each Intelligent Transportation System Station (ITSS),
(ITSS, in the context of these specifications, refers to any combination of
DMS or System Control Cabinet (SCC)), shall be as follows:
a.
Contractor places request for sign(s) and associated SCC(s) to the
Engineer and the sign manufacturer.
A500.357
b.
The Contractor schedules delivery and receives the shipment
and is responsible for unloading the signs at his designated
location(s).
c.
The Contractor completes all proposed underground power and
communications
infrastructure
installations,
including
permanent power utility service, ITS Power Equipment and ITS
Equipment Platforms.
d.
The Contractor installs the SCC on the foundations within the
Equipment Platform.
e.
The Contractor transports (if required) and installs signs on the
sign structures.
The Contractor installs power and
communications cabling where feasible.
f.
The Contractor erects the sign structures.
g.
The Contractor furnishes and installs
communications cabling from SCCs to the signs.
h.
The Sign Vendor, under agreement and in coordination with the
Contractor, performs all interconnection, startup, configuration,
and integration testing for the Dynamic Message Signs.
i.
The Authority inspects sign installation and witnesses a
Preliminary Acceptance Test for the sign system control from the
local SCC.
j.
The Contractor will provide and install Network Switches in the
SCC. The Authority will configure the network switches and
radio communications equipment. The Authority will test and
provide a functional communications link between the SCC and
the Traffic Management Center.
k.
The Sign Vendor, under agreement with the Contractor,
performs all configurations necessary to control the dynamic
message sign(s) from the Traffic Management Center.
l.
The Authority witnesses a Final Acceptance Test for all Dynamic
Message Sign system functionality.
m.
After Final Acceptance of the Dynamic Message Signs, the
Contractor completes installation of other ITS devices and
systems, and performs Final Acceptance Testing for these
devices. The Authority witnesses a functional Final Acceptance
Test of all ITS devices and systems installed at each location.
power
and
Prior to erection of each sign structure or installation of ITS equipment at
A500.357
each location, the Contractor shall coordinate the schedule of networking
equipment with the Engineer and the Authority.
It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to perform all scheduling with
the Authority and the Sign Manufacturer to ensure that the specified
allowable equipment downtimes are not exceeded. Delays due to
scheduling or inadequate coordination will not be considered as grounds
for additional compensation or waiver of liquidated damages. For
locations with Fiber Optic Communications, Coordination and
scheduling of ITS fiber terminations will be done by others.
3.
Network Switches
Networking equipment within the Systems Control Cabinets, as defined
in Section 900, shall be provided and installed by the Contractor. The
Authority will be responsible for configuring and testing the network
switches, and for providing a complete and functional communication
system between each field location and the TMC. It shall be the
Contractor’s responsibility to configure and test all contractor furnished
ITS devices for integration into this communication system once the
Authority has provided notice that the communications system is
functional and operational.
IP addresses for the various ITS devices will be provided by the
Authority for configuration by the Contractor or manufacturer’s
representative. The Contractor shall request IP addresses from the
Authority with a minimum of 10 business days notice.
The Contractor shall also provide and install a Network Switch
Expansion Module, in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions,
if and where indicated on the site plans.
4.
Labeling
The Contractor shall label all power line cords, fiber optic patch cords, copper
patch cords, power injectors and power supplies installed in the Systems Control
Cabinet. Patch cords shall be labeled at both ends. Line cords shall be labeled
near the receptacle plug. Labels shall consist of water resistant adhesive-back
tape securely fastened to the cable or device and machine printed with large
black text indicating the associated device and roadway (ex. CCTV-NS, TDSSNO, etc.).
(B) Dynamic Message Sign Installation
The work shall consist of connecting and testing of Dynamic Message Signs
(DMS) at the locations as designated on the plans. DMS, in the context of these
specifications, refers to Hybrid Changeable Message Signs (HCMS).
The work shall also include installing and connecting System Control Cabinets
(SCCs), furnishing and installing of power and communications wiring serving
the Dynamic Message Signs, and performing partial and final acceptance testing
of the signs and their controllers after installation.
Included in this work is a fixed lump sum allowance for the Contractor to secure
A500.357
the services of the sign manufacturer for final testing and commissioning of the
DMS.
(C) ITS Power Infrastructure
The work shall consist of installing the common electrical and power
components at each ITS Station, including underground conduits, power
equipment, wiring, foundations, and maintenance platforms.
605.02
MATERIALS
Fasteners ..............................................................................................................
909.02
Steel Pipes for Sign Support Structures .............................................................
909.10
Aluminum Pipe .....................................................................................................
911.01
Bonding and Grounding Devices .......................................................................
918.02
Cable and Wire ......................................................................................................
918.07
Conduit and Fittings .............................................................................................
918.08
Electrical Tapes ......................................................................................................
918.10
Metallic Junction Boxes ........................................................................................
918.17
Mounting Devices .................................................................................................
918.18
Network Switch.....................................................................................................
918.25
TX Expansion Module ..........................................................................................
918.25
FX Expansion Module ..........................................................................................
918.25
Coaxial Cable .........................................................................................................
918.46
DMS will be provided by others as described herein. The following information is
included as reference to the Contractor for the purposes of estimating the level of effort
required to complete the work under this section.
HCMS Characteristics
HCMS signs are the combination or rotating drum panels and embedded Variable
Message Sign modules. Following are the general Characteristics of the Sign Module.
Enclosure:
Front Display Modules:
Pixels:
Communications:
Power Source:
Sign enclosure is non-walkin with rear accessibility for
maintenance.
Rotating Drum Panels with Exposed face modular LED
boards removable from the rear of the sign.
RGB pixels, 20mm pitch (distance between pixels). 30 Deg
nominal viewing cone with a half power angle of 15 Deg.
NTCIP (version 2 draft for color and graphics; not ratified)
120/240VAC, Single Phase
Front Panel Height (max): 9ft – 8 in (Rear Access)
Panel Width(max):
20ft
Panel Depth(max):
1ft – 8 in
Weight (max):
4000 lbs
Max. Power:
10000 Watts
A500.357
All new HCMS are to be mounted onto new overhead sign structures.
605.03
(A)
Dynamic Message Signs (DMS)
At least eight (8) weeks prior to anticipated erection of each ITSS sign structure,
the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and sign manufacturer for the request of
sign equipment delivery. Sign equipment shall not reside uninstalled on
Authority property any longer than 30 days from the date of delivery by the
manufacturer. The Contractor will be responsible for protecting the signs and
equipment during this period. Any damage to the equipment during this period
will be at the Contractor’s expense.
The DMS and SCC equipment will be delivered by the Sign Vendor directly to
the Contractor’s designated location. The signs and controllers will be tested at
the sign manufacturer’s facility before shipment. The Contractor, at his
discretion, may choose to power up the sign and test upon delivery to verify
operation prior to erection, but must do so at no additional cost to the Authority.
The Contractor shall secure the services of the sign manufacturer to perform onsite startup, interconnections and testing after the signs have been erected and
connected.
Fiber optic communication cables between the signs and the sign controller shall
be furnished by the sign vender and shall be installed by the Contractor,
however power cables between the sign and SCC shall be furnished and installed
by the Contractor. Cable terminations at the SCC and within the Dynamic
Message Signs and controllers shall be performed by the Contractor and under
the supervision of the Sign Manufacturer representative. Sign Manufacturer
contact information will be provided to the Contractor in advance of this work
for coordination and scheduling.
1.
Hybrid Changeable Message Sign Installation
The work shall consist of performing all work necessary to prepare the
Hybrid Changeable Message Sign (HCMS) for integration and testing.
Furnish and install conduits and cables and perform work as shown on
the Plans to provide continuous communications and power raceway
paths between the SCC and the HCMS. Pull and terminate power cables
between the SCC and the HCMS as shown on the Plans.
Power cable type, size and quantity of conductors shall be furnished and
installed as shown in the Standard Drawings.
Erection of the Hybrid Changeable Message Sign on the sign structure
shall be performed under Division 400 prior to erection.
2.
System Control Cabinet Installation
The work shall consist of performing all work necessary to install the
Systems Control Cabinet (SCC).
Each ITSS installation will have its own Systems Control Cabinet (SCC)
A500.357
along with other ITS equipment at its base. The Authority has made
arrangements with the Sign Manufacturer to furnish SCC`s with the
required electronics for each HCMS location. The Contractor is required
to install each SCC. SCCs will be provided to the contractor with all the
required equipment at a particular location and as shown on the
Standard drawing except the Network Switch (Item P.
However, there are incidental items not shown on ITS-45 that shall be
furnished and installed by the Contractor. This includes but not limited
to), video encoders, patch cords, power line cords, POE injectors and
surge protectors in the SCC as shown on ITS Standard Drawings.
Install the SCC on the foundation or platform provided under Section
602. Perform bonding and grounding of the cabinet. Pull and terminate
power cables between the SCC and the upstream power disconnect as
shown on the Plans. The Contractor shall furnish and install all required
ground wires and connectors to properly ground all shielded cables and
surge protectors in accordance with the equipment manufacturer`s
instructions.
Power cable type, size and quantity of conductors shall be furnished and
installed as shown on the Standard Drawings.
A bead of silicone caulk shall be applied around the base of the cabinet
where it meets the concrete pad.
3.
System Manufacturer Installation and Testing
The Contractor shall secure the services of the Sign Manufacturer to
perform configuration, integration, and acceptance testing for each sign
The Sign Manufacturer will perform this work as a sub-contractor to the
Contractor. The sign will have previously been tested, inspected and
certified by the Sign Manufacturer to be free from manufacturing
problems and defects prior to pickup by the Contractor. Final testing shall
be designed to uncover wiring errors, installation damage of all types, and
any remaining manufacturing defects. The Contractor shall provide test
equipment and supplies needed for testing after installation.
If it is determined that repairs are required to the signs after installation, it
shall be assumed that such damage or lack of operation was due to work
performed by this Contract or by manufacturer’s defect. Any repairs shall
be made, or arranged for under the manufacturer’s warranty, by the
Contractor at no cost to the Authority.
The Contractor shall ensure that a representative of the system’s
manufacturer oversees the installation and testing. Connection to any
active communication system shall be performed or directly supervised by
Authority personnel.
The Contractor shall submit a comprehensive testing plan, at least 30
days in advance of the anticipated testing for the first sign location.
Testing shall be performed as follows:
A500.357
(a)
(b)
Preliminary Acceptance Testing
The Preliminary Acceptance Test shall include the following, and
shall be completed prior to connection to the communications
system:
 All diagnostic routines provided by the manufacturer.

Proper operation of every pixel, including uniform
brightness at all brightness levels and proper current
consumption.

Proper wiring of the display modules, checked by
displaying a test message that identifies the modules'
proper row and column positions.

Appropriate brightness for day and night conditions. If
the sign is on a portion of the road that runs
approximately east-west, the brightness when the sun is
directly in front of or behind the sign shall also be
checked.

Proper operation from the auxiliary controller

Absence of leaks

Proper entry of default messages

Proper operation of the interfaces to all sign subsystems

Proper operation of the temperature sensors, blowers, etc.

Proper grounding.

Correct wiring of sensors and alarms as sensed at the
controller.

Visual inspection for any structural or cosmetic damage.

Visual inspection for any missing electrical components
or component damage.
Final Acceptance Testing
The final acceptance testing shall be performed after connection of
the communication system. Among the aspects that shall be
included in final testing are the following:
 All items included in the Preliminary Acceptance Testing

Fully functional control of the sign by the central
computer at the TMC.
The Final Acceptance Test results shall be documented, signed
system manufacturer’s representative and submitted to the
Engineer.
605.04
MEASUREMENT
Hybrid Changeable Message Signs will be measured by the number of each installed,
tested, and accepted.
A500.357
System Controller Cabinets will be measured by the number of each installed, tested, and
accepted.
Network Switch will be measured by the number of each installed, tested and accepted.
FX and TX expansion modules at the Network Switch will not be measured for payment.
System Manufacturer Installation and Testing (No Bid) will be on a lump sum basis, and
an estimated amount to cover the System Manufacturer Installation and Testing will be
included in the Proposal. Payments for increases or decreases in this amount will be
made, based on the actual costs to the Contractor, including 10% maximum markup to
cover the Contractor’s coordination expenses.
Conduits embedded in concrete platform and in sign structure foundations will not be
measured for payment.
ITS Power Equipment Cabinets; ITS Power Equipment, Pedestal-Mounted; and ITS
Equipment Platforms of each type will be measured by each system completely installed,
regardless of the arrangement and extent of associated system components.
Lighting standard for ITS devices will be measured by number of each installed.
Lighting standard with lowering device will be measured by the number of each
installed.
Transformers of each type will be measured by the number installed.
605.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
HYBRID CHANGEABLE MESSAGE SIGN INSTALLATION .................................................. EACH
SYSTEM CONTROL CABINET INSTALLATION ................................................................... EACH
NETWORK SWITCH ........................................................................................................... EACH
SYSTEM MANUFACTURER INSTALLATION AND TESTING (NO BID) ................................LUMP SUM
ITS POWER EQUIPMENT , PEDESTAL MOUNTED ............................................................. EACH
ITS EQUIPMENT PLATFORM, TYPE 5 MODIFIED .............................................................. EACH
Payment for Hybrid Changeable Message Sign Installation and System Control Cabinet
Installation shall be made after successful completion of the Partial Acceptance Testing
for each connected system.
Payment for furnishing and Installing the Network Switch core unit includes two (2) AC
input power supplies, and a 19-inch rack mounting kit.
No separate payment will be made for furnishing and installing power and
communications cables between the DMS sign on the structure and the controllers in the
SCC cabinet, but all cost thereof shall be included in the various sign installation pay
A500.357
item.
No separate payment will be made for furnishing and installing conduits within the ITS
equipment platform, but all cost thereof shall be included in the price bid for ITS
Equipment Platform pay item.
No separate payment will be made for the SCC foundation, but all costs thereof shall be
included in the price bid for System Control Cabinet pay item.
Furnishing and installation of all conduits, wiring, foundations, and other electrical work
within the ITS Equipment Platform shall be as specified in Section 601.
Payment for System Manufacturer Installation and Testing for Dynamic Message Signs
shall be made based on the actual amounts invoiced by the Sign Manufacturer and paid
by the Contractor, plus a 10% maximum markup. The Contractor shall submit invoices
and other documentation to the Engineer as required.
A500.357
The following Section is added:
SECTION 606 – MISCELLANEOUS ELECTRICAL WORK
606.01
DESCRIPTION
The following sections detail the requirements for installation of Miscellaneous Electrical
Work to finalize installations for connections to the Fuel Island, Block Heaters,
connections to existing Magnesium Chloride Station and Salt Dome.
All conduit, wiring, panels, connections, switches, relays and cabinets shall meet the
applicable material and installation requirements as stipulated in Section 918 of the
Specifications and as shown on the Plans unless otherwise directed or approved by the
Engineer.
606.02
MATERIALS
Materials shall conform to Sections 601, 602, and 918, as supplemented and modified by
the Plans.
606.03
Perform miscellaneous lighting installations as shown on the Plans, and as follows:
(A)
Electrical Work At Location No.1
This work shall consist of all work required to finalize electrical connections and
installations required to feed the proposed Fuel Island, Block Heaters, and
existing Magnesium Chloride and Salt Dome. Install proposed panelboards and
circuit breakers as shown on the Plans. This includes all work including, but not
limited to, the proposed panelboards, circuit breakers, and branch wiring from
the proposed panelboards to connect the loads as shown on the Plans.
Install all conduits and cables in accordance to Specification Section 600, 918, and
as modified by the Plans.
606.04
MEASUREMENT
Electrical Work of the various types will be measured for payment on a lump sum basis.
606.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Electrical Work at Location No. 1 .......................................................................
Lump Sum
All conduits and cables will feeding the panelboards will be measured and paid under
their respective pay items bid. Contractor shall include all costs for labor, furnishing and
installation of proposed panelboards, circuit breakers, and branch wiring under the
respective Electrical Work item bid. No separate payment will be made for this work.
A500.357
DIVISION 700 - LANDSCAPING
SECTION 704 - SEEDING AND SODDING
704.02
MATERIALS
Native Grass/Wildflower Seed Mix per 919.10
704.03
(A). Seeding and Mulching
(3) Application
The first line of the first paragraph is deleted and replaced with the following:
Per Soil Conservation District, all seed mixtures shall be uniformly sown at a minimum
rate shown on the approved soil erosion permit plans.
704.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
PAY UNIT
Seeding, Type C.......................................................................................................
Square Yard
Native Grass/Wildflower Seed Mix
Square Yard
A500.357
SECTION 705 - PLANTING
705.01
DESCRIPTION
REPLACE the second sentence with the following:
It shall also include a three year warranty from the date of final acceptance.
705.03
REPLACE the second sentence with the following:
The Contractor shall properly care for all planting until expiration of the three year
warranty period
705.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Planting, Fragrant Sumac (Rhus Aromatica)
Planting, Bearberry (Arctostaphylos Uva-Ursi)
Planting, St. John's Wort (Hypericum Kalmianum)
Planting, Blue Rug Juniper (Juniperus Horizontalis)
Planting, Coast Leucothoe (Leucothoe Axillaris)
Planting, Eastern Redbud (Cercis Canadensis)
Planting, Red Oak (Quercus Rubra)
Planting, Pin Oak (Quercus Palustris)
Planting, Eastern White Pine (Pinus Strobus)
Planting, Douglas Fir (Pseudotsuga Menziesi)
PAY UNIT
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
Each
A500.357
SECTION 709 - LANDSCAPE PAVING
709.01
DESCRIPTION
Gravel Paving shall consist of excavation, preparation of the surface, furnishing and
placing of gravel layers, furnishing and placing of filter fabric, and furnishing and
placing of rigid edge.
709.02
MATERIALS
Filter Fabric
709.03
923.21
Filter fabric shall be installed per the manufacturer’s instructions.
Excavation shall be per 202.
709.05
PAYMENT
Excavation will be paid per Section 202
Filter fabric will be paid per Section 203.
Separate payment will not be made for rigid edge.
A500.357
SECTION 711 - FLAGPOLE
711.01
DESCRIPTION
This work shall consist of the construction and installation of aluminum flagpoles.
711.02
MATERIAL
Portland Cement Concrete Class C shall conform to subsection 905.05
Foundation Tube Sleeve shall conform to AASHTO M 36M - Standard Specification for
Corrugated Steel Pipe, Metallic-Coated, for Sewers and Drains; American Association of
State Highway and Transportation Officials; 2001. Corrugated 16 gage steel, galvanized,
depth of 36 inches,.
Sand shall conform to subsection 919.41
Aluminum flagpole shall conform to ASTM B 241/B 241M - Standard Specification for
Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube; 2000.
Aluminum. ASTM B 241/B 241M, 6063 alloy, T6 temper. Satin Brush
1.
Outside Butt Diameter: 6 inches.
2.
Nominal Wall Thickness: 0.188 inches.
3.
Nominal Height: 25 ft; measured from nominal ground elevation.
4.
Mounting: Ground mounted type.
5.
Design: Cone tapered.
6.
Halyard: exterior type.
Flagpole manufacturers:
1.
American Flagpole; Product Architectural Series: www.americanflagpole.com.
2.
Concord Industries, Inc; Product Independence Series: www.flagpoles.com.
3.
Pole-Tech Co., Inc; Product Commercial Groundset Series: www.poletech.com.
4.
Or Approved Equal.
Finial Ball: Aluminum, 6 inch diameter. cast aluminum finish
Truck Assembly: Cast aluminum; revolving, stainless steel ball bearings, non-fouling.
Flag: American design, 4' x 6' size, nylon fabric, brass grommets, hemmed edges. State
of NJ design, 4' x 6' size, nylon fabric, brass grommets, hemmed edges. POW/MIA
design, 4' x 6' size, nylon fabric, brass grommets, hemmed edges.
Cleat Box: Aluminum, with built-in hinge and hasp assembly, attached to pole with
tamper proof screws inside box.
Halyard: 5/16 inch diameter stainless steel aircraft cable.
Hand Crank: Removable winch type.
Pole Base Attachment: Flush; aluminum base with base cover.
A500.357
Lightning Ground Rod: 18 inch long copper rod, 3/4 inch diameter.
711.03
Flagpole Without Flag: Resistant without permanent deformation to 90 miles/hr wind
velocity; nonsafety design factor of 2.5.
Product Data: Provide data on pole, accessories, and configurations.
Shop Drawings: Indicate detailed dimensions, base details, anchor requirements, and
imposed loads.
Design flagpole foundation under direct supervision of a Professional Structural
Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed at the place where the Project
is located.
Spiral wrap flagpole with protective covering and pack in protective shipping tubes or
containers. Protect flagpole and accessories from damage or moisture.
Verify that concrete foundation is ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated
on shop drawings.
Coat metal sleeve surfaces below grade and surfaces in contact with dissimilar materials
with asphaltic paint.
Install flagpole, base assembly, and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
Electrically ground flagpole after installation.
Fill foundation tube sleeve with tamped clean dry sand
Install foundation plate and centering wedges for flagpoles base set in concrete base and
fasten.
Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1 inch.
Adjust operating devices so that halyard and flag function smoothly.
711.04
MEASUREMENT
Flagpoles will be measured by the number of each.
711.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Flagpole
PAY UNIT
Each
A500.357
DIVISION 800 – TRAFFIC CONTROL
SECTION 801 - MAINTENANCE AND PROTECTION OF TRAFFIC
801.01
GENERAL PROVISIONS
The New Jersey Turnpike is in continuous operation 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. The
work under the Contract has been planned to cause as little interference to Turnpike
traffic as possible. The Contractor shall, therefore, plan his operations to permit the
continuous flow of traffic along the roadways, ramps, toll plazas, and service areas.
It is the intent of the Contract to limit lane and shoulder closings to an absolute minimum
and that work requiring closings be carried out in an expeditious manner.
No signs except traffic protection signs and traffic direction signs specified herein or as
directed by the Engineer shall be erected by the Contractor or his subcontractors on or
near the Turnpike right-of-way.
The safety measures outlined and prescribed shall be considered basic and in certain
instances additional safety measures may be appropriate and required. Compliance with
the safety measures and precautions prescribed in the Specifications and on the Plans
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for taking all additional and appropriate
safety measures for all persons and property. Full responsibility for adequate safety
measures for the protection of all persons and property on and adjacent to the work site
shall rest with the Contractor.
801.02
STATE POLICE AUTHORITY
Traffic on the Turnpike is under the direct supervision and control of the New Jersey
State Police who will enforce all statutory laws including the Authority's established
"Regulations Relating to the Control of Traffic on the New Jersey Turnpike," as they
pertain to the Contractor as well as to the traveling public. A copy of the Regulations
will be included with the Contract Documents; additional copies will be issued upon
request. The Contractor shall familiarize himself with and adhere strictly to the
requirements of these Regulations.
The State Police have the authority to advise the Contractor of hazardous conditions or
violations connected with the Contractor's operations and to order immediate remedial
action. Upon such notification, the Contractor shall immediately discontinue work as
required and correct the hazardous condition or violation. The Contractor shall then
advise the Engineer of the State Police directive and the remedial action taken.
801.03
TRAFFIC PERMIT
The Contractor shall apply for a Traffic Permit at least ten (10) working days prior to the
time the Contractor intends to start any operations at the Project site. The Contractor
shall complete the applicable portion of the Traffic Permit application form in Appendix
Y and return the application to the Engineer. The Traffic Permit will be issued only to
the Prime Contractor, but will be deemed to apply to all suppliers and Subcontractors
A500.357
engaged in the prosecution of work. It is the responsibility of the Prime Contractor to
inform all such suppliers and Subcontractors of the provisions of the Traffic Permit and
to take all necessary measures to assure that they abide by its provisions.
The Contractor's application shall include complete information, data and/or sketches
covering the following:
(A)
The nature and location of the work.
(B)
The proposed obstructions or other hazards to traffic, including all operations
within 30 feet of a traveled lane.
(C)
The length of time during which it is anticipated that hazards or obstructions to
traffic will exist.
(D)
The means proposed by the Contractor for the protection of the public and his
own personnel and equipment, including layouts and schedules showing the
anticipated lane and shoulder closings, truck access points, guard rail openings,
locations of all devices for lane and shoulder closings and for protection of
traffic, and anticipated dates and rates of work.
(E)
The names and day and night telephone numbers of the Contractor's
Superintendents.
(F)
Other information as requested by the Engineer.
These methods will be reviewed by the Engineer and when satisfactory, approved.
Approval by the Engineer will be in the form of a Traffic Permit issued to the Contractor
by the Traffic Engineer through the Engineer.
An Addendum to the Traffic Permit will be required each time any of the above items (A)
thru (F) are revised.
The Contractor shall furnish a schedule each week outlining all closings and other traffic
protection activity required during the following week. Said schedule shall be available
to the Engineer on the time and date as directed. The Contractor shall provide the
Engineer 48 hours notice of any proposed changes in this schedule.
If the approved methods of operation are not strictly adhered to by the Contractor, the
Engineer has the right to direct that any work which in the Engineer's opinion is not
approved under the Traffic Permit be immediately discontinued. Such work shall not be
resumed until the Engineer is assured and determines that the work will be performed in
conformity with the approved methods of operation. The Contractor shall have no claim
against the Authority for losses or delays caused by such stoppage of work.
801.04
MOVEMENT OF CONTRACTOR'S VEHICLES, EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL
The Contractor's employees shall not walk across any active Turnpike roadway, nor walk
along any active Turnpike roadway except within areas coned off or otherwise closed to
the traveling public, or as specified herein for traffic control purposes.
A500.357
The Contractor's personnel in any work area shall wear a vest at all times as specified in
Subsection 920.03.
Personal vehicles will not be permitted to park anywhere within the Turnpike
right-of-way except in areas designated by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall be responsible for transporting all his personnel to and from
enclosed or closed off work areas in accordance with NJSA 39:4-69, Riding on Part Not
Intended for Passengers Prohibited. Personal vehicles will not be permitted anywhere
within Turnpike right-of-way or private properties except in areas designated by the
Engineer.
The Contractor's vehicles operating on any Turnpike roadway or shoulder which is open
to traffic shall travel with and not across or against the direction of traffic. Vehicles shall
not park or stop on roadways or shoulders except within areas coned off or otherwise
closed to traffic. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor's vehicles shall not use
Z-turns, grade separated U-turns, or make U-turns across the median or in any Toll Plaza
area. Any vehicle making any illegal movement will be subject to a summons by the
State Police.
Whenever the Contractor intends to transport oversize or slow moving equipment on
active Turnpike roadways, he shall notify the Engineer at least 24 hours in advance of the
intended move. The Engineer must approve the time and the route to be taken and will
arrange for State Police escort through the Traffic Engineer. A minimum of at least two
flashing vehicle lights as specified in Subsection 920.13 shall be mounted on all slow
moving vehicles.
Where an operation of the Contractor would permit unauthorized entry or exit from
Turnpike property, the Contractor shall take immediate measures to restore the security
of the Turnpike right-of-way. Toll evasion is subject to a summons by the State Police.
The use of emergency access gates by the Contractor’s vehicles is prohibited.
Subject to the approval of the Engineer and Traffic Engineer, the Contractor’s
supervisory and traffic protection vehicles, with approved flashing lights, may be
permitted to make U-turns at approved locations. This approval may be rescinded if the
Contractor’s operations present a hazard to traffic. Vehicles which exit at the interchange
where they enter shall pay the toll from the most distant interchange on the Turnpike.
Contractor’s vehicles and equipment operating in a closed roadway shall always stay to
the right in the direction of travel and observe a speed limit of 35 miles per hour. They
shall operate with headlights, four-way flashers and rotating amber flashing lights (if so
equipped) on.
Access to closed roadways shall be solely by ramp gates, either at the time the ramp is
closed or if continuous access is required with flagman control. Unattended ramp gates
must remain locked. The Contractors Flagperson is responsible to secure the ramp gate
in the closed position, upon completion of their work, to maintain a secure roadway for
the remainder of the scheduled roadway closing.
A500.357
801.05
VEHICLE ACCESS TO WORK AREAS
Contractor's vehicles entering or leaving a work area via the Turnpike roadways shall be
operated in a safe manner. They shall leave and enter the Turnpike traffic stream only at
designated points. Delivery of materials or personnel and movement of vehicles and
equipment into and out of a work area via the Turnpike roadways shall be made only
after lane or shoulder closings are in place.
During permissible times for lane closings or shoulder closings when a flagman is not on
duty, automobiles operated solely for the transportation of supervisory personnel,
flagmen, or approved inspectors will be allowed access to the work site provided such
vehicles are operated in a safe manner.
The Contractor shall, through the Engineer, coordinate his access points with those of the
adjacent contracts to assure proper spacing. Points for leaving and re-entering the
Turnpike traffic flow shall be, in general, at the beginning and end respectively of a
shoulder closing.
Uniformed flagmen shall be provided by the Contractor for protection within the work
zones at appropriate locations and as directed by the Engineer. Each flagman shall be
properly trained, instructed, and experienced in flagman duties, and shall be uniformed
as specified in Subsection 920.12. Uniformed flagpersons must be English speaking. Any
flagman not satisfactory in the opinion of the Engineer shall be immediately replaced by
an approved flagman.
It shall be the responsibility of the uniformed flagman to assist and direct construction
vehicles into and out of the work area. He shall observe approaching traffic and warn
contractor personnel of vehicles entering the work site. He shall observe the flow of
traffic and direct vehicles leaving the work site so that they may safely merge into active
lanes of the Turnpike. Under no circumstances shall the flagman attempt to slow or
otherwise direct Turnpike traffic.
Whenever vehicular access to a work area requires the removal of existing guard rail, the
guard rail shall be reinstalled during all times when a shoulder closing with vehicle
access points is not allowed. The opening shall be closed using an approved barrier
immediately in front of the line of the guard rail and extending at least five feet beyond
the opening in each direction. Timber barrier shall not be used in front of guardrail
openings.
During non-working hours and/or on any day when an access point is not in use, the
access signs associated with that location shall be left in place and covered; or removed
and stored in a manner which will not soil the face. If covers are used they shall be
securely fastened top and bottom to prevent the cover being blown aside by the wind.
801.06
MAINTENANCE OF EXISTING TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
All existing directional, warning, and regulatory signs for the control of Turnpike traffic
must be maintained erect and unobstructed until such time as their use may be
discontinued by direction of the Engineer. Panels and legend which become damaged as
a result of the Contractor's operations shall be restored or repaired at the Contractor's
own expense. In order to permit construction at the present location of these signs, the
A500.357
panels may be mounted on such temporary supports and at such locations as approved
by the Engineer.
Existing directional and regulatory signs which cannot be maintained in place or
temporarily mounted on channels are to be supported by skid supports. Electrical
service, power and other incidental work for such skid mounted signs shall be as
specified, and shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with Subsection 104.08.
Existing roadway delineators are to be maintained unless directed by the Engineer to
discontinue their use.
801.07
LANE CLOSURE AND CONSTRUCTION SAFETY VIDEO
The Contractor will be issued a copy of the "Lane Closure and Construction Safety
Video" at the Preconstruction meeting. The Contractor will not be permitted to engage in
lane and shoulder closing operations on Authority roadways and ramps until the "Lane
Closure and Construction Safety Video" has been viewed and acknowledged by all
employees, Subcontractors, suppliers and vendors as noted on the attendance sheet, a
copy of which is found in the Appendix W. The completed attendance sheet shall be
submitted to the Engineer prior to the first lane closing request submission. The Engineer
shall provide the attendance sheet to the Authority’s Operations Department with the
first lane closing request submission. The Contractor shall submit additional attendance
sheets as necessary throughout the course of the project to account for change in
personnel. Any exceptions to the specified personnel viewing the “Lane Closing and
Construction Safety Video” will be only as approved by the Engineer.
A500.357
SECTION 802 – LANE AND SHOULDER CLOSINGS
802.01
DESCRIPTION
The work of maintenance and protection of traffic consists, in general, of furnishing
and/or placing traffic protection devices for closing lanes and shoulders; furnishing
personnel immediately and solely employed for the maintenance of the devices and
protection of the traveling public; the transportation of devices to and from the site of the
Project; placing or installing the devices; moving devices from one position to another as
required; and the continual maintenance and subsequent removal of all devices. Traffic
protection devices shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor.
The Contractor is advised that the time required to install and remove a lane closing may
be substantial, the lane closing hours are inclusive of the closing and reopening times.
Lane closings may be cancelled or may be reopened earlier than scheduled, as required
by weather conditions or other incidents. The Contractor shall vacate the lane closing if
instructed by the State Police or a representative of the Operations Department. The
cancellation of curtailment of a lane closing shall not be considered as a basis for a claim
of delay to the Authority.
Because of the severe impacts occasioned by having a lane closed beyond the prescribed
hours, the Contractor will be assessed a penalty of five hundred dollars($500) for each
fifteen minute delay in the reopening of a lane closing.
If the Contractor fails to submit the proper Lane Closing Request Form to the Engineer in
advance as stipulated above, it may result in the denial if the requested lane closing and
opening for that week. Notwithstanding, because of adjacent construction, a lane closing
request may be denied even if it is properly requested. In any event, the denial of a lane,
shoulder, or roadway closing shall not be considered as a basis for a claim of delay
against the Authority.
If for any reason a pre-scheduled lane or roadway closing operation which has been
approved by the Authority will not be utilized by the Contractor, the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance to cancel the scheduled closing. If the 48
hour period falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the notice for cancellation must be submitted
on the preceding Friday. The Contractor will be permitted one (1) occasion where the
proper advance notification to cancel any scheduled closing operation is not given. If the
Contractor fails to properly cancel a pre-scheduled lane or roadway closing a second
time, within the 6 months of the first occurrence. If the Contractor is unable to utilized
the lane or roadway closing at the scheduled time due to weather conditions, as
determined by the Engineer, it shall not count as a failure to notify the Engineer.
802.02
MATERIALS
Materials shall conform to the following subsections:
Arrow Board ....................................................................................................... 920.11
Batteries ................................................................................................................ 920.05
Concrete Barrier ................................................................................................. 920.08
Flags ..................................................................................................................... 920.09
Flashing Lights ................................................................................................... 920.04
A500.357
Folding Sign Stands ........................................................................................... 920.07
Signs and Overlay Panels ................................................................................. 920.06
Temporary Pavement Striping ......................................................................... 920.10
Timber Barrier ................................................................................................... 920.02
Traffic Cones ....................................................................................................... 920.01
Safety Vests ........................................................................................................ 920.03
Reflectors .............................................................................................................. 923.18
802.03
When the work under the Contract requires that a lane and/or a shoulder of a Turnpike
roadway be closed, such closings shall be made only at such times, to such limits, and in
such a manner that the movement of traffic on the roadway will be maintained.
Restrictions to movement of traffic by lane closings shall be minimized. All traffic
moving on lanes not closed shall be able to flow smoothly, and shall be protected from all
hazards attendant on the Contractor's operations and because of the lane closings.
All requests for lane, shoulder or roadway closings shall be scheduled by submitting the
proper form to the Engineer no later than 12:30 p.m. on the Monday preceding the
requested closing or opening. If the Contractor fails to submit the proper Lane Closing
request Form to the Engineer in advance as stipulated above, it may result in the denial
of the requested lane closing for the week. Notwithstanding, because of adjacent
construction, a lane closing may be denied even if properly requested. In any event, the
denial of lane, shoulder or roadway closing or delay of the closing or opening of up to
two hours from the scheduled times shall not be considered as a basis for a claim of delay
against the Authority. The Contractor is advised that the closings or openings under
Method A as specified hereinafter will be effected within two hours of the time
scheduled for such closings or openings. The Contractor shall establish his priorities for
closings and openings and request such closings and openings at one hour intervals,
minimum.
If for any reason, a prescheduled lane or roadway closing operation, which has been
approved by the Authority will not be utilized by the Contractor, the Contractor shall
notify the Engineer at least 48 hours in advance to cancel the scheduled closing. If the 48hour period falls on a Saturday or Sunday, the notice for cancellation must be submitted
on the preceding Friday. The Contractor will be permitted one (1) occasion where the
proper advance notification to cancel any scheduled closing operation is not given. If the
Contractor fails to properly cancel a prescheduled lane or roadway closing a second time,
within the 6 months of the first occurrence, the Contractor will be assessed $2,500 and an
additional $2,500 for each subsequent occurrence within six (6) months of the previous
occurrence. If the Contractor is unable to utilize the lane or roadway closing at the
scheduled time due to weather conditions, as determined by the Engineer, it shall not
count as a failure to notify the Engineer.
All lane and shoulder closing operations shall be performed with a minimum of two (2)
vehicles consisting of a “cone truck” and a “back-up” vehicle. The “back-up” vehicle
shall include a truck mounted attenuator. Both vehicles shall be equipped with
approved conspicuous overhead flashing amber warning lights similar to those used by
the Authority’s Maintenance Department. The warning lights shall be mounted so that
they are visible when the attenuator is in a raised position. The “cone truck” shall be
equipped with an approved carrier to hold personnel placing cones, also similar to those
used by the Authority’s Maintenance Department vehicles. The warning lights shall run
A500.357
continuously whenever the vehicles are performing lane and shoulder closing or opening
operations.
The “back-up” vehicles shall be positioned approximately 50 feet behind the “cone” truck
and the shoulder/lane closing crew shall be augmented by a “traffic observer,” who shall
be equipped with an air horn. The “traffic observer” shall ride on the “cone” truck and
watch oncoming traffic and his personal shall sound the air horn as a warning if an outof-control or other errant vehicles(s) pose a threat to the crew.
The use of a “back-up” vehicle with a truck-mounted attenuator, the use of an approved
“cone” truck and a “traffic observer” during the lane and shoulder closing or opening
operations is mandatory and no exception shall be made.
Under no circumstances shall a “back-up” vehicle or “cone” truck remain in a closed lane
or shoulder during non-working hours or a period of inactivity.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, for the work covered by these
specifications, to coordinate with the Engineer and other contractors affected by the
Turnpike closings and to schedule his work accordingly with the approved progress
schedules of the other contractors and the current status of each project.
The Contractor's personnel, vehicles, equipment, or materials shall not occupy any area
within thirty feet from the edge of pavement where there is no guard rail or other
physical barrier unless the shoulder has been closed. The storage of materials and
equipment will be permitted within the Turnpike right-of-way only at specific locations
to be designated by the Engineer. Materials or equipment shall not be stored in a closed
lane or shoulder unless protected by a barrier. Proper flashing yellow lights shall be
installed on all construction vehicles in accordance with applicable regulations and as
approved by the Engineer.
Whenever any equipment occupying a shoulder and not behind a barrier will be within
three feet of a traveled lane or will come within three feet when operated (such as a
tractor, or a crane swinging), the lane adjacent to the shoulder shall also be closed.
Barrier shall be installed to protect traffic from the hazards of any excavation or drop off
that is four inches or deeper within twelve feet of the edge of pavement, or six inches or
deeper from twelve to thirty feet from the edge of pavement where there is no guard rail,
or any other opening in the roadway or adjacent area which would be dangerous if a
vehicle were to enter it. Whenever such excavation is sheeted, the sheeting shall extend
at least four feet above the adjacent existing ground surface. Flashing lights shall be
placed on the barrier and sheeting as directed by the Engineer.
The traffic protection devices for closing a lane or shoulder shall always be set up
progressively in the direction of traffic from a truck equipped with not less than two
approved six inch diameter flashing vehicle lights to warn traffic, and with the truck
traveling in the lane or shoulder being closed. The protection devices shall always be
removed in the reverse order by the truck backing up on the closed lane or shoulder. The
Engineer will coordinate the procedures for closing or opening a lane.
Barriers shall be installed only after the lane or shoulder has been closed.
(A)
Lane Closings.
A500.357
During all periods when traffic lanes are not closed, the roadways shall be clear
of all obstructions. The Contractor will be issued a copy of the "Construction
Safety Video" and an attendance sheet at the Preconstruction meeting. The
Prime Contractor, will not be permitted to engage in lane and shoulder closing
operations on Authority roadways and ramps until the "Construction Safety
Video" has been viewed and acknowledged by all employees and
Subcontractors, suppliers and vendors as noted on the attendance sheet. Receipt
of the completed Attendance sheet, through the Resident Engineer by the
Operations Department will constitute acknowledgement. Any exceptions to the
specified personnel viewing the “Construction Safety Video” will be only as
approved by the Resident Engineer.
Once a lane closing is in place, work shall commence immediately and shall progress on
a continuous basis to completion.
Traffic lanes shall not be kept closed when no work is scheduled to be performed. Traffic
protection will not be permitted to remain in effect overnight in work areas not requiring
overnight lane closings.
The contractor shall have the choice of using 28” or 36” traffic cones. The contractor shall
not combine 28” and 36” cones in a single closing. All cones per closing shall be the same
height.
All traffic cones adjacent to the contractor's work area which have been moved or
displaced for whatever reason shall be immediately restored to their proper position by
the Contractor during such times as he is actively engaged at the site.
Because of heavy traffic during morning and evening commuter rush hours, on
weekends, over holidays, and during the summer vacation period (between Memorial
Day and Labor Day), the times or hours when a road, lane or lanes may be closed and
work requiring such closings may be performed are limited. Lanes may be closed and
work requiring lanes to be closed may be performed only during the times prescribed.
During permissible lane closing hours, not more than one lane in a roadway may be
closed at any one time in any one work area unless double lane closings are specifically
permitted.
Unless otherwise specified, the maximum length of any lane closing, i.e., length between
first and last cones, shall be two miles and the minimum clear distance between two
separate lane closings, i.e., from the last traffic cone of the first closing to the first cone of
the second closing, in the same roadway, shall be three miles.
A 45 mile per hour speed limit shall be posted when a left or right lane of a mainline
roadway is closed and traffic protection devices are in place.
A 35 mile per hour speed limit shall be posted when a center lane or two lanes are closed
and traffic protection devices are in place.
If the Authority or NJ State Police declare that an emergency condition exists, the
Contractor shall immediately respond with the required manpower and equipment to
remove a closing in the shortest possible time, day or night, including weekends and
holidays.
A500.357
(1)
Lane Closing Restrictions.
(1)
Simultaneous Lane Closure.
Easterly and Westerly Alignments
No simultaneous lane closings in the same direction on the easterly
and westerly alignment will be permitted.
(2)
Simultaneous Lane Closure.
Mainline Easterly Alignment and Newark Bay-Hudson County
Extension
Simultaneous closing of a lane in the northbound Mainline Easterly
Alignment will not be permitted with the closing of two lanes (only
one lane open to traffic) in the eastbound roadway on the Newark BayHudson County Extension.
Simultaneous closing of a lane in the southbound Mainline Easterly
Alignment will not be permitted with the closing of two lanes (only
one lane open to traffic) in the westbound roadway on the Newark
Bay-Hudson County Extension.
(c)
Lane Closing Distance Requirements.
The minimum 3-mile clear distance requirements shall not apply
between a lane closing outside Interchange 16W/18W and a lane
closing inside Interchange 16W/18W.
(d)
Major Events.
Closing of lanes or roadways on the Westerly Alignments will not be
permitted during major events or concurrent minor events at the
Meadowlands Sports Complex. Major or concurrent minor events
shall be events with a projected attendance of 50,000 or more
spectators. The Contractor shall contact the NJ Sports and Exposition
Authority to familiarize himself with which events might conflict with
his schedule (telephone (201) 460-4325).
(B)
Emergency Lane Closings.
When in the opinion of the Chief Engineer it becomes necessary to close lanes to
make prompt repairs to work in progress or to other facilities that are damaged,
the Contractor shall provide all the materials and manpower necessary, and shall
work continuously on a 24 hour per day basis to complete the emergency repairs
and again make all lanes available to use by public traffic. Compensation for
emergency repairs of damage beyond the Contractor's control will be paid on a
cost-plus basis as specified in Section 108.04 or on such other basis as agreed
upon by the Contractor and the Engineer. All costs incurred as a result of
emergency repairs of damage caused solely by the Contractor's procedures shall
be borne entirely by the Contractor.
(C)
Shoulder Closings.
Once a shoulder closing is in place, work shall commence immediately and shall
A500.357
progress on a continuous basis to completion.
Simultaneous closing of both the right and left shoulder of a roadway will not be
permitted. All shoulder closings shall be of the shortest overall length and
duration necessary to protect traffic and shall provide as much shoulder as
possible for use by disabled vehicles.
(D)
Roadway Closing.
The hours when one roadway of a single direction dual roadway may be closed
are limited. A roadway may be closed, and work requiring roadways to be
closed, may be performed only during the times prescribed.
The placement or removal of traffic protection devices and the opening or closing of
ramp gates (where applicable) will be performed only by employees of the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority and under the direction of the State Police. The Engineer will
arrange for such assistance.
Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall not position his vehicles and equipment
to block all lanes and shoulders of the closed roadway. At least one lane of emergency
access is to be maintained at all times.
The Contractor shall be permitted to undertake only as much work as can be completed
within the time prescribed. Extension of roadway closing hours will not be granted
under any circumstances. The Contractor is reminded that the time required to close an
entire roadway may be substantial and that the roadway closing hours prescribed are
inclusive of closing and reopening times.
Roadway closings may be cancelled or roadways may be reopened earlier than
scheduled, as required by weather conditions or incidents in the open same-direction
roadway. The Contractor shall vacate the closed roadway if so instructed by the State
Police or the Director of Operations. The cancellation or curtailment of a roadway
closing shall not be considered as a basis for a claim of delay against the Turnpike.
Roadway closings and two-lane closings, when approved by the Engineer, are
permissible Monday through Thursday nights as follows:
September 15th to May 15th, Northbound
7:00 PM to 5:00 AM the next day
May 15th to September 15th, Northbound
September 15th to May 15th, Southbound
May 15th to September 15th, Southbound
(E)
Slowdowns.
Certain elements of work, including but not limited to the movement of heavy
equipment across a roadway or the erection of bridge or sign structures over the
roadway, may be accomplished during the simultaneous slowing of traffic in all
lanes. The Contractor shall give the Engineer 24 hours prior notice of the time he
wishes traffic to be slowed.
Traffic shall be slowed down only by the direction of the State Police. The
Engineer will arrange State Police assistance for these operations through the
A500.357
Traffic Engineer.
Slowdowns for the movement of equipment, requiring one minute or less, may
be scheduled any time except during commuter rush hours, 6:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.
and 4:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m. Monday through Friday. Slowdowns requiring less
than five minutes may be scheduled from 10:00 AM to 2:00 PM Monday through
Friday. Slowdowns of more than five minutes and less than ten minutes must be
scheduled during the allowable roadway or two-lane closing hours as specified
herein. Slowdowns of more than ten minutes will generally not be permitted.
The Contractor is advised that slowdowns of more than ten minutes may only be
approved by the Engineer and may involve traffic protection methods above and
beyond those methods specified throughout.
Slowdowns in excess of ten minutes will generally not be permitted. The method
of accomplishing work which would require lengthy slowdowns will be
determined by the Engineer after consultation with the Operations Department
and may involve extremely limited working hours and traffic control provisions
beyond those called for in the plans and specifications.
When more than one slowdown is scheduled for the same work area, the flow of
traffic must return to normal before traffic is slowed again.
(F)
Traffic Protection Devices.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the security and maintenance of all traffic
protection devices. Any devices damaged or lost during the life of the project
shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense.
The Contractor shall maintain all traffic protection devices for the duration of the
project, ensuring their operation, visibility and overall effectiveness whenever
they are in place at a work site. Maintenance shall include repainting and
washing devices as necessary, replacing dead batteries and defective bulbs,
properly realigning devices, and any other work deemed necessary by the
Engineer.
When traffic protection devices are to remain in place overnight, during
weekends, holidays, periods of inclement weather, or any other time that work
will not be in progress, the Contractor shall ensure the full effectiveness of the
devices prior to the cessation of work.
Cones or other protective devices moved by the Contractor for his own
convenience in conducting his work operations may be done only with the
approval of the Engineer and at no expense to the Authority. Upon completion
of operations necessitating such moves, the Contractor shall immediately replace
the protective devices to their original positions.
(1)
Variable Message Signs.
The variable message sign shall be a portable Fiber Optic or LED Full
Matrix board mounted on a two-wheeled trailer.
The sign system shall consist of a message board assembly, controller,
A500.357
power supply and structural support system.
The message displayed on the sign shall be visible from 1/2 mile and
legible at a distance of 900 feet under all weather conditions.
The trailer mounted system shall be structurally adequate to withstand
sustained freeway speeds of 55 mph with the sign panel in either the
raised or lowered position.
The complete message sign unit shall be designed to operate in the
ambient air temperature range of -30 degrees F to +160 degrees F. The
unit shall not be affected by mobile radio transmissions.
(a)
Components:
Sign Panel Assembly: The sign panel shall be of aluminum or
stainless steel construction between 70 and 80 inches high and 89
to 126 inches wide. Message board and trailer shall be within
legal width when sign is in the travel position.
All exterior surfaces of the sign panel assembly shall be either
anodized or painted flat black.
The sign panel shall consist of three (3) lines of individually
changeable characters. Each line shall be made up of a
maximum of nine (9) characters. Each character shall be 18
inches in height, and shall be arranged in a 7 high x 5 wide
matrix.
When required, lamps shall be rugged, high performance,
bayonet or screw base units. The lamps shall be a minimum of
20 watts with life expectancy of at least 8000 hours. The lamps
shall have minimum light output to meet the requirements
stated heretofore for visibility. All wiring shall be suitable for
outdoor use. Each connector point of the wiring harness shall be
properly marked.
The entire sign panel, for increased legibility in bright sunlight,
shall be protected by a sun screen which has fixed horizontal
black louvers tilted at 15 to 20 degrees to the horizontal.
(b)
Controller:
The controller shall be a fully self-contained, compact, solid
state, modularized unit with pre-programmed messages and the
additional capability of having either an integral or plug-in type
keyboard system for message generation. The controller display
shall show a miniaturized version of the message being
displayed, or to be displayed, on the sign panel.
The controller shall also be equipped for an ambient light
controlled continuous dimming (100 percent to 40 percent) and a
three step (100 percent to 50 percent) dimming of the message
A500.357
displayed.
The unit shall be designed so that it can accept a preprogrammed default message. In the event of engine failure, the
pre-programmed default message will be automatically
displayed to the message display panel and remain there until
such time that repairs to the power plant can be achieved or a
maximum of 8 night time viewing hours.
Provisions shall be made to lockout keyboard capability on the
controllers with integral keyboards. This will result in a key
being needed to electrically connect the keyboard, thereby
providing security to keyboard access.
No message shall be displayed if not shown on the traffic control
plans, or previously approved.
The controls for raising/lowering the sign panel;
starting/stopping the generator; light intensity control of the
lamps for the bulb matrix sign; and read outs for the fuel supply
and running time shall be located in a lockable enclosure.
Power Supply: The power unit for operating each entire sign
system shall be solar with battery only.
A battery-powered variable message sign shall consist of banks
of batteries recharged by a solar panel array. The number and
size of the battery banks and solar panel array shall be sufficient
to operate the sign panel for a period of 18 days without the
array being exposed to sunlight. The solar panel array shall be
capable of recharging the battery banks at a rate of four hours of
sun for one 24-hour period of sign usage. The battery-powered
unit shall incorporate an automatic intensity control feature in
order to keep the LED lamp matrix intensity constant with a
reduction in battery voltage.
The battery-powered unit shall be designed to also accept
recharging from an internal or external diesel engine driven
alternator power supply should there be a lack of proper
sunlight.
A diesel generator shall be available on the site to charge the
batteries in the event the batteries become sufficiently
discharged, thereby making the variable message sign nonfunctional.
(c)
Structural Support System.
The structural support system shall provide the support
mechanism between the sign panel assembly and the power
supply cabinet. This will allow the system to be assembled into
a unit that is easily mountable on a trailer. The structure shall
provide adequate support to allow complete sign operation
A500.357
including raising and lowering of the sign panel at sustained
wind speeds of 30 mph.
The primary support shall be welded structural steel of size and
type capable of meeting the above specified sign operation, with
all welds done by or under the direction of, a certified welder.
The structural system shall support the sign panel assembly at
the proper height and orientation in reference to the rest of the
system.
A manual raise/lower mechanism shall be provided to serve as
a back-up in the case of failure of the motor drive system. The
motor drive system shall be a gear or hydraulic unit powered by
an electric motor (AC or DC) operated off the generator, in the
case of an AC system, or by a 12 or 24 volt battery system.
The Authority will provide the Engineer with the message that
shall appear on the signs.
The variable message signs shall be positioned, as directed by
the Engineer, within the closed lane prior to the start of any
work in the closed lane. The Contractor is responsible for
ensuring the sign and generator runs continuously until sign and
generator is no longer required.
The variable message signs shall be removed from the lane
closing and site when no work is in progress, or they shall be
stored behind concrete construction barriers.
The variable message signs furnished for this project shall
remain the property of the Contractor upon completion of the
contract.
(2)
Truck with Mounted Attenuator (TMA).
This item shall also include placing, moving and removing the TMA unit
as necessary when the Contractor is working within a closed shoulder or
lane. The TMA shall be removed from the closed shoulder or lane when
no work is in progress or they shall be stored behind concrete
construction barrier.
The Contractor shall provide a heavy truck with mounted attenuator
(TMA) as a barrier vehicle in the closed lane or closed shoulder
preceding each work location where personnel are engaged in
construction activities and no concrete barrier is called for.
The Contractor shall have a TMA with driver available for the final
inspection, the cost of which shall be included in the item “Furnishing
Truck with Mounted Attenuator.”
The appropriate number of TMA’s are to be provided for work on this
contract. The TMA’s shall remain the Contractor’s property upon
A500.357
Contract completion. If the Contractor elects to work at more than one
location requiring a TMA, he shall furnish additional TMAs at no cost to
the Authority.
The TMA layout (positioning) shall conform to the requirements set
forth in the paragraph on layout in Section 9.3.2.2 of the AASHTO
Roadside Design Guide, dated 2002.
The truck shall be in excellent operating condition and have a minimum
gross weight of 10 tons. The truck shall be equipped with a rearmounted attenuator, including a crushable energy absorption module,
cartridge support cables, lightweight steel backup plate, corner jacks,
hydraulic tilting system and the hardware necessary for attachment.
The truck mounted attenuator shall be the Alfa 100K truck mounted
attenuator as manufactured by Energy Absorption System, Inc., One East
Wacker Drive, Chicago, IL 60601 and distributed by Transpo Industries,
Inc., 20 Jones Street, New Rochelle, NY 10801 or an approved NCHRP
350, Test Level 3 compliant equal.
The attenuator shall have a minimum of 72 square inches of high
intensity reflective sheeting toward the extremities on each side of the
equipment. A minimum of 144 square inches of the sheeting shall be
visible from each direction. The color of the reflective sheeting shall be
orange. The attenuator shall have a standard trailer lighting system,
including brake lights, tail lights, turn signals and ICC bar lights.
The truck mounted attenuator shall be attached to the truck in
accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and
recommendations.
Any units or parts of the truck mounted attenuator which are damaged
or become inoperable during construction shall be repaired or replaced.
A complete replacement module and the required components for
restoration shall be available at all times on the project without
additional compensation.
The truck shall be equipped with 2 large conspicuous overhead flashing
lights and the appropriate generator to power the lights. The lights shall
be mounted so that they are visible when the attenuator is in a raised
position and the flashing lights shall run continuously whenever the
truck is performing lane and shoulder closing and opening operations.
In the event that the traffic control truck is hit during the process of the
work and the crash cushions become damaged or inoperable, the
Contractor shall have a replacement cartridge on the site at all times, and
shall immediately repair the truck mounted crash cushions. The
replacement cartridge shall be compatible with the original unit so that
the repair can be accomplished in a minimal amount of time.
A500.357
802.04
MEASUREMENT
Maintenance and Protection of Traffic will be paid for as a Lump Sum.
802.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Maintenance And Protection Of Traffic
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
Except for the items listed in the Proposal, no separate payment will be made for any
costs incurred by the Contractor in complying with the requirements specified under the
various articles of this section, unless otherwise specifically prescribed elsewhere in these
Supplementary Specifications, but the costs thereof shall be included in the item
maintenance and protection of traffic in the proposal, including all tools, equipment,
transportation, labor, services and materials as may be necessary for traffic protection
patrol; providing lane and shoulder closings; placing, removing and maintaining flashing
arrow board trailer and any other work or expense in connection with the maintenance
and protection of traffic, during various stages of construction and as may be required by
the Engineer.
Separate payment will not be made for lighting for nighttime operations, but all costs
thereof shall be included in the prices bid for the various pay items in scheduled in the
Proposal.
A500.357
SECTION 803 – STATE, COUNTY AND LOCAL HIGHWAYS
803.01
DESCRIPTION
The Contractor shall comply with all regulations imposed by county and local authorities
regarding the operation and requirements, including the maintenance and protection of
traffic, associated with work or staging on or adjacent to county and local facilities,
roadways and highways.
Traffic control for work on State, County, and/or local roadways shall be in accordance
with the NJDOT’s Standard Roadway Construction – Traffic Control – Bridge
Construction Details Booklet dated 2007 (in U.S. Customary English Units). These details
are available through the Department at 1035 Parkway Avenue, Trenton, New Jersey
08625 or through their web site at www.state.nj.us/transportation/.
The contractor will be responsible for preparing and submitting any required permits to
the respective agency having jurisdiction over the roadway.
The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan in accordance with Section 803.03 and
Contract Drawings to the State, County, and/or local authorities. The traffic control plan
shall be approved by these authorities prior to the commencement of work.
803.03
The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain all traffic protection devices necessary
for the construction staging in accordance with details shown on the Contract Drawings
and the requirements of the current edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices (MUTCD) for Streets and Highways published by the US Department of
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration.
Signs, barricades, traffic cones, temporary pavement striping, traffic drums, electric
flasher and any other traffic protection devices shall be installed, maintained and
repaired or replaced in a manner and at such times and places as may be necessary for
adequate protection of vehicular and pedestrian traffic.
The Contractor shall respond to emergency calls from the Authority, the State, the
county, or the local police departments within one hour from the time of the call.
The Contractor shall coordinate all local traffic control with the local police as applicable.
If municipal police traffic directors are required, then they shall be off duty police officers
from within the applicable township. Police traffic directors shall be provided where
designated on the plans or at specific locations directed by the Engineer during
construction. The following township shall be contacted in order to obtain the services of
police traffic directors and the name, address and telephone number of their local
representative.
Township & Department
Telephone No.
A500.357
Woodbridge Twp Police Department
(732) 718-1354
No payment will be made for hours of municipal police traffic directors that are not
approved. No specific payment will be made for any costs of the police traffic directors
in excess of the unit price bid as scheduled in the Proposal.
803.04
MEASUREMENT
Maintenance and Protection of Traffic on State, County, and Local Roadways will be paid
for as a Lump Sum.
803.05
PAYMENT
PAY ITEM
Maintenance And Protection Of Traffic On State, County, And Local
Roadways
PAY UNIT
Lump Sum
A500.357
DIVISION 900 – MATERIALS
SECTION 902 - AGGREGATES
Add the following subsections:
902.08
SOIL AGGREGATE
Soil aggregate shall be natural or prepared mixtures consisting predominately of hard
durable particles or fragments of stone, slag, gravel, or sand, and containing some siltclay or stone dust or remediated ID-27 petroleum contaminated soil aggregate (RPCSA)
produced by a New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) approved
“Class B” recycling center operating pursuant to NJAC 7:26A.
A list of recycling centers, which have been approved as a source of RPCSA for NJDOT
projects is available from the Department’s Bureau of Materials.
Soil aggregate obtained from subaqueous sources and placed by methods other than
hydraulically shall first be placed in a stockpile and drained, and shall not be placed in its
final location until the Engineer has determined that the moisture content is not
excessive.
Soil aggregate shall conform to the following:
(A)
Definitions of Constituent Materials.
Stone shall be crushed or naturally angular particles of rock, a natural solid
mineral matter occurring in large masses or fragments, which shall pass a 2-inch
sieve and be retained on a No. 8 sieve. The stone shall conform to Subsection
902.02.
Blast furnace slag shall be the air-cooled residue resulting from the production of
pig iron and shall consist of tough, durable, angular fragments uniform in
density, absorption, quality, and shall be free from flux stone, dirt, or other
objectionable material. The slag shall conform to Subsections 902.01 and 902.02,
and to the following quality requirements:
Weight per cubic foot (loose measure), pound .......................... 60 minimum
Percentage of wear (Los Angeles Test) ....................................... 50 maximum
Sulfur, percentage by weight ....................................................... 2 maximum
Gravel shall be rounded particles of rock that shall pass a 4-inch sieve and be
retained on No. 8 sieve.
Sand shall be granular material resulting from weathering processes, grinding or
crushing of rock and shall pass a No. 8 sieve and be retained on the No. 200
sieve.
Stone dust shall be fine soil or mineral particles, or both, which shall pass the No.
200 sieve. Silt-clay shall be fine soil particles that shall pass the No. 200 sieve.
A500.357
(B)
Composition of Soil Aggregate.
The composite mixture of any type of soil aggregate specified herein shall be free
from elements or chemicals which, in the presence of water, would produce
detrimental effects to pavements, structures, or utility lines, and be free from
organic matter, wood, garbage, metal, debris, or lumps of clay.
Designations I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, I-9, I-10, I-11, I-12, and I-13 shall consist of bank-run
sand and gravel, commercial sand and gravel combined, blast furnace slag, or
stone, except blast furnace slag will not be permitted when in contact with
concrete. Designation I-5 shall be hard, durable gravel or stone mixed with sand,
stone dust, or silt-clay so that it can be compacted into a hard, dense mass. The
composite mixture shall contain, by weight, a total of not more than 25 percent of
shale, slate, schist, or soft and decomposed aggregate as determined by lithologic
analysis.
Designation I-5 may be produced from recycled concrete aggregate conforming
to the composition and quality requirements specified for recycled concrete
aggregate in Subsection 902.07, except that the crushed surface requirement shall
not apply, and to the gradation requirements of Subsection 902.09, Table 902-1.
When designation I-5 is produced from recycled concrete aggregate, the
Contractor shall report to the solid waste management district of origin,
according to NJAC 7:26A, the tonnage of concrete aggregate being recycled. A
copy of the reported information shall be provided to the Resident Engineer.
Designations I-6, I-7, and I-8 shall consist of clean, free-draining sand, gravel or
stone.
Designations I-1, I-2, I-3, I-4, I-5, I-9, and I-10 shall comply with the gradation
requirements specified in Subsection 902.09, Table 902-1 after being tested for
materials which break down as determined according to Section 990, A-7.
C.
Gradation.
Soil aggregate shall be graded as shown in Subsection 902.09, Table 902-1 for the
various designations. The gradation requirements shall apply to the material
after it has been placed and compacted on the Project. Where compaction is not
prescribed, the requirements for any given type shall apply to the material at the
time it is placed.
D.
Combining and Mixing.
If bank-run or other materials conforming to the requirements specified
hereinabove are not available, materials that conform thereto may be produced
by combining and mixing, and by washing if necessary. Materials may be
combined and mixed on the grade only with approval. The blending on the
grade shall be performed by a traveling high-speed rotor mixer capable of
cutting and thoroughly mixing to a minimum depth of 6 inches.
A500.357
902.09
TABLE
Table 902-1 Standard Soil Aggregate Gradations
New Jersey Interagency Engineering Committee
Gradation Designations, percentage by weight passing square mesh sieves
Sieve
Size
I-1
4"
100
2"
70100
I-2
I-3
100
100
50-95
65100
60100
100
I-7
I-8
I-9
I-10
I-11
I-12
I-13
100
100
100
100
100
80100
80100
80100
60100
60100
60100
40-75
30100
95100
40100
40100
40100
100
70100
40100
30-60
I-6
100
60100
½"
No. 4
I-5
100
1"
¾"
I-4
25100
80100
80100
30-80
100
No. 8
20100
45100
35100
No.
16
15-85
30-90
25-90
45-70
20-70
20-70
0-20
5-50
5-25
5-35
5-40
0-3
0-8
0-20
0-30
0-8
0-20
No.
50
5-25
5-30
5-35
8-45
10-35
No.
100
No.
200
0-7
0-7
0-8
5-10
5-12
0-2
70100
0-5
30100
0-75
0-75
0-9
0-5
0-12
A500.357
SECTION 903 – HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA)
903.01
COMPOSITION OF MIXTURES
Replace the first four paragraphs in their entirety with the following:
The composition of the mixture for HMA surface courses shall be coarse aggregate, fine
aggregate, and asphalt binder and may also include mineral filler and up to 10 percent
RAP. RAP will not be permitted in surface course mixes used for Bridge Deck
Resurfacing. The composition of the mixture for base or intermediate courses shall be
coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and asphalt binder and may also include mineral filler
and up to maximum of 30 percent by weight of RAP as follows:
Percent
Recycled Materials
Reclaimed Asphalt
Pavement (RAP)
Source
0 to 10
11 to 30
Maximum Recycled
Percent
Open System
Open System
10
30
The grade of asphalt binder shall be determined by the Contractor, and submitted for
approval by the Authority, for those projects that include the use of 11 to 30 percent of
RAP.
Reclaimed asphalt pavement, RAP, may be used in base and leveling course mixes. The
RAP shall be the product resulting from the cold milling or crushing of an existing hot
mix asphalt pavement and shall be so processed so that 100 percent will pass the
maximum aggregate size for the mixture being produced. RAP shall not exceed 30
percent of mass (weight) of the total mixture.
903.02
GRADING REQUIREMENTS
Delete this subsection in its entirety.
903.03
JOB MIX FORMULA
903.04
SAMPLING AND TESTING
903.05
TABLES
905.05
PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
(B). Mix Design.
A500.357
If a low-alkali cement is used to control alkali-silica reactivity, use cement with
equivalent alkali of less than 0.60 percent.
SECTION 914 - FENCE
914.01
CHAIN LINK FENCE.
(B). Line and End/Corner Fence Post Sections.
Delete this paragraph in its entirety, and replace it with the following:
Line and End /Corner Fence Posts shall be galvanized steel shapes conforming to the
requirements of ASTM F1043. Line posts shall be either Group IC with a minimum yield
strength of 50,000 psi, 2 ⅜ inch diameter standard “Round Steel Pipe” posts, 3.12 lb/ft ;
or Group II with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi, 1 ⅞ inch standard “C”-shaped
posts, 2.4 lb/ft; or Group III with a minimum yield strength of 50,000 psi; or 2 ¼ inch
standard “H”- shaped posts, 3.26 lb/ft. End/Corner posts shall be Group IA with a
minimum yield strength of 83,000 psi, 2 ⅞ inch diameter standard “Round Steel Pipe”
posts, 5.80 lb/ft.
(C). Brace Rail Sections.
Brace Rail Sections shall be galvanized (1.8 oz./ft 2 – zinc coating, per ASTM F1083) steel
pipe conforming to the requirements of ASTM F1043, Group 1A. Brace rail posts shall be
1 ⅝ inch outside diameter round pipe, 2.27 lbs/ft.
(I). Drive Anchors.
Drive Anchors for H-beam line posts shall be fabricated from steel bars and pressed steel,
of the type and size shown on the Plans, and shall be hot dip galvanized in accordance
with the requirements of ASTM A123.
A500.357
SECTION 915 - GUARD RAIL
Delete this Section in its entirety and replace it with the following:
SECTION 915 - BEAM GUIDE RAIL
915.01
RAIL ELEMENT
Rail elements shall be 12 gauge steel.
For galvanized beam guide rail, fabricate the rail element, including rounded end
sections and buffer end sections, according to AASHTO M 180, Class A, Type I in Table
2. Ensure that the weight of the zinc coating conforms to AASHTO M 180, Type I in Table
1.
915.02
POSTS AND RECYCLED/SYNTHETIC BLOCKOUTS
For galvanized steel posts, use structural steel conforming to ASTM A 709, Grade 36, that
is galvanized according to ASTM A 123.
Timber posts for end terminals shall conform to Subsection 910.05.
Use recycled/synthetic routed blockouts that are NCHRP 350 tested, test level 3 (TL-3),
approved. Ensure that the name of the manufacturer and model number are stamped on
each blockout and that the blockouts are of the same material and dimensions as the
spacers that were NCHRP tested.
915.03
MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE
For galvanized beam guide rail, ensure that connections or splices, nuts, bolts, washers,
and plates conform to AASHTO M 180, except as follows:
1.
2.
3.
915.04
If high-strength bolts are shown on the Plans for bridge guide rail, use highstrength bolts, nuts, and washers conforming to ASTM A 325, Type I, and
galvanized according to ASTM A 153.
For base plate assemblies on bridge guide rail, use an adhesive anchor
system with galvanized bolts as specified in 909.02(F) or galvanized anchor
bolts, nuts, and washers as specified in 909.02(E).
Use plates for beam guide rail on bridges conforming to ASTM A 36 and
galvanized according to ASTM A 123.
SAMPLING AND TESTING
Samples and rate of sampling taken by the Engineer will be in accordance with AASHTO
M180.
SECTION 916 – MASONRY UNITS
916.01
CONCRETE BLOCKS
A500.357
Delete the second paragraph and replace it with the following:
Each block shall have a compressive strength of not less than 4,500 pounds per square
inch (PSI) when tested in accordance with ASTM-C140.
SECTION 917 – PIPE
The following Subsection is added:
917.08
HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE (HDPE) PIPE
Corrugated HDPE drainage pipe shall conform to AASHTO M 294, and is Type S
(smooth interior with annular corrugations), with gasketed silt-tight joints.
Submit a certification of compliance, as specified in 105.04 for HDPE pipe.
A500.357
SECTION 918 - ELECTRICAL MATERIAL
918.01
GENERAL
The following is added after the last paragraph:
All materials and equipment forming part of any assembly shall be new and subject to
the approval of the Engineer. Materials, components and equipment approved by the
Engineer which appear defective when received or which may have become damaged in
any manner, shall not be used until retested and re-approved. Manufacturer’s
certifications or certified copies of reports of tests shall be furnished as directed by the
Engineer.
The sources of supply of each of the equipment items to be incorporated into an
assembly shall be subject to approval by the Engineer. Work performed and materials,
components, and equipment furnished which do not conform to the requirements of
these Specifications will be rejected and shall be removed and replaced, as the Engineer
may direct, at the Contractor’s expense.
918.07
CABLE AND WIRE
(A)
Multiple Lighting and Power Cable
Replace the color coding requirement for different voltage characteristics with the
following table:
265/460 V.
Or
277/480 V.
120/208V.
Phase A
Brown
Black
Red
Phase B
Yellow
Red
Black
Phase C
Orange
Blue
--
Neutral
Grey
white
White
Cable or Wire
120/240 V.
(F)
Outdoor Network Cable
Outdoor network cable shall consist of 24 AWG solid bare copper conductors,
Category 5e or better rated twisted pairs, polyolefin insulation, inner LLPE
jacket, overall shield (100% coverage), 24 AWG stranded TC drain wire,
industrial grade sunlight- and oil-resistant LLPE jacket and be model 7937A
DATATUFF by Belden or approved equal.
Specifications for the cable shall be as follows:
Number of Conductor Pairs:
4
Total Number of Conductors:
8 # 24 AWG
Conductor Stranding:
Solid
Conductor Material:
Bare Copper
Insulation Material:
Polyolefin
Waterblocking Material:
Polymer Gel
A500.357
Conductor Color Code:
Inner Jacket Material:
Inner Jacket Diameter:
Outer Shield Type:
Outer Shield Material:
Outer Shield %Coverage:
Outer Shield Drain Wire AWG:
Outer Shield Drain Wire Stranding:
Outer Shield Drain Wire Conductor
Material:
Outer Jacket Material:
Outer Jacket Ripcord:
Overall Nominal Diameter:
Operating Temperature Range:
Installation Temperature Range:
Bulk Cable Weight:
Max. Recommended Pulling Tension:
Min. Bend Radius (Install):
IEC Specification:
EU RoHS Compliant (Y/N):
EU RoHS Compliance Date
TIA/EIA Specification:
Other Specification:
Suitability – Outdoor:
Suitability – Burial:
Sunlight Resistance:
Oil Resistance:
Non-halogenated:
Plenum:
Nom. Mutual Capacitance @ 1 KHz:
Maximum Capacitance Unbalance
(pF/100 m):
Nominal Velocity of Propagation:
Maximum Delay (ns/100 m):
Maximum Delay Skew (ns/100m):
Maximum Conductor DC Resistance @ 20
Deg. C:
Maximum DCR Unbalance @ 20 Deg. C:
Max. Operating Voltage – UL:
G)
1 - White/Blue Stripe & Blue
2 - White/Orange Stripe & Orange
3 - White/Green Stripe & Green
4 - White/Brown Stripe & Brown
Linear Low Density Polyethylene
0.230 inches
Tape
Aluminum Foil-Polyester Tape
100 %
24
7x32
Tinned Copper
Linear Low Density Polyethylene
No
0.276 inches
-40°C To +75°C
-25°C To +75°C
33 lbs/1000 feet
40 lbs.
2.75 inches
11801 Category 5
Yes
01/01/2004
568-B.2 Category 5e
NEMA WC-63.1 Category 5e
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
15 pF/ft
330 pF/100 m
70 %
538 @ 100MHz ns/100 m
45 ns/100 m
9.38 Ohms/100 m
3%
300 V RMS
Fiber Optic Cable – Single Mode
Fiber Optic Cable - Single Mode shall be tight buffered breakout type cable as
manufactured by Optical Cable Corporation BX006KSLX9YP or approved equal
(OAE). No splices are permitted, except as required for terminations, unless
shown on the Plans.
The fiber optic communications cable shall be of six fiber configuration as shown
on the plans, each fiber with a color coded Polyvinyl Chloride inner sub-cable
jacket, containing Aramid strength fibers all surrounded by a yellow
A500.357
Fluoropolymer outer jacket with rip cord.. (If exposed to sunlight, the outer
jacket shall be black.) The single mode fibers shall be structured with 9/125/900
micron diameter. Optical fibers shall be protected in individual color coded,
breakout buffer tubes. The buffer tubes shall be cabled around a central
dielectric strength element with a gel-less water blocking system to inhibit water
migration. The cable shall be suitable for use in cable tray, direct burial,
underground duct and aerial installations.
The optical and physical
characteristics of the cable shall be as listed in the table below:
Single Mode Fiber Type:
Core Diameter:
Cladding:
Coating:
Buffer:
Color Coded Breakout Tube
Attenuation @ 1310nm:
@ 1550nm:
Proof Test:
Cable Type:
Operating Temperature:
Storage Temperature:
Installation Temperature:
Fiber Count:
Outer Jacket Color:
Weight:
Maximum Load for Installation:
Max Load for Long Term Apps:
Min Bend Radius for Installation:
Min Radius for Long Term Apps:
Crush Resistance:
Flame Resistance:
Solar Radiation Resistance:
Sub-cable Tube Color Code:
(H)
Low Water Peak
9 +/- 1 Microns (single mode)
125 +/- 2 Microns
245+/- 15 Microns
900+/- 25 Microns
2 mm or 2.5 mm
0.5 dB/Km Maximum
0.5 dB/Km Maximum
100KPSI
Breakout; Tight Buffer; Indoor/Outdoor
-40°C to +85°C
-40°C to +85°C
0°C to +60°C (actual temperature of cable)
6
Yellow (Black if exposed to sunlight)
56 lbs/kft
670 lbs
270 lbs
5.7”
3.8”
High
UL 1666 (OFNR); IEEE383
High
1. Blue, 2. Orange, 3. Green, 4. Brown, 5. Slate,
6. White
Fiber Optic Cable – Multi-mode
Fiber Optic Cable - Multiode shall be tight buffered breakout type cable as
manufactured by Optical Cable Corporation BX006KWLS9OP or approved equal
(OAE). No splices are permitted, except as required for terminations, unless
shown on the Plans.
The fiber optic communications cable shall be of configuration as shown on the
plans, each fiber with a color coded Polyvinyl Chloride inner sub-cable jacket,
containing Aramid strength fibers all surrounded by an orange Fluoropolymer
outer jacket with rip cord. (If exposed to sunlight, the outer jacket shall be black.)
The multimode fibers shall be structured with 62.5/125/900 micron diameter.
Optical fibers shall be protected in individual color coded, breakout buffer tubes.
The buffer tubes shall be cabled around a central dielectric strength element with
a gel-less water blocking system to inhibit water migration. The cable shall be
suitable for use in cable tray, direct burial, underground duct and aerial
A500.357
installations. The optical and physical characteristics of the cable shall be as
listed in the table below:
Multimode Fiber Type:
Core Diameter:
Cladding:
Coating:
Buffer:
Color Coded Breakout Tube
Attenuation @ 850nm:
@ 1310nm:
Bandwidth @ 850nm:
@ 1310nm:
Numerical Aperture:
Proof Test:
Cable Type:
Operating Temperature:
Storage Temperature:
Installation Temperature:
Fiber Count:
Outer Jacket Color:
Weight:
Maximum Load for Installation:
Max Load for Long Term Apps:
Minimum Bending Radius:
Min Radius for Long Term Apps:
Crush Resistance:
Impact Resistance:
Solar Radiation Resistance:
Flame Resistance:
Sub-cable Tube Color Code:
(I)
Graded Index
62.5 +/- 3 Microns (multi mode)
125 +/- 2 Microns
245+/- 15 Microns
900+/- 25 Microns
2 mm or 2.5 mm
3.5 dB/km Maximum
1.5 dB/km Maximum
200 MHz/Km Minimum
500 MHz/Km Minimum
0.275 Nominal
100KPSI
Breakout; Tight Buffer; Indoor/Outdoor
-40°C to +85°C
-40°C to +85°C
0°C to +60°C (actual temperature of cable)
6
Orange (Black if exposed to sunlight)
56 lbs/kft
670 lbs
270 lbs
5.7”
3.8”
750 lbs./inch Minimum
25 Impacts Minimum @ 3.3Ft.-Lbs
High
UL 1666 (OFNR); IEEE383
1. Blue, 2. Orange, 3. Green, 4. Brown, 5. Slate, 6.
White
Fiber Optic Cable – Termination Connector
Fiber Optic Cable – Termination Connector shall be a pigtail consisting of a three
foot (one meter) length of tight buffered type cable with a factory installed and
terminated connector. The pigtail shall be fusion spliced to each strand at each
end of every Fiber Optic Cable described in 918.07(H) and 918.07(I) furnished
and installed by the Contractor. The pigtail fiber optic strand type shall match
the strand type of the installed cable and shall be applied to each cable strand
with a fusion splice. The fusion splice shall have a measured attenuation of less
than 0.2 dB or it shall be remade until the quality of the splice meets this
requirement.
Each pigtail shall be furnished with a factory made connector of the type
indicated on the Plans. The connector shall be manufactured to have an average
insertion loss equal to or less than 0.2 dB.
(J)
Twisted Pair Communication Cable
Twisted Pair Communication Cable cable shall consist of 4 pairs of #24AWG
stranded copper conductors, each pair individually shielded, covered by a PVC
A500.357
jacket. The cable shall be Belden Model 8164 or approved equal.
Number of Conductor Pairs:
Total Number of Conductors:
Conductor Material:
Inner Shield Material:
Inner Shield Coverage:
Inner Shield Drain:
Conductor Color Code (by pair):
Outer Shield Material:
Outer Shield Coverage:
Outer Shield Drain:
Outer Jacket Ripcord:
Bulk Cable Weight:
Max. Recommended Pulling
Tension:
(mm/dd/yyyy):
NEC/(UL) Specification:
Suitability – Burial:
Sunlight Resistance:
Oil Resistance:
Non-halogenated:
Plenum:
Nom. Mutual Capacitance @ 1
KHz:
Nominal Velocity of Propagation:
4
8 # 24 AWG
7x32
Tinned Copper
Foam Polyethylene
100%
24 AWG, 7x32 Tinned Copper
1 - Black & Red
2 - Black & White
3 - Black & Green
4 - Black & Blue
100 %
Tinned Copper Braid
Polyvinyl Chloride
No
0.276 inches
-40°C To +60°C
-25°C To +60°C
75 lbs/1000 feet
100 lbs.
4 inches
Yes
01/01/2004
CM
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
12.5 pF/ft
70 %
300 V RMS
Unless otherwise noted, all twisted paid communication cables not carrying
Ethernet signals shall conform to this specification. Cables carrying Ethernet
signals shall conform to Specifications in Section 918.07 (F).
918.08
CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A500.357
(F)
Duct Bank Spacers
Spacers shall be prefabricated and made out of high impact Polystyrene. Spacers
shall be manufactured by Underground Devices Inc., Model No. 4W30-2, or an
approved equal.
918.24
RODENT BLOCKING
The rodent blocking material shall consist of a wad of corrosion resistant metallic mesh,
such as Stuff-It or Copper Blocker brand copper mesh or approved equal, and capped
with a pest control foam sealant, such as IPF Foam from Todol Products or approved
equal.
918.25
NETWORK SWITCH
The Network Switch installed in the Systems Control Cabinet shall be 19” rack mounted,
environmentally hardened Layer 2 switch and shall be modular in design. The switch
shall consist of a core unit with two dual-purpose backhaul ports, configurable for either
10/100/1000 Ethernet or SFP-based Gigabit fiber optics, and eight 10/100 TX down-link
ports. The fiber optic backhaul ports shall be configurable for single mode or multi mode
fiber with LC connector SFP transceivers. The core unit shall be expandable by direct
connection to an 8 port 10/100Base TX or 100Base FX fiber optic port expansion module
and dual AC input, DC output power supplies. The core unit shall be equipped with a
compact flash memory card for storage of the switch configuration settings. The switch
operating system shall be ISO Layer 2 based with encryption functionality.
The network switch assembly shall include all mounting brackets, DIN rails, terminal
blocks, cables, power cords, jumper clips, patch cords, and any other hardware necessary
for an operational and complete system.
Software configuration engineering and implementation of the network switch shall be
the responsibility of the Authority and shall not be included in the bid price for this item.
The Network Switch core unit shall be Cisco model IE-3000-8TC. It shall be equipped
with two (2) AC input power supplies, Cisco model PWR-IE3000-AC=, and a 19-inch rack
mounting kit, Cisco model STK-RACKMNT-2955=. The 8 port 10/100Base TX expansion
module shall be Cisco model IEM-3000-8TM=. The 8 port 100Base FX expansion module
shall be Cisco model IEM-3000-8FM=. Expansion modules shall only be required if and
where indicated on the plans.
918.26
COAXIAL CABLE
Coaxial Cable RG-6 cable shall consist of 18AWG solid bare copper conductors with foam
polyethylene insulation be model 9290 Coax – 75 Ohm as manufactured by Belden or
approved equal.
Number of Coax Conductors:
Conductor Material:
Outer Shield %Coverage:
1
Solid
Bare Copper
Foam Polyethylene
PVC – Polyvinyl Chloride
95 %
A500.357
Bulk Cable Weight:
Max. Recommended Pulling Tension:
NEC/UL Specification:
RG Type:
Suitability – Indoor:
Impedance:
Oil Resistance:
Nominal Conductor DC Resistance @ 20 Deg. C:
Flame Test
0.288 inches
-40°C To +80°C
-25°C To +75°C
54 lbs/1000 feet
108 lbs.
2.80 inches
CM
Yes
01/01/2004
6/U
Yes
Yes
75 Ohm
Yes
7.5 Ohms/1000 ft
300 V RMS
UL1685 UL Loading
A500.357
SECTION 919 - LANDSCAPING MATERIALS
919.10
SEED
The grass seed used shall be the new crops seed and the mixtures to be used shall be as
follows:
Purity Grass Seed Mixture
Minimum
Purity
Percent
Minimum Percent of Total
Germination
Weight of
Percent
Mixture
Type A
Kentucky Blue Grass (American,
Merit)
98
85
25
Creeping Red Fescue
97
85
25
Tall Turf-type Fescue (Houndog,
Mustang, K-31)
Fine Textured Perennial Rye
Grass, (Fiesta, Premier)
Type B
Tall Turf-Type Fescue
(Houndog, Mustang, K-31)
Perennial Rye Grass (Linn)
Type C
Kentucky Blue Grass (Banff,
American)
Kentucky Blue Grass (Merit,
Touchdown)
Fine Textured Perennial Rye
Grass, (Premier)
Type L Legume Seed
Crown Vetch* plus Nitrofying
Bacteria
Bird Foot Trefoil plus Nitrofying
Bacteria
Perennial Rye Grass
95
90
25
95
90
25
95
90
75
95
90
25
98
85
30
98
85
30
95
90
40
95
68
35
95
90
25
98
92
40
*Including not more than 35% hard seed.
Native Grass/Wildflower Seed Mix
Kind of Seed
Minimum
Purity
%
Minimum
Germination
%
Application
Rate
Pounds/Acre
Little Bluestem
90
60
15.0
Milkweed
90
60
5.0
Goldenrod
85
60
3.0
Nurse Grass (oats or annual) rye
Total
90
60
1.0
24.0
A500.357
SECTION 920 – TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES
920.03
SAFETY VESTS
Delete this Subsection in its entirety and replace it with the following:
Safety vests shall meet the ANSI 107-2004 (Class 3) approved American National
Standard for High Visibility Safety Apparel.
SECTION 923 - MISCELLANEOUS
923.30
SILT FENCE
Delete this subsection in its entirety, and replace it with the following:
Provide geotextile material with protective wrapping and, before placement, store the rolls
in a manor that protects them from moisture and minimizes exposure to ultraviolet
radiation. Provide silt fence that is inert to commonly encountered chemicals, and that is
stabilized against ultraviolet light degradation. Label each roll to provide product
identification.
The geotextile material for both silt fence and heavy duty silt fence shall meet the
requirements of AASHTO M 288. The color of heavy duty silt fence shall be black.
The following Subsections are added:
923.37
FLY ASH
Fly ash for portland cement concrete shall conform to ASTM C 618, Class C or Class F
except that the loss on ignition shall not be more than three percent. When Class C fly
ash is used, the magnesium oxide shall not exceed 2.5 percent. Fly ash used to control
alkali-silica reactivity shall be Class F and shall contain not more than 1.5 percent
available alkali according to ASTM C 618, Table 1A. Before each source of fly ash is
approved, certified results of tests conducted by a testing agency shall be submitted to
and verified by the Department. Accompanying the certification shall be a statement
from the supplier listing the source and type of coal, the methods used to burn, collect,
and store the fly ash, and the quality control measures employed.
Conformance to the requirements for loss on ignition and fineness shall be determined
by the supplier for each truck load of fly ash delivered to the mixing site. The test values
determined shall be included on the delivery ticket. The Engineer may require that the
fly ash not be used until the Department has performed tests for loss on ignition and
fineness.
Fly ash for other uses shall conform to ASTM C 593 except that the loss on ignition shall
be not more than ten percent, and the combined content of silica and aluminum oxide
shall be a minimum of 50 percent.
A500.357
923.38
HYDRATED LIME
Hydrated lime shall conform to ASTM C 207, Type N.
923.39
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACE
For detectable warning surfaces, use a surface or a coating material that is safety red in
color according to FED-STD-595B color chip No. 31350 and has a 35 BPN minimum slip
resistance when tested according to ASTM E 303. Ensure that the finished product is
stabilized against UV degradation and adheres to the substrate without peeling or
blistering.
923.40
DUCTILE IRON WATER PIPE
Use ductile iron water pipe conforming to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51. Use threaded
flanges conforming to ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15, and fittings conforming to
ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 or C153/A21.53. Do not field weld ductile iron pipe.
Perform required welding of a ductile iron pipe assembly in a fabrication shop.
Submit a certification of compliance for ductile iron water pipe.
For geotextiles that are being permanently incorporated into the Contract, submit a
certification of compliance as specified in 105.04.
923.41
EPOXY BEDDING COMPOUND
Use an epoxy bedding compound that is a 2-part, nonsag gel, rapid-setting epoxy
adhesive conforming to the requirements of ASTM C 881, Type 4, Grade 3, Class
B or C. Use the epoxy in an ambient temperature range of 40 to 100 °F.
923.42
ASPHALT WATERPROOFING
For use below ground level, use an asphalt waterproofing conforming to ASTM D 449,
Type I. For use above ground level, use an asphalt waterproofing conforming to ASTM D
449, Type II or III. Use a primer conforming to ASTM D 41.
923.43
GEOTEXTILE.
Provide geotextile rolls with protective wrapping and, before placement, store rolls in a
manner that protects against moisture and minimizes exposure to ultraviolet radiation.
For applications that are above ground or exposed to ultraviolet radiation, provide
geotextiles that are inert to commonly encountered chemicals and are stabilized against
ultraviolet light degradation. Label each roll to provide product identification.
Use geotextiles conforming to the requirements in AASHTO M 288, Class 1 or 2. For Inlet
A500.357
Filters, use Class 2 for woven monofilament geotextiles or Class 1 for all other types of
geotextiles. For Inlet Filter, Type 2, in addition to the AASHTO M 288 requirements,
ensure that the geotextile’s burst strength is at least 650 pounds per square inch when
tested according to ASTM D 3786.
For geotextiles that are being permanently incorporated into the Contract, submit a
certification of compliance as specified in 105.04.
A500.357
SECTION 924 – SUPERPAVE HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA)
924.01
COMPOSITION
The composition of the mixture for HMA surface courses shall be coarse aggregate, fine
aggregate, and asphalt binder and may also include mineral filler and up to 10 percent
RAP. RAP will not be permitted in surface course mixes used for Bridge Deck
Resurfacing. The composition of the mixture for base or intermediate courses shall be
coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and asphalt binder and may also include mineral filler
and up to maximum of 30 percent by weight of RAP.
Replace the first sentence of the fifth paragraph with the following:
The several mineral constituents shall be combined in such proportions that the resulting
mixture meets the grading requirements in Subsection 924.04.
924.02
JOB MIX FORMULA
The following is added to the end of the subsection:
The Contractor may submit to the Engineer for approval job-mix formulas of the type
specified in the contract documents which have been previously approved for use by the
NJDOT. Such job-mix formulas shall include the NJDOT Laboratory Serial
Number. Submission of pre-approved job-mix formulas on NJDOT Producers Analysis
of Materials and Job Mix Formulas form are acceptable.
The Contractor is advised that NJTA Standard Supplementary Specifications allow 10%
RAP content in dense graded surface course mixes. RAP is not permitted in OGFC and
bridge deck surface mixes. As such, a NJDOT approved job-mix formula with a RAP
content of greater than 10% will not be permitted unless specifically approved by the
Engineer.
924.04
TABLES
The heading for Table 924-6 is replaced as follows:
Table 924-6 Additional Fine Aggregate Requirements for Superpave
Mix Compaction Level
Fine Aggregate Angularity
Clay Content Sand
% Air Voids (minimum)
Equivalent(2)% (minimum)
Delete the last row from Table 924-2.
Delete Note No. 2 from Table 924-3.
Delete Note No. 3 from Table 924-4.
Delete the last row from Table 924.6.
A500.357
A500.357
SECTION 990 – METHODS OF TESTS
990.11
A-7 RAPIDLY DETERMINING THE BREAKDOWN IN SIZES OF SOIL AGGREGATE
A.
Scope.
This method of test is used to determine rapidly the approximate amount of soil
aggregate that may be expected to break down to finer sizes under field
compaction and exposure to weathering.
B.
Apparatus.
1.
The apparatus for determining moisture density relationship and
aggregate breakdown will conform to AASHTO T 99, Method C.
2.
The apparatus for performing the mechanical analysis will conform to
AASHTO T 27.
C.
Preparation of Sample.
1.
A sample of approximately 150 pounds will be air dried and thoroughly
mixed.
2.
A mechanical analysis will be run on two samples of approximately 12
pounds each, obtained from the above sample by quartering. These two
gradations will be averaged and the average reported as the original
gradation of the material.
3.
A sample will be prepared to have the same gradation as the original
determined in Subpart C.2 above.
4.
The maximum density at optimum moisture content will be determined
from a representative portion of the prepared sample by using AASHTO
T 99, Method C including the replacement option, for material retained
on the ¾-inch sieve.
D.
Procedure.
1.
Another sample will be compacted from the remaining material at the
optimum moisture content determined in Subpart C.4 above.
2.
A mechanical analysis will be performed on the prepared sample after
compaction.
E.
Report.
The report will include the following:
1.
Average of two gradations determined in Subpart C.2 above.
2.
Gradation of the prepared sample after compaction in Subpart D.2
above.
3.
Specified gradation for the material.
4.
Maximum density at optimum moisture of the prepared sample
determined in Subpart C.4 above.
A500.357
APPENDIX A – AFFIRMATIVE ACTION MANDATORY LANGUAGE
(REVISED 12/11)
EXHIBIT B
MANDATORY EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY LANGUAGE
N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 et seq. (P.L. 1975, C. 127)
N.J.A.C. 17:27
CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows:
The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, will not discriminate against any employee or
applicant for employment because of age, race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital status,
affectional or sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, disability, nationality or sex. Except with
respect to affectional or sexual orientation and gender identity or expression, the contractor will ensure
that equal employment opportunity is afforded to such applicants in recruitment and employment, and
that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their age, race, creed, color, national
origin, ancestry, marital status, affectional or sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, disability,
nationality or sex. Such equal employment opportunity shall include, but not be limited to the following:
employment, up-grading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or
termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including
apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and
applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the Public Agency Compliance Officer setting forth
provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.
The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable will, in all solicitations or advertisements for
employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive
consideration for employment without regard to age, race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital
status, affectional or sexual orientation, gender identity or expression, disability, nationality or sex.
The contractor or subcontractor will send to each labor union, with which it has a collective bargaining
agreement, a notice, to be provided by the agency contracting officer, advising the labor union or
workers' representative of the contractor's commitments under this act and shall post copies of the notice
in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
The contractor or subcontractor, where applicable, agrees to comply with any regulations promulgated
by the Treasurer, pursuant to N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 et seq., as amended and supplemented from time to time
and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
When hiring or scheduling workers in each construction trade, the contractor or subcontractor agrees to
make good faith efforts to employ minority and women workers in each construction trade consistent
with the targeted employment goal prescribed by N.J.A.C. l7:27-7.2; provided, however, that the Dept. of
LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program may, in its discretion, exempt a contractor or subcontractor
from compliance with the good faith procedures prescribed by the following provisions, A, B and C, as
long as the Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program is satisfied that the contractor or
subcontractor is employing workers provided by a union which provides evidence, in accordance with
standards prescribed by the Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program, that its percentage of
active "card carrying" members who are minority and women workers is equal to or greater than the
targeted employment goal established in accordance with N.J.A.C. l7:27-7.2. The contractor or
Appendix A - 1
A500.357
subcontractor agrees that a good faith effort shall include compliance with the following procedures:
(A) If the contractor or subcontractor has a referral agreement or arrangement with a union for a
construction trade, the contractor or subcontractor shall, within three business days of the
contract award, seek assurances from the union that it will cooperate with the contractor or
subcontractor as it fulfills its affirmative action obligations under this contract and in accordance
with the rules promulgated by the Treasurer pursuant to N.J.S.A. 10:5-31 et seq., as supplemented
and amended from time to time and the Americans with Disabilities Act. If the contractor or
subcontractor is unable to obtain said assurances from the construction trade union at least five
business days prior to the commencement of construction work, the contractor or subcontractor
agrees to afford equal employment opportunities minority and women workers directly,
consistent with this chapter. If the contractor's or subcontractor's prior experience with a
construction trade union, regardless of whether the union has provided said assurances, indicates
a significant possibility that the trade union will not refer sufficient minority and women workers
consistent with affording equal employment opportunities as specified in this chapter, the
contractor or subcontractor agrees to be prepared to provide such opportunities to minority and
women workers directly, consistent with this chapter, by complying with the hiring or
scheduling procedures prescribed under (B) below; and the contractor or subcontractor further
agrees to take said action immediately if it determines that the union is not referring minority
and women workers consistent with the equal employment opportunity goals set forth in this
chapter.
(B) If good faith efforts to meet targeted employment goals have not or cannot be met for each
construction trade by adhering to the procedures of (A) above, or if the contractor does not have
a referral agreement or arrangement with a union for a construction trade, the contractor or
subcontractor agrees to take the following actions:
(l) To notify the public agency compliance officer, the Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO
Monitoring Program, and minority and women referral organizations listed by the
Division pursuant to N.J.A.C. 17:27-5.3, of its workforce needs, and request referral of
minority and women workers;
(2) To notify any minority and women workers who have been listed with it as awaiting
available vacancies;
(3) Prior to commencement of work, to request that the local construction trade union
refer minority and women workers to fill job openings, provided the contractor or
subcontractor has a referral agreement or arrangement with a union for the construction
trade;
(4) To leave standing requests for additional referral to minority and women workers
with the local construction trade union, provided the contractor or subcontractor has a
referral agreement or arrangement with a union for the construction trade, the State
Training and Employment Service and other approved referral sources in the area;
(5) If it is necessary to lay off some of the workers in a given trade on the construction
site, layoffs shall be conducted in compliance with the equal employment opportunity
and non-discrimination standards set forth in this regulation, as well as with applicable
Federal and State court decisions;
(6) To adhere to the following procedure when minority and women workers apply or
are referred to the contractor or subcontractor:
Appendix A - 2
(i)
A500.357
The contractor or subcontractor shall interview the referred minority or women
worker.
(ii)
If said individuals have never previously received any document or certification
signifying a level of qualification lower than that required in order to perform
the work of the construction trade, the contractor or subcontractor shall in good
faith determine the qualifications of such individuals. The contractor or
subcontractor shall hire or schedule those individuals who satisfy appropriate
qualification standards in conformity with the equal employment opportunity
and non-discrimination principles set forth in this chapter. However, a contractor
or subcontractor shall determine that the individual at least possesses the
requisite skills, and experience recognized by a union, apprentice program or a
referral agency, provided the referral agency is acceptable to the Dept. of LWD,
Construction EEO Monitoring Program. If necessary, the contractor or
subcontractor shall hire or schedule minority and women workers who qualify
as trainees pursuant to these rules. All of the requirements, however, are limited
by the provisions of (C) below.
(iii)
The name of any interested women or minority individual shall be maintained
on a waiting list, and shall be considered for employment as described in (i)
above, whenever vacancies occur. At the request of the Dept. of LWD,
Construction EEO Monitoring Program, the contractor or subcontractor shall
provide evidence of its good faith efforts to employ women and minorities from
the list to fill vacancies.
(iv)
If, for any reason, said contractor or subcontractor determines that a minority
individual or a woman is not qualified or if the individual qualifies as an
advanced trainee or apprentice, the contractor or subcontractor shall inform the
individual in writing of the reasons for the determination, maintain a copy of the
determination in its files, and send a copy to the public agency compliance officer
and to the Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program.
(7) To keep a complete and accurate record of all requests made for the referral of
workers in any trade covered by the contract, on forms made available by the Dept. of
LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program and submitted promptly to the Dept. of
LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program upon request.
(C) The contractor or subcontractor agrees that nothing contained in (B) above shall preclude the
contractor or subcontractor from complying with the union hiring hall or apprenticeship policies
in any applicable collective bargaining agreement or union hiring hall arrangement, and, where
required by custom or agreement, it shall send journeymen and trainees to the union for referral,
or to the apprenticeship program for admission, pursuant to such agreement or arrangement.
However, where the practices of a union or apprenticeship program will result in the exclusion of
minorities and women or the failure to refer minorities and women consistent with the targeted
county employment goal, the contractor or subcontractor shall consider for employment persons
referred pursuant to (B) above without regard to such agreement or arrangement; provided
further, however, that the contractor or subcontractor shall not be required to employ women
and minority advanced trainees and trainees in numbers which result in the employment of
advanced trainees and trainees as a percentage of the total workforce for the construction trade,
which percentage significantly exceeds the apprentice to journey worker ratio specified in the
applicable collective bargaining agreement, or in the absence of a collective bargaining
agreement, exceeds the ratio established by practice in the area for said construction trade. Also,
the contractor or subcontractor agrees that, in implementing the procedures of (B) above, it shall,
Appendix A - 3
A500.357
where applicable, employ minority and women workers residing within the geographical
jurisdiction of the union. After notification of award, but prior to signing a construction contract,
the contractor shall submit to the public agency compliance officer and the Dept. of LWD,
Construction EEO Monitoring Program an initial project workforce report (Form AA 201)
electronically provided to the public agency by the Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring
Program, through its website, for distribution to and completion by the contractor, in accordance
with N.J.A.C. 17:27-7. The contractor also agrees to submit a copy of the Monthly Project
Workforce Report once a month thereafter for the duration of this contract to the Division and to
the public agency compliance officer. The contractor agrees to cooperate with the public agency
in the payment of budgeted funds, as is necessary, for on-the-job and/or off-the-job programs for
outreach and training of minorities and women.
(D) The contractor and its subcontractors shall furnish such reports or other documents to the
Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program as may be requested by the Dept. of LWD,
Construction EEO Monitoring Program from time to time in order to carry out the purposes of
these regulations, and public agencies shall furnish such information as may be requested by the
Dept. of LWD, Construction EEO Monitoring Program for conducting a compliance investigation
pursuant to Subchapter l0 of the Administrative Code (N.J.A.C. 17:27).
Appendix A - 4
A500.357
APPENDIX B – REQUIREMENTS OF PUBLIC LAW 2005, CHAPTER 51 (EXECUTIVE
ORDER 134) AND EXECUTIVE ORDER 117
In order to safeguard the integrity of State government procurement by imposing restrictions to insulate
the award of State contracts from political contributions that pose the risk of improper influence,
purchase of access, or the appearance thereof, Executive Order 134 was signed on September 22, 2004
(“EO 134”). The Order is applicable to all State agencies, the principal departments of the executive
branch, any , board, bureau, office, commission within or created by a principal executive branch
department, and any independent State authority, board, commission, instrumentality or agency.
Executive Order 134 was superseded by Public Law 2005, c.51, signed into law on March 22, 2005. In
September 2008, Executive Order 117 was signed and become effective November 15, 2008. It applies to
the same government contracting entities subject to Executive Order 134, but extends the political
contribution restrictions by expanding the definition of “business entity” to include, for example, more
corporate shareholders and sole proprietors. Executive Orders 134 and 117, and Public Law 2005, c.51
contain restrictions and reporting requirements that will necessitate a thorough review of the provisions.
Pursuant to the requirements of PL 2005, c.51, the terms and conditions set forth in this Appendix are
material terms of any contract resulting from this bid solicitation:
DEFINITIONS
For the purpose of this section, the following shall be defined as follows:
a) Contribution – means a contribution reportable as a recipient under “The New Jersey Campaign
Contributions and Expenditures Reporting Act.” P.L. 1973, c. 83 (C.19:44A-1 et seq.), and implementing
regulations set forth at N.J.A.C. 19:25-7 and N.J.A.C. 19:25-10.1 et seq. Through December 31, 2004,
contributions in excess of $400 during a reporting period were deemed "reportable" under these laws. As
of January 1, 2005, that threshold was reduced to contributions in excess of $300.
b) Business Entity – means any natural or legal person; business corporation (and any officer, person, or
business entity that owns or controls 10% or more of the corporation’s stock); professional services
corporation (and any of its officers or shareholders); limited liability company (and its members); general
partnership (and its partners); limited partnership (and its partners); in the case of a sole proprietorship:
the proprietor; a business trust, association or any other legal commercial entity organized under the laws
of New Jersey or any other state or foreign jurisdiction, including its principals, officers, or partners. The
definition of a business entity also includes (i)all principals who own or control more than 10 percent of
the profits or assets of a business entity ; (ii)any subsidiaries directly or indirectly controlled by the
business entity; (iii)any political organization organized under section 527 of the Internal Revenue Code
that is directly or indirectly controlled by the business entity, other than a candidate committee, election
fund, or political party committee; and (iv) if a business entity is a natural person, that person’s spouse or
child, residing in the same household.
Appendix B - 1
A500.357
BREACH OF TERMS OF THE LEGISLATION
It shall be a breach of the terms of the contract for the Business Entity to (i)make or solicit a contribution
in violation of the Legislation, (ii)knowingly conceal or misrepresent a contribution given or received;
(iii)make or solicit contributions through intermediaries for the purpose of concealing or misrepresenting
the source of the contribution; (iv)make or solicit any contribution on the condition or with the agreement
that it will be contributed to a campaign committee or any candidate of holder of the public office of
Governor, or to any State or county party committee; (v)engage or employ a lobbyist or consultant with
the intent or understanding that such lobbyist or consultant would make or solicit any contribution,
which if made or solicited by the business entity itself, would subject that entity to the restrictions of the
Legislation; (vi)fund contributions made by third parties, including consultants, attorneys, family
members, and employees; (vii)engage in any exchange of contributions to circumvent the intent of the
Legislation; or (viii)directly or indirectly through or by any other person or means, do any act which
would subject that entity to the restrictions of the Legislation.
CERTIFICATION AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS
a) The Authority shall not enter into a contract to procure from any Business Entity services or any
material, supplies or equipment, or to acquire, sell or lease any land or building, where the value of the
transaction exceeds $17,500, if that Business Entity has solicited or made any contribution of money, or
pledge of contribution, including in-kind contributions to a candidate committee and/or election fund of
any candidate for or holder of the public office of Governor, or to any State, county or municipal political
party committee, or legislative leadership committee during specified time periods.
b) Prior to the award of any contract or agreement, the intended Awardee shall submit the Certification
and Disclosure form, certifying that no contributions prohibited by the Legislation have been made by
the Business Entity and reporting all contributions the Business Entity made during the preceding four
years to any political organization organized under 26 U.S.C.527 of the Internal Revenue Code that also
meets the definition of a “continuing political committee” within the means of N.J.S.A. 19:44A-3(n) and
N.J.A.C. 19:25-1.7. Failure to submit the required forms will preclude award of a contract under this bid
solicitation, as well as future contract opportunities.
c) Further, the Contractor is required, on a continuing basis, to report any contributions it makes during
the term of the contract, and any extension(s) thereof, at the time any such contribution is made.
Appendix B - 2
A500.357
STATE TREASURER REVIEW
The State Treasurer or his designee shall review the Disclosures submitted pursuant to this section, as
well as any other pertinent information concerning the contributions or reports thereof by the intended
awardee, prior to award, or during the term of the contract, by the contractor. If the State Treasurer
determines that any contribution or action by the contractor constitutes a breach of contract that poses a
conflict of interest in the awarding of the contract under this solicitation, the State Treasurer shall
disqualify the Business Entity from award of such contract.
ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT OF P.L. 2005, C. 271
Contractor is advised of its responsibility to file an annual disclosure statement on political contributions
with the New Jersey Election Law Enforcement Commission (ELEC), pursuant to P.L. 2005, c. 271, section
3 if the contractor receives contracts in excess of $50,000 from a public entity in a calendar year. It is the
contractor’s responsibility to determine if filing is necessary. Failure to so file can result in the imposition
of financial penalties by ELEC. Additional information about this requirement is available from ELEC at
888-313-3532 or at www.elec.state.nj.us.
ADDITIONAL DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENT OF P.L. 2005, C. 51 (EXECUTIVE
ORDER NO. 117)
Governor Jon S. Corzine recently signed Executive Order No. 117, which is designed to enhance New
Jersey’s efforts to protect the integrity of government contractual decisions and increase the public’s
confidence in government. The Executive Order builds on the provisions of P.L. 2005, c. 51 (“Chapter
51”), which limits contributions to certain political candidates and committees by for-profit business
entities that are, or seek to become, State government vendors.
Executive Order No. 117 extends the provisions of Chapter 51 in two ways:
1.
The definition of “business entity” is revised and expanded so that contributions by the following
individuals also are considered contributions attributable to the business entity:
 Officers of a corporation, any person or business entity who owns or controls 10% or more of the
corporation’s stock, and professional services corporations, including any officer or shareholder,
with the term “officer” being defined in the same manner as in the regulations of the Election
Law Enforcement Commission regarding vendor disclosure requirements (N.J.A.C. 19:25-26.1),
with the exception of officers of non-profit entities;

Partners of general partnerships, limited partnerships, and limited liability partnerships and
members of limited liability companies (LLCs), with the term “partner” being defined in the
same manner as in the regulations of the Election Law Enforcement Commission regarding
vendor disclosure requirements (N.J.A.C. 19:25-26.1);

In the case of a sole proprietorship: the proprietor; and

In the case of any other form or entity organized under the laws of this State or any other state or
foreign jurisdiction: the entity and any principal, officer, and partner thereof;

Spouses, civil union partners, and resident children of officers, partners, LLC members, persons
owning or controlling 10% or more of a corporation’s stock, all shareholders of a professional
services corporation, and sole proprietors are included within the new definition, except for
contributions by spouses, civil union partners, or resident children to a candidate for whom the
contributor is eligible to vote or to a political party committee within whose jurisdiction the
contributor resides.
Appendix B - 3
A500.357
2.
Reportable contributions (those over $300.00 in the aggregate) to legislative leadership
committees, municipal political party committees, and candidate committees or election funds for
Lieutenant Governor are disqualifying contributions in the same manner as reportable
contributions to State and county political party committees and candidate committees or
election funds for Governor have been disqualifying contributions under Chapter 51.
Executive Order No. 117 applies only to contributions made on or after November 15, 2008, and to
contracts executed on or after November 15, 2008.
Updated forms and materials have been developed to combine the requirements of P.L. 2005 c. 51 and
Executive Order 117. Beginning November 15, 2008, the intended Awardee only will be required to
submit, the Two-Year Chapter 51/Executive Order 117 Vender Certification and Disclosure of Political
Contribution form(s). The Chapter 51 and EO 117 forms are available on the Department of Treasury of
Purchase and Property’s website at: http://www.state.nj.us/treasury/purchase/forms.htm#eo134 . P.L.
2005 c. 271 disclosure requirements are separate and different from the disclosure requirements under
P.L. 2005 c. 51 and Executive Order 117 and shall be submitted by the intended Awardee at least ten (10)
days prior to entering into the above-referenced contract directly to the New Jersey Election Law
Enforcement Commission. The Chapter 271 form is also available on the Department of Treasury of
Purchase and Property’s website at:
http://www.state.nj.us/treasury/purchase/forms/CertandDisc2706.pdf
Appendix B - 4
A500.357
Appendix F – New Jersey Turnpike Authority Helmets to
Hardhats Pilot Program
In accordance with N.J.S.A. 27:23-51, et seq., the New Jersey Turnpike Authority (the “Authority”) shall
institute a pilot program (the “Program”) to aid former military personnel in finding employment in the
construction industry. Under the Program, the Authority shall comply with the requirements of the
N.J.S.A. 27:23-51, et seq., including the conditional veto message of Governor Christie, to ensure that
veterans are given every opportunity to pursue meaningful employment with the State of New Jersey.
The Program shall continue through March 31, 2015.
Program:
I.
The following shall be requirements of the
Overview
A. Program Goals
1. The goal of the Program is to provide a broad range of opportunity to maximize
employment for military personnel within the construction industry. To that end, during the
term of the Program, all construction contracts for any highway project constructed by the
Authority shall be awarded such that not less than 5 percent or more than 20 percent of the
projected labor hours per project are awarded to contractors who employ workers in an
apprenticeable trade participating in the Helmets to Hardhats Program as certified by the
New Jersey State Building and Construction Trades Council (“NJH2H Program”).
2. In accordance with the conditional veto message of Governor Christie, this Program is
intended to ensure that all veterans are given every opportunity to pursue meaningful
employment with the State of New Jersey, both with contractors who are registered with the
New Jersey State Building and Construction Trades Council and with all other construction
contractors. The goal of the Program remains the same: to provide a broad range of
opportunity to maximize employment for veterans within the construction industry in New
Jersey. Authority construction contractors will be expected to meet the labor hour goals and
veteran hiring benchmarks set bv the Authority under this Program.
3. All construction contractors prequalified by the Authority are encouraged to not only
employ veterans through the NJH2H Program, but also to employ veterans in general in both
administrative and construction areas.
B. Baseline Determination
At the outset of the Program, the Authority shall inquire of all of its contractors who have
been prequalified for construction contracts in 2014 to determine: (1) whether such contractor
is or is not a participant in the NJH2H Program; (2) how many (and what percentage of total)
current employees are employed through the NJH2H Program, and in which trades; and (3)
how many (and what percentage of total) current employees are veterans.
C. Prevailing Wage
Wages for veterans enrolled in the Program who are working on the project site in a trade
position shall be compensated in accordance with prevailing wage requirements. Wage
reporting shall be in accordance with normal project requirements.
Appendix F - 1
A500.357
II.
Veteran Hiring Goals
A. General
The Authority shall encourage the overall hiring and retention of veterans by Authority
contractors, including in the administrative and construction areas relating to highway
projects.
B. Benchmarks
1.
Purpose and Methodology
During the term of the Program, the Authority shall establish benchmarks for veteran
hiring and retention by all construction contractors working with the Authority,
including contractors who participate in the NJH2H Program. The purpose of such
benchmarks is to create a quantifiable method by which the Authority can measure the
progress of achieving equal employment opportunities for veterans in Authority
highway projects. Contractors should note that a benchmark is not a rigid or inflexible
quota which must be met, nor is it to be considered a ceiling or a floor for the
employment of veterans.
In establishing such benchmarks, the Authority has used as a reference those regulations
promulgated by the United States at 41 C.F.R. 60-300.45, to promote veteran hiring under
the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act of 1974, as amended by the Jobs
for Veterans Act of 2002. Under 41 C.F.R. 60-300.45(b)(1), an acceptable method of
determining the federal veteran hiring benchmark is to determine the “national
percentage of veterans in the civilian labor force,” which according to the United States is
currently 8%.
2.
8% Veteran Hiring Benchmark for Duration of Program:
As the Authority agrees with the federal methodology set forth above, the Authority has
established an 8% benchmark for the term of the Program for veteran hiring and
retention by Authority construction contractors.
C. Veteran Labor Hours
During the term of the Program, for each highway project undertaken by the Authority, the
Chief Engineer shall determine the appropriate attainable target number of labor hours to be
performed by veterans employed by Authority contractors (“Veteran Hours”). Such Veteran
Hours shall be both in the administrative and constructions areas.
Such determinations shall take into account any information deemed to be relevant by the
Chief Engineer, including, but not limited to, the nature of the particular highway project at
issue, and the veteran hiring benchmark set by the Authority under the Program.
Such determinations shall be included in the contract specifications for the particular project,
such that all potential bidders on the contract shall be aware of the veteran labor goals for the
project.
III.
Helmets to Hardhats Hiring Goals
A. H2H Labor Hours
Appendix F - 2
A500.357
During the term of the Program, for each highway project undertaken by the Authority, the
Chief Engineer shall determine the appropriate attainable target number of labor hours to be
performed by veterans employed through the Helmets to Hardhats Program (“H2H Hours”).
This target should be between 5 and 20% of the projected labor hours for the highway project.
B. Relevant Information
Such determinations shall take into account any information deemed to be relevant by the
Chief Engineer, including, but not limited to, the nature of the particular highway project at
issue, and the number of veterans seeking employment through the NJH2H Program.
Such determinations shall be included in the contract specifications for the particular project,
such that all potential bidders on the contract shall be aware of the Helmets to Hardhats
goals for the project.
IV.
Employer Participation/Record Keeping
A. Eligibility of Military Personnel
Proof of eligibility for each veteran participant must be documented for credit towards the
H2H Hour and/or Veteran Hour goals for each highway project. It shall be the responsibility
of each Authority contractor to track the veteran status and/or NJH2H Program participation
of its employees, and to maintain proof of such employee eligibility, which shall be provided
to the Authority upon request. Such proof may include any documentation of an employee’s
veteran status lawfully issued by the United States Government, including military discharge
Form DD-214.
B. Labor Hours/Hiring Benchmarks
1.
Good Faith Effort Required
The Authority requires that all contractors submitting bids for highway projects agree to
take all necessary and responsible steps, in accordance with the Program, to meet the
target H2H Hours and/or Veteran Hours set by the Authority for each project. The
sufficiency of the good faith effort shall be evaluated by the Authority. Contractors must
keep a record of their efforts to employ veterans, both through the NJH2H Program and
otherwise, and shall provide such records to the Authority upon request.
2.
Baseline Program Submission:
The Contractor shall submit a written plan to the Authority to meet the set H2H
Hours and/or Veteran Hours for the project, and to meet the required veteran hiring
benchmark. Such plan shall be submitted for the Authority’s review and approval.
At a minimum, the plan shall define the Program goals required by the Authority for
the specific project, description of anticipated employment positions, estimated total
H2H Hours and Veteran Hours required for the project, the overall percentage of
veteran hiring by the Contractor, and the Contractor’s plan to meet such goals.
3.
Credit for Completed Hours:
a.
H2H Hours
H2H Hours may only be satisfied by veterans employed by the Contractor in an
Appendix F - 3
A500.357
apprenticeable trade through the NJH2H Program. H2H Hours relating to a
particular highway project may include hours spent working on the Project site, as
well as hours spent working off-site, provided that the work done off-site is directly
related to the highway project.
b. Veteran Hours
Veteran Hours may be satisfied by veterans working for the Contactor on duties
related to the highway project both on-site and off-site.
4.
1.
On-Site Project hours: - Veteran Hours for veteran working on-site may
include field labor positions (trades) and/or field office positions including
project management positions, administrative positions, inspection positions,
etc. specifically created for a project.
2.
Off-Site Project hours: - Veteran Hours for participants working off-site may
be stationed in corporate offices and may include project management
positions, administrative positions, clerical positions, etc. Off-site hours shall
be included as project hours, despite the participant’s involvement in other
roles beyond the specific project.
Program Update Submission:
As positions are filled by veterans, the plan shall be immediately updated and submitted
to the Authority. The update submission shall include the name of the veteran and
position filled, and the anticipated H2H Hours or Veteran Hours that veteran shall
perform on the project, and any changes to the applicable percentage of veteran hiring by
the Contractor overall. Any changes to the approved Baseline submission after approval
shall be incorporated into the update submissions to accurately reflect any changing
employment needs of the Employer and/or the Project. The Authority accepts that
employment needs of the Contractor may change or evolve through the course of the
Program. Labor hour targets may be re-evaluated and program goal adjustments may be
made as needed to maximize employment opportunities within the Program based on
monthly reports.
5.
C.
Program Monitoring and Reporting
a.
On a monthly basis, each employer shall submit the form titled “NJH2H Certificate
of Participation” indicating H2H Hours and/or Veteran Hours fulfilled by veterans.
This certification shall be a complete and accurate accounting of positions filled by
veterans and associated H2H Hours and/or Veteran Hours on each project and shall
also include information as to whether the contractor has met the 8% veteran hiring
benchmark during the preceding month.
b.
During the course of project construction, if it becomes apparent that the veteran
hiring benchmark or H2H or Veteran hours established for the project cannot be met,
the Contractors shall submit to the Authority documentation of all good faith efforts
put forth in promoting employment opportunities to military personnel.
Certificate of Completion
Upon completion of the highway project, the Contractor shall submit a Certification
indicating the status of H2H and/or Veteran Hours utilized during the project, as well as
the Contractor’s average veteran hiring percentage over the course of the project. The
Appendix F - 4
A500.357
Certification shall include the names of each veteran who participated in the project,
project hours completed, position filled, description of work, and current status of
employment for each veteran.
V.
Program Evaluation
Upon expiration of the Program, the Authority shall perform an evaluation to determine what
impact, if any the Program has had in connecting former military personnel with jobs in the
construction industry, and on the cost of highway projects during the Program period. The
Authority shall review its efforts to comply with the goals of the Program and the target veteran
hiring benchmarks, as well as the target Veteran Hours and H2H Hours established for each
highway project, and the impact of those benchmarks and labor hour targets on employment
opportunities for veterans. The Authority shall report the findings of its Program evaluation to
the Governor and Legislature, as required by N.J.S.A. 27:23-54.
Appendix F - 5
A500.357
NJH2H CERTIFICATE OF PARTICIPATION
Construction
Estimate No.
Contract No:_______________________________________ (Note if Final)_________________
NAME
JOB TITLE, CRAFT
DATES OF COMMENCEMENT
& ESTIMATED COMPLETION
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned hereunto set its
Hand and seal this ___________ day of _______________, 201_
ACTUAL AMOUNT
OF HOURS THIS
PERIOD
Period
Ending______________________
TOTAL AMOUNT
OF HOURS TO
DATE
TARGET AMOUNT
OF CONTRACT HOURS
_______________________________________________________
Contractor
____________________________
_______________________
Name
Title
By: _________________________________
WITNESS OR ATTEST: ________________________________
___________________________
Signature
Appendix F - 6
_______________________
Date
A500.357
APPENDIX I – NJDPES STORMWATER PERMIT PROGRAM
Appendix I - 1
A500.357
Appendix I - 2
A500.357
Appendix I - 3
A500.357
STAGING AREA INVENTORY/ INSPECTION FORM
NEW JERSEY POLLUTANT DISCHARGE ELIMINATION SYSTEM
STORMWATER PERMIT PROGRAM
Contractor Name/
Contract Number:
Staging Area Location:
(Milepost)
Contractor’s Contact Person:
Date:
The purpose of this inspection form is to obtain information needed to comply with the New Jersey
Department of Environmental Protection (NJDEP) regulations on stormwater management. Your
responses will assist the New Jersey Turnpike Authority to determine what measures are needed to
comply with its stormwater discharge permit requirements and minimize stormwater pollutants that
may enter the waters of the State.
If you have any questions about the stormwater permit requirements or need assistance in completing
this inspection form, please contact the following:

Timothy Doolan
Engineering Department, Environmental Section
P.O. Box 5042
Woodbridge, NJ 07095-5050
Phone: (732) 750-5300 x8246
The completed inspection forms should be faxed to Timothy Doolan at (732) 750-5493, and a copy mailed
as well. Forms shall be completed and submitted within 30 days of occupying any staging area. The
form shall be updated every six (6) months and the Contractor shall provide two weeks written notice to
Mr. Doolan prior to vacating the staging area. The Contractor shall provide copies of all forms and
notices to the Engineer.
Appendix I - 4
A500.357
I.
VEHICLES AND EQUIPMENT
A general list of machinery that is exposed to stormwater and could potentially be a source of stormwater
pollutants is needed. Review the list below and identify the types of machinery that are present on-site
and are exposed to stormwater. Add any additional machinery not already shown on the list.
Attach additional sheets if necessary.
VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT INVENTORY
Vehicle/Equipment
On-Site
(yes/no)
Storage Location
(indoors/outdoors)
Automobiles
Pick-up Trucks
Dump Trucks
Backhoes
Loaders
Bulldozers
Painting Equipment
Paving Equipment
Sweepers
Snow Plows
Tractors
Mowers
Generators
Equipment Trailers
Screeners
Wood Chippers
Compressors
Appendix I - 5
Exposed to
Stormwater
(yes/no)
A500.357
II.
MATERIALS INVENTORY
A general list of materials that are exposed to stormwater and could potentially be a source of stormwater
pollutants is needed. Review the list below and identify the types of materials that are stored on-site and
are exposed to stormwater. Add any additional materials not already shown on the list.
MATERIALS EXPOSED TO STORMWATER
Material
Stored On-Site
(yes/no)
Container Type
(drum, tank, bucket, etc.)
Salt
Sand/gravel/soil
Street sweepings
Asphalt mix
Paint
Pesticides/Herbicides
Gasoline
Diesel Fuel
Heating oil
Kerosene
Hydraulic fluid
Antifreeze
Motor oil
Waste oil
Transmission fluid
Batteries
Degreasing fluid/parts
cleaner
Detergent
Appendix I - 6
Exposed to
Stormwater
(yes/no)
A500.357
III.
FUELING OPERATIONS
The stormwater permit requires equipment and procedures to reduce the chance that a fuel spill will
discharge into the surface water drainage system. Identify the fuel tanks at the staging area, and provide
responses to the fuel system operations questions. If a question does not apply to your location, mark
“N/A” in the response box.
FUEL TANK INFORMATION
Tank No.
Tank Capacity
(gallons)
Tank Contents
(gasoline, diesel, etc.)
Tank Type
(aboveground/
underground)
If Aboveground,
Tank is Diked
(yes/no)
FUEL DISPENSER INFORMATION
Tank No.
Number of
Dispensers
Dispenser Location
(on tank/on fuel island)
Appendix I - 7
Distance to Nearest Storm Drain or
Drainage Ditch
A500.357
FUEL SYSTEM OPERATIONS
Please explain any “NO” answers. Attach additional sheets if necessary.
1.
Is the contact information for the person(s) responsible for spill response clearly
posted in the fueling area?
2.
Are the fuel system equipment operation procedures clearly posted in the fueling
area?
3.
Are drip pans used under all hose and pipe connections during bulk fuel transfers
to/from the storage tanks?
4.
Is a trained employee always present to supervise bulk fuel transfers to/from the
storage tanks?
5.
Is spill containment equipment (storm sewer inlet blocks, spill containment berms,
absorbent booms, etc.) available for use during bulk fuel transfers to/from the
tanks?
5a.
If so, is the spill containment equipment used during bulk fuel transfers?
6.
Are the fuel system operators instructed that “topping off” of vehicles, mobile fuel
tanks, and storage tanks is not permitted?
7.
Is leaking, worn, or damaged fuel system equipment repaired or replaced
immediately?
IV.
VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
The Stormwater Permit encourages that all vehicle and equipment maintenance be performed indoors
whenever possible. The following questions address existing maintenance procedures.
VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
1.
Is any vehicle and equipment maintenance performed outdoors?
1a. If yes, when vehicle and/or equipment maintenance lasting more than one day is
performed outdoors, is the vehicle or equipment covered with a tarp or tent when
not being worked on?
1c. If yes, when vehicle and/or equipment maintenance is performed outdoors, are
drip pans used beneath the vehicle or equipment?
Appendix I - 8
A500.357
V.
GENERAL GOOD HOUSEKEEPING PROCEDURES
The stormwater permit requires general good housekeeping practices for storage of materials in
containers and cleanup of spilled materials. The following questions address both topics.
CONTAINER STORAGE REQUIREMENTS
1.
Are all containers and aboveground storage tanks maintained in good condition
(not leaking, not rusting, etc.)?
2.
Are the contents of all containers and aboveground storage tanks identified with
clean and visible labels?
3.
Are all containers and aboveground storage tanks tightly closed when not in use?
4.
Are outdoor container storage areas covered to prevent precipitation from falling
onto the containers?
5.
Are containers stored in outdoor areas located on raised pads, spill pallets, or in
bermed/diked areas?
6.
Are any berms/dikes in good condition and capable of containing a spill?
7.
Are container storage areas maintained regularly?
SPILL CLEANUP PROCEDURES
1.
Is absorbent material (Speedy-Dry, sawdust, kitty litter, etc.) available for cleaning
up spills?
2.
Are all spills of liquid or dry materials cleaned up immediately after discovery?
3. Are spills ever cleaned up by washing or rinsing?
3a. If yes, please explain.
4.
Are all spilled material and used absorbent swept up and disposed of properly?
5.
Are spill cleanup materials, spill kits, and drip pans kept in all liquid transfer areas
(near storage tanks, container storage areas, etc.)?
6.
Are all spill materials and spill kits stored in dry areas protected from rainfall?
Appendix I - 9
A500.357
VI.
DE-ICING MATERIAL HANDLING PROCEDURES
The stormwater permit requires specific procedures for handling road de-icing salt.
SALT STORAGE/HANDLING PROCEDURES
1.
Is salt stored at the facility?
2.
Is all salt stored inside salt domes or other permanent, covered storage buildings?
3.
Is spilled salt swept up and re-used or discarded after completion of
loading/unloading activities?
4.
Are salt handling areas swept on a regular basis?
VII.
FACILITY DRAINAGE
DRAINAGE FROM PARKING/STORAGE AREAS
1.
1a.
Do the outdoor areas of the facility have storm drain inlets?
If yes, do the storm drains discharge to the sanitary sewer system?
1b. If yes, do the storm drains discharge through an oil/water separator?
1c. If yes, are any storm drain inlets located in unpaved areas?
1d. If yes, are the storm drain inlets labeled to alert employees that they discharge to
surface water?
Appendix I - 10
A500.357
VIII.
VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT WASHING PROCEDURES
The stormwater permit does not regulate vehicle and equipment washing activities. However, responses
to the following questions will help to determine the types of water discharges at the storage/staging
area.
VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT WASHING
1.
Does the facility have a washbay or other vehicle/equipment washing facility?
2.
Do the washbay drains discharge to the sanitary sewer or to the storm sewer?
3.
Do the washbay drains discharge through an oil/water separator?
4.
Are vehicles/equipment rinsed in outdoor areas near storm drain inlets or
stormwater drainage ditches/swales?
5.
Is all loose debris (sand, salt, grass clippings, etc.) brushed off of the
vehicles/equipment and disposed of before rinsing?
6.
Does the vehicle/equipment rinsing include the use of soap, degreasers, or other
cleaning compounds?
7.
Do the rinsing operations include cleaning engines?
IX.
STOCKPILED MATERIALS
The stormwater permit sets limits on the stockpiling of sand, soil, street sweepings, and similar materials.
The following questions deal with open stockpiles at the maintenance facility/staging area.
STOCKPILED MATERIALS
1.
Are there stockpiles of sand, soil, gravel, or street sweepings at the staging area?
2.
Are the stockpiles within 50 feet of a storm drain inlet, drainage ditch, swale,
stream, or other drainage facility?
3.
Are the stockpiles enclosed in bins?
4.
Do the bins allow the stockpiled material to spill out through gaps or openings in
the bin walls?
Appendix I - 11
A500.357
X.
SWEEPING
The stormwater permit requires that facilities are swept at least once every three months.
SWEEPING
1.
Are paved areas of the facility swept regularly using a mechanical sweeper?
2.
What is the approximate frequency of sweeping?
XI.
REFUSE CONTAINERS AND DUMPSTERS
REFUSE CONTAINERS AND DUMPSTERS
1.
Are there any dumpsters or refuse containers located outdoors and exposed to
stormwater (not including temporary demolition containers, litter receptacles, and
containers for large bulky items)?
1A. If yes: Are these containers covered at all times to prevent spilling, dumping or
leaking of their contents?
Appendix I - 12
A500.357
APPENDIX J – DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ON PUBLIC WORKS
N.J.S.A. 10:2-1
10.2-1. DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ON PUBLIC WORKS;
CONTRACT PROVISIONS; SET-ASIDE PROGRAMS
a. In the hiring of persons for the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract hereunder,
or for the procurement, manufacture, assembling or furnishing of any such materials, equipment,
supplies or services to be acquired under this contract, no contractor, nor any person acting on behalf of
such contractor or subcontractor, shall, by reason of race, creed, color, national origin, ancestry, marital
status, gender identity or expression, affectional or sexual orientation or sex, discriminate against any
person who is qualified and available to perform the work to which the employment relates;
b. No contractor, subcontractor, nor any person on his behalf shall, in any manner, discriminate against or
intimidate any employee engaged in the performance of work under this contract or any subcontract
hereunder, or engaged in the procurement, manufacture, assembling or furnishing of any such materials,
equipment, supplies or services to be acquired under such contract, on account of race, creed, color,
national origin, ancestry, marital status, gender identity or expression, affectional or sexual orientation or
sex;
c. There may be deducted from the amount payable to the contractor by the contracting public agency,
under this contract, a penalty of $50.00 for each person for each calendar day during which such person is
discriminated against or intimidated in violation of the provisions of the contract; and
d. This contract may be canceled or terminated by the contracting public agency, and all money due or to
become due hereunder may be forfeited, for any violation of this section of the contract occurring after
notice to the contractor from the contracting public agency of any prior violation of this section of the
contract.
Appendix J-1
A500.357
APPENDIX W - NEW JERSEY TURNPIKE AUTHORITY OPERATIONS VIDEO
ATTENDANCE SHEET
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT VIDEO ATTENDANCE SHEET
As the Prime Contractor
(Company Name) working on New Jersey
Turnpike Authority Project _____________________ (Contract, LTC or Permit No., OPS)
__________________ ____________________________________ (Name/Description) acknowledge receiving
the video entitled “Lane Closure and Construction Safety Video”. This video shall be viewed by all
employees, sub-contractors, material suppliers and vendors of the above listed project prior to starting any
work on Authority roadways and ramps.
Each of the below listed personnel by signature below, acknowledge that they have viewed the video, fully
understand its content, and agree to abide by all rules and regulations pertaining to work on Authority
roadways and ramps.
NAME
SIGNATURE
TITLE
COMPANY
The Attendance Sheet will be signed by all personnel on the project, and returned to the Resident Engineer
prior to the start of any work on Authority roadways and ramps. The RESIDENT ENGINEER SHOULD
ATTACH THIS ATTENDANCE SHEET TO THE FIRST LANE CLOSING REQUEST
Page 1 of _____
Appendix W-1
A500.357
OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT VIDEO ATTENDANCE SHEET
.
NAME
SIGNATURE
Appendix W-2
TITLE
COMPANY
A500.357
APPENDIX X
REQUIREMENTS FOR SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
SUBCONTRACTORS’ AND SET-ASIDE PROGRAM
FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS
The following pages will provide Bidders with information about the New Jersey Turnpike Authority (the
“Authority”) Small Business Enterprise (“SBE”) Program requirements for non-federally funded
construction contracts and subcontracts. Clarification of the SBE specifications along with assistance in
completing the required forms can be obtained by calling Teresa M. Hale at the Authority’s Office of Equal
Employment Opportunity (hereinafter “Office of EEO”) at (732) 750-5300 (ext. 8732) Prospective Bidders
will also have an opportunity to ask questions regarding the directives contained in the SBE specifications at
the pre-bid conference(s).
CONTRACT CLAUSE
It is the policy of the Authority that SBEs, as determined and defined by the State of New Jersey,
Department of Treasury, Division of Revenue & Enterprise Services, Small Business Registration & M/WBE
Certification Services Unit (“Division”) in N.J.A.C. 17:14-1.1 et seq., have the opportunity to compete for and
participate in the performance of contracts and subcontracts for construction services. The Authority
further requires that its contractors shall agree to take all necessary and responsible steps, in accordance
with the aforementioned regulations, to ensure that SBEs have these opportunities.
This language is included to ensure that all persons who enter into any form of contractual agreement with
the Authority are aware of their responsibilities and the commitment of the Authority to see that it’s SBE
Policy is carried out in all instances.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
The following information is provided by the New Jersey Turnpike Authority (the “Authority”) to
prospective bidders in an effort to promote and encourage participation in its “Small Business Enterprise
Program” (“Program”) for small businesses registered with the State of New Jersey, Department of
Treasury, Division of Minority and Women Business Development (Division) as a Small Business
Enterprises (“SBE”). The information provided below is not a complete reproduction of the regulations
governing SBE registration and participation. Accordingly, to the extent that any of the information
contained below conflicts with the applicable regulations, the regulations shall govern. Interested parties
are encouraged to obtain a complete copy of the applicable regulations 17:13-1.1 et seq. and N.J.A.C. 17:141.1 et seq.) prior to registering with the State and submitting bids to the Authority.
I.
Standards Of Eligibility For Small Business Enterprises
See N.J.A.C. 17:13-2.1 and 17:14-2.1
A.
In order to be eligible as a small business, a business must satisfy all of the
following criteria:
1.
The business must be independently owned and operated, as evidenced
by its management being responsible for both its daily and long term
operation, and its management owning at least 51 percent interest in the
business.
2.
The business must be incorporated or registered to do business in the
State and have its principal place of business in New Jersey, defined as
such when either 51 percent or more of its employees work in New
Appendix X - 1
A500.357
Jersey, as evidenced by the payment of New Jersey unemployment taxes
or 51 percent or more of its business activities take place in New Jersey,
as evidenced by its payment of income or business taxes.
3.
The business must be a sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation or
limited liability company with 100 or fewer employees in full-time
positions, not including:
a.
b.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Seasonal and part-time employees employed for less than 90
days, if seasonal and casual part-time employment are common
to that industry; and
Consultants employed under the other contracts not related to
the construction and construction-related services that are under
the subject of the specific contract for which the business wants
to be eligible as a small business.
For goods and services contracts, the business must have gross revenues
that do not exceed $12 million or the applicable Federal revenue
standards established at 13 CFR 121.20 whichever is higher.
For construction contracts, the business must have gross revenues that
do not exceed $3 million or 50% of the applicable revenue standards set
forth in Federal regulation at 13 CFR 121.201 or the applicable annual
revenue standards set forth in 13 CFR 121.201, whichever is higher.
Gross revenues of a business which has been in business for 3 or more
completed years means the revenues of the business over its last 3
completed tax years divided by three.
Gross revenues of a business which has been in business for less than 3
complete tax years means the revenue for the period the business has
been in business divided by the number of weeks in business, multiplied
by 52.
Gross revenues of a business which has been in business 3 or more
complete tax years but has a short year as one of those years means the
revenues for the short year and the two full years divided by the number
of weeks in the short year and the two full years, multiplied by 52. In
addition, the Division may limit participation in its small business setaside programs to businesses whose individual owners do not exceed
$750,000 in personal net worth.
Eligibility is formalized by the Division’s registration and approval
process.
For goods and services contracts, small businesses will be registered in
one of the following three categories:
a.
b.
c.
SBE 1 — Small businesses whose gross revenues do not exceed
$500,000; or
SBE 2 – Small businesses whose gross revenues do not exceed
$5,000,000; or
SBE 3 -- Small businesses whose gross revenues do not exceed
$12,000,000 or the applicable Federal revenue standards at 13
CFR 121.201, whichever is higher.
Small businesses registered in the category SBE 1 will be eligible to
participate in the set-aside contracts and subcontracting programs
available to businesses registered in the categories in SBE 1, 2 and 3.
Small businesses registered in category SBE 2 will be eligible to
Appendix X - 2
A500.357
11.
available to businesses registered in the category SBE 2 and 3. Small
businesses registered in the category SBE 3 will be eligible to participate
in the set-aside contracts and subcontracting programs available to
businesses registered in the category SBE 3 only.
For construction contracts, small businesses will be registered in one of
the following three categories:
a.
b.
c.
$3 million; or
50% of the applicable annual revenue standards set forth in
Federal regulation at 13 CFR 121.201 and as may be adjusted
periodically.
SBE 6 Small Businesses with gross revenues that do not exceed
the applicable annual revenue standards set forth in Federal
regulation at 13 CFR 121.201 as may be adjusted periodically
(16.75+M to $33.5M).
Small businesses registered in the category SBE 4 will be eligible to
available to businesses registered in the categories in SBE 4, 5 and 6.
Small businesses registered only in category SBE 5 will be eligible to
available to businesses registered in the category SBE 5 and 6 only.
Small businesses registered in category SBE 6 above will be eligible to
participate in set-aside contracts and subcontracting programs available
to businesses registered only in category SBE 6.
II.
Obligation To Provide Information And Penalties For Failure To Provide Complete
And Accurate Information
See N.J.A.C. 17:13-2.2 and 17:14-2.2
A.
B.
C.
Applicants shall accurately and honestly supply all information required by the
Division.
When a business has been approved as a small business on the basis of false
information knowingly supplied by the business and the business has been
awarded an Authority good and services or construction contract or subcontract,
the Director, Division of Minority and Women Business Development, after
notice and opportunity for a contested case hearing pursuant to N.J.S.A. 52:14B10 and N.J.A.C. 1:1, shall:
1.
Assess the business any difference between the contract amount and
what the Authority’s cost would have been if the contract had not been
awarded pursuant to the Program;
2.
Assess the business a penalty in the amount of not more than 10 percent
(10%) of the amount of the contract or subcontract involved; and
3.
Order the business ineligible to transact any business with a State
contracting agency for a period of not less than three months and not
more than 24 months; and
4.
Revoke the registration of the business as a small business and remove
the business from the State's small business database.
Any business approved by the Division as a small business shall immediately
Appendix X - 3
A500.357
D.
E.
III.
apprise the Division of any circumstances which might affect the eligibility of the
business under these rules.
The failure of a business to report any such changed circumstances, or the
intentional reporting of false information, shall disqualify the business for
inclusion in the small business database and may subject the business to adverse
action by contracting agencies and/or the Attorney General or other enforcement
agencies.
When a business has been registered as a small business on the basis of false
information knowingly supplied by the business, but the business has not been
awarded a State contract, the Division, after notice and opportunity for a
contested case hearing pursuant to N.J.S.A. 52:14B-10 and N.J.A.C. 1:1, shall
revoke the registration of the business as a small business, remove the business
from the State's small business database and notify the Office of the Attorney
General and State contracting agencies.
Registration Procedures For Small Business Enterprise
See N.J.A.C. 17:13-3.1 and 17:14-3.1
A.
Registration procedures established by the Division are as follows:
1. The business shall register at www.newjerseybusiness.gov,
http://www.state.nj.us/njbusiness/contracting/sbsa, for Premier Business Services; and
2. The business shall apply to the Division by completing the Vendor Registration Form,
available online at http://www.state.nj.us/njbusiness/contracting/sbsa
i. As part of its application to the Division, a business shall document its principal place
of business, independent status, number of employees, and its gross revenues. This
documentation shall include appropriate forms or reports otherwise submitted to or
issued by State and Federal agencies, such as employee reports filed with the New Jersey
Department of Labor and Workforce Development or certificates of incorporation issued
by the New Jersey Department of State.
ii. If an applicant knowingly supplies inaccurate or false information, the application
shall be denied under this chapter, the business shall be disqualified from inclusion in the
small business database, and the business may be subject to adverse action by contracting
agencies, the Attorney General or other enforcement agencies.
iii. As part of its application, the business shall pay a non-refundable $ 100.00 application
fee for a three-year registration.
B. When an application for registration as a small business has been completed, the
Division shall determine whether to approve it and notify the business of its decision. If
approved, the Division will issue the business a registration certification and add the
business to the small business database.
C. The small business database shall be used by State contracting agencies in confirming
eligibility for set-aside contracts and subcontracts and in reporting progress toward
established contract award goals.
D. Every three years, no later than 20 days prior to expiration of the small business's
registration, and not earlier than 60 days prior to the expiration of such registration, a
business interested in remaining registered as a small business shall comply with the
Appendix X - 4
A500.357
registration procedures pursuant to (a) above.
E. Annually the business shall submit, prior to the anniversary of the registration notice,
an annual verification statement, in which it shall attest that there is no change in the
ownership, revenue eligibility or control of the business.
1. If the business fails to submit the annual verification statement by the anniversary
date, the registration will lapse and the business will be removed from the State's small
business database. If the business seeks to be registered, it will have to reapply and pay
the $ 100.00 application fee.
2. If the business submits the annual verification statement by the anniversary date but
either the verification statement or other information received by the Division indicates
that the business is no longer eligible for registration as a small business, the Division
shall revoke the registration pursuant to this chapter and following revocation, the
business shall be removed from the State's small business database. The business may
appeal this revocation pursuant to the procedures set forth at N.J.A.C. 17:13-3.4.
IV.
Time For Application To Register As A Small Business Enterprise
See N.J.AC. 17:13-3.2 and 17:14-3.2
A.
B.
V.
VI.
A business may apply to the Division at any time to be registered as a small
business and to be placed on the small business database.
If a business is to be eligible to bid on a specific set-aside contract or participate
in the subcontracting target programs for purposes of these requirements, it must
be registered as a small business by the Division on the date the bid or bid
proposal is due at the Authority.
Responsive Bid Criteria
A.
The Authority requires that SBE Forms A, B, C and D, as applicable, be
submitted within seven (7) days after Notice of Award. However, the Authority
may extend the deadline for this requirement at its sole discretion.
B.
FAILURE TO TIMELY AND SATISFACTORILY COMPLETE THE SBE
FORMS OR, IF THE GOAL IS NOT MET, TO SHOW GOOD FAITH
EFFORTS TO MEET THE GOAL, SHALL RESULT IN A DETERMINATION
BY THE AUTHORITY THAT THE BIDDER IS NON-RESPONSIVE AND
SHALL CAUSE REJECTION OF THE BID.
C.
If the low Bidder submits the SBE forms within the requested time frame, but
fails to meet the SBE goal, the Office of EEO, in conjunction with the Department
of Engineering will evaluate the efforts made by the Bidder to determine whether
a demonstration of Good Faith Efforts has been made.
D.
Criteria used to evaluate the efforts made to obtain SBE participation are
outlined in Article VI, Good Faith Efforts of Bidders Requirements.
Good Faith Efforts Of Bidders Requirements
See N.J.A.C. 17:13-4.3 and 17:14-4.3
A.
The following actions shall be taken by a bidder in establishing a good faith
effort to solicit and award subcontracts to eligible small businesses:
1.
The bidder shall attempt to locate qualified potential small business
subcontractors;
2.
The bidder shall request a listing of small businesses from the Division
and the Authority if none are known to the bidder;
Appendix X - 5
A500.357
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
VII.
The bidder shall keep a record of its efforts, including the names of
businesses contacted and the means and results of contact;
The bidder shall attempt to contact all potential subcontractors on or
about the same day and use similar methods to contact them;
The bidder shall provide all potential subcontractors with detailed
information regarding the specifications;
The bidder shall attempt, wherever possible, to negotiate prices with
potential subcontractors which submitted higher than acceptable price
quotes; and
Bidders shall maintain adequate records to document their efforts.
Counting SBE Participation
A.
Once a firm is determined to be an eligible SBE by the Division, the total
dollar value of the contract awarded to the SBE shall be counted toward
the applicable goal as follows:
1.
The Authority will count towards its SBE goal only awards to SBEs that
perform a commercially useful function in the work of a contract. This
means that a SBE must be responsible for a distinct element of the work
by actually performing, managing, and supervising the work involved.
A SBE may, of course, enter into subcontracts. The subcontract values
may be counted toward the SBE goal. However, if a SBE subcontracts a
significantly greater portion of the work than is usual according to
industry practices, it is presumed the SBE is not performing a
commercially useful function and, therefore, the value of the SBE
subcontract and its subcontracts will not be counted. The SBE may
present evidence to the Authority to rebut this presumption.
2.
No work shall be included in the SBE Participation Schedule if
the Bidder has reasonable cause to believe the listed SBE firm
will subcontract, at any tier, more than 49% to a non-SBE firm.
3.
For construction contracts awarded under this program, 100% of the
total contract amount will count toward the SBE Goal.
4.
For contracts with SBE suppliers of goods and services, 100% of total
contract amount will count toward the SBE goal.
5.
Awards to SBE suppliers that are not manufacturers or regular dealers
will be counted toward the goal on the following basis:
a.
Fees or commission charged will be counted toward the goal for
providing a bona fide service, such as professional, technical,
consultant or managerial services and assistance in the
procurement of essential personnel, facilities, equipment,
materials or supplies required for performance of the contract.
b.
If a SBE delivers equipment, materials and supplies required on
a job site, the delivery fee charged may be counted toward the
goal. Where such fees are a part of the SBE subcontract amount
on a construction job, they have already been applied to the goal
and cannot be further counted.
c.
Fees or commissions charged for providing any bonds or
insurance specifically required for the performance of the
contract may be counted toward the goal, providing the
aforementioned fees or commissions are determined by the
Appendix X - 6
A500.357
Authority to be reasonable and not excessive as compared with
fees customarily allowed for similar services.
6.
VIII.
Awards in subcontracts with businesses that are joint ventures will be
counted on the basis of percentage ownership of the eligible SBE in the
joint venture.
Bid Requirements
Pre-Bid Instructions:
1.
The listing of a SBE firm by a Bidder on its SBE Participation Schedule
(Form A) shall constitute a representation by the Bidder to the Authority
that such SBE firm is qualified and not unavailable, and a commitment
by the Bidder that, if it is awarded the contract, it will enter into a
subcontract with such SBE firm for the portion of the work described in
the SBE Participation Schedule and at the price set forth in its Bid. NO
SUBSTITUTIONS OF SBE FIRMS DESIGNATED IN THE BIDDER’S SBE
PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT THE
AUTHORITY’S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. A SBE Bidder which
lists itself on the SBE Participation Schedule is committed to performing
the work indicated with its own personnel.
2.
Agreements between a Bidder and SBE in which SBE promises not to
provide subcontracting quotations to other Bidders are prohibited.
3.
Price alone shall not be an acceptable basis for rejecting a SBE
subcontractor’s bid, unless the contractor evidences to the Authority’s
satisfaction that no reasonable price could be obtained from the SBE.
4.
A Directory of Small Business Enterprises is available in the Authority’s
Office of EEO upon request. Use of this listing does not relieve the
Bidder of its responsibility to seek SBE participation from other sources.
Post Award Obligations:
1.
After the execution of a contract with the Authority, signed copies of
subcontracts between the prime contractor and SBE subcontractors must
be submitted to the Authority’s Office of EEO no later than 14 business
days after the subcontract execution. The Prime Contract recipient shall
inform the Authority of the anticipated job start date for all SBE
subcontractors prior to the start of same.
2.
The agreement between the prime contractor and subcontractor shall
remain firm for the duration of the contract. Should changes that affect
the SBEs performance and/or compensation be required, the Authority’s
Office of EEO, in conjunction with the Department of Engineering, must
be notified for its review and approval of the changes prior to their
implementation.
3.
Whenever the Authority issues project change orders, the Engineering
Department, after consultation with the Office of EEO, will determine if
increased SBE participation will be required.
4.
If at any time the contractor believes or has reason to believe that a
proposed SBE has become unavailable or, due to change in ownership or
management responsibility, does not meet the standards set forth in
Article 2, the contractor shall, within 10 days, notify the Authority of that
fact in writing. Within 15 days thereafter, the contractor shall, if
necessary to achieve the stated goal, make every reasonable effort to
subcontract the same or other work to other SBE firms. The contractor’s
Appendix X - 7
A500.357
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
efforts to replace an unavailable SBE firm shall be coordinated with the
Authority’s Office of EEO.
Should a SBE become ineligible during the course of this contract,
effective as of the date of ineligibility, further contractual dollars
expended with the SBE shall not be counted toward the SBE goal.
Within 15 days after notification by the Authority to the contractor of the
ineligible SBE, the contractor will make every reasonable effort to satisfy
the SBE goal. The contractor’s effort to continue to meet the SBE goal
shall be coordinated with the Authority’s Office of EEO.
Within 15 days of a contract award, a SBE Liaison Officer must be
designated by the Prime Contractor. The liaison officer will be
responsible for cooperating with the Authority regarding SBE
subcontractor matters and will work with the office of EEO as necessary.
To ensure that all obligations under subcontracts awarded to SBEs are
met, the Authority shall review the Prime Contractor’s SBE involvement
efforts during the performance of the contract. The Contractor shall
monitor the performance of and collect and report data on SBE
participation to the Compliance Officer of the Office of EEO. The
Contractor shall report the SBE status on the SBE Certificate of
Participation form, a copy of which is attached to this Appendix, and
submit it monthly to the Office of EEO. The Contractor must submit
invoices or estimates to the Authority.
SBEs must submit the
appropriate forms on a monthly basis to the Office of EEO. The form
will be reviewed to determine contract compliance with respect to the
SBE goal. Failure to submit this report may result in suspension of
payments as provided in Section D, “Audit and Penalties” below. If, at
any time, the Authority has reason to believe that any person or firm has
willfully and knowingly provided incorrect information or made false
statements, it shall refer the matter to the Attorney General of the State of
New Jersey.
The Contractor agrees to pay each subcontractor and supplier under this
contract for satisfactory performance of its contract no later than ten (10)
days from the receipt of each payment the Contractor receives from the
Authority.
In accordance with N.J.S.A. 52:32-40 and 52:32-41, the Contractor shall
certify, prior to the issuance of a progress payment by the Authority, that
all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any amounts due from
previous progress payments and shall be paid any amounts from the
current progress payment. Alternatively, the Contractor shall certify that
there exists a valid basis under the terms of the subcontractors or
supplier’s contract to withhold payment from the subcontractor or
supplier and therefore payment is withheld.
If the Contractor withholds payment from the subcontractor or supplier,
the Contractor shall provide to the subcontractor or supplier written
notice thereof. The notice shall detail the reason for withholding
payment and state the amount of payment withheld.
If a
Performance/Payment Bond has been provided under this contract, the
Contractor shall send a copy of the notice to the Surety providing the
bond for the Contractor. A copy of the notice shall also be submitted to
the Authority with the certification that payments are being withheld.
Substitution of SBE’s
Appendix X - 8
A500.357
Except as provided herein, the successful Bidder shall not have the work
performed, or the materials or supplies furnished, by any other SBE firm other
than those named in the “Schedule of SBE Participation”. However, if the
Authority finds that the Bidder upon submission of its bid, committed itself to
the goal in good faith, the Bidder may, in unusual situations, be permitted to
substitute a subcontractor(s). A request for substitution must be in writing, with
complete justification for the request. Whether the Contractor (or Bidder) seeks
to make a substitution prior to award or during performance, the Contractor
must have approval of the Authority before substitution of the SBE
subcontractor, regardless of the reason for the substitution. Failure to obtain
approval from the Authority could result in the Prime Contractor being found to
be in “noncompliance” with the requirements of the contract. The term “unusual
situations” includes, but is not limited to, a SBE subcontractor’s or SBE joint
venture partner’s:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
D.
Failure to quality as a SBE, or maintain SBE registration status.
Death or physical disability, if the named subcontractor or SBE partner
of the joint venture is an individual.
Dissolution, if a corporation or partnership.
Bankruptcy of the subcontractor, subject to applicable bankruptcy laws,
and only in instances where the bankruptcy affects the subcontractor’s
ability to perform.
Inability to obtain, or loss of, a license necessary for the performance of
the particular category of work.
Failure or inability to comply with a requirement of law applicable to the
subcontract work.
Material failure to comply with the terms and conditions of the
subcontract.
Material failure to successfully perform the subcontract tasks.
Audit and Penalties
The Prime Contractor is advised that failure to carry out the requirements of
these specifications shall constitute a breach of contract and may result in
termination of the contract by the Authority, or such remedy as the Authority
deems appropriate. During the performance of the contract, and for a period of
up to three (3) years following completion of the contract work, the Authority
may conduct reviews for compliance with the requirements of the SBE Program.
Such reviews may include the evaluation of monthly reports, desk audits and
site visitations. Where a Prime Contractor, or any subcontractor, is found to be
in noncompliance with the requirements of the SBE Program during the
performance of the contract, it will be required to take corrective action. If
corrective action is not promptly taken by the offending contractor, the following
sanctions may be instituted (singularly, in any combination and in addition to
any other remedies provided by law):
1.
2.
3.
The Authority may withhold further payments under the contract.
The contract may be terminated for breach.
Suspension or debarment proceedings may be commenced in accordance
with New Jersey law and the Authority regulations.
Appendix X - 9
A500.357
4.
IX.
The relevant performance bond(s), if any, may be enforced.
The Authority Program: Bid/Proposal Submittals
Copies of the following forms are attached to this Appendix:
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
The Authority SBE Form A: SBE Participation Schedule:
 List all SBE firms scheduled to participate in the contract, including scope of work to
be performed and the dollar value of their anticipated participation. Additionally,
the name of the Contractor’s SBE liaison officer should be included on this form.
 Upon execution of a contract with the Authority the prime contractor must enter into
a formal agreement with the SBE(s) listed on Form A. There can be no substitution of
the SBE(s) listed on Form A without the prior written approval of the Authority. If,
for any reason Form A is not completed, then the bidder must complete and provide
Form D (see below).
The Authority SBE Form B: Affidavit of Small Business Enterprise (If Applicable):
 For each SBE owned firm listed on Form A, Bidder shall include a complete and
signed Form B. This form B is not required for set aside contract awards, nor in cases
wherein the Bidder is an SBE itself.
The Authority SBE Program Form C: Affidavit of SBE:
 Each SBE firm to be utilized must sign Form C attesting to its validity as a SBE.
The Authority SBE Program Form D: SBE Unavailability Certification (If
Applicable):
 If a Bidder is unable to identify SBE(s) as required to meet the targeted goal set for
this Contract, Bidder shall complete and attach this form which documents the
Bidder’s Good Faith Efforts to do so.
The Authority SBE Program Form E: SBE Certificate of Participation:
 This is the payment report that must be completed on a monthly basis by the
successful Bidder, unless the Bidder is an SBE itself.
Appendix X - 10
A500.357
X.
Definitions
See N.J.A.C. 17:13-1.2 and 17:14-1.2, as the case may be.
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
“Construction Contract” means any contract to which the Authority is a party involving
any construction, renovation, reconstruction, rehabilitation, alteration, conversion,
extension, demolition, repair or other changes or improvements of any kind whatsoever
of any structure, facility or highway. The term also includes contracts for consultant
services, the supervision, inspection and other functions incidental to actual
construction.
“Consultant” means an architect, engineer, construction manager, or other provider of
technical and professional services in support of a design or construction or highway
project.
“Contractor or Prime Contractor” means any party performing or offering to perform a
construction contract or consultant contract, or any party providing materials or goods
used to perform a construction contract issued by the Authority.
“Goal” means the statutorily determined percentage of contracting dollars awarded by
the Authority to small businesses in order to comply with the small business provisions
of the Set-Aside Act. It further means the percentage of State contracting dollars that the
Authority makes a good faith effort to award to small businesses under Executive Order
No. 71 (1993).
“Registration” means the process by which any business can have its eligibility for
participation in the Division’s small business programs determined.
“Set-Aside Contract” means a contract specifically designated by the Authority as
exclusively available for award to a small business.
“Small Business”, for purposes of registering as a goods and services contractor means
a business which has its principal place of business in the State, is independently owned
and operated, has no more than 100 full-time employees, and has gross revenues that do
not exceed $12 million or the applicable Federal revenue standards established at 13 CFR
121.201 whichever is higher; and satisfying any additional eligibility standards under
this chapter.
“Small Business”, for purposes of registering as a construction contractor, means a
business which has its principal place of business in the State, is independently owned
and operated, has no more than 100 full-time employees, and has gross revenues that do
not exceed either $3 million, 50% of the applicable revenue standards set forth in Federal
regulation 13 CFR 121.201 or the applicable annual revenue standards set forth in 13
CFR 121.201, whichever is higher.
“State Contracting Agency” or “Contracting Agency” means any board, commission,
committee, authority, division, department, college or university of the State which
possesses the legal authority to award and make construction contracts except where
expressly inconsistent with statutory authority.
“Subcontractor” means a third party that is engaged by a contractor to perform all or
part of the work or to provide supplies, materials or equipment included in a
construction-related contract with the Authority.
“Target” means the numerical objective which the Authority establishes, on a contract
by contract basis, in order to meet its small business goal. Subcontracting goals are not
applicable if the prime contractor is a registered Small Business Enterprise (SBE)
firm.
Appendix X - 11
A500.357
SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES
FORM A*
PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE PARTICIPATION (“SBE PARTICIPATION SCHEDULE”)
Contract Number:________________________ Project Title:_______________________________________________
SBE 1 GOAL%_____
SBE 2 GOAL%_____
NAME AND ADDRESS
OF SBE 1, 2, 3, 4 and/or 5, 6
SUBCONTRACTOR
S
B
E
1
S
B
E
2
SBE 3 GOAL%_____ SBE 4 GOAL%_____
S
B
E
3
S
B
E
4
S
B
E
5
S
B
E
6
**
M
B
E
**
W
B
E
SBE 5 GOAL%_____
TYPE OF WORK
TO BE
PERFORMED
SBE 6 GOAL%____
DOLLAR AMOUNT OF
SUBCONTRACTOR
WORK***
SUBCONTRACT
%
The undersigned will enter into a formal agreement with the SBE(s) listed in this schedule conditioned upon execution of a contract with the
Authority for the above referenced project.
Authorized Signature:_________________________________
Print Name:_____________________________
Title_______
Name of Company:___________________________
Prime Contractor’s Liaison Officer:____________________
Company Phone #__________________ Company Address:_____________________________________________________
This form MUST be completed and submitted within seven (7) days after Notice of Award.
SBE Prime Contractors need only to complete this form for their firm.
* In the event Form A cannot be completed, or if the percentage of the goal for the contract is not met, Form D must be completed.
** The provision of this information is voluntary and will not be considered in determining the successful bid or in calculating SBE participation.
*** Eliminate Price in Professional Service Contracts Only.
Appendix X - 12
A500.357
TO:
SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
FORM B
INTENT TO PERFORM AS A SUBCONTRACTOR
CONTRACT NUMBER:
(Name of Prime Contractor)
PROJECT TITLE:
The undersigned intends to perform subcontract work in connection with the above-mentioned project as
(Check One):
___ Individual ___ Corporation ___ Partnership ___ Joint Venture ___ L.L.C. ___ Other
The SBE Category status of the undersigned is confirmed on the attached Affidavit of Small Business Enterprise
(NJTA SBE Form C).
The undersigned is prepared to perform the following described work in connection with the above-referenced
project:
and at the following price:
NOTE: Eliminate Price on Professional Service Contracts Only.
The Prime Contractor has projected the following commencement date for such work, and the undersigned
projects completion of such work as follows:
__________ Project Commencement Date
__________ Projected Completion Date
With respect to the proposed subcontract described above, ____% of the dollar value of such subcontract will be
subcontracted and/or awarded to Non-SBE Contractors and/or Non-SBE Suppliers.
The undersigned will enter into a formal agreement for the above work with the Prime Contractor conditioned
upon execution of a contract with the Authority. As a SBE Sub-Contractor, I will cooperate with the certification
and monitoring process set forth by the Authority for the referenced project.
Signature of SBE
Date
Name of SBE Firm
Type Name
Address
Type Title
Telephone Number
Appendix X - 13
A500.357
FORM C
AFFIDAVIT OF SMALL BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
Contract Number:
____________________________
Project Title:
_______________________________________________________
I HEREBY DECLARE AND AFFIRM that I am the (title)
and duly authorized representative of the firm of
located in the STATE OF
_______________
____________________________
________________________________
and COUNTY OF
__________________
Bidder acknowledges and affirms that he/she is registered and approved in good standing with the State
of New Jersey, Department of the Treasury, of Minority & Women Business Development (“”) as a Small
Business Enterprise (“SBE”) and has been placed on the ’s small vendor list. This status must be
achieved on or before the date the bids are received and opened.
PLEASE ATTACH A COPY OF YOUR SBE REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE.
I DO SOLEMNLY DECLARE AND AFFIRM UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY THAT THE
CONTENTS OF THE FOREGOING DOCUMENT ARE TRUE AND CORRECT, AND THAT I AM
AUTHORIZED, ON BEHALF OF THE ABOVE FIRM, TO MAKE THIS AFFIDAVIT.
Date
Affiant
Address
STATE OF
________________________
COUNTY OF ________________________
On this __________day of ______________________, 20___, before me, _________________
________________________, the person described in the foregoing Affidavit acknowledged that he/she
executed the same in the capacity therein stated and for the purposes therein contained.
In Witness thereof, I hereunto set my official seal
Notary Public
(Seal)
My Commission Expires ___________________
Appendix X - 14
A500.357
FORM D
SBE UNAVAILABILITY CERTIFICATION
Contract Number:
Project Title:
I,
Name:
Title:
of
located in the STATE OF
Prime Contractor:
Certify that on ________, I contacted the following SBE(s) to obtain a Bid for work items to be performed
on the Project named above.
SBE:
List By Firm Name, SBE Category No. & SBE Registration No. Of Each SBE Contacted
Together With The Type Of Work Requested To Be Performed
(attach additional pages as necessary)
SBE
SBE
Firm Name
Category No.
Registration No.
Type Of Work
To the best of knowledge and belief, each SBE identified in this Form was unavailable for work on this
project, exclusive of unavailability due to lack of agreement on price, and each SBE was unable to prepare
a bid for the following reason(s) (if known):
Reason Unavailable:
Signature of Prime Contractor:
Date: ______________
_______________________________
This form MUST be completed and submitted within seven (7)
days after Notice of Award.
On this __________day of ______________________, 20___, before me _________________
________________________, the person described in the foregoing Affidavit acknowledged that he/she
executed the same in the capacity therein stated and for the purposes therein contained.
In Witness thereof, I hereunto set my official seal
Notary Public
(Seal)
My Commission Expires ___________________
Appendix X - 15
A500.357
SBE CERTIFICATE OF PARTICIPATION
FORM E
Construction
Estimate No.
Contract No:_______________________________________ (Note if Final)_________________
NAME & ADDRESS OF
SBE SUBCONTRACTOR
PAY ITEM &
DESCRIPTION
OR PARTS THEREOF, OF
WORK PERFORMED
DATES OF
COMMENCEMENT
& ESTIMATED
COMPLETION
Period
Ending______________________
ACTUAL AMOUNT
PAID THIS PERIOD
TOTAL AMOUNT
PAID TO DATE
ESTIMATED AMOUNT
TO BE PAID AT END OF
CONTRACT
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
**
M/WBE
CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENTS SUBMITTED WITHOUT THE COMPLETED SBE CERTIFICATE OF PARTICIPATION WILL NOT BE PROCESSED.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has hereunto set its
General Contractor
Hand and seal this__________day of__________________, 201_
___________________________________________________________
General Contractor’s SBE Liaison Officer
By:________________________
WITNESS OR ATTEST:
Telephone Number____________________________________________
** COMPLETION OF THIS SECTION IS OPTIONAL
Appendix X - 16
A500.357
APPENDIX Y - TRAFFIC PERMIT APPLICATION
Appendix Y - 1
A500.357
APPENDIX Z - COST-PLUS WORK FORMS
Standardized Schedules for Cost Plus Work
The below schedules are to be utilized by the Construction Firms under contractual agreement with the
Authority. The contractor is to prepare the schedules; once prepared, the contractor forwards the
document to the Resident Engineer (Supervision Consultant). The Resident Engineer will review and
approve the amounts on Schedule A, Summary of Charges. The Project Engineer at the New Jersey
Turnpike Authority will then indicate the amount paid on Schedule A, Summary of Charges.
Schedule A
Summary of Charges
Summarizes all schedules, the total charges will agree to cost plus amount billed.
(Summarizes Schedule B, C, D and E)
Schedule B
Daily Schedule of Labor Charges
Documents the amount of hours each employee worked daily. The hourly rate is from
Schedule B-1
Schedule B-1
Calculation of Hourly Labor Rates
Computation of contractor's calculation for each Union classification labor rate. The total
hourly rates should be transferred to Schedule B
Schedule C
Daily Schedule of Equipment Charges
Documents the amount of hours equipment was engaged in the performance of work
and/or idle time. The Hourly Rates are from Schedules C-1 and C-2
Schedule C-1
Calculation of Hourly Equipment Rates
Describes contractor's calculation for equipment rates. The hourly rate and hourly
operating cost rate should be brought to Schedule C
Schedule C-2
Schedule of Rented Equipment
Documents hours rented equipment was used and invoice information. Total amount
shall be brought to Schedule C
Schedule D
Daily Schedule of Material Charges
Documents materials used for cost plus work. The contractor shall attach copies of the
invoices.
Schedule E
Daily Schedule of Subcontractor Charges
Documents subcontractor charges for cost plus work.
Schedule F
Inspector Report
The standardized Inspector report is be utilized by all Management Firms performing
daily inspections for cost plus work. All information must be complete and the form
must be signed daily by the inspector and the Contractor's representative at the job site.
Appendix Z - 1
A500.357
Appendix -Z-2
A500.357
Appendix -Z-3
A500.357
Appendix -Z-4
A500.357
Appendix -Z-5
A500.357
Appendix -Z-6
A500.357
Appendix -Z-7
A500.357
Appendix -Z-8
A500.357
Appendix -Z-9
A500.357
Appendix -Z-10
A500.357
APPENDIX AA – 24” X 36” TELEPHONE JUNCTION BOX
Appendix -AA
A500.357
APPENDIX AB
OMNI C2 – 4” WATER (DOMESTIC) METER APPURTENANCES
MWC – 10” FIRE SERVICE METER WITH RPZ
Appendix -AB

Supplementary Specifications - Bid Express Secure Internet Bidding

Transcription

Similar documents

Pay Application #4 - the Public Building Commission of Chicago

AAA Kempinski Hotel, Vilnius

R-3324 Long Beach Road Extension

Mark Rycraft

2008 - SEAOSD

How to Open an Account with Great Lakes Credit Union (GLCU)

Qualification Form - Integrity Construction Service

Viktoria

AGREEMENT FOR TRANSPORTATION SERVICES Contractor

to - PRO Union Consulting